(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Combined catalogs"

Volume 8 August 5, 1955 


Number 6 


A 


UNIVERSITY J 


fSL 




jmmmSi 





PUBllCATION 



The 

COMBINED 

CATALOGS 

1955-1956 
ISSUES 



UNIVERSITY OF 
MARYLAND 

COLLEGE PARK. 
MARYLAND 



l\n?.5lmvLiuq,li 3nn ^^ 



OLDEST C'AMF>rS lU'IKDING; 




TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

General Information g 

Agriculture, College of 53 

Arts and Sciences, College of I55 

Business and Public Administration, College of 293 

Education, College of 3gl 

Engineering, College of, Glenn L. Martin Institute of Technology 435 

Home Economics, College of 493 

Military Science, College of 523 

Physical Education, Recreation and Health, College of 537 

Special and Continuation Studies, College of 589 



Summer School 



709 



Graduate School 7^3 

Dentistry, School of 9Q5 

Law, School of p^j 

Medicine, School of 9gj 

Pharmacy, School of 2065 

Nursing, School of _ 2097 

Records and Statistics j 127 

Honors, Medals, and Prizes 1 152 

Student Enrollment, Summary of II73 

General Index j j^^ 



IMPORTANT— The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as 
an irrevocable contract between the student and the University of Maryland. 
The University reserves the right to change any provision or requirement at 
any time within the student's term of residence. The University further reserves 
the right at any time to ask a student to withdraw when it considers such 
action to be in the best interests of the University. 



See Outside Back Cover for List of Separate Catalogs 



Volume 8 August 5, 1955 Number 6 



A UnlTersity ol Marylanfl Fnhllcatlon Is published four times In January, February 
March and April ; three Umes In May ; once in June and July ; twice In August. September. 
October and November ; and three times In December. 

Re-entered at the Post Office In College Park, Maryland, as second class mall 
matter under the Act ol Congress ol August 24, 1912. Harvey L. Miller. Editor of 
UnJverBlty of Maryland Publications. 



BOARD OF REGENtS 

AND 

MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE Term 

Expires 

William P. Cole, Jr., Chairman, 100 West University Parkway, Baltimore... 1958 

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst, Vice-Chairman, 4101 Greenway, Baltimore 1956' 

B. Herbert Brown, Secretary, 12 west Madison Street, Baitimore t950' 

Harry H. Nuttle, Treasurer, Denton 1957 

Louis L. Kaplan, Assistant Secretary, 1201 Eutaw Place, Baltimore 1961 

Edmund S. Burke, Assistant Treasurer, Cumberland 1959 

Edward F. Holter, Middletown 1959 

Arthur O. Lovejoy, 104 West 39th Street, Baltimore 1960 

Charles P. McCormick, McCormick and Company, Baltimore 1957 

C. Ewing Tuttle, 1114 St. Paul Street, Baltimore 1962 

Thomas B. Symons, 7410 Columbia Avenue, College Park 1963 



Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of 
nine years each, beginning the first Monday in June. 

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of 
the Board. 

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland 
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture. 

A regular meeting of the Board is held the last Friday in each month, except 
during the months of July and August. 



CHAIRMEN OF THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS 

Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry and Chairman, The Lower Division. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; Ph.D., 1926. 

John E. Faber, Jr., Professor and Head, Department of Bacteriology and Chair- 
man, The Division of Biological Sciences. 

B.S., University of Marylajid, 1926: M.S., 1927; Ph.D., 1937. 

Adolph E. Zuker, Head, Department of Foreign Languages and Chairman, The 

Division of Humanities. 

B.A., University of Illinois, 1912; M.A., 1913; Ph.D., University of Pennsyl- 
vania, 1917. 

Wileert J. Huff, Professor of Chemical Engineering; Director, Engineering Ex- 
periment Station ; Chairman, Division of Physical Sciences. 

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; B.A., Tale College, 1914; Ph.D. Yale 
University, 1917 ; D.Sc, (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927. 

Harold C. Hoffsommer, Head, Department of Sociology and Chairman, The Di- 
vision of Social Sciences. 

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921 ; M.A., 1923 ; Ph.D., Cornell University 
1929. 



OFFICERS OF THE ADMINISTRATION 

WiLSox H. Elkins. President, University of Maryland. 

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; M.A., 1932; Litt.B.. Oxford University. 1936; 
Ph.D., 1936. 

Harry C. Byrd, President Emeritus, University of Maryland. 

B.S., University of Maryland. 1908 ; LL.D., Washington College. 1936 ; LL.D., 
Dickinson College, 1938 ; D.Sc, Western Maryland College, 1938. 

Harold F. Cotterman, Dean of the Faculty of the University. 

B.S.. Ohio State University, 1916; M.A., Columbia University, 1917; Ph.D., 
American University, 1930. 

Ronald Bamford, Dean of the Graduate School. 

B.S.. University of Connecticut, 1924 ; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926 ; 
Ph.D., Columbia University, 1931. 

Gordon M. Cairns, Dean of Agriculture. 

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., 1940. 

Paul E. Nystrom, Director of Instruction, College of Agriculture and Head, De- 
partment of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; 

M.P.A., Harvard University, 1948; D.P.A.. 1951. 

James M. Gwin, Director, Agricultural Extension Service. 

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1931; M.A., American University, 1941; Ph.D., 
Cornell University, 1949. 

Irvin C. Haut, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station and Head, Department 
of Horticulture. 

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928 ; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930 . 
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1933. 

Leon P. Smith, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences. 

B.A., Emory University, 1919; M.A., University of Chicago, 1928; Ph.D., 
1930; Diplome le I'Institut de Touraine, 1932. 

J. Freeman Pyle, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration. 
Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1917; M.S.. 1918, Ph.D., 1925. 

Myron S. Aisenberg, Dean of the School of Dentistry. 
D.D.S., University of Maryland. 1922. 

Wilbur Devilbiss, Dean of the College of Education and Director of the Summer 

Session. 

B.A., Western Maryland College, 1925 ; M.A., University of Maryland, 1935 ; 
Ed.D., George Washington University, 1946. 

S. SiDN'EY Steinberg, Dean of the Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and 
Aeronautical Sciences. 

B.E., Cooper Union School of Engineering, 1910; C.E., 1913; Registered 

Professional Engineer. 

Wilbert J. Huff, Director, Engineering Experiment Station. 

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; B.A.. Yale College, 1914; Ph.D., Yale 
University, 1917; D.Sc. (hon.), Ohio Northern University. 1927. 

\i. Marie Mount, Dean of the College of Home Economics. 

B.A., University of Indiana, 1916; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1924 

RofjER Howell, Dean of the School of Law. 

B.A.. Johns Hopkins University. 1914; Ph.D., 1917; LL.B., University of 
Maryland, 1917. 

William S. Stone, Director of Medical Education and Research. 

B.S. University of Idaho, 1924 ; M.S., 1925 ; M.D., University of Louisville. 
ir)29; Ph.D., (hon.). University of Louisville, 1946. 

H. BoYD Wylie, Dean of the School of Medicine. 
M.D, Baltimore Medical College. 1912 

Florence M. Gipe, Dean of the School of Nursing. 

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937 ; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 
1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland. 1952. 

2 



George H. Buck, Director of the University Hospital. 
Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1935. 

Joseph R. Ambrose, Dean of the College of Military Science. 

B.A., University of Denver, 1948 ; Colonel, U.S. Air Force. 

Noel E. Foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy. 

Ph.C. South Dakota State College. 1929; B.S.. 1929; M.S., University of 
Maryland, 1932 ; Ph.D., 1933. 

Lester M. Fraley, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and 
Health. 

B.A., Randolph Macon College, 1928 ; M.A., 1937 ; Ph.D., Peabody College, 

1939. 

Ray W. Ehrensberger, Dean of the College of Special and Continuation Studies. 

B.A., Wabash College, 1929; M.A., Butler University, 1930; Ph.D., Syracuse 
University. 1937. 

Geary F. Eppley, Director of Student Welfare and Dean of Men. 

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926. 

Adele H. Stamp, Dean of Women. 

B.A., Tulane University, 1921; M.A., University of Maryland, 1924. 

Edgar F. Long, Dean of Students. 

B.A., Blue Ridge College, 1911; M.A., University of Kansas, 1914; Ph.D., 
Johns Hopkins University, 1932. 

G. Watson Algire, Director of Admission and Registrations. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931. 

Norma J. Azlein, Associate Director of Registrations. 
B.A., University of Chicago, 1940. 

Dorothy L. Powell, Associate Director of Admissions. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1943. 

David L. Brigham, Alumni Secretary. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1938. 

James M. Tatum, Director of Athletics and Head Football Coach. 
B.S., University of North Carolina, 1935. 

George O. Weber, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical Plant. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933. 
George W. Morrison, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer Physical Plant. 
(Baltimore). 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927 ; E.E., 1931. 

C. Wilbur Cissel, Comptroller. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; M.A., 1934; C.P.A., 1939. 

Charles L. Benton, Director of Finance and Business. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1938 ; M.S., 1940 ; C.P.A., 1940. 

Howard Rovelstad, Director of Libraries. 

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; M.A.. 1937; B.S.L.S., Columbia University. 
1940. 

George W. Fogg, Director of Personnel. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; M.A., 1928. 

George W. Warren, Director of Procurement. 
B.A., Duke University, 1942. 

Harvey L. Miller, Director of Publications and Publicity. 
Colonel, U.S. Marine Corps, Retired. 

Harry A. Bishop, Director of the Student Health Service. 
M.D., University of Maryland, 1912. 

John P. O'Reagan, Commandant of Cadets, Air Force R.O.T.C. 
B.S., Georgetown University. 1950. 



FACULTY COMMITTEES 

Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment 

Chairman Reid ; Messrs. Algire, Cairns, Eppley, Foss, Gustad, Hodgins, 
Long. Quigley, Schindler, Manning. Weigand, White; Mmes. Crow, Stamp. 

Coordination of Agfricultural Activities 

Chairman Cairns; Messrs. Ahalt, Bamford, Bopst, Brueckner, Carpenter, 
Cory, Foster, Gwin, Haut, Jull, Kuhn, Magruder, Nystrom. 

Council on Intercollegiate Athletics 

Chairman Eppley; Messrs. Ambrose, Cory, Faber, Reid, Tatum ; President 
OF the Student Government Association and the Chairman of the Alumni 
Council, ex-officio. 

Educational Standards, Policies and Coordination 

Chairman Cotterman ; Messrs. Bamford, Cairns, Devilbiss, Drake, Hahn, 
Hoffsommer, Kuhn, Martin, Shreeve, L. P. Smith, Strahorn, Wylie, Mmes. 
Mitchell, Wiggin. 

Special and Adult Education 

Chairman Ehrensberger ; Messrs. Ambrose, Brechbill, Drazek, Manning, 
Reid. 

Honors Programs 

Chairman Cotterman; Messrs, Devilbiss, Hoffsommer, Smith, Zucker. 

Libraries 

Chaikman M.\rtin; Messrs. Aiseneerg. G. M. Brown, Russell Brown, 
Foster, Hackman, Hall, Invernkzzi, Parsons, Rovelstad, Slama, Spencer; 
Mmes. Harman, Ida M. Robinson, Wiggin. 

Publications and Catalog 

Chairman Cotterman ; Messrs. Algire, Ball, Bamford, Crowell, DEviLBrss, 
Fogg. Foss, Gwin, Haut, Howell, Miller, Pyle, Smith, Wylie, Zucker; Mmes. 
E. Frothingham, Mount. 

Public Functions and Public Relations 

Chairman Pyle; Messrs. Ambrose, Brigham, Cook, Cory, Ehrensberger, 
Eppley, Fogg, Foss, Howell, Jackson, Miller, Morrison, Randall, Reid, Shrkeve, 
Smith, Wfjjer, Wylie; Mmes. Mount, Stamp. 

Religious Life Committee 

Chairman Shreeve; Messrs. Daiker, Gewehr, Hamilton, Rkid, Scott, 
Springmann, White; Mmes. Billings, Bryan, McNaughton. 

Scholarships and Student Aid 

Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Eppley, Long, Reid, Stkinmeyer; Mmes. 
Mount, Stamp. 

Student Life 

Chairman Reid; Messrs. Algire, Allen, Eppley, James, Kramer, Quigley, 
Strausbaugii, Tatum, White; Mmes. Handy, Harman, Stamp and the Presi- 
dent of the Student Government Association and the President of the Men's 
League and the President ok the Women's League. 



CALENDAR, 1955-56, COLLEGE PARK 



The University year is divided into two sem-esters of approximately seventeen 
weeks each, and a summer session of six weeks. 



1955 

September 20-23 
September 26 
October 20 
November 23 
November 28 
December 20 



First Semester 



Tuesday- Friday 

Monday 

Thursday 

Wednesday after last class 

Monday, 8 a.m. 

Tuesday after last class 



Registration, first semester 
Instruction begins 
Convocation, faculty and students 
Thanksgiving recess begins 
Thanksgiving recess ends 
Christmas recess begins 



1956 

January 3 
January 20 
January 24 
Jan. 25-Feb. 1 



February 7-10 
February 13 
February 22 
March 26 
March 29 
AprU 3 
May 10 
May 30 
May 31 
June 1-8 
June 3 
June 9 



June 25 
June 26 
August 3 



Tuesday, 8 a.m. 

Friday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday-Wednesday, inc. 

Second Semester 

Tuesday- Friday 

Monday 

Wednesday 

Monday 

Thursday after last class 

Tuesday, 8 a.m. 

Thursday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday- Friday, inc. 

Sunday 

Saturday 



Christmas recess ends 
Charter Day 

Pre- Examination Study Day 
First semester examinations 



Registration, second semester 
Instruction begins 
Washington's birthday, holiclay 
Observance of Maryland Day 
Easter recess begins 
Easter recess ends 
Military Day 
Memorial Day, holiday 
Pre-Examination Study Day 
Second Semester examinations 
Baccalaureate exercises 
Commencement exercises 



Summer Session, 1956 



Monday 

Tuesday 

Friday 



Registration, summer session 
Summer session t)€gins 
Summer session ends 



Short Courses 



June 18-23 
August 6-11 
September 4-7 



Monday- Saturday 
Monday -Saturday 
Tuesday- Friday 



Rural Women's Short Course 
4-H Club Week 
Firemen's Short Course 



SEP 



SMTlWlTlFiS 



1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 It 12 13 14 15 16 

17 IB 19 20 21 22 23 
2425 26 2728 29 30 

31 

-12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 II 12 13 
14 15 16 17 IB 19 20 
2122 2324 25 26 27 

2829 30 31 

I 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 2! 22 23 24 
2526 27 28 29 30- 
I 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 II 12 13 14 15 
16 17 IB 19 20 21 22 
2324 2526 27 28 29 

3031 - 

I 2 3 4 S 

6 7 B 9 10 ! I 12 
1314 15 16 17 IB 19 
20 21 22 23 24 2526 

27282930 

J 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
II 12 13 14 15 16 17 
16 19 20 21 22 23 24 
252627 28 29 3031 



FEB 



SiMlTlWlTlFiS 



12 3 4 5 
a 9 10 II 12 
IS 16 17 18 19 
2223 24 25 26 

233031 

12 

S 6 7 8 9 
12 1314 IS 16 
1920 21 5223 
2827 2829 - 

4 5 6 7 8 
II 12 13 14 15 
1819 20 21 22 
2526 27 28 29 



6 7 
13 14 
20 21 
2728 

J 4 

10 II 
17 18 
24 25 

2 3 

9 10 
16 17 
23 24 
30 31 



I 2 3 

a s 10 

IS 15 17 
222324 
2930- 
- - t 
6 7 8 
1314 15 
2021 22 
2728 29 

3 4 5 
13 II 12 
17 18 19 
242526 



4 5 6 7 

II 12 13 14 
18 19 20 21 
2526 27 28 



2 3 4 5 
9 10 II 12 
16 17 IB 19 
2324 25 26 
3331 - - 

12 

6 7 8 9 
13 14 15 16 
20 212223 
27282930 



SEP 



simitiwitTfTs 



12 3 4 5 6 7 

B 9 10 II 12 13 14 
1516 17 18 19 20 21 
222324 2526 2728 

233031 

12 3 4 

S 6 7 8 9 10 II 
12 13 14 IS 16 17 IB 
1920 21 22 23 24 25 
282728293031 - 



2 3 4 5 6 7 6 
9 10 II 12 13 14 IS 
IS 17 IB 19 20 2122 
2324 25 2S 27 28 29 

30 

-I 2 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 II 12 13 

14 IS 16 17 18 19 20 
2122 2324 2526 27 

20293031 

12 3 

4 5 C 7 S 9 10 
11 12 13 14 15 !6 17 
18 19 20 21 222324 
2S 28 27 282930- 

I 

2 3 4 5 6 7 3 
9 10 11 12 13 14 IS 

15 17 18 19 202122 
2324 2326 272829 
3331 



FEB 



m 



SMTWTFS 



- - 12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 II 12 
1314 IS 16 17 IB 19 
2021 22 23 24 25 ZS 
2728293031 

12 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 II i: 13 14 IS 16 
17 18 19 20 212223 

242526 2728 

I 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

13 II 12 1314 IS 16 
17 IB 19 20 21 22 23 
242526 2728 2930 
3! 

-12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 II 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
2122 23 2425 2627 

202930 

12 3 4 

S 6 7 8 9 10 II 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

13 20 21 222324 25 
292728293031 - 
1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 6 
9 10 11 12 13 14 IS 
1617 18 19 2021 22 
2324 2526272829 
30 



EASTER SUNDAYS. April 10, 1955 ; AprU 1, 1956 ; AprU 21, 1957 



UNIVIRSrTY OP MARYLAND 



BUILDING CODE LETTERS FOR CLASS SCHEDUL£S. 
Scott K-ey Hon 




Arts Bk Sciences -Fronci 

Armory 

Music 

Nursery School 

Adminrsfrolioft 

Chemistry 

Coliseum 

Doiry-Turner Laboratory 

Temporary Clossroom 

Dean of Women 

Agronomy -Botany -H J. Patterson Holl 

Counseling Center 

Horticulture - Holzopfel Hall 

Journalism 

Ritchie Gymnasium 

Home Economics - Morgoret Brent Holl 

Agriculturol Engr. - Shriver Laboratory 

Engr. Classroom BIdg. 

Zoology - Silvester Holl 

Library • Shoemaker Bulldrng 

Morrill Hall 

Geography 

Agriculture -Symons Holl 

Industrial Arts a Education -J. M. Pofterson BIdg. 

Business a Public Administration •Taliaferro Holl 

Classroom Building - Woods Holl 

Engr. Loborotories 

Educotion - SKinner Building 

Chem. Engr. 

Wind Tunnel 

Preinkert Field House 

Judging Pavilion 

Mothematlcs 

Physics 

Poultry -Jull Holl 

Engines Research Lab. (Molecular Physics) 



Civil 
Otftnif n 



Training Sld|. 




<u 


w 


^ 






C 


c 


t:^ 


O 


^ 




GENERAL INFORMATION 

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION 

THE University of Maryland, in addition to being a State University, iS the 
"Land-Grant" institution of Maryland. The University is co-educational in 
all of its branches. 

College Park 

The undergraduate colleges and the Graduate School of the University of 
Maryland are located at College Park, Prince George's County, Maryland, on a 
beautiful tract of rolling, wooded land, less than eight miles from the heart of 
the Nation's capital, Washington, D. C. This nearness to Washington, naturally 
is of immeasurable advantage to students because of the unusual library facilities 
afforded by the Library of Congress and the libraries of Government Departments; 
the privilege of observing at close range sessions of the United States Supreme 
Court, the United States Senate and the House of Representatives ; the opportunity 
of obtaining almost without effort an abundance of factual data which is constantly 
being assembled by the numerous agencies of the Federal Government. 

The University is served by excellent transportation facilities, including the 
main line of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, the Washington street car system, 
and several bus lines. The campus fronts on the Baltimore- Washington Boulevard, 
a section of U. S. Route No. 1, which makes the University easily accessible by 
private travel. 

College Park, and several adjacent residential communities provide homes for 
many of the members of the faculty and staff, and where students who prefer to 
live off campus may find desirable living accommodations at reasonable rates. 

Baltimore 

The professional schools of the University; Dentistry, Law, Medicine, Nursing, 
and Pharmacy, the University Hospital, the Psychiatric Institute and the Baltimore 
Program of the College of Special and Continuation Studies are located in a group 
of splendid buildings, most of them erected in recent years, at or near the adjacent 
corners of Lombard and Greene and Redwood Streets, Baltimore, Maryland. 

Baltimore, a thriving, modern industrial city of more than a million inhabitants, 
has an old-established culture represented by outstanding educational institutions, 
libraries, museums, parks, public buildings, and places of historical interest. 

Baltimore is justly proud of its well earned reputation as a center of the 
highest type of professional education, and no finer location could be chosen by 
a young roatn or woman desiring to prepare for a professional career. 



10 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

BRIEF HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY 

While its advancement in recent years, both in the matter of physical plant 
facilities and educational standards has been especially rapid, the University has 
behind it a long and honorable record. 

The history of the present University is the history of two institutions; the 
old privately-owned and operated University of Maryland in Baltimore and the 
Maryland State College (formerly Maryland Agricultural College) at College 
Park. These institutions were merged in 1920 to form the present University of 
Maryland- 

In 1807 the College of Medicine of Maryland was organized, the fifth medical 
school in the United States. The first class was graduated in 1810. A permanent 
home was established in 1814-1815 by tlie erection of the building at Lombard 
and Greene Streets in Baltimore, the oldest structure in America devoted to medical 
teaching. Here was founded one of the first medical libraries (and the first medical 
school library) in the United States. In 1812 the General Assembly of Maryland 
authorized the College of Aledicine of Maryland to "annex or constitute faculties 
of divinity, law, and arts and sciences," and by the same act declared that the 
"college or faculties thus united should be constituted a university by the name 
and under the title of the University of Maryland." By authority of this act, steps 
were taken in 1813 to establish "a faculty of law," and in 1823 a regular school of 
instruction in law was opened. Subsequently there were added: in 1882 a Depart- 
ment of Dentistry which was absorbed in 1923 by the Baltimore College of Dental 
Surgery (founded in 1840. the first dental school in the world) ; in 1889 a School 
of Nursing; and in 1904 the Maryland College of Pharmacy (founded in 1841, the 
third oldest pharmacy college in the United States). 

The Maryland State College was chartered in 1856 under the name of the 
Maryland Agricultural College, the second agricultural college in the Western 
Hemisphere. For three years the College was under private management. In 
1862 the Congress of the United States passed the Land Grant Act. This act 
granted each State and Territory that should claim its benefits a proportionate 
amount of unclaimed western lands, in place of scrip, the proceeds from the sale 
of which should apply under certain conditions to the "endowment, support, and 
maintenance of at least one college where the leading object shall be, without 
excluding other scientific and classical studies, and including military tactics, to teach 
such branches of learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanical arts, in 
such a manner as the Legislatures of the States may respectively prescribe, in 
order to promote the liberal and practical education of the industrial classes in the 
several pursuits and professions of life." This grant was accepted by the General 
Assembly of Maryland, and the Maryland Agricultural College was named as the 
betieficiary of the grant. Thus the College became, at least in part, a State institu- 
tion. In the fall of 1914 control was taken over entirely by the State. In 1916 the 
Oneral Assembly granted a new charter to the College, and made it the Maryland 
State College. 

In 1920, by an act of the State Legislature, the University of Maryland was 
merged with the Maryland State College, and the resultant institution was given 
the name University oi Maryland. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 11 

OBJECTIVES OF THE UNIVERSITY 

Briefly summarized, the major objectives of the University of Maryland are: 
(1) to prepare students in the arts, the humanities, the pure and applied sciences, 
agriculture, business and public administration, home economics, industry, and for 
the professions; (2) to conduct systematic research and promote creative scholar- 
ship; (3) to provide general education in its broadest sense, both formal and 
informal, for all students who enroll; (4) to develop those ideals and finer rela- 
tionships among students which characterize cultured individuals; and (5) to oflfer 
special continuation and extension education in communities where feasible. 

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY 

The government of the University is, by law, vested in a Board of Regents, 
consisting of eleven members appointed by the governor of the State, each for a 
term of nine years. The administration of the University is vested in the president. 
The deans, directors and other principal officers of the University form the Ad- 
ministrative Board. This group serves in an advisory capacity to the president. 

Following is a list of the administrative divisions of the University: 

At College Park 

College of Agriculture College of Physical Education, Recrea- 

College of Arts and Sciences tion and Health 

College of Business and Public Adminis- College of Special and Continuation 

tration Studies 

College of Education Graduate School 

Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering Summer School 

and Aeronautical Sciences 

College of Home Economics Agricultural Experiment Station 

College of Military Science Agricultural and Home Economics Ex- 
tension Service 

At Baltimore 

School of Dentistry School of Pharmacy 

School of Law ' University Hospital 

School of Medicine Maryland State Board of 

School of Nursing Agriculture 

State- Wide Activities 

The Agricultural and Home Exonomics Extension Service maintains local 
representatives in every county of the State. These representatives. County Agents 
and Home Demonstration Agents, provide expert assistance to farmers and farm 
families in their areas and, when necessary, call upon the large staflF of specialists 
at the headquarters of the Extension Service at College Park. 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service, which is charged with responsibility for the 
control and eradication of diseases of live stock and poultry, maintains local 
veterinary inspectors throughout the State, in addition to specialists and laboratory 



12 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

technicians at the main laboratory at College Park and the branch laboratories in 
Salisbury, Centerville and Baltimore. 

PHYSICAL FACILITIES— GROUNDS, BUILDINGS 
AND EQUIPMENT 

College Park 

Grounds. The University owns approximately 1115 acres at College Park, 
Maryland. The main campus occupying approximately 300 acres, is surmounted 
by a commanding hill which overlooks a wide area and insures excellent drainage. 
Most of the buildings are located on this eminence and the adjacent grounds are 
laid out attractively in lawns and terraces, ornamented with trees, shrubbery and 
flower beds. 

The additional 800 acres at College Park are devoted to research and teaching 
in horticulture, agronomy, entomology, dairying, livestock, agriculture and poultry. 
There are five large areas in different parts of the State, totalling 1053 acres engaged 
in agricultural research. 

Buildings. The buildings have been consistently designed with a beautiful 
Georgian colonial motif. There are seventy-five permanent principal buildings and 
an additional seventy structures for supplemental utility, providing facilities for 
the varied activities carried on at College Park. Many of the permanent buildings 
were named in 1954, through action of the Board of Regents and with appropriate 
ceremonies to honor individuals who contributed in some way to the growth of the 
institution. The total evaluation of buildings and equipment at College Park was 
placed at $37,053,848.25 on June 30, 1954. 

Administration and Instruction Buildings 
This group consists of the following: 

THE ADMINISTRATION BUILDING which accommodates the offices of 
the President and other administrative functions. 

SYMONS HALL, which houses the office of the Dean of the College of Agri- 
culture, the offices of the Agriculture and Home Economics Extension Service and the 
offices of the Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station, and the departments 
of Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Education, Animal Husbandry, and Poultry, 
as well as official Publications and general publicity. 

HOLZAPFEL HALL (Horticulture), SHRIVER LABORATORY (Agricul- 
tural Engineering), H. J. PATTERSON HALL (Agronomy, Botany and Soils) 
TURNER LABORATORY (Dairy Husbandry), JULL HALL (Poultry), HAR- 
RISON LABORATORY (Plant Laboratories and Greenhouses), and an APIARY, 
complete the buildings utilized by the College of Agriculture. 

The College of Arts and Sciences with many of its departments is housed in 
FRANCIS SCOTT KEY HALL. The Psychology Department is located in MOR- 
RILL HALL, one of the oldest buildings on the campus which has been com- 
pletely refurbished. Speech and Sociology Departments occupy WOOD HALL. 

The College of Business and Public Administration, with many of its major 
departments, is located in the TALIAFERRO BUILDIN(]. McDONNELL HALL 
f Geography), and the DEAN OF WOMEN'S BUILDING, are among the oldest 
landmarks on the campus. 



GENERAL INFORMATION U 

The College of Education shares space in the SKINNER BUILDING, with 
the Graduate School, the College of Special and Continuation Studies, and the 
Bacteriology Department. 

In the group of eight large modern buildings to be shortly dedicated as the 
GLENN L. MARTIN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, are located the Col- 
lege of Engineering and departments of Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics. This 
group includes a research laboratory devoted to Molecular Physics and a Wind 
Tunnel. The J. M. PATTERSON BUILDING (Industrial Education Department), 
is also located in this area. 

The College of Home Economics is located in MARGARET BRENT HALL. 
A Home Management House serves as one of the laboratories. 

The College of Military Science is housed in the ARMORY. 

The College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health, has headquarters in 
the OLD GYMNASIUM, awaiting completion of the new $3,500,000.00 ACTIVI- 
TIES BUILDING. The PREINKERT FIELD HOUSE, complete with women's 
swimming pool, is a part of the Physical Education facilities. 

BYRD STADIUM, on the northwest corner of the campus, seats close to 50,000. 
Suitable parking areas adjoin the stadium. The WOMEN'S FIELD HOUSE includes 
a modern swimming pool for recreation of women students. 

A new interdenominational CHAPEL provides facilities for on-campus religious 
services and quarters for the clergy. It is a memorial to former Maryland "gold star" 
students who gave their lives in World Wars I and II as well as in Korea. The 
main chapel seats 1,250. 

The RITCHIE COLISEUM, which seats 4,500, is used for indoor sports events. 

SHOEMAKER HALL, the present University Library, will give way to a new 
1,000,000 volume Library for which plans have been completed. 

Seven temporary frame classroom buildings serve the present overflow from 
Psychology, Music and Journalism, headquarters for all student publications, and 
classrooms and play areas for the Nursery School. 

Student organizations, recreational facilities, the Student Supply Store and 
the University Post Office, are now accommodated in a newly completed STUDENT 
UNION BUILDING. 

Housing. The University provides permanent dormitories named for the counties 
of the State of Maryland. The Women's Dormitories, ANNE, ARUNDEL, SAINT 
MARY'S, QUEEN ANNE'S, SOMERSET, CAROLINE, WICOMICO AND 
CARROLL, will accommodate a total of 1,100 women students. 

The Men's Dormitories are, ALLEGANY, BALTIMORE, CALVERT, 
CHARLES, FREDERICK, GARRETT, HARFORD, HOWARD, KENT, 
MONTGOMERY, PRINCE GEORGE'S, TALBOT, AND WASHINGTON, 
with a total capacity of 1,750 men students. 

The University also provides seventeen smaller housing units leased to Fra- 
ternity and Sorority groups. Ten of these are recently completed new colonial 
structures, costing nearly $100,000.00 each. 

A temporary Housing Project provides facilities for 104 veteran families in 
thirteen units. Seven temporary dormitories are being retained as over-flow facili- 
ties, and for housing of special groups. 



14 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Experiment Station. The headquarters for the Agricultural Experiment 
Station are in the Symons Hall, Agriculture Administrative building. The lab- 
oratories and greenhouses for this research work are located in several buildings 
on the campus. 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service is located in a group of buildings about a 
mile east of the main campus, near the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad Station. The 
Grayson Laboratory and Isolation Building, devoted to research in respiratory 
diseases of horses, is an additional facility. 

Service Buildings. This group includes the Central Heating Plant, Service 
Building, the Infirmary, the Dining Hall, and a Central Warehouse. 

The Fire Service Extension Building is located near the south gate of the 
campus. It houses the Fire Extension Service offices as well as the College Park 
Volunteer Fire Department. 

Historical Building. Rossborough Inn. This historic Inn, built in 1798, is 
the oldest building on the campus and for many years housed the Agricultural 
Experiment Station. Entirely restored, it is now one of the most beautiful and 
interesting buildings on the campus. 

U. S. Government Buildings. United States Bureau of Mines. The Eastern 
Experiment Station of the United States Bureau of Mines is located on the 
University grounds. The general laboratories are used for instruction purposes 
in the College of Engineering as well as by the United States Government for 
experimental work. The building contains a geological museum and a technical 
library. United States Fish and Wildlife Service Laboratory. The technological 
research laboratory building of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service is located 
on the University campus. It contains laboratories for research in fisheries dealing 
with chemical, chemical engineering, bacteriological, nutritional, and biological 
subjects. Through a cooperative arrangement with the University it is possible 
for students to do graduate work using the facilities of these laboratories. 

Baltimore 

The group of buildings located in the vicinity of Lombard and Greene Streets 
provides facilities for the Baltimore Division of the University, embracing the Pro- 
fessional Schools and Hospital. The group is comprised of the original Medical 
School Building, erected in 1812; the Out-Patient Department, formerly Univer- 
sity Hospital ; the new University Hospital with approximately 450 beds ; the 
Psychiatric Institute, an addition to University Hospital providing 200 additional 
general hospital beds and 90 beds for psychiatric cases ; the Frank C. Dressier 
Building, for medical research; the Dental-Pharmacy Building with dental clinics; 
the Nurses' Residence; the Law Building; Davidge Hall, the Medical Library; 
Gray Laboratory, housing medical laboratories and general offices ; and the Ad- 
ministration Building. The Kelly Memorial, adjacent to University Hospital, is 
used jointly by the University and the Pharmaceutical Association. 

LIBRARY FACILITIES 

Libraries are located at both the College Park and Baltimore divisions of the 
University. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 15 

The General Library at College Park, completed in 1931, is an attractive and 
well equipped structure. The main reading room on the second floor seats 250 
and has about 5,000 reference books and bound periodicals on open shelves. The 
five-tier stack room and basement are equipped with carrels and desks for use of 
advanced students. The Library Annex, a temporary, two-story building located 
just west of the main building, is used for reserve book reading. The Annex 
accommodates 350 people. About 30,000 of the 190,000 volumes on the campus 
are shelved in the Chemistry, Engineering, Entomology and Mathematics Depart- 
ments, and other units. Over 2,500 periodicals are currently received. 

Facilities in Baltimore consist of the libraries of the School of Dentistry, 
containing 15,000 volumes; the School of Law, 27,000 volumes; the School of 
Medicine, 34,000 volumes; the School of Nursing, 2,800 volumes; and the School 
of Pharmacy 12,000 volumes. The Medical Library is housed in Davidge Hall; 
the remaining four libraries have quarters in the buildings of their respective schools, 
where they are readily available for use. Facilities for the courses in Arts and 
Sciences are offered jointly by the libraries of the Schools of Dentistry and 
Pharmacy. 

The libraries of the University total in the aggregate over 285,000 bound 
volumes. The General Library is a depository for publications of the United 
States Government and numbers some 75,000 documents in its collection. 

The University Library System is able to supplement its reference service to 
graduate students and faculty by borrowing material from other libraries through 
Inter-Library Loan. Within a short distance from College Park are located the 
excellent library facilities of the Library of Congress, Department of Agriculture, 
Department of Education and other agencies of the Federal Government. 

ADMISSION PROCEDURE 

Undergraduate Schools : Applicants for admission to the College of Agri- 
culture, Arts and Sciences, Business and Public Administration, Education, En- 
gineering, Home Economics, Military Science, Physical Education, Recreation and 
Health, and the School of Nursing should communicate with the director of Ad- 
missions, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

Graduate School: Those seeking admission to the Graduate School should 
address the Dean of the Graduate School, University of Maryland, College Park. 

Professional Schools: Information about admission to the professional schools 
in Baltimore may be had by writing to the dean of the college concerned or to 
the Director of Admissions of the University. 

Timeof Admission: New students should plan to enter the University at the 
beginning of the fall semester if possible. Students, however, will be admitted 
at the beginning of either semester. 

Applicants from Secondary Schools: Procure an application blank from the 
Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask your principal 
or headmaster to enter your secondary school record and mail the blank to the 
Director of Admission. 

To avoid delay, it is suggested that applications be filed not later than July 1st 
for the fall semester, and January 1 for the spring semester. Applications from 



16 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

students completing their last semester of secondary work are encouraged. If ac- 
ceptable, supplementary records may be sent upon graduation. 

Applicants from Other Colleges and Universities: Secure an application blank 
from the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask secondary 
school principal or headmaster to enter secondary school record and send the 
blank to the Director of Admissions. Request the Registrar of the College or 
University attended to send a transcript to the Director of Admissions, College 
Park, Maryland. 

Readmission: Students in good standing, not in attendance at the University 
for a semester or longer must apply to the Director of Admission for readmission. 
The application must be submitted 30 days before registration. 

ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN 

Admission by Certificate: Graduates of accredited secondary schools of Mary- 
land will be admitted by certificate upon the recommendation of the principal. Grad- 
uates of out-of-state schools should have attained college certification marks, such 
marks to be not less than one letter or ten points higher than the passing mark. 

SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and other 
indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern of 
subject matter. 

English 4 units required for all divisions of the University. 

Mathematics 3H units, including Solid Geometry, required for Engineer- 
ing, Alathematics. 

For all Colleges, one unit of Algebra and one of Plane 
Geometry are desirable. A unit of Algebra will be needed 
by Business and Public Administration students and by 
most Education, Home Economics and Arts students. 

Social Science ; Natural 
and Biological Science. 1 unit from each group is required; two are desirable. 

Foreign Languages Those who will follow the professions, enter journalism, 

foreign trade or service, study the humanities or do research, 
should have a good foundation in one or more, but none is 
required. 

Electives Fine Arts, trade and vocational subjects are acceptable. 

Transfer Students: Only students in good standing as to scholarship and 
conduct are eligible to transfer. Advanced standing is assigned to transfer students 
from accredited institutions under the following conditions : 

1. A minimum of one year of resident work or not less than 30 semester 
hours is necessary for a degree. 

2. The University reserves the right at any time to revoke advanced standing 
if the transfer student's progress is unsatisfactory. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 17 

Special Students. Applicants who are at least twenty-one years of age, and 
who have not completed the usual preparatory course, may be admitted to such 
courses as they seem fitted to take. Special students are ineligible to matriculate 
for a degree until entrance requirements have been satisfied. 

Unclassified Students: Applicants who meet entrance requirements but who 
do not wish to pursue a program of study leading to a degree are eligible for 
admission to pursue courses for which they have met prerequisites. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MEN AND WOMEN 

All undergraduate men and women students classified academically as fresh- 
men or sophomores, who are registered for more than six semester hours of 
credit, are required to enroll in and successfully complete four prescribed courses 
in physical education for a total of four semester hours of credit. The successful 
completion of these courses is a requirement for graduation. These courses must 
be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at the 
University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Men and women who have 
reached their thirtieth birthday are exempt from these courses. Students who are 
physically disqualified from taking these courses, must enroll in adaptive courses 
for which credit will be given. Transfer students who do not have credit in these 
courses, or their equivalent, must complete them or take them until graduation, 
whichever occurs first. Students with miHtary service may receive credit for these 
courses by applying to the Air Force R. O. T. C. Records Office. 

Required Uniform 

A regulation uniform as prescribed by the College of Physical Education, 
Recreation, and Health is required for both men and women. 

Required Equipment 

Students will be required to provide individual equipment for certain elective 
courses such as archery, badminton, golf, and tennis. 

HEALTH EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR WOMEN 

All freshmen women who are registered for more than six semester hours of 
credit must enroll in and successfully complete the prescribed courses in health edu- 
cation for four semester hours of credit. Transfer students who do not have credit 
in these courses, or their equivalent, must complete them or take them until 
graduation, whichever occurs first. Women who have reached their thirtieth birth- 
days are exempt from these courses. 

REQUIREMENTS IN MILITARY INSTRUCTION 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are 
required to take elementary military training for a period of two years. 

This training includes two hours of regularly scheduled drill per week at 
1 1 :00 hours on Tuesdays and Thursdays and other drill formations at such times 
as designated by the PAST. 



18 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but 
it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance 
at the University whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who 
do not have the required two years of military training will be required to 
complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Any male student who has not reached his 25th birthday at time of initial 
enrollment in any undergraduate or graduate curriculum of this University may 
apply for the Advanced AFROTC upon satisfaction of the Basic requirements. 
Successful completion of the Advanced AFROTC course and a baccalaureate 
degree will lead to a commission in the United States Air Force Reserve or a 
Certificate of Completion, as applicable. Advanced AFROTC training may be 
carried as an integral part of the student's academic program. 

BASIC AIR FORCE R. O. T. C. EXEMPTIONS 

1. Students who have completed the basic course in other approved units of the 
U. S. A. P., Army or Naval R. O. T. C. will receive credit. 

2. Students holding commissions in the Reserve Corps of the Army, Navy, 
Marine Corps, Coast Guard or Air Force will receive credit. 

3. Students who have served in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast Guard 
or Air Force for a period of time long enough to be considered equivalent to the 
training received in the A. F. R. O. T. C. program will receive credit. Short periods 
of service in any of the branches named above will be evaluated and allowed as 
credit toward completion of the course. 

4. Graduate students will be exempt. 

5. Students classified as "Special Students" who are registered for less than 
seven semester hours will be exempt. 

6. Students who have passed their thirtieth birthday before starting the course 
will be exempt from any part of the course not already completed. 

7. Students who are not citizens of the United States or one of its territorial 
possessions will be exempt. Students having applied for United States citizenship 
will not be exempt. 

THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Because the University feels that it is vital for every student to understand 
this country better, it has establi.shed a very comprehensive program of American 
studies. Work in American Civilization is offered at three distinct academic levels. 
The first level is required of all freshmen or sophomores at the University of 
Maryland and is described below. 

The second level is for undergraduate students wishing to carry a major in 
this field fsee catalog for the College of Arts and Sciences). The third level is 
for students desiring to do graduate work in this field (see Catalog for the 
Graduate School). 



GENERAL INFORMATION 19 

Courses in the American Civilization Program Required of 
All Freshmen and Sophomores 

All students (unless specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) are 
required to take twelve semester hours of English (for sequence and descriptions, 
see the offerings of the Department of English), three semester hours of sociology 
(Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life), three semester hours of government (G. 
& P. 1 — American Government), and six semester hours of history (H. S, 6 — 
History of American Civilization, before graduation. 

DELINQUENT STUDENTS 

A student must attain passing marks in fifty per cent of the semester hours for 
which he is registered, or he is automatically dropped from the University. The 
Registrar notifies the student, his parent or guardian, and the student's dean of this 
action. A student who has been dropped for scholastic reasons may appeal in writing 
to the Committee on Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment for reinstatement. The 
Committee is empowered to grant relief for just cause. A student who has 
been dropped from the University for scholastic reasons, and whose petition for 
reinstatement is denied, may again petition after a lapse of at least one semester. 

The University reserves the right to request at any time the withdrawal of a 
student who cannot or does not maintain the required standard of scholarship, or 
whose continuance in the University would be detrimental to his or her health, or 
to the health of others, or whose conduct is not satisfactory to the authorities of 
the University. Students of the last class may be asked to withdraw even though no 
specific charge be made against them. 

According to University regulations, excessive absence from any course is 
penalized by failure in that course. Students who are guilty of persistent absence 
from any course will be reported to the President or to his appointed representative 
for final disciplinary action. 

FEES AND EXPENSES 
General 

All checks or money orders should be made payable to the University of Mary- 
land for the exact amount of' the charges. 

In cases where students have been awarded Legislative Scholarships or Univer- 
sity Grants, the amount of such scholarship or grant will be deducted from the bill. 

All fees are due and payable at the time of registration, and students should come 
prepared to pay the full amount of the charges. No student will be admitted to 
classes until such payment has been made. Veterans are required to comply with 
these conditions if the University does not have in its possession at the time of 
registration an approved Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement from the Veterans 
Administration. 

The University reserves the right to make such changes in fees and other charges 
as may be found necessary, although every effort will be made to keep the costs 
to the student as low as possible. 



20 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript of « 
record issued to a student who has not made satisfactory settlement of his account. 

The University will award to all World War II Veteran Students approved 
by the Veterans Administration for the educational benefits under Public Laws 16 
or 346, a scholarship whenever the total charges excluding room and board, but 
including textbooks and supplies, exceeds the $500 allotment per academic year 
payable to the University by the Federal Government. The amount of such scholar- 
ship shall be the difference between such total charges as above defined and the 
maximum amount payable by the Veterans Administration during the veteran student's 
period of eligibility. 

EXPLANATION OF FEES 

The Fixed Charges Fee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help defray 
the cost of operating the University's physical plant and other various services which 
ordinarily would not be included as a cost of teaching personnel and teaching supplies. 
Included in these costs would be janitorial services, cost of heat, electricity, water, etc., 
administrative and clerical cost, maintenance of buildings and grounds, maintenance of 
libraries, Alumni Office, the University Business and Financial Offices, the Regis- 
trar's Office, the Admissions Office and any other such services as are supplemental 
and necessary to teaching and research are supported by this fee. 

The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department of Intercollegiate 
Athletics. All students are eligible and encouraged to participate in all of the activities 
of this department and to attend all contests in which they do not participate. 

The Special Fee is used to pay interest on and amortize the cost of construction 
of the Student Union Building and the combination building used as an Auditorium 
for Physical Education and Indoor Athletics. 

The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the 
Student Government Association. It covers subscription to the Diamondback, student 
newspaper; the Old Line, literary magazine; the Terrapin, yearbook; class dues; 
and includes financial support for the musical and dramatic clubs. 

The Infirmary Fee does not include expensive drugs or special diagnostic pro- 
cedures. Expensive drugs will be charged at cost and special diagnostic procedures, 
such as X-ray, Electro-cardiographs, Basal Metabolic Rates, etc., will be charged at 
the lowest cost prevailing in the vicinity. 

Students entering the University for the second semester will pay the following 
additional fees: Athletic, $7.50; Student Activities, $8.00; Special, $20.00; Infirmary, 
$2.50; Advisory and Testing Fee, $5.00. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



21 



RESIDENTS, NON-RESIDENTS 
Fees for Undergraduate Students First Second 

Maryland Residents Semester Semester Total 

Fixed Charges $ 82.00 $ 83.00 $165.00 

Athletic Fee 15.00 .... 15.00 

Student Activities Fee 10.00 .... 10.00 

Special Fee 40.00 .... 40.00 

Infirmary Fee 5.00 .... 5.00 

Advisory and Testing Fee 5.00 .j^ 5.00 

$157.00 % 83.00 $240.00 

Residents of the District of Columbia, 

Other States and Countries Semester Semester Total 

Tuition Fee for Non-Resident 

Students $125.00 $125.00 $250.00 

Total for Non-Resident Students..,, $282.00 $208.00 $490.0 

Board and Lodging 

Board $180.00 $180.00 $360.00 

Dormitory Room: 

Maryland Residents $65-75 $65-75 $130-$150 

Other States and Countries $90-$100 $90-$100 $180-$200 

The above fees do not apply to the temporary Veterans' Housing Units. 
The rates for these Units are as follows: 

Dormitory Unit, $55 per semester. 

Family Units: Tvi^o-room apartment %2)7 month; Three-room apartment $40 
month. 

SPECIAL FEES 

Matriculation Fee for undergraduates, payable at time of first registration 

in the University $ 10.00 

Diploma Fee for Bachelor's degree 10.00 

Cap and Gown Fee for Bachelor's degree 2.75 

Engineering College Fee, Per Semester 4.00 

Home Economics College Fee, Per Semester 10.00 

R. O. T. C. Uniform Cleaning Fee, Per Year (Applicable to students 

registered in Basic R. O. T. C. — Refundable if uniform is not issued) 2.50 

Special Guidance Fee Per Semester (For students required or who wish 
to take advantage of the effective study courses, and/or the tutoring 
Service offered by the Dean of Students' Office) 15.00 

Room Key Deposit (A room key deposit is payable upon initial entry to 
the dormitories. Upon return of the key, a refund shall be made 
whenever the student does not plan to re-enter the dormitories the 
next succeeding semester. ) l.CX) 

(Fees for Auditors are exactly the same as fees charged to students registered 
for credit, with the exception that the non-resident fee will not be charged in the 
case of students not registering for credit in any courses.) 



22 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES 

Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course 

Agricultural Engineering $3.00 Horticulture $5.00 

Bacteriology $10.00 and 20.00 Industrial Education . . $5.00 and 7.50 

Botany 5.00 Journalism $3.00 and 6.00 

Business Administration 7.50 Mechanical Engineering 3.00 

Statistics 3.50 Music (Applied Music only) 40.00 

Chemical Engineering 8.00 Physical Activities Courses * 3.00 

Chemistry 10.00 

Education (Depending on Labora- 



Physics — 

Lecture Demonstration 2.00 



tory) $1.00, $2.00. $3.00. $5.00. _ . , ,^ 

Practice Teaching 30.00 i"''"^"^'"''^ J"?? 

Dairy 3.00 ^^l^^""'' ',^ 

Electrical Engineering 4.00 /^ , 



Office Techniques and 

Management 7.50 



Entomology 3.00 

Home Economics — 

(Non-Home Ec. Students) Speech — 

Practical Art, Crafts. Tex- Radio and Stagecraft 2.00 

tiles and Clothing 3.00 All Other 1.00 

Foods and Home Man'ment. each 7.00 Zoology 8.00 

Miscellaneous Fees and Charges 

Fee for part-time students per credit hour 10.00 

(The term "part-time students" is interpreted to mean undergraduate 
students taking 6 semester credit hours or less. Students carrying more 
than 6 semester hours are considered to be full time and must pay the 
regular full time fees.) 

Late Registration Fee 5.00 

(All students are expected to complete their registration, including the 
filing of class cards and payment of bills, on the regular registration 
days.) Those who do not complete their registration during the prescribed 
days will be charged a fee of $5.00. 

Fee for change in registration 3.00 

Fee for failure to report for medical examination appointment 2.00 

Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester hour 5.00 

Makeup Examination Fee — (for students who are absent during any class 
period when tests or examinations are given) 100 

Transcript of Record Fee 100 

Property Damage Charge — Students will be charged for damage to property 
or equipment. Where responsibility for the damage can be fixed, the 
individual student will be billed for it; where responsibility cannot be 
fixed, the cost of repairing the damage or replacing equipment will be 
pro-rated. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 23 



Library Charges: 



Fine for failure to return book from general library before expiration of 
loan period per day .05 

Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf before expiration of 
loan period — 

First hour overdue 25 

Each additional hour overdue 05 

In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitution must be made. 

Text Books and Supplies 

Text books and classroom supplies — These costs vary with the course pursued, 
but will average per semester 35.00 

Fees for Graduate Students 

Fee for students carrying 10 or more semester credit hours 100.00 

Fee per semester hour for students carrying less than 10 semester credit hours 10.00 

Matriculation Fee, payable only once, at time of first registration 10.00 

Diploma Fee for Master's Degree 10.00 

Cap and Gown Fee for Master's Degree 3.00 

Graduation Fee for Doctor's Degree 50.00 

Cap and Gown Fee for Doctor's Degree 4.00 

Notes: Fees in the Graduate School are the same for all students, whether 
residents of the State of Maryland or not. 

All fees, except Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee, are payable at the time 
of registration for each semester. 

Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee must be paid prior to graduation. 

No provision for housing graduate students is made by the University. 

Medical attention is not provided for graduate students, consequently, no 
Infirmary Fee is charged. 

Fees for Off-Campus Courses 

Matriculation Fee (payable once, at time of first registration by all students — 
full time and part time; candidates for degrees, and non-candidates) : 

For Undergraduates 10.00 

For Graduates 10.00 

Fee for all students — limit 6 hours. For exceptional adult students taking 
off-campus courses the limit may be increased to 9 hours. Charge per 
credit hour 10.00 



24 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Laboratory Fees — A laboratory fee, to cover cost of materials used, is charged 
in laboratory courses. These fees vary with the course and can be ascer- 
tained in any case by inquiry of the Dean of the College of Special and 
Continuation Studies. 

WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES 

Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the academic 
year, should file an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper signatures, in the 
office of the Registrar. If this is not done, the student will not be entitled, as a 
matter of course, to a certificate of honorable dismissal, and will forfeit his right 
to any refund to which he would otherwise be entitled. The date used in computing 
refunds is the date the application for withdrawal is filed in the office of the Registrar. 

In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the written 
consent of the student's parent or guardian. 

Students withdrawing from the University will receive a refund of all charges 
except board, deposits for room reservations, less the matriculation fee in ac- 
cordance with the following schedule: 

Percentage 
Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable 

Two weeks or less 80% 

Between two and three weeks 60% 

Between three and four weeks 40% 

Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks 

Board is refunded only in the event the student withdraws from the University. 
Refunds of board are made on a pro-rata, weekly basis. Dining Hall cards issued 
to boarding students must be surrendered at the Dining Hall office the day of 
withdrawal. 

No refund of the athletic, student activity, special, infirmary, and advisory 
and testing fee is made to students who withdraw at the close of the first 
semester. 

No refunds of fixed charges, lodging, tuition, laboratory fees, etc., are 
allowed when courses are dropped, unless the student withdraws from the 
University. 

When regularly enrolled ofT-campus students officially drop a course or 
courses and continue with one or more courses, they may receive a refund of 80% for 
the dropped courses if they drop the courses after not more than two meetings of 
a class. If drop action occurs after two meetings of a class, no refund will be made. 

DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE 

Students who arc minors are considered to be resident students if at the time 
of their registration their parents have been domiciled in this State for at least 
one year. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 2S 

The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his first 
registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him unless, in 
the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents of this State 
by maintaining such residence for at least one full year. However, the right of the 
minor student to change from a non-resident status to resident status must be 
established by him prior to the registration period set for any semester. 

Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their registration 
they have been domiciled in this State for at least one year provided such residence 
has not been acquired while attending any school or college in Maryland or 
elsewhere. 

The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent plact 
of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be maintained. 

REGULATION OF STUDIES 

Schedule of Courses. A Semester time schedule of courses, giving days, 
hours, and rooms, is issued as a separate pamphlet at the beginning of each 
semester. Classes are scheduled at 8 :00 A. M. Instructions concerning registration 
are given in the Schedule of Classes. 

Definition of Credit Unit. The semester hour, which is the unit of credit 
in the University, is the equivalent of a subject pursued one period a week fof 
one semester. Two or three periods of laboratory or field work are equivalent 
to one lecture or recitation period. 

Examinations. Examinations are held at the end of each semester in 
accordance with the official schedule. Students are required to use prescribed 
type of book in final examination and tests if requested by instructor. 

Marking System: The following symbols are used for marks: A, B, C, and 
D, passing; F, Failure; I, Incomplete. 

Mark A denotes superior scholarship; mark B, good scholarship; mark C, 
fair scholarship; and mark D, passing scholarship. 

In computing scholastic averages, numerical values are assigned as follows; 
A— 4; B— 3; C— 2; D— 1; P— 0. 

A scholastic average of C is required for graduation and for junior standing. 
The C average will be computed on the basis of the courses required by each 
student's curriculum. The average of transfer students and of those seeking 
combined degrees will be computed only on the courses taken in residence in 
the University of Maryland and in satisfaction of the non-professional curriculum 
of the college granting the degree. An over-all average will also be computed 
to include all courses taken in the University as a basis for the award of honors 
and such other uses as may be deemed appropriate. If a course is repeated, the 
final mark in the course is used in determining credit and in computing the 
over-all average. 

Academic Regulations. A separate pamphlet is published each year listing 
the regulations which govern the academic work and other activities of students. 



It UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

REPORTS 

Written reports of grades are sent by the Registrar, at the close of the semester, 
to parents or guardians of minor students who are not veterans. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

For junior standing, the requirement, in addition to the required military and 
physical education courses, is fifty-six (56) semester hours of academic credit, the 
whole program to be completed with an average grade of C. 

DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES 

The University confers the following degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor 
of Science, Master of Education, Master of Arts, Master of Arts in American 
Civilization, Master of Science, Master of Business Administration, Master of 
Foreign Study, Doctor of Philosophy, Doctor of Education, Civil Engineer, 
Mechanical Engineer, Electrical Engineer, Chemical Engineer, Bachelor of 
Laws, Doctor of Medicine, Doctor of Dental Surgery, Bachelor of Science 
in Pharmacy, and Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

Students in the two-year and three-year curriculums are awarded certificates. 

No baccalaureate degree will be awarded to a student who has had less than 
one year of resident work in this University. The last thirty semester credits 
of any curriculum leading to a baccalaureate degree must be taken in residence 
at the University of Maryland. Candidates for the baccalaureate degree in 
combined curriculums at College Park and Baltimore must complete a minimum of 
thirty semester credits at College Park. 

An average mark of C (2.0) is required for graduation. The C average 
will be computed on the basis of the courses required by each student's cur- 
riculum. The average of transfer students and of those seeking combined degrees 
will be computed only on the courses taken in residence in the University of 
Maryland and in satisfaction of the non-professional curriculum requirements of 
the college granting the degree. An over-all average will also be computed to 
include all courses taken in the University as a basis for the award of honors 
and such other uses as may be deemed appropriate. 

The requirements for graduation vary according to the cliaracter of work in 
the different colleges and schools. Full information regarding specific college 
requirements for graduation will be found in the college sections of the catalog. 

Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar eight weeks 
prior to the date he expects to graduate, a formal application for a degree. Candi- 
dates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are conferred and 
diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only in exceptional cases. 

TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS 

Students and alumni may secure transcripts of tlieir scholastic records from 
the office of the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy ; for additional 
copies, there is a charge of $1.00 for each transcript, except when more than one 
copy is requested at the same time. In that case, one dollar is charged for the 



GENERAL INFORMATION 27 

first copy, and fifty cents for each additional copy. Checks should be made payable 
to the University of Maryland. 

Transcripts of records should be requested at least one week in advance of 
the date when the records are actually needed. 

No transcript of a student's record will be furnished any student or alumnus 
whose financial obligations to the University have not been satisfied. 

STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE 

The University recognizes its responsibility for safeguarding the health of 
its student body and takes every reasonable precaution toward this end. All 
new undergraduate students will be given a thorough physical examination at 
the time of their entrance into the University. A well-equipped infirmary is 
available for the care of the sick or injured students. A small fee is charged 
undergraduate students for this infirmary service, but does not include expensive 
drugs and special diagnostic procedures. 

Infinnary Service 

L All undergraduate students may receive dispensary service and medical 
advice at the infirmary during office hours established by the physician in charge. 

2. A registered nurse is on duty at all hours in the Infirmary for student care. 
Students are required to report illnesses during doctors' office hours unless the case is 
an emergency. 

3. Students not residing in their own homes may, upon order of the Uni- 
versity physician, be cared for in the Infirmary to the extent of the facilities 
available. Students Hving oflF the campus will be charged a subsistence fee. 
In case of illness requiring a special nurse, consultations, expensive drugs. X-rays or 
special tests, the expense must be borne by the student. 

4. Students Hving in dormitories, fraternity houses, sorority houses, or "off 
campus" houses who are too ill to go to the Infirmary must notify tne house- 
mother, proctor or householder who in turn will notify the Infirmary. This will 
be done in all cases, except emergencies, during the doctors' office hours. 

5. When a student is admitted to the Infirmary and the illness is of a 
serious nature, parents will be promptly informed of the admission and of the 
progress of the student's condition. Visiting hours are 10 A. M. to 11 A. M. 
and 7 P. M. to 7:30 P. M. daily. Each patient is allowed only three visitors 
at one time. No visitor may see any patient until permission is granted by the 
doctor or nurse in charge. 

6. Hospitalization is not available at the Infirmary for faculty, graduate 
students or employees. Emergency dispensary service, however, is available for 
faculty, graduate students and employees who are injured in University service 
or University activities. 

Public Health 

All dormitories, "oflF campus" houses, sorority and fraternity houses are 
inspected periodically by the student Health Service to insure that proper 



28 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

sanitary conditions are maintained and that kitchens meet the prescribed stand- 
ards for cleanliness and sanitation. All food handlers will be examined in 
accordance with directives issued by the Student Health Service. 

LIVING ARRANGEMENTS 

Dormitories 

1. Room Reservations. All new students desiring to room in the dormitories 
should request room application cards by so indicating on their applications for 
admission. The Director of Admissions will refer these to the offices of the Dean 
of the Men or the Dean of Women. Application cards or blanks will be sent to 
applicants and should be returned promptly. A fee of $15.00 will be requested which 
will be deducted from the first semester charges when the student registers. A 
room is not assured until notice is received from the Dean concerned. Room reserva- 
tions not claimed by freshmen or upper-classmen on their respective registration 
days will be canceled. A room will be held by special request until after classes 
begin providing the dormitory office is notified by the first day of registration. 
Room reservation fees will not be refunded if the cancellation is received later than 
August 15 for the first semester. 

2. Applications for rooms are acted upon only when a student has been 
fully admitted academically to the University. 

3. Reservations by students in attendance at the University will be made at 
least two weeks before the close of the spring semester. New students are urged 
to attend to their housing arrangements about three months in advance of registra- 
tion. // is understood that all housing and board arrangements which are made 
for the jail semester are binding for the spring semester. Room and hoard charges 
will begin with the evening meal prior to the first day of registration and include 
the last day of classes for each semester with the exception of the Christmas recess 
and the Easter recess. Students unable to make other arrangements for the holi- 
days may consult with the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women for assistance. 
All freshmen except those who live at home, are required to room in the dormitories 
when accommodations are available. 

Equipment 

Students assigned to dormitories should provide themselves with sufficient 
single blankets, at least two pairs of sheets, a pillow, pillow cases, towels, a 
laundry bag, a waste paper basket, a desk blotter and some bureau scarves. 

The individual student must assume responsibility for all dormitory property 
assigned to him. Any damage done to the property other than which would 
result from ordinary wear and tear will he charged to the student concerned. 
It is therefore advisable to protect desk tops with blotters and bureaus with 
bureau scarves. Where individual responsibility for damage cannot be ascertained, 
the amount of said damage will be pro-rated among the occupants of the dormitory 
where the damage was incurred. 

Each student will be furnished a key for his room for which a deposit of 
$1.00 will be made. This deposit will be returned in exchange for the key at 
the end of the year. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 29 

Laundry. The University does not provide laundry service; each student is 
responsible for his or her own laundry. There are several reliable laundry 
concerns in College Park, or if a student prefers, he may send his laundry home. 
Students may, if they wish, do their own laundry, not including bed linen, in 
the laundry room in each dormitory. 

Personal Baggage sent via the American Express and marked with your 
college housing address will be delivered when the student concerned notifies 
the College Park express office of his arrival. 

Off-Campus Houses 

1. Men : Only upper-classmen and veterans, are allowed to live in houses off 
the campus. A list of "off campus" rooms is available in the Office of the Dean of 
Men. 

2. Women: All housing arrangements for women students must be approved 
by the Office of the Dean of Women. 

3. Undergraduate women students who cannot be accommodated in the women's 
dormitories are referred to private homes which are registered in the Office of the 
Dean of Women as "Off -Campus Houses for Undergraduate Women." The house- 
holders in these homes agree to maintain the same rules and regulations as in the 
dormitories but business arrangements are made entirely between the student and the 
householder. Students and their parents should plan to see these accommodations 
personally and talk with the householder before making final arrangements. No 
woman student should enter into an agreement with a householder without first ascer- 
taining at the Office of the Dean of Women that the house is on the approved list. 
No "oflf campus" householder should accept a deposit without first checking with the 
Office of the Dean of Women as to the eligibility for housing of the applicant, which 
depends on the waiting lists from the various areas. 

Meals 

All students who live in permanent University dormitories must board at the 
University Dining Hall. 

Other students may make arrangements to board by the semester at the Dining 
Hall, eat at the University Cafeteria, or at eating establishments in College Park. 
A few "oflf campus" houses provide board as well as room. , 

No rebate is made for meals not eaten at the University Dining Hall or in other 
places where board is paid in advance. 

By applying to the OflSce of the Dean of Women, girls may find desirable 
rooms in good homes where they can earn their room and board. 

Estimated Expenses of "Off-Campus" Residence 

Most of the off campus houses have double rooms with twin beds and provide 
linens and towels. Some require the students to furnish their own bed linens. The 
price for a person in a double room is about $25.00 a month. 



30 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF WOMEN 

The Office of the Dean of Women exists for the purpose of furnishing friendly 
counsel and helpful guidance to women students. The staff is ever ready to assist 
in the student's adjustment to college. This may include advice in personal 
problems, in meeting financial obligations, in finding and adjusting to her housing, 
and in orienting her to her new environment. In addition, the Office of the Dean 
of Women coordinates women's activities, approves chaperones for social func- 
tions, regulates sorority rushing in cooperation with Panhellenic Association and 
advises the Women's Student Government Association. It has supervision over all 
housing accommodations for women students, whether on or oflf campus. A 
personal interview with one of the members of this Department is required of every 
woman student on entering and on leaving the University. All women students 
are invited to avail themselves of the services of this Department. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF MEN 

The Office of the Dean of Men exists for the purpose of furnishing friendly 
counsel and helpful guidance to male students in connection with any of thsir 
personal problems, especially those related to social adjustment, financial need, 
employment, housing, etc. This office also handles for male students matters of 
discipline and infringement of University regulations. 

UNIVERSITY COUNSELING CENTER 

The University maintains a center where all students are encouraged to go for 
individual assistance on their vocational choices, personal problems, and educational 
progress. The University Counseling Center has a professionally qualified staff 
and has available an extensive selection of diagnostic devices for the analysis of 
interests, abilities, aptitudes, and adjustment. By virtue of the payment of the 
annual testing and advisory fee, all students are entitled to the professional services 
of this center without further charge. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND STUDENT AID 

All requests for information concerning scholarships and student aid should 
be addressed to the Chairman of the Scholarship Committee, University of 
Maryland, College Park, Maryland. Regulations and procedures for the award 
of scholarships are formulated by this committee. 

The Board of Regents of the University authorizes the award of a limited 
number of scholarships each year to deserving students. All scholarships and 
grants for the undergraduate departments of the University at College Park 
are awarded by a faculty committee. Applicants are subject to the approval 
of the Director of Admissions insofar as qualifications for admission to the 
University are concerned. All recipients are subject to the academic and non- 
academic regulations and requirements of the University. 

Scholarships are awarded on the basis of apparent qualifications for leader- 
ship. In making awards consideration is given to character, achievement, partici- 
pation in student activities and to other attributes which may indicate potential 
leadership. The intention of the Committee on Scholarships is to make awards 
to young men and women who possess the above-mentioned qualifications and 



GENERAL INFORMATION 31 

who might not otherwise be able to provide for themselves an opportunity for 
higher education. 

The types of scholarships, grants and loan funds available are as follows: 

Full Scholarships 

The University awards 56 full scholarships covering board, lodging, fixed 
charges and fees. Not more than 20 of these scholarships may be held by out- 
of-state students and at least 12 are reserved for women. 

Scholastic achievement and participation in student activities are given 
primary consideration in the award of these scholarships. 

University Grants 

The University awards to deserving and qualified secondary school grad- 
uates a limited number of grants covering fixed charges only. 

General Assembly Scholarships 

These scholarships are for fixed charges only and are awarded by members 
of the Legislature, three for each Senator and one for each member of the 
House of Delegates. They may be awarded by a member of the House of 
Delegates or a Senator only to persons in the county or legislative district of 
Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator represents. Awards of such 
scholarships are subject to approval by the Faculty Committee on Scholar- 
ships and by the Director of Admissions as to qualifications for admission. 

Special Grants 

A limited number of grants are awarded each year out of funds derived from 
campus enterprises. 

Endowed Scholarships. 

The University has a few endowed scholarships and special awards. These 
are paid for by income from funds especially established for this purpose. Brief 
descriptions of these awards follow: 

Albright Scholarship 

A scholarship, known as the Victor E. Albright Scholarship, is open to 
graduates of Garrett County High Schools who were born and reared in that 
County. Application should be made to the high school principals. 

Borden Agricultural and Home Economics Scholarships 

A Borden Agricultural Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in 
the College of Agriculture who has had two or more of the regularly listed 
courses in dairying and who, upon entering the senior year of study, has 
achieved the highest average grade of all other similarly eligible students in 
all preceding college work. 

A Borden Home Economics Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student 
in the College of Home Economics who has had two or more of the regularly 
listed courses in food and nutrition and who, upon entering the senior year of 



i?. UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

study, has achieved the highest average grade of all other similarly eligible stu- 
dents in all preceding college work. 

W, Atlee Burpee Company Scholarship Award in Horticulture 

A Scholarship award of $100, open to upper class students in Horticulture 
at the University of Maryland, is established by the W. Atlee Burpee Company, 
Seed Growers, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and Clinton, Iowa. Its purpose is 
to encourage and stimulate interest in flower and vegetable growing. The 
award is made on the basis of scholarship, experience, and interest in research. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Scholarships 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis 
oiler two summer scholarships to outstanding students in the College of Agri- 
culture, one for a student who has successfully completed his Junior year; the 
other for a student who has successfully completed his Freshman year. The 
purpose of these scholarships is to bring together outstanding young men for 
leadership training. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis 
offer two summer scholarships to outstanding Home Economics Students, one 
to a Junior and one to a Freshman. The purpose of these scholarships is to 
bring together outstanding young women for leadership training. 

Dairy Technology Scholarships 

The Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and District of Columbia pro- 
vides a limited number of scholarships for students majoring in Dairy Products 
Technology. These scholarships are available both to high school graduates 
entering the University as freshmen and to students who have completed one 
or more years of their University curriculum. The purpose of these scholar- 
ships is to encourage and stimulate interest in the field of milk and milk prod- 
ucts. The awards are based on scholarship, leadership, personality, need, ex- 
perience, interest in and willingness to work in the field of dairy technology. 
The Dairy Technological Society cooperates with the Scholarship Committee 
of the University in making these awards. 

Davidson Transfer and Storage Company Scholarship 

A $500 award to a Junior student in the College of Business and Public 
Administration concentrating in Transportation with an interest in motor trans- 
portation who has shown scholastic ability in his three years of training. Award 
is made through the College erf Business and Public Administration in coopera- 
tion with the Faculty Committee on Scholarships. 

Exel Scholarships 

A substantial grant for endowed scholarships was made by Deborah B. Exel. 
These awards are made by the Faculty Committee to worthy students in ac- 
cordance with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholar- 
ships. 

Food Fair Stores Foundation Scholarships 

Each year a number of scholarships are made available by the Food Fair 
Stores Foundation to students from Anne Arundel and Baltimore Counties and 



GENERAL INFORMATION S3 

Baltimore City. Students receiving these scholarships may pursue any of the 
four-year curriculum of the University. The scholarships are for $250.00 for 
an academic year, and are awarded by the Scholarship Committee of the Uni- 
versity as in the case of all other scholarships. Under certain conditions they 
may be granted from year to year. 

Victor Frenkil Scholarship 

A scholarship of $250 is granted annually by Mr. Victor Frenkil of Balti- 
more to a student from Baltimore City for attendance in the freshman class 
of the University of Maryland. This scholarship is established through the 
U. S. Internal Revenue Post No. 186 American Legion and is to be awarded 
by the University Faculty Scholarship Committee in accordance with the terms 
of the grant. Application blanks for this scholarship may be procured from 
the Chairman of the Child Welfare Committee of the U. S. Internal Revenue 
Post No. 186 American Legion, 15 East Preston Street, Baltimore 2, Md. 

General Electric Company Engineering Scholarship 

A $500 scholarship is awarded to a Junior engineering student on the basis 
of scholarship and outstanding ability through the College of Engineering in 
cooperation with the Faculty Committee on Scholarships. 

William Randolph Hearst Scholarships 

These scholarships are made available through a gift of the Baltimore 
News-Post, one of the Hearst newspapers, in honor of William Randolph 
Hearst. The undergraduate scholarship of $400 annually is open to the graduate 
of any high school in America. The graduate scholarship of $600 annually is 
open to the graduate of any college or university in America. These scholar- 
ships are awarded for special work in the University's program of American 
civilization. 

Home Economics — M Scholarships 

Each year several scholarships are made available for students who enter 
the College of Home Economics by Marie Mount. These scholarships are for 
varying amounts and are awarded by the Scholarship Committee of the Uni- 
versity as in the case of all other scholarships. 

Interfraternity Council Scholarship 

Each year the Interfraternity Council of the University of Maryland pro- 
vides funds for four $200 scholarships. These are annual grants awarded at the 
discretion of the Scholarship Committee to deserving undergraduate male stu- 
dents. 

Venia M. Kellar Scholarship 

An award of $100 open to a girl or boy of promise in Maryland who wishes 
to enroll or is enrolled in the College of Home Economics. This award is made 
through the College of Home Economics in cooperation with the Faculty Com- 
mittee on Scholarships. 



34 VNIVERSIT OF MARYLAND 

Kiwanis Scholarship 

A Kiwanis Memorial Scholarship of $200 per year is awarded by the Prince 
George's County Kiwanis Club to a male resident of Prince George's County, 
Maryland, who in addition to possessing the necessary qualifications for main- 
taining a satisfactory scholarship record, must have a reputation of high character 
and attainment in general all-around citizenship. 

Helen Aletta Linthicum Scholarships 

These scholarships, several in number, were established through the bene- 
faction of the late Airs. Helen Aletta Linthicum, widow of the late Congressman 
Charles J. Linthicum, who served in Congress from the Fourth District of Mary- 
land for many years. These scholarships are known as the Helen Aletta 
Linthicum scholarships. They are granted only to worthy young men and 
women who are residents of the State of Maryland and who have satisfactory 
high school records, forceful personality, a reputation for splendid character 
and citizenship, and the determination to get ahead. 

The "M" Club Grants 

The "M" Club of the University of Maryland provides each year a limited 
number of awards. They are granted by the Faculty Committee to applicants 
who show promise in sports other than football. 

Dr. Frank C. Marino Scholarship 

Dr. Frank C. Marino provides a $200 annual scholarship in Nursing Edu- 
cation. As vacancies in this scholarship occur, it is awarded by the Scholar- 
ship Committee to a student who demonstrates special interest and promise in 
this field. 

Maryland Educational Foundation Grants 

The Maryland Education Foundation provides funds each year for the edu- 
cation of several promising young men. These grants are awarded by the 
Faculty Committee to applicants who qualify under the provision of the Founda- 
tion. 

Maryland Association of Certified Public Accountants Scholarship 

A $200 award to a superior student in the College of Business and Public 
Administration concentrating in Accounting. This award is made through the 
College of Business and Public .Administration in cooperation witli the Faculty 
Committee on Scholarships. 

The Maryland Motor Truck Association Scholarship 

A $500 award is made to a Junior student majoring in Transportation with 
an interest in motor transportation who has shown in his three years of train- 
ing an apparent ability to succeed. Tliis award is made through the College 
of Business and Public Administration in cooperation with the Faculty Com- 
mittee on Scholarships. 



GENERAL INFClMATION 35 

National Executive Housekeepers Associat-.* n Scholarship 

Five hundred dollars is provided by the National Executive Housekeepers 
Association for scholarships to students majoring in Housekeeping Administra- 
tion. 

Panhellenic Association of Washington, D. C. Scholarship 

A |200 scholarship is awarded annually by the Panhellenic Association of 
Washington, D. C. This award is made to a member of a national Panhellenic 
Conference Sorority who in her Sophomore or Junior year has had a 2.5 average 
and has done the most to promote good social relations among the sororities 
on the campus, and who is an outstanding leader in student affairs sponsored 
by the University. The award is made by the Faculty Committee on Scholar- 
ships in terms of the provisions of the grant. 

Pilot Freight Carriers, Inc., Scholarship 

A $500 award is made to a Senior student in the College of Business and 
Public Administration concentrating in Transportation who has demonstrated 
competence in study in this field. This award is made through the College of 
Business and Public Administration in cooperation with the Faculty Committee 
on Scholarships. 

Peninsula Horticultural Society Scholarship 

The Peninsula Horticultural Society provides a $200 scholarship to be 
awarded each year to the most deserving Junior or Senior student majoring in 
Horticulture or related subjects, particularly as they apply to the culture erf 
fruits and vegetables. This student must be a resident of Maryland. The award 
is made in cooperation with the Scholarship Committee of the University. 

Mrs. Luther Ruark Memorial Scholarship 

The Mrs. Luther Ruark Memorial Scholarship of $165 is provided annually 
for a deserving woman undergraduate student by the Alpha Epsilon Phi Sorority 
in honor of Mrs. Ruark's excellent standards as housemother of the Alpha Mu 
Chapter. The award is made in the hope that the recipient will carry on in some 
measure the high idealism of Mrs. Ruark. The scholarship is awarded by the 
Faculty Committee on Scholarships in accordance with the general principles 
underlying the award of all other scholarships. 

The Sears Roebuck Foundation Scholarships 

Ten scholarships of $200 each are granted by the Sears Roebuck Founda- 
tion to the sons of farmers in the State of Maryland who enroll in the fresh- 
man class of the College O'f Agriculture of this University. One $250 scholar- 
ship is granted each year to the sophomore student in the College of Agricul- 
ture who proved to be the outstanding student on a Sears Roebuck scholarship 
the previous year. These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee 
in accordance with the terms of the grant. 



36 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A limited number of similar scholarships from the Sears Roebuck Founda- 
tion are also available for students in the College of Home Economics. 

Tilghman Agricultural Scholarship 

The Wm. B. Tilghman Company of Salisbury, Maryland provides a $1,000 
scholarship, $250 for each of four years. This scholarship is open to male stu- 
dents in Somerset, Wicomico and Worcester counties who plan to enter the Col- 
lege of Agriculture. 

Once the scholarship is awarded, in order to continue to enjoy its benefits, 
the student must stand in the upper half of his class at the University of Mary- 
land. The award is made by the Scholarship Committee of the University of 
Maryland in terms of the provision of the grant. Application blanks may be 
procured through the Wm. B. Tilghman Company. 

Union Carbide and Carbon Company Scholarship 

A senior tuition and fees scholarship in Engineering sponsored by the Bake- 
lite Company. Award is made through the College of Engineering in coopera- 
tion with the Faculty Committee on Scholarships. 

J. McKenny Willis & Son Scholarship 

A scholarship of $500 is granted annually by J. McKenny Willis & Son, 
Inc., Grain, Feed and Seed Company of Easton, Maryland, to an outstanding 
student in vocational agriculture in Talbot County who will matriculate in the 
College of Agriculture in the University. This scholarship is awarded by the 
Faculty Committee in accordance with the terms of the grant. 

Application blanks for this scholarship may be procured at the OfTice of 
the County Superintendent of Schools of Talbot County. 

Washington Flour Scholarship 

This scholarship, provided by the Wilkins-Rogers Milling Company of 
Washington, D. C, for Freshmen in the College of Home Economics, cavers 
all fees and books for" one year, and is open to any student a resident of the 
District of Columbia, of Prince George's or Montgomery Counties in Mary- 
land, or Arlington or Fairfax Counties, or Alexandria in Virginia. It is 
awarded annually by the Faculty Committee in accordance with the general 
principles underlying the award of all other scholarships. 

Loan Funds 

A. A. U. W. Loan. The College Park Branch of the American Association 
of University Women maintains a fund from which loans are made to women 
.students of junior or senior standing who have been in attendance at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland for at least one year. 

American Bankers Association Scholarship Loan Fund. This is a loan 
fund of $250 for one year only limited to students in the senior year or in 
graduate work in banking, economics, or related subjects in class of senior grade 
or above. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 37 

Catherine Moore Brinkley Loan Fund. Under the provisions of the will 
of Catherine Moore Brinkley, a loan fund is established, available for worthy 
students who are native and residents of the State of Maryland, studying 
mechanical engineering or agriculture at the University of Maryland. 

Home Economics Loan Funds. A loan fund, established by the^ District 
of Columbia Home Economics Asssociation, is availabe for students majoring in 
Home Economics. 

The Henry Strong Educationai Foundation 

From this fund, established under the will of General Harry Strong of 
Chicago, an annual allotment is made to the University of Maryland at Col- 
lege park for scholarship loans available for the use of young men and women 
students under the age of twenty-five. Recommendations for the privileges of 
these loans are limited, in most part, to students in the junior and senior^ years. 
Only students who through stress of circumstances require financial^ aid and 
who have demonstrated excellence in educational progress are considered in 
making nominations to the secretary of this fund. 

Student Employment and Senior Placement 

A considerable number of students earn some money through employment 
while in attendance at the University. No student should expect, however, to 
earn enough to pay all o^ his expenses. The amounts vary, but some earn from 
one-fourth to three-fourth of all required funds. 

Generally the first year is the hardest for those desiring employment. After 
one has demonstrated that he is worthy and capable, there is much less difficulty 
in finding work. 

The University assumes no responsibility in connection with employment. 
It does, however, make every eflFort to aid needy students. The nearby towns 
and the University are canvassed, and a list of available positions is placed at 
the disposal of the students. Application for employment should be made ta 
the Director of Student Welfare. 

A Placement Service is also maintained to assist graduating seniors in 
finding employment. 

ATHLETICS AND RECREATION 

The University recognizes the importance of the physical development of all 
students, and besides the required physical education for freshmen and sophomores 
sponsors a comprehensive intercollegiate and intramural program. Students are 
encouraged to participate in competitive athletics and to learn the skill of games 
that may be carried on after leaving college. The intramural program which 
covers a large variety of sports is conducted by the Physical Education Depart- 
ment for both men and women. 

A full program in intercollegiate athletics is sponsored under the super- 
vision of the Council on Intercollegiate Athletics and it tries to promote inter- 



38 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

collegiate athletics in every form necessary to meet the needs of the student 
body, but to keep them in proper bounds by making them an incidental and 
not the principal feature of university life, and to regulate them by wise and 
prudent measures in order that they may improve the physical condition, afford 
a tempered emotional outlet, and strengthen the moral fibre of the students. 
Each student is encouraged to participate in the program either as an athlete 
or spectator. A strong intercollegiate program creates the incentives for exten- 
sive participation in the Intramural Program and further, the Program fur- 
nishes a rallying point of common interest of students, alumni and faculty. 

The University is a member of the Atlantic Coast Conference, the National 
Collegiate Athletic Association, the United States Intercollegiate Lacrosse As- 
sociation, Inter-collegiate Amateur Athletic Association of America, and co- 
operates with other national organizations in the promotion of amateur athletics. 

The University has an Activities Building which contains a modern gym- 
nasium, swimming pool, training facilities for indoor sports, physical education 
laboratories, and an arena; a large armory; a modern stadium with a running 
track; a number of athletic fields; tennis courts; baseball diamonds; and a 
gymnasium and swimming pool for women. 

EXTRA-CURRICULAR STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

The following description of student activities covers those of the undergraduate 
divisions of College Park. The descriptions of those in the Baltimore divisions are 
included elsewhere. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT 

Regulation of Student Activities. The association of students in organized 
bodies for the purpose of carrying on voluntary student activities in orderly and 
productive ways, is recognized and encouraged. All organized student activi- 
ties are under the supervision of the Student Life Committee. Such organiza- 
tions are formed only with the consent of the Student Life Committee and the 
approval of the President. Without such consent and approval no student 
organization which in any way represents the University before the public, or 
which purports to be a University organization or an organization of University 
students, may use the name of the University in connection with its own name, 
or in connection with its members as students. 

Student Government. The Student Government Association consists of the 
Executive Council, the Associated Women Students, and the Men's League, 
and operates under its own constitution. Its officers are a president, a vice- 
president, a secretary, a treasurer, president of Associated Women Students, and 
president of Men's League. 

The Executive Council is the over-all student governing body and performs 
the executive duties incident to managing .student affairs and works in cooperation 
with the Student Life Committee. 

Associated Women Students, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of 
Women, handles matters pertaining to women students. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 3^ 

The Men's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Men, 
handles matters pertaining to men students. 

The Student Life Committee, a faculty committee appointed by the President, 
keeps in close touch with all activities and conditions, excepting classroom work, 
that eflfect the student, and acting in an advisory capacity, endeavors to improve 
any unsatisfactory conditions that may exist. 

Two pamphlets. Academic Regulations, and General Regulations, are issued 
annually and distributed to the students in the fall, contain full information 
concerning student mattert as well as a statement of the rules of the University. 

Eligibility to Represent the University. Only students in good standing are 
eligible to represent the University in extra-curricular activities. In addition, various 
student organizations have established certain other requirements. To compete in 
varsity athletics a student must pass the required number of hours as determined 
by the Athletic Board. 

Discipline. In the government of the University, the President and faculty 
rely chiefly upon the sense of responsibility of the students. The student who 
pursues his studies diligently, attends classes regularly, lives honorably and main- 
tains good behavior meets this responsibility. In the interest of the general welfare 
of the University, those who fail to maintain these standards are asked to withdraw. 
Students are under the direct supervision of the University only when on the 
campus, attending an approved function or representing the University, but they are 
responsible to the University for their conduct wherever they may be. 

HONORS AND AWARDS 

Scholarship Honors. Final honors for excellence in scholarship are awarded 
to one-fifth of the graduating class in each college. First honors are awarded to the 
upper half of this group; second honors 1o the lower half. To be eligible for honors, 
at least two years of resident work must be completed, and the average must be B 
(3.00) or higher. 

The Goddard Medal. The James Douglas Goddard Memorial Medal is 
awarded annually to the resident of Prince George's County, born therein, who 
makes the highest average in his studies and who at the same time embodies 
the most manly attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne K. Goddard James 
of Washington, D. C. 

Grange Award. The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the 
senior who has excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has con- 
tributed meritorious service to the College of Agriculture. 

The Alpha Chi Sigma Award. The Maryland, Alpha Rho Chapter, of the 
Alpha Chi Sigma Fraternity awards annually a year's membership in the American 
Chemical Society to the senior in the Department of Chemistry or the Department 
of Chemical Engineering with the highest scholastic average based on three and 
one-half years, provided the average is above 3.00. 

Sigma Chi Cup. Sigma Chi Fraternity offers annually a cup to the man in 
the freshman class who makes the highest scholastic average during the first 
semester. 



40 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Alpha Zeta MedaL The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta 
awards annually a medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who 
attains the highest average record in academic work. 

Dinah Berman Memorial Medal. The Dinah Berman Memorial Medal is 
awarded annually to the sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic average 
of his class in the College of Engineering. The medal is given by Benjamin Berman. 

Delta Delta Delta Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the 
girl who attains the highest average in academic work during the sophomore year. 

Pi Sigma Alpha — Fred Hays Memorial Award. |;$30.00 given by an alumnus 
to the senior in Government and Politics having the highest average in Depart- 
mental courses. 

Omicron Nu Sorority Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the 
freshman girl in the College of Home Economics who attains the highest scholastic 
average during the first semester. 

Bernard L. Crozier Award. The Maryland Association of Engineers awards 
a cash prize of $25.00 annually to the senior in the College of Engineering who, in 
the opinion of the faculty, has made the greatest improvement in scholarship during 
his stay at the University. 

Alpha Lambda Delta Senior Certificate Award. To the senior members who 
have maintained the Alpha Lambda Delta average of 3.5. 

American Society of Civil Engineers Award. A Junior membership in the 
American Society of Civil Engineers to the senior in the Department of Civil 
Engineering who has the highest scholastic standing. 

Tau Beta Pi Award. The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi awards 
annually an engineers' handbook to the junior in the College of Engineering 
who, during his sophomore year, has made the greatest improvement in scholar- 
ship over that of his freshman year. 

Sigma Alpha Omicron Award. This is awarded to the senior student major- 
ing in Bacteriology for high scholarship, character and leadership. 

Delta Gamma Scholarship Award is offered to the woman member of the 
graduating class who has maintained the highest average during the three and 
one-half years at the University of Maryland. 

The Charles B. Hale Dramatic Awards. The University Theatre recognizes 
annually the man and woman members of the senior class who have done most 
for the advancement of dramatics at the University. 

William S. Rosenbaum Memorial Foundation Award, Barbarossa Lodge 133, 
Knights of Pythias, Philadelphia, for excellence in Hebrew Studies, $25. 

Phi Alpha Award. Epsilon Chapter of Phi Alpha Fraternity awards 

annually a plaf|uc to the man in the junior class who attained the highest 

scholastic average during his first two years at the College Park Colleges of 
the University of Maryland. 

Alpha Rho Chapter of Alpha Chi Sigma Award. To the senior in Chemistry 
or Chemical Engineering whose average is above 3.00 for three and one-half 
years. A membership in the American Chemical Society. 



GENERAL INFORMATION « 

Mahlon N. Haines Art Award. An award of |100 is awarded each year to 
the students in the Fine Arts Department for outstanding work in the painting 
classes. 

American Association of University Women Award. To a senior girl se- 
lected for scholarship and community leadership. 

Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key. To a member of the graduating class who 
has maintained the highest scholastic average for the entire four-year course 
in the College of Business and Public Administration. 

Washington Panhellenic Association Award, To a woman student, a mem- 
ber of a National Panhellenic Conference Sorority who has done most to pro- 
mote good social relations among the sororities on the campus, $200.00. 

Citizenship Prize for Men. An award is presented annually by President 
Emeritus H. C. Byrd, a graduate of the Class of 1908, to the member of the 
senior class who. during his collegiate career, has most nearly typified the 
model citizen, and has done most for the general advancement of the interests 
of the University. 

Citizenship Prize for Women. Presented annually as a memorial to Sally 
Sterling Byrd, by her children, to that girl member of the Senior Class who best 
exempHfies the enduring qualities of the pioneer woman. These qualities typify 
self dependence, courtesy, aggressiveness, modesty, capacity to achieve objectives, 
wilHngness to sacrifice for others, strength of character, and those other qualities 
that enabled the pioneer woman to play such a fundamental part in the building 
of the Nation. 

Algernon Sydney Sullivan Award. The New York Southern Society, in 
memory of its first president, awards annually medallions and certificates to one 
man and one woman of the graduating class and one non-student who evince 
in their daily Hfe a spirit of love for and helpfulness to other men and women. 

MILITARY AWARDS 

Military Department Award. Second Lieutenant's insignia to the Com- 
manding Officer of the winning Group in competitive drill. 

The Governor's Cup. This is offered each year by His Excellency, the 
Governor of Maryland, to the best drilled squadron. 

The Alumni Cup. The Alumni offer each year a cup to the Leader of the 
best drilled Flight in competitive drill. 

Scabbard and Blade Coblenz Memorial Trophy. This Trophy is offered to 
the leader of the best drilled squad in competitive drill. 

Pershing Rifle Medal. This medal is awarded to the outstanding member 
in the Pershing Rifles. 



42 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Air Force Association Medal. A silver medal awarded to the outstanding 
first and second year student in the AFROTC course based on scholastic 
grades, both general and military, individual characteristics and the performance 
during the period of summer camp. 

Arnold Air Society Plaque. This plaque is awarded to the second year 
advanced student who has done the most to advance the AFROTC interests 
and activities for the Arnold Air Society. 

Reserve Officers Association Medals. Three (gold, silver, bronze) Senior 
cadets demonstrating outstanding academic achievement in AFROTC and on 
the campus. 

Disabled American Veterans Gold Cup. This cup is awarded to the Senior 
advanced cadet who has displayed outstanding leadership, scholarship and 
citizenship. 

American Leg^ion Citizenship Award. This award is presented to the First 
year advanced cadet displaying outstanding citizenship. 

Armed Forces Communications Medal. This medal is awarded to the Senior 
advanced cadet in recognition of outstanding achievement in the field of 
electronics. 

Sun Newspaper Award. This award is presented to Basic cadet in recogni- 
tion of being best drilled basic cadet in competitive drill. 

Air Force Association Ribbons. These ribbons are awarded to individuals 
of best drilled squad in competitive drill. 

Consolidated Vultee Aircraft Corporation Award. This award is presented 

to the Sophomore cadet displaying leadership ability and academic excellence. 

The Mehring Trophy Competition Medal. This Trophy is presented to the 
member of the AFROTC Rifle Team who fired the highest score in competition. 

The Glenn L. Martin Aeronautical Engineering Award. This Award is 
presented for academic excellence to a Senior Advanced Cadet who has applied 
for Flight Training. 

The Republic Aviation Award. This Award is presented to a second year 
Advanced Cadet for achievement in the field of Aircraft Maintenance. 

Maryland State Society Daughters of Founders and Patriots of America 
Award. Presented to the Freshmen Cadet attaining highest over-all academic 
grades. 

ATHLETIC AWARDS 
Silvester Watch for Excellence in Athletics. A gold watch is offered an- 
nually to "the man who typifies the best in college athletics." The watch is 
given in honor of a former President of the University, R. W. Silvester. 

Maryland Ring. The Maryland Ring is offered as a memorial to Charles 
L. Linhardt '12 to the Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the 
year. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 43 

Edwin Powell Trophy. This trophy is offered by the class of 1913 to the 
player who has rendered the greatest service to lacrosse during the year. 

Louis W. Berger Trophy. This trophy is awarded to the outstanding senior 
baseball player. 

The Tom Birmingham Memorial Trophy. To the outstanding member of 
the boxing team, awarded by Major Benny Alper stein and Major Hotsy Alper- 
stein in memory of the late Tom Birmingham, '2)7. 

The Dixie Walker Memorial Trophy. Offered by Theta Chi Fraternity in 
memory of Dixie Walker. Award for the boxer who shows the most improve- 
ment over preceding years. 

The Teke Trophy. This trophy is offered by the Maryland Chapter of Tau 
Kappa Epsilon Fraternity to the student who during his four years at the 
University has rendered the greatest service to football. 

Charles Leroy Mackert Trophy. This trophy is offered by William E. 
Krouse to the Maryland studeat who has contributed most to wrestling while 
at the University. 

Anthony C. Nardo Memorial Trophy. To the best football lineman of the 
year. 

Halbert K. Evans Memorial Track Award. Given in memory of Hermie 
Evans, Class of 1940, by his friends to the outstanding graduating senior 
trackman. 

William P. Cole, III Memorial Lacrosse Award. Offered by his teammates 
and coaches of the 1940 National Champion team to the outstanding University 
of Maryland Midfielder. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS 

Medals are awarded to members of the Executive Committee of the Student 
Government Association who faithfully perform their duties throughout the year. 

RELIGIOUS INFLUENCES 

The University recognizes its responsibility for the welfare of the students, 
not solely in their intellectual growth, but as human personalities whose develop- 
ment along all lines, including the moral and religious, is included in the edu- 
cational process. Pastors representing the major denominational bodies assume 
responsibility for work with the students of their respective faiths and have offices 
m the University Chapel. The chapel, one of the most beautiful structures of 
its kind, is on the campus for the use of all faiths. Church attendance is 
encouraged. 

Religious Life Committee. A faculty committee on religious affairs and 
social service has as its principal function the stimulation of religious thought 
and activity on the campus. It brings noted speakers on religious subjects to 
the campus from time to time. The committee cooperates with the Student 
Religious Council and the student pastors and assists the student denominational 
clubs in every way that it can. Opportunities are provided for students to 
consult with pastors representing the denominations of their choice. 



44 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

While there is no attempt to interfere with anyone's religious beliefs, the 
importance of religion is recognized officially and religious activities are en- 
couraged. 

Denominational Clubs. Several religious clubs have been organized among 
the students for their mutual benefit and to undertake certain types of service. 
This year the list includes the Baptist Student Union, the Canterbury Club 
(Episcopal), the Albright-Otterbein Club (EvangeHcal United Brethren), the 
Christian Science Club, the Friends' University Group, Greek Orthodox Club, 
the Hillel Foundation (Jewish), the Lutheran Club, the Newman Club (Catholic), 
Maryland Christian Fellowship, the Wesley Foundation (Methodist), and the 
Westminster Foundation (Presbyterian). These clubs meet regularly for wor- 
ship and discussion, and occasionally for social purposes. A pastor or a member 
of the faculty serves as adviser. 

FRATERNITIES, SORORITIES, SOCIETIES AND CLUBS 
General Statement 

Fraternities and sororities, as well as all other clubs and organizations 
recognized by the University, are expected to conduct their social and financial 
activities in accordance with the rules of good conduct and upon sound business 
principles. Where such rules and principles are observed, individual members 
will profit by the experience of the whole group, and thereby become better 
fitted for their life's work after graduation. Rules governing the different 
activities will be found in the list of General University Regulations. 

Honorary Fraternities. Honorary fraternities and societies in the University 
at College Park are organized to uphold scholastic and cultural standards. These 
are Phi Kappa Phi, a national honorary fraternity open to honor students, both 
men and women, in all branches of learning; Sigma Xi, an honorary scientific 
fraternity; Omicron Delta Kappa, men's national honor society, recognizing 
conspicuous attainment in non-curricular activities and general leadership; 
Mortar Board, the national senior honor society for women recognizing service, 
leadership and scholarship: Alpha Lambda Delta, a national freshmen women's 
scholastic society requiring a 3.5 average; Phi Eta Sigma, national freshman 
honor society for men. 

A group of national honorary fraternities encouraging development in 
specialized endeavor are: Tau Beta Phi, general engineering honor society; 
Omicron Nu, women's home economics honor society; Beta Gamma Sigma, 
men's and women's commerce honor society; Sigma Pi Sigma, men's and 
women's physics honor society; Phi Alpha Thcta, men's and women's history 
honor society. Phi Alpha Epsilon, men's and women's physical education honor 
society, Sigma Alpha Eta, speech and hearing therapy honorary, Psi Chi, 
psychology honorary. 

The national professional fraternities which encourage high scholarship, 
professional research and advancement of professional ethics are: Alpha Zeta, 
men's professional agricultural fraternity; Phi Delta Kappa, men's professional 
Iota Lambda Sigma, men's professional industrial education fraternity; Alpha 
education fraternity; Beta Alpha Psi, men's professional accounting fraternity; 



GENERAL INFORMATION 45 

Chi Sigma, men's professional chemistry fraternity; and Delta Sigma Pi, pro- 
fessional commerce fraternity, Pi Alpha Xi, professional horticulture fraternity. 

The national recognition societies which promote achievement in various 
fields of activity are: Scabbard and Blade, men's military society; Pershing 
Rifles, also men's military; Pi Delta Epsilon, men's and women's college jour- 
nalism society; Alpha Kappa Delta, men's sociology society; Pi Sigma Alpha, 
men's and women's political science society; National Collegiate Players, men's 
and women's dramatics society; and Gamma Beta, a student band society. 

Sigma Alpha Omicron is a bacteriology honor society. The Arnold Society 
is an honorary Air Force R. O. T. C. society and the Varsity "M" Club is an 
honorary athletic organization. 

Fraternities and Sororities. There are twenty-four national fraternities, one 
local fraternity and fifteen national sororities at College Park. These in the 
order of their establishment at the University are: Kappa Alpha, Sigma Nu, Phi 
Sigma Kappa, Delta Sigma Phi, Alpha Gamma Rho, Theta Chi, Phi Alpha, 
Tau Epsilon Phi, Alpha Tau Omega, Phi Delta Theta, Lambda Chi Alpha, 
Sigma Alpha Mu, Alpha Epsilon Pi, Phi Kappa Sigma, Sigma Chi, Sigma Alpha 
Epsilon, Tau Kappa Epsilon, Zeta Beta Tau, Delta Tau Delta, Sigma Pi, Sigma 
Phi Epsilon, Phi Kappa Tau, Delta Kappa Epsilon and Pi Kappa Alpha, 
national fraternities; Alpha Omicron Pi, Kappa Kappa Gamma, Kappa Delta, 
Delta Delta Delta, Alpha Xi Delta, Phi Sigma Sigma, Alpha Delta Pi, Sigma 
Kappa, Gamma Phi Beta, Alpha Epsilon Phi, Pi Beta Phi, Delta Gamma, Kappa 
Alpha Theta, Alpha Gamma Delta, Alpha Chi Omega, and Sigma Delta Tau, 
national sororities; Gamma Sigma, local sorority; and Phi Kappa Gamma, local 
fraternity. 

Clubs and Societies. Many clubs and societies, with Hterary, art, cultural, 
scientific, social and other special objectives are maintained in the University. 
Some of these are purely student organizations ; others are conducted jointly by 
students and members of the faculty. The Hst follows: 

Civic and Service Organizations. Interfraternity Council, Panhellenic Council, 
Interfraternity Pledge Council, Independent Students' Association, Daydodgers' Club, 
Student Unit of the American Red Cross, Latch Key, Alpha Phi Omega (national 
service fraternity), Graduate Club, Gate and Key Club (a fraternity service 
organization, Mr. and Mrs. Club, Diamond, (a sorority service organization), and 
Junior Panhellenic. 

Subject-Matter Organisations. Agricultural Council, Engineering Council, Ameri- 
can Society of Mechanical Engineers, American Society of Civil Engineers, Student 
Affiliate of the American Chemical Society, Agriculture Economics Club, Block and 
Bridle Club. Student Port of Propellor Club, Plant Industry Club, Home Economics 
Club, American Institute of Electrical Engineers and Institute of Radio Engineers, 
Industrial Education Association, Childhood Education Club, American Institute of 
Chemical Engineers, Finance Club, Society for Advancement of Management, 
Marketing Club, Accounting Club, Maryland Poultry Science Club, Business Edu- 
cation Club, Economics Seminar Club, Federated Arts Club, Philosophy Qub, 
Institute of Aeronautical Sciences, Press Club, Music Educators Qub, Institute of 
Food Technology, Dairy Science Club, and Future Teachers of America, Veterinary 



46 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Science Club, Radio and T\' Guild, Louisa Parsons Nursing Club, Government 
and Politics Club. 

General Organisations. Student Grange, Future Farmers of America, Sociology 
Club, French Club, Spanish Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, Women's Recreation Asso- 
ciation, International Club, Russian Club, Public Relations Club, and Veterans Club. 

Recreational Organisations. Rossborough Club (large campus dances), Univer- 
sity Theatre, Men's Glee Club, Women's Chorus, Clef and Key, Riding Club, Ter- 
rapin Trail Club, Gymkana Club, Ballroom Dance Club (instructional group). Radio 
Club, Chess Club, Art Club, University Orchestra, Sailing Club, Judo Club, Modern 
Dance Club, Ski Club, Astronomy Club, Model Airplane Club, Maryland Flying 
Association, Aqualiners Club, Campus Conjurers, and Calvert Debating Society. 

UNIVERSITY AND A. F.-R. O. T. C. BANDS 

The University of Maryland Student Band and the A. F. R. O. T. C. Band are 
two separate musical organizations at the University, existing for the purpose of 
furthering the musical knowledge of interested students. The A. F. R. O. T. C. 
Band functions under the Military Department. The Student Band is under the 
direction of the Music Department and is assisted by the Military Department. Stu- 
dents are not required to be members of the University of Maryland Band to be 
eligible for the Air Force R. O. T. C. Band. The instruction of both bands is 
conducted by an experienced bandmaster. 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

Four student publications are conducted under the guidance of a faculty adviser 
and the general supervision of the Student Publications Board. 

The Diamondback , a newspaper, summarizes the University news, and provides 
a medium for the discussion of matters of interest to the students and the faculty. 

The Terrapin, the annual, is a reflection of campus activities, serving to com- 
memorate the principal events of the college year. 

The Old Line, is a literary, humorous and art magazine, published periodically. 

The "M" Book, a handbook issued for the benefit of incoming students, is designed 
to acquaint them with general University life. 

UNIVERSITY POST OFFICE 

The University operates an office for the reception, dispatch and delivery 
of United States mail, including Parcel Post packages, and for inter-ofifice com- 
munications. This office is located in the basement of the STUDENT UNION 
BUILDING. The campus post office is NOT A PART OF THE UNITED 
STATES POSTAL SYSTEM and no facilities are available for sending or 
receiving postal money orders. Postage stamps, however, may be purchased. 
United States mail is received at 8:30 A. M. and 2 P. M. and dispatched at 
11:15 A. M. and 4:00 P. M. daily, except that on Saturdays, mail is dispatched 
at 11:15 A. M. only. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 47 

Each student in the University is assigned a Post Office box at the time of 
registration for which a small fee is charged. Also, boxes are provided for the 
various University offices. Students may have access to their Post Office boxes 
from 7:30 A. M. until 9 P. M. One of the major reasons for the operation of 
the Post Office is to provide a convenient method by which Deans, teachers 
and University officials may communicate with students. Students are there- 
fore, expected to call for their mail daily, if possible, in order that such com- 
munications may come to their attention promptly. 

STUDENTS' SUPPLY STORE 

For the convenience of students, the University maintains a Students' Supply 
Store, located in the basement of the Student Union Building, where students 
may obtain at reasonable prices text books, classroom materials and equipment. 
The store also carries jewelry, stationery, fountain pens and novelty items. 

This store is operated on a basis of furnishing students needed books and supplies 
at as low a cost as practicable, and profits, if any, are turned into the general Uni- 
versity treasury to be used for promoting general student welfare. 

Because of heavy demand for text books at the beginning of each semester, the 
student should purchase required textbooks during registration week. 

ALUMNI 

The Alumni Council, composed of representatives from the Schools and 
Colleges of the University — one from the "M" Club and one from each area 
Alumni Club — coordinates all general alumni interests and activities. The Council 
membership includes three representatives from each of the organized alumni 
associations for the Schools of Agriculture, Arts and Sciences, Business and 
Public Administration, Dentistry, Education, Engineering, Home Economics, 
Law, Medicine, Nursing, and Pharmacy. 

Council activities include the alumni publication, Maryland, a scholarship program, 
and an annual Homecoming at College Park. Membership in the University 
of Maryland Alumni Association is automatically obtained through affiliation with 
one of the school organizations. Each School and College Alumni Association exerts 
an active interest in the welfare of its respective graduates and the University of 
Maryland. Objectives of the general Association include the promotion of the 
interests and welfare of the University of Maryland and efforts to further mutually 
beneficial relations between the University of Maryland, the people of the State, and 
the alumni. 

"Maryland" Magazine 

Maryland, a bi-monthly magazine, issued by the Alumni Association, is primarily 
an alumni publication. However, it publishes also articles of general interest, feature 
articles written by faculty members and alumni, campus news, and sports news. It 
is of reader interest to the alumni as well as to the student body, next of kin of 
students, faculty members and Maryland residents in general. The magazine's circula- 
tion includes the exchange list of numerous universities. Maryland is edited and 
published by the University's Director of Publications and Publicity. 



48 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS 

The academic divisions at the University of Maryland are constituted for the 
purpose of drawing into closer relationship the scholars among both students and 
faculty in related departments of study who are faced with common problems and 
the need for an exchange of experience in reference to progress underway which is 
of common interest extending beyond the bounds of individual departments. 

In addition to the functions of coordinating the work of related departments and 
stimulating scholarship in a broad subject field, it is more particularly the duty of 
divisions through their chairmen, to sanction needed interdepartmental cooperative 
projects ; check and report possible duplication of effort ; and in general, to serve 
as advisory bodies to the General Administrative Board. 

The chairmen of the divisions are chosen by the General Administrative Board, 
of which body they are members. 

Five academic divisions have been established in the University to date. These 
are: 

The Lower Division 
The Division of Biological Sciences 
The Division of Physical Sciences 
The Division of Humanities 
The Division of Social Sciences 

At the present time these divisions are constituted as follows: 

THE LOWER DIVISION 

Chairman, Dr. Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry 

Student programs in Freshman and Sophomore years of the University are under 
the general oversight of a faculty committee known as the Lower Division Commit- 
tee. The members of this committee are especially selected because of their interest 
in student growth and development in Freshman and Sophomore years. They are 
drawn from the faculties of all of the departments in the University whose responsi- 
bility it is to offer courses to students in these years. 

It is the function of the Lower Division Committee to consider the general 
problem of courses which should be open to students in Freshman and Sophomore 
years ; the articulation of these courses in terms of the curricula needs of the several 
colleges ; and, in general, to stimulate interest in learning and teaching at this level. 

THE DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 
Chairman, Dr. John E. Faber, Professor of Bacteriology 

The Division of Biological Sciences includes the departments of Bacteriology, 
Botany, Entomology, Zoology, and representatives of other departments inter- 
e.<5ted in this field. 

THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 
Chairman, Dr. Adolf E. Zucker, Professor of Foreign Languages 

The Division of Humanities includes the departments of Art, Comparative 
Literature, English Language and Literature, Foreign Languages and Literature, 



GENERAL INFORMATION 49 

Music, Practical Art, Philosophy, Speech, and representatives of other depart- 
ments interested in this field. 

THE DIVISION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

Chairman, Dr. Wilbert J. Huff, Professor of Chemical Engineering 

The Division of Physical Sciences includes the departments of Chemistry, 
Engineering, Mathematics, Physics, and representatives of other departments 
interested in this field. 

THE DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 

Chairman, Dr. Harold C. Hoffsommer, Professor of Sociology 

The Division of Social Sciences includes the departments of Economics, Agricul- 
tural Economics, History, Home Management, Government and Politics, Psychology, 
Sociology, and representatives of other departments interested in this field. 

CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS 

AT COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND 

College of Agriculture. The College of Agriculture oflFers curricula leading 
to the degree of Bachelor of Science in General Agriculture; Agricultural 
Chemistry; Agricultural Economics and Marketing; Agricultural Education and 
Rural Life; Agriculture-Engineering; Agronomy (crops and soils); Animal 
Husbandry; Botany (plant cytology, morphology and taxonomy; plant pathology; 
and plant physiology and ecology) ; Dairy (dairy husbandry and dairy products 
technology); Entomology; Horticulture (pomology and olericulture, floriculture 
and ornamental horticulture and commercial processing of horticultural crops) ; 
and Poultry Husbandry. 

College of Arts and Sciences. The College of Arts and Sciences provides 
liberal training leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of 
Science. Curricula are offered in American Civilization, Art, Bacteriology, 
Medical Technology, Chemistry, English, Foreign Languages (French, German, 
Spanish, Russian and Hebrews), History, Mathematics, Music, Physics, General 
Physical Sciences, Philosopliy, Pre-dental, Pre-law, Pre-medical, Psychology, 
Sociology, Social Service, Crime Control, Speech, Zoology, and Fisheries 
Biology. 

The College of Arts and Sciences offers combined degrees v*rith the Schools 
of Denistry, Medicine, Law. 

College of Business and Public Administration. The college of Business and 
Public Administration offers curricula leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in 
Business Organization and Administration, Public Administration, Economics, 
Geography, Government and Politics, Journalism, and Office Techniques and 
Management 

College of Education, The College of Education offers curricula leading to 
the degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. Curricula are offered 
in Academic Education, Art Education, Business Education, Elementary Edu- 
cation, Home Economics Education, Industrial Education, Music Education, 



50 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Nurserj- School-Kindergarten Education, Physical Education, Health Educa- 
tion, and Recreation. 

The Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences. The 
Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences offers cur- 
ricula leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Aeronautical Engineering, 
Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical 
Engineering, and Metallurgy. 

College of Home Economics. The College of Home Economics offers cur- 
ricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in General Home Economics, 
Foods and Nutrition, Home Economics Education, Institution Management, 
Home Economics Extension, Textiles and Clothing, Practical Art and Crafts. 

College of Military Science. The College of Military Science offers curricula 
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science. These curricula are especially 
designed for those who wish to follow a career in the Armed Forces. The Air 
Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps established by the Air Force in coopera- 
tion with the University is a major department in this College. Two years of 
training in this type of citizenship. Air Force science is required of all 
male students under the age of thirty years. Any male student in any under- 
graduate curriculum of the University who is accepted for such training may 
pursue an advanced course in this field which will lead to a reserve or regular 
commission in the United States Air Force. 

College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health. The College of 
Phvsical Education, Recreation and Health offers curricula leading to the degree 
of Bachelor of Science in Physical Education, in Recreation, in Health, and in 
Pre-Physical Therapy. In addition this College conducts the required physical 
activities program of the freshman and sophomore years designed to correct and 
improve the physical development of all students. 

College of Special and Continuation Studies. The College of Special and 
Continuation Studies extends the facilities of the University by offering educa- 
tional programs throughout the State af Maryland and the environs of the 
District of Columbia. A limited program of late afternoon, evening and Sat- 
urday morning courses, both on and off campus, is offered for mature students 
wha are unable to follow a full-time program of studies at College Park. In 
cooperation with the Armed Services, the College has established overseas teach- 
ing centers in the North Atlantic area, Europe, Africa, and the Near East. 

The College of Special and Continuation Studies offers a Bachelor of Arts 
Degree in General Studies to mature adult off-campus students. 

Summer School. The Summer School of six weeks duration provides pro- 
grams of study to persons who find it convenient to attend the University during 
the summer months. Instruction is offered in most of the departments of the 
University. In the College of Education the offerings are considerably expanded. 
Teachers in service and other persons who are employed during the regular 
school year find a wide variety of courses available. 

Graduate School. The Graduate School has general jurisdiction over the 
graduate courses offered in the departments of the University at College Park 
and Baltimore. Through a program of inter-departmental cooperation under the 
immediate direction of this School, the University confers the degrees of Master 
of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Arts in American Civilization, Master of 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



51 



Business Administration, Master of Education, Doctor of Education, and Doc- 
tor of Philosophy. The graduate faculty includes all members of the various 
faculties who give instruction in approved graduate courses. 

AT BALTIMORE 
The Schools of Dentistry, Law, Medicine, Nursing and Pharmacy offer cur- 
ricula leading to professional degrees in their respective fields. 

CATALOGS 

See separate catalog listings on back cover. 




ROSSBOROUGH INN 

Erected in 1798, the oldest building on the Campus. Lafayette, 
Washington, and practically all colonial leaders stopped here. This 
was the first stop on the Old Post Road, Alexandria to Philadelphia, 
New Yorr and Boston and, later, from Washington to Baltimore. 

Rossborough was the first building on the campus of the second 
agricultural college in the Western Hemisphere, established in 1856, 
and was the home of the first Agricultural Experiment Station to be 
established in the United States in 1888. When the old building 
was remodeled in 1938, huge white letters painted on the ends of the 
building proclaimed it as the "Maryland Agricultural Experiment 
Station." 

"My Son John Went Out to Ross's to Meet General Lafayette," 
wrote John Quincy Adams, President of the United States. 




AGRICULTURE BUILDINGS 

Top to Bottom: Agronomy and Botany, Horticulture, Agricultural Engineering, 

Symons Hall (Agriculture Hdqrt.)> 



College of 

AGRICULTURE 

STAFF 

Many of the members of the Instructional staff are also on the staff of the 
Extension Service, or the Experiment Station stafif, or both. Lists of the 
staffs of these two agencies appear elsewhere in this publication. 

Gordon M. Cairns, Dean of Agriculture 
B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., 1940 

Paul E. Nystrom, Director of Instruction 

B.S., University of California, 1928 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931 ; M.P.A., 1948 
and D.P.A., 1951, Harvard University 

Thomas B. Symons, Dean of Agriculture Emeritus 

BS Maryland Agricultural College, 1902; M.S., Maryland State College, 190.", 

D. Agr., University of Maryland, 191 S. 

George J. Abrams, Assistant Professor of Agriculture 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1927 ; M.S., 1929. 

Arthur M. Ahalt, Professor and Head, Department of Agricultural Education. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1931; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1937. 

Charles O. Appleman, Professor of Plant Physiology Emeritus. 
Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1910. 

Wendell S. Arbuckle, Professor of Dairy Manufacturing. 

B.S., Purdue University, 1933; M.A., University of Missouri, 1937; Ph.D., 1940. 

John H. Axley, Associate Professor of Soils. 

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1937 ; Ph.D., 1945. 

Ronald Bamford, Professor and Head of Botany 

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University ol Vermont, 1926; Ph.D., 
Columbia University, 1931. 

George M. Beal, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

B.S., Utah State College, 1934 ; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1938 ; Ph. D., 1942. 

Glenn H. Beck, Professor and Head of Dairy. 

B.S., University of Idaho, 1936 ; M.S., Kansas State College, 1938 ; Ph.D., Cornell 
University, 1950. 

Frank L. Bentz, Jr., Assistant Professor of Soils. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942 ; Ph.D., 1952. 

William E. Bickley, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

B.S., University of Tennessee, 1934; M.S., 1936; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 
1940. 

Luther B. Bohanan, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and Market- 
ing. 

B.S., University of Tennessee, 1932 ; M.S., 1939. 

Gerard A. Bourbeau, Associate Professor of Soils. 

B.A., St. Francis Xavier College, 1938 ; B.S., Laval Quebec University, 1934 : 
M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1946 ; Ph.D., 1948. 

Donald M. Britton, Assistant Professor of Pomology. 

B.A., University of Toronto, 1946 ; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1950. 

53 



54 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Richard E. Brown, Assistant Professor in Dairy Husbandry. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 194S; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 19.'.4. 

Russell G. Brown, Associate Professor of Botany. 

B.S , West Virginia University. 1929; M.S., 1930; Pli.D., University of Maryland, 
1934. 

Arthltr L. Brueckner, Professor and Head of Veterinary Science. 

B.S., University of Kentucky, 1914 ; V.M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1924. 

JoHx Buric, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry. 

B.S., West Virginia University, 1948 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

D.wiD J. Burns, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1948; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 1954. 

Ray W. Carpenter, Professor and Head of Agricultural Engineering. 

A.B., University of Nebraska, 1920; LL.B., Georgetown Universily, 192G. 

Gerald F. Combs, Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

B.S., University of Illinois, 1940; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1948. 

Ek.nicst N. Cory, State Entomologist, Head of Department of Entomology. 

B.S., Maryland Agricultural College, 1909 ; M.S., 1913 ; Ph.D., American University, 
1926. 

Harold F. Cotterman, Professor of Agricultural Education. 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1910; M.A., Coluniljia University, 1917; i'h.D., Amer- 
ican University, 1930. 

Carroll E. Cox, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

A.B., University of Delaware, 1938; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Iiislilnle, 1940; 

Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1943. 

» 
Richard F. Davis, Assistant Professor in Dairy Production. 

B.S.. University of New Hampshire, 1950; M.S., 1952; Ph.D., Cornell University, 

1953. 

A. Morris Decker, Jr., Assistant Professor of Crops. 

H.S.. Colorado A. & M., 1949; M.S., Utah State College, 19r,0; Ph.D., University 
of Maryland, 1953. 

Samuel H. DeVault, Professor of Agriculture Economics and Marketing Emeritus. 

A.B., Carson-Newman College, 1912; A.M., University of North Cardlina, ]:il5; 
Ph.D., Massachusetts State College, 1931. 

Harold M. Devolt, Professor of Poultry Pathology. 
M.S., Cornell University, 1926; D.V.M., 1923. 

Lee J. Enright, Assistant Professor of Ornamental Horticulture. 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1949; M.P., 1950; Ph.D., 1952. 

John E. Foster, Professor and Head of Animal Husbandry. 

B.S., North Carolina State College, 1926; M.S., Kansas State College, 1927; Ph.D., 
Cornell University, 1937. 

Stewart H. Fowler, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry. 

B.S.A., University of Florida, 1947; M.S., Alabama Polvteclinie lu.slilule, 1950; 
Ph.D., Texas Agr. and Mechanical College, 1954. 

Hugh G. Gauch, Professor of Plant I^ysiology. 

B.S., Miami University 1935; M.S., Kansas State College, 1937; I'h.n., I iiiivrrsity 
of Chicago, 1939. 

Lester F. George, Instructor of Agricultural luigineering. 
B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1951. 

Guy W. Gienger, Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
B.S.. University of Maryland. 1933; M.S., 1936. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 55 

WiLLARD W. Green, Professor of Animal Husbandry. 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1933 ; M.S.. 1934 ; Ph.D., 1939. 

Arthur B. Hamilton, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and Market- 
ing. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1929; M.S., 1931. 

Irvin C. Haut, Professor and Head of Horticulture. 

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; Ph.D., 
University of Maryland, 1933. 

Elizabeth E. Haviland, Assistant Professor of Entomology. 

A.B.. Wilmington (Ohio) College, 1923; M.A., Cornell University, 1926; M.S., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1936; Ph.D., 1945. 

Walter F. Jeffers, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1935; M.S., 1937; Ph.D.. 1939. 

William R. Jenkins. Instructor in Plant Pathology. 

B.S., William and Mary College, 1950; M.S., University of Virginia. 1952; Ph.D., 
University of Maryland, 1954. 

Morley a. Jull, Professor and Head of Poultry Husbandry. 

B.S.A., University of Toronto, 1908; M.S., McGill University, 1914; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Wisconsin, 1921. 

James G. Kantzes, Instructor in Plant Pathology. 
B.S., University of Maryland. 1951 ; M.S., 1954. 

Mark Keeney, Associate Professor of Dairy Manufacturing. 

B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1942; M.S., Ohio State University, 1948; Ph.D.. 
Pennsylvania State University, 1950. 

Amihud Kramer, Professor of Horticulture. 

B.S., University of Maryland. 1938 : M.S., 1939 ; Ph.D., 1942. 

Robert W. Krauss, Research Associate in Plant Physiology. 

A.B., Oberlin College, 1947; M.S., University of Hawaii, 1949; Ph.D., University 

of Maryland, 1951. 

Albin O. Kuhn, Professor and Head of Agronomy. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938 ; M.S., 1939 ; Ph.D., 1948. 

Emory C. Leffel, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943 ; M.S., 1947 ; Ph.D., 1953. 

Conrad B. Link, Professor of Floriculture. 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 1940. 

Joseph F. Mattick, Associate Professor of Dairy Manufacturing. 
B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1942; Ph.D., 1950. 

Delbert T. Morgan, Associate Professor of Botany. 

B.S., Kent State Universit3% 1940; M.A., Columbia University, 1942; Ph.D., 1948. 

Omar D. Morgan, Jr., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

B-.Ed., Illinois State Normal University, 1940; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1950. 

Sam C. Munson, Lecturer in Entomology. 

B.S., Mississippi State College, 1930; M.S., 1931; Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 
1952. 

Ray a. Murray, Associate Professor of Agricultural Education. 

B.S., University of Nebraska, 1934; M.A., Cornell University, 1938; Ph.D., 1949. 

John B. S. Norton, Professor of Botany Emeritus 

B,S., Kansas State College, 1896; M.S., 1900; ScD. (bon.), University o{ Maryland, 



56 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Paul E. Nystrom, Professor and Head of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931: M.P.A., 
Harvard University. 1948 ; D.P.A.. 1951. 

Paul R. Poffenberger, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

B.S., University of Maryland. 1935; M.S., 1937; Ph.D., American University, 1953. 

George D. Quigley, Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 
B.S., Michigraa State College, 1925. 

Robert D. Rappleye, Assistant Professor of Botany. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., 1949. 

Charles W. Reynolds, Assistant Professor of Vegetable Crops. 

B.A., Universitv of Alabama. 1941: B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1947; 
M.S., University of Maryland, 1949 ; Ph.D., 1954. 

George L. Romoser, Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 
B.S., University of Maryland. 1950: M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 1953. 

Thomas S. Ronningen, Associate Professor of Agronomy. 

B.S., Wisconsin State Teachers College, 1939; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1947; 
Ph.D., 1949. 

Reese I. Sailer, Lecturer in Entomology. 

A.B.. University of Kansas, 1938; Ph.D., 1942. 

Patti. W. Santelmann, Assistant Professor in Crops. 

B.S., University of Maryland. 1950: M.S.. Michigan State College, 1952; Ph.D., 
Ohio State University, 1954. 

Ernest Ralph Sasscer, Lecturer in Entomology. 

B.S., Maryland Agricultural College. 1904; M.S., 1913. 

Lelanp E. Scott. Professor of Horticultural Physiology. 

B.S.. University of Kentucky, 1927: M.S.. Michigan State College, 1929; Ph.D., 
University of Maryland, 1943. 

Clyne S. Shaffner, Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

BS.. Michigan State College, 1938: M.S.. 1940; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1947. 

James B. Shanks, Associate Professor of Floriculture. 

B.S., Ohio state University. 1939; M.S.. 194R; Ph.D.. 194 9. 

Joseph C. Shaw, Professor of Dairy Husbandry. 

B.S.. Iowa State College, 1930; M.S.. University of Montana, 1932; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Minnesota, 1938. 

Harold H. Shepard, Lecturer in Entomology. 

B.S., Ma.ssachusetts State College, 1924: M.S., University of Marvland. 1927; 
Ph.D., Massachusetts State College, 1931. 

Mark M. Shoemaker, Associate Professor of Landscape Gardening. 
B.A., University of Michigan, 1921; M.L.D.. 1922. 

Stanley C. Shull, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

B.A.. Bridgewater College, 1941 : M.A., Universitv of Virginia, 1943; Ph.D., 
Cornell University, 1951. 

Hugh D. Sisler, Research Assistant, Plant Pathology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949, M.S., 1951, Ph.D., 1953. 

Harold D. Smith, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
B.A.. Bridgewater College. 1943; M.S., University of Maryland, 1947: PhD 
American University, 1952. 

James R. Sperry, Associate Professor of Veterinary Science. 
n.V.M., Ohio state University, 1915. 

Fpancis C. Stark, Professor of Vegetable Crops. 

B.&., Oklahoma A & M, 1940: M.S., University of Maryland, 1941; Ph.D.. 1948. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



57 



Orman E. Street, Professor of Agronomy. 

B.S., South Dakota State University, 1924; M.S., Michigan State University, 192b; 
Ph.D., 1933. 

Edward Strickling, Assistant Professor of Soils. 
B.S., Ohio State University, 1937 ; Ph.D., 1949. 

Arthur H. Thompson, Professor of Pomology. 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1945. 

Herman S. Todd, Instructor in Horticulture. 
B.S.. Ohio State University, 1937. 

William P. Walker, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1921 ; M.S., 1924. 

Leslie O. Weaver, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

B.S.A., Ontario Agricultural College, 1934; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1943. 

Robert C. Wiley, Assistant Professor of Horticulture Processing. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949 ; M.S., 1950 ; Ph.D., Oregon State College, 1953. 



^SUPERVISING TEACHERS IN AGRICULTURE 

Adams, Keister N., B.S., 1944, Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Southern High School, Liothian, Maryland. 

BiGGS, W. Harlan, B.S., University of Maryland, Vocational Center. 
Hagerstown High School, Hagerstown, Maryland. 

Carlton, Jean F., B.S., 1948, M.S., 1952, University of Maryland. 
Arundel High School, Gambrills, Maryland. 

McDonald Leib, B.S., 1943, M.Ed., 1951, University of Maryland. 
Hereford High School, Parkton, Maryland. 

Ward, Maurice C, B.S., 1942, M.S., 1952, University of Maryland. 
Poolesville High School, Poolesville, Maryland. 



* Teachers of Vocational Agriculture who supervise student teachers during the 
practice teaching period in cooperation with the Department of Agricultural Education. 




58 tJNtVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 
Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Dean 

Paul B. Nystrom, D.P.A., Director of Instruction 

THE College of Agriculture oflFers both general and specialized training 
for students who wish to prepare for professional work in the broad 
field of agricultural endeavor. Student programs are arranged with a 
view to correlating technical work with related sciences and cultural subjects. 
Education in fundamentals receives special attention. Accordingly, j'^oung men 
and women are given a basic general education while they are being instructed 
in the various branches of agriculture. In addition to offering this opportunity 
for thorough grounding in the related basic natural and social sciences, it is an 
objective of the College to provide trained personnel for agricultural and allied 
industries. This personnel is recruited from rural and urban areas. Farm- 
reared students enter either general or specialized curricula; city-reared students 
tend to follow the specialized programs. 

History 

The College of Agriculture is the oldest division of the University of 
Maryland at College Park. The institution was chartered in 1856 under the 
name of the Maryland Agriculture College. For three years the College was 
under private management. When Congress passed the Land Grant Act 
in 1862, the General Assembly of Maryland accepted it for the State and 
named the Maryland Agricultural College as the beneficiary. When the 
institution was merged in 1920 with the University of Maryland in Baltimore, 
the College of Agriculture took its place as one of the major divisions of 
this larger, more comprehensive organization. 

In addition to teaching, the College of Agriculture includes the Agricultural 
Experiment Station and the Extension Service. They were established as the 
result of acts passed by Congress in 1887 and 1914 respectively. A more 
complete description of these two services appears later in this bulletin. 

General 

The College provides curricula for those who wish to engage in general 
farming, livestock production, dairying, poultry husbandry, fruit or vegetable 
growing, floriculture or ornamental horticulture, field crop production, or in 
the highly specialized scientific activities connected with these industries. It 
prepares men to serve as farm managers, for positions with commercial con- 
cerns related to agriculture, for responsible positions as teachers in agriculture 
colleges and in departments of vocational agriculture in high schools or as 
investigators in experiment stations, for extension work, for regulatory activities, 
and for service in the United States Department of Agriculture. 

Through research the frontiers of knowledge relating to agriculture and 
the fundamental sciences underlying it are constantly being extended and 
solutions for important problems are being found. Research projects in many 
fields are in progress. Students taking courses in agriculture from instructors 
who devote part time to research, or are closely associated with it, are kept 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 59 

in close touch with the latest discoveries and developments in the investigations 
under way. The findings of these research scientists provide valuable informa- 
tion for use in classrooms, and make instruction virile and authentic. The 
results of the most scientific investigations are constantly before the student. 

Close contact of workers in the College with the problems of farmers and 
their families in all parts of the State, through the county agents, home demon- 
stration agents, and specialists brings additional life to resident instruction in 
the College of Agriculture. These contacts operate in two ways: problems 
confronting rural people are brought to the attention of research workers and 
the instructional staff, and results of research are taken to farmers and their 
families in their home communities through practical demonstrations. Hence 
the problems of the people of the State contribute to the strength of the College 
of Agriculture, and the College helps them in the improvement of agriculture 
and rural life. 

Through their regulatory functions, certain trained workers in the College 
of Agriculture are continually dealing with the actual problems associated with 
the improvement and maintenance of the standards of farm products and 
animals. Regulatory and control work extends over a wide range of activities 
and is concerned with reducing the losses due to insect pests and diseases; 
preventing and controlling serious outbreaks of diseases and pests of animals 
and plants; analyzing fertilizer, feed, and lime for guaranteed quality; and 
analyzing and testing germination quality of seeds to insure better seeds for 
farm planting. 

These fields contribute largely to agricultural education, as standardization 
and education go hand in hand in the development of an industry. Direct con- 
tact on the part of professors in their respective departments with the problems 
and methods involved makes for eflfective instruction. 

Special Advantages 

The University of Maryland is within a few miles of Beltsville Research 
Center of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. This is the largest, best manned, 
and best equipped agriculture research agency in the world. Also, the University 
of Maryland, is within a few miles of the Washington D. C, offices of the 
U. S. Department of Agriculture and other government departments, including 
the Library of Congress. Students can easily visit these agencies and become 
acquainted with their work and the men who conduct this work. Such contacts 
have already proved valuable to many University of Maryland graduates. 

Also, it is not uncommon for men from these agencies to speak before 
classes at the University and to be guest speakers at student club meetings and 
otherwise take part in student activities. No other college of agriculture in the 
United States is physically loca<-ed to oflFer like opportunities to its students. 

Coordination of Agricultural Work 

The strength of the College of Agriculture of the University of Maryland 
lies in the close coordination of the instructional, research, extension, and regu- 
latory functions within the individual departments, between the several depart- 
ments, and in the institution as a whole. Instructors in the several departments 



60 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

are closely associated with the research, extension and regulatory work being 
carried on in their respective fields, and in many cases, devote a portion of 
their time to one or more of these types of activities. Close coordination of 
these four types of vi'ork enables the University to provide a stronger faculty 
in the College of Agriculture, and affords a higher degree of specialization than 
would otherwise be possible. It insures instructors an opportunity to keep in- 
formed on the latest results of research, and to be constantly in touch with 
current trends and problems which are revealed in extension and regulatory 
activities. Heads of departments hold staff conferences to this end, so that the 
student at all times is as close to the developments in the frontiers of the 
several fields of knowledge as it is possible for organization to put him. 

In order that the work of the College shall be responsive to agricultural 
interests and shall adequately meet the needs of the several agricultural in- 
dustries in the State, and that the course of instruction shall at all times be made 
most helpful for students who pursue them, Advisory Councils have been con- 
stituted in the major industries of agriculture. The Councils are composed of 
leaders in the respective lines of agriculture in Maryland, and the instructional 
staflF of the College of Agriculture has the benefit of their counsel and advice. 
By this means the College, the industries, and the students are kept abreast of 
developments. 

Facilities and Equipment 

In addition to buildings, laboratories, libraries, and equipment for effective 
instruction in the related basic sciences and in the cultural subjects, the Uni- 
versity of Maryland is provided with excellent facilities for r'^search and instruc- 
tion in agriculture. ITniversity farms, totaling more than 1,200 acres, are 
operated for instructional and investigational purposes. One of the most 
complete and modern plants for dairy and animal husbandry work in the 
country, together with herds of the principal breeds of dairy and beef cattle, 
and other livestock, provides facilities and materials for instruction and research 
in these industries. Excellent laboratory and field facilities are available in the 
Agronomy Department for breeding and selection in farm crops, and for soils 
research. The Poultry Department has a building for laboratories and class- 
rooms, a plant comprising twenty acres, and flocks of the important breeds of 
poultry. The Horticulture Department is housed in a separate building, and 
has ample orchards and gardens for its various lines of work. 

Departments and Curricula 

Departments in the College of Agriculture and their curricula are as follows: 
Agricultural Economics and Marketing; Agricultural Education and Rural Life; 
Agricultural Engineering: Agronomy (including crops and soils); Animal Hus- 
bandry; Botany (including plant morphology and taxonomy, plant pathology, 
and plant physiology and ecology); Dairy (including dairy husbandry and 
Hairy products technology); Entomology (including bee culture); Horticulture 
(including pomology, olericulture, floriculture, ornamental horticulture and com- 
mercial processing); Poultry Husbandry; Veterinary Science. In addition, there 
are curricula in Agricultural Chemistry and General Agriculture. Courses of 
study may also be arranged for any who desire to return to the farm after one 
or more years of training in practical agricultural subjects. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 61 

Admission 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Agriculture must apply to 
the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and 
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern 
of subject matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each of Social, 
Biological and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra and 
Plane Geometry are necessary for certain curricula and desirable for all. While 
Foreign Language is desirable for certain programs, no Foreign Language is 
required for entrance. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable 
as electives. 

General Information 

For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equipment, 
library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resident 
and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts of 
records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dormitories, ofif- 
campus housing, meals. University Counseling Service, scholarships and student 
aid, athletics and recreation, student government, honors and awards, religious 
denominational clubs, fraternities, sororities, societies and special clubs, the 
University Band, student publications. University Post Office and Supply Store, 
write to the Director of Publications for the General Information Issue of the 
Catalog. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed 
charges; $75.00 special fees; $360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room; and labor- 
atory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee 
of $10.00 is charged for all new .students. A charge of $250.00 is assessed to 
ail students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland. An additional 
$50.00 is assessed to dormitory students who are non-residents of the State of 
Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Director of Publi- 
cations for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Military Instruction 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are 
required to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two years. 
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation, but it 
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance 
at the Universit3^ whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students 
who do not have the required two j'^ears of military training will be required to 
complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force R. O. 
T. C. courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or 
reserve commission in the United States Air Force. 

Junior Requirements 

A student must acquire a minimum of 56 credits exclusive of the require- 
ments in basic military science, hygiene, and physical activities with an average 



62 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

grade of at least C in the freshman and sophomore years before being permitted 
to begin advanced work. 

Requirements for Graduation 

Each student must acquire a minimum of 124 semester hour credits in 
academic subjects other than basic military science and physical activities. Men 
must acquire in addition 12 hours in basic military science and 4 hours in 
physical activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 hours in hygiene, and 
4 hours in physical activities. 

Scholarships for Agricultural Students 

A limited number of scholarships are available for agricultural students. 
These include scholarships granted by the Sears Roebuck Foundation, the 
Borden Company, the Danforth Foundation, the Ralston Purina Company, the 
Thoroughbred Breeders and J. McKenny Willis and Sons. 

These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee in accordance 
with the terms of the respective grants. More detailed information about these 
scholarships is contained in the General Information Catalog. 

AWARDS 
Grange Award 

The Maryland State (irange makes an annual award to the senior who has 
excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed meritorious 
service to the College of Agriculture. 

Alpha Zeta Medal 

The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a 
medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the highest 
average record in academic work. The mere presentation of the medal does not 
elect the student to the fraternity, but simply indicates recognition of high 
scholarship. 

Student Organizations 

Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in the several 
voluntary organizations sponsored by the College of Agriculture. These organ- 
izations are: Agricultural Economics Club, Block and Bridle Club, Collegiate 
4-H Club, Dairy Science Club, Institute of Food Technology, Future Farmers 
of America, Plant Industry Club. Riding Club, Student Grange, Poultry Science 
Club, Veterinary Science Club, Alpha Zeta, and the Agricultural Student 
Council. 

Membership in these organizations is voluntary and no college credits are 
given; yet much of the training obtained is fully as valuable as that acquired 
from regularly prescribed courses. All of these organizations have regular 
meetings, arrange special programs and contribute to the extra-curricular life 
of the students. 

The Agricutural Economics Club is a forum for students and faculty in the 
field of Agricultural Economics. The Block and Bridle Club is composed of stu- 
dents interested in livestock; it conducts a Student Livestock Judging Contest in 
the fall and a Student Fitting and Showing Contest in the spring on the campus. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 63 

The Collegiate 4- H Club is composed of former members and others interested 
in Agricultural Extension work. 

The Dairy Science Club is composed of students and faculty in both dairy 
production and dairy manufacturing. Students in Horticulture majoring in 
commercial processing band together with their faculty in a Student Institute 
of Food Technology. The Future Farmers of America foster an interest in 
Vocational Agriculture and the Collegiate Chapter serves as host to the high 
school chapters in the State at their judging contests held at the University. 
Students interested in Agronomy, Botany and Horticulture are brought together 
in meetings of the Plant Industry Club to consider important phases of plant 
science and industry as well as for social activity. 

The Poultry Science Club is composed of students and faculty in Poultry 
Husbandry. Students who enjoy horseback riding are brought together in the 
Riding Club; this organization sponsors an annual Horse Show in cooperation 
with other riding enthusiasts in the vicinity of the University. The Student 
Grange represents the great national farmers' fraternity of the Order of Patrons 
of Husbandry and emphasizes training for rural leadership. 

Students preparing for careers as veterinarians have formed the Veterinary 
Science Club. Membership in Alpha Zeta, national agricultural honor fraternity, 
is chosen from students in the College of Agriculture who have met certain 
scholastic requirements and displayed leadership in agriculture. 

The Agricultural Student Council is made up of representatives from the 
various student organizations in the College of Agriculture. Its purpose is to 
coordinate activities of these organizations and to promote work which is 
beneficial to the College. 

Student Judging Teams 

The College of Agriculture sponsors judging teams for dairy cattle, dairy 
products, horticultural products, livestock, meats and poultry. Team members 
are selected from students taking courses designed especially to train them for 
this purpose. Teams are entered in major contests where the students compete 
with teams from other state universities or agricultural colleges. 

Student Advisers 

Each student in the College of Agriculture is assigned to a faculty adviser, 
either departmental or general. Departmental advisers consist of heads of 
departments or persons selected by them to advise students with curricula in 
their respective departments. General advisers are selected for students who 
have no definite choice of curriculum in mind, or who wish to pursue the 
general curriculum in agriculture. 

Electives 

The electives in the suggested curricula which follow affords opportunity 
for those who so desire to supplement major and minor fields of study or to 
add to their general training. 

With the advice and consent of those in charge of his registration, a student 
may make such modifications in his curriculum as are deemed advisable to meet 
the requirements of his particular need. 



64 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Farm and Laboratory Practice 

The head of each department w-ll lo make available opportunities for 

practical or technical experience alor .ajor line of study for each student 

whose major is in that department ai. j is in need of such experience. For 

inexperienced students in many dei . ..-uts this need may be met by one or 
more summers spent on a farm. 

Freshman Year 

The program of the freshman year in the College of Agriculture is the same 
for all curricula of the College. Its purpose is to afford the student an op- 
portunity to lay a broad foundation in subjects basic to agriculture and the 
related sciences, to articulate beginning work in college with that pursued in 
high or preparatory schools, to provide opportunity for wise choice of programs 
in succeeding years, and to make it possible for a student before the end of 
the year to change from one curriculum to another, or from the College of 
Agriculture to the curriculum in some other college of the University with little 
or no loss of credit. 

Students entering the freshman year with a definite choice of curriculum in 
mind are sent to departmental advisers for counsel as to the wisest selection 
of freshmen electives from the standpoint of their special interests and their 
probable future programs. Students entering the freshman year with no definite 
curriculum in mind, are assigned to a general adviser, who assists with the 
choice of freshman electives and during the course of the year acquaints the 
students with the opportunities in the upper curricula in the College of Agri- 
culture and in the other divisions of the University. If by the close of the 
freshman year a student makes no definite choice of a specialized curriculum, 
he continues under the guidance of his genera! adviser in the General Agri- 
culture Curriculum. 



Agfriculture Curriculum 



r-Semester—^ 



I 


// 


■s 


3 


■i 






■i 


■i 


3 


1 


1 


•J 


2 



freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings In Aineiican Literature.... 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

See. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women; 

R. Ed. 1— Introduction to Agriculture 1 . • ■ ■ 

••Math. 0— Basic Mathematics .... 

•Elect either of the following pairs of courses : 

Bot. 1, General Botany and Zool. 1, General Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3, General Chemistry 4 < 

Elect one of the following each semester : 

Modern Language 3 3 

tMath 5, 6 or 10. 11, or 10, 13 3 3 

Physics, 1. 2— Elements of Physics 3 3 

A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3 .... 

Agron. 1— Crop Production ... 3 

•••Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying .... 3 



COLLEGE OF ^CRICULTURE 



65 



Agriculture — General 

This curriculum is designed for 
work allied to farming, for those s 
knowledge of the field of agriculture 
general field in agriculture. ' 

By proper use of the electives allowed in this curriculum, a student may 
choose a field of concentration in agriculture and at the same time elect courses 
that contribute to a liberal education. 



'^■' j^'wishing to return to the farm, enter 

.'S^a general rather than a specialized 

',;. <i>rfor those preparing to work in any 



General Agriculture Curriculum:!: 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 

Enr. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year. 

Zool. 104— Genetics 

Hort. 5— Fruit Production, or Hort. 58— Vegetable Production.. 
Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology, or Ent. 10— Applieil Entomology 

Agron. 1 0— General Soils 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Biological or Physical Science Sequence 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

A. E. 50— Farm Economics 

A. E. 107— Analysis of the Farm Business 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 

Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems 

R. Ed. 114— Rural Life and Education 

Electives 

Total 



-Semester-^ 
I II 



19 



3 
3 
3 
6 

18 



9 
15 



3 
3 
4 

3 
2 
3 
1 

19 



19 



3 
2 
3 
7 

15 



••An examination in Mathematics will be given at an announced date during the first 
semester; students passing this test will not be required to take Math. 0. 

•Both pairs of courses are required for graduation from the College c! .-Vgriculture. 
tStudents who expect to pursue the curriculum in Agricultural Engineering must be 
prepared to elect Math. 14, 15 and 17. Those in Agricultural Chemistry should elect 
Math. 14 and 15, and Speech 7. 

••♦Students taking A. H. curriculum should take Dairy 1 the second semester. 
JIf A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year they must be elected 
in subsequent years in all curricula except Agricultural Chemistry. 



66 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 

This curriculum insures adequate instruction in the fundamentals of both 
the physical and biological sciences. It may be adjusted through the selection 
of electives to fit the student for work in agricultural experiment stations, soil 
bureaus, geological surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer industries and those 
handling food products. 

Agricultural Chemistry Curriculum 

r—Setnester~s 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Chem 15 — Qualitative Analysis 4 .... 

Chem. 2 1— Quantitative Analysis .... 4 

Math. 17— Analytic Geometry 4 .... 

Math. 20— Calculus 4 

Bot. 1— General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4 

A. S. 3, 4-Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Chem. 35, 37— Elementary Organic Lecture 2 2 

Chem. 36, 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2 

Chem. 123— Quantitative Analysis 4 .... 

Modern Language 3 3 

Geol. 1— Geology 3 

Agron. 10— General Soils .... 4 

Math. 21— Calculus 4 

Electives in Biology 3 3 

Total 18 17 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 6 or 7 6 or 7 

Total 17 or 18 17 or 18 



AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING 

The curriculum in agricultural economics and marketing is designed to pre- 
pare students for the following types of positions: On the farm as farm 
operators and farm managers; with farm organizations, such as the Farm 
Bureau and farmers' cooperatives; with private and corporate,, business concerns; 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



67 



and positions with state and federal agencies, such as college teachers, agri- 
cultural extension workers, and research with federal and state agencies. 

The courses in this department are designed to provide fundamental training 
in the basic economic principles underlying farming. The curriculum includes 
courses in farm management, general agricultural economics, marketing, finance, 
prices, taxation, and land economics to give the student the foundation needed 
to meet the production and distribution problems confronting the individual 
farmer in a prog^ressive rural community. 

Farming is a business, as well as a way of life, and as such demands for 
its successful conduct the use of business methods; the keeping of farm 
business records, analyzing the farm business, and of organizing and operating 
the farm as a business enterprise. It requires knowledge of farm resources and 
taxation, methods of financing agricultural production and marketing, including 
agencies involved, services rendered and the cost of getting products from the 
producer to the consumer through cooperative and private types of organization. 



Agricultural Economics and Marketing Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and Englisli Literature 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production or Dairy 1 Fundamentals of Dairying 

Cliem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Math. 5— General Mathematics 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

A. B. 50— Farm Economics 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

A. E. 101— Marketing of Farm Products 

A. E. 107— Analysis of the Farm Business 

A. E. 104— Farm Finance 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Agron. 10— General Soils . . . ,. 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

A. E. 103— Cooperation in Agriculture 

A. E. 106— Prices of Farm Products 

Agr. Engr. ] 01— Farm Machinery 

A. B. 108— Farm Management 

Soc. 113 — The Rural Community 

A. H. 110— Feeds anu Feeding 

A. E. Ill— Land Economics 

A. E. 110— Seminar 

Electives 

Total 



—Semester— \ 
I II 



4 
3 
3 

3 
1 

17 

3 
3 

3 

2 

6 

17 



3 
3 

1 

17 



3 
3 
3 

2 
4 
3 

18 



3 
3 
1 
5 

18 



18 



*If A.H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be 
elected in subsequent years. 



68 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE 

The primary objective of this curriculum is to prepare students for teaching 
vocational agriculture. It also prepares them for work as county agents and 
allied lines of the rural educational services. Graduates are in demand in rural 
businesses, particularly of the cooperative type; a number have entered the 
Federal service; others are engaged in teaching and research in agricultural 
colleges; quite a few have returned to the farm as owner-managers. 

Courses in extension methods are included in agricultural education. They 
are especially designed for students who wish to train for extension work, as 
well as others who wish to learn more about how the extension service operates. 
Agricultural education majors, as well as others, are urged to take these courses 
if they can possibly fit them into their curriculum. 

In addition to the regular entrance requirements of the University, involving 
graduation from a standard four-year high school, students electing the agri- 
cultural education curriculum must present evidence of having acquired adequate 
farm experience after reaching the age of fourteen years. 

Students with high average may upon petition be relieved of certain require- 
ments in this curriculum, when evidence is presented that either through 
experience or previous training a prescribed course is non-essential; or they 
may be allowed to carry an additional load. 

All students following this curriculum are required to attend meetings of 
the Collegiate Chapter of the Future Farmers of America during their junior 
and senior years in order to gain needed training to serve as advisers of high 
school chapters of FFA upon graduation. Freshmen and sophomore agricultural 
education majors are also urged to become members of the FFA and to participate 
in the activities of the organization. 



Agricultural Education Curriculum* 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairy Husbandry 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 19 19 



-Semester— \ 


I 


// 


3 


3 


3 


3 


4 


4 


3 






3 


2 


2 


3 


3 


1 


1 



•If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they rpust be elected 
in subsequent years. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 69 

Junior Year I H 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 3 .... 

Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology • • • • 3 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3 .... 

Agrom. 10— General Soils • • • • * 

A. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3 .... 

R. Ed. 107— Observation and Analysis of Teaching in Agriculture .... 3 

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production .... 3 

Been. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I and II 3 3 

Restricted Science Electives 3 3 

Total 18 19 

Senior Year 

A. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3 

R. Ed. 109— Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture 3 

R. Ed. Ill- Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 1 

tR. Ed. 103— Practice Teaching 5 

R. Ed. 101— Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations.... 2 

A. Engr. 104 — Farm Mechanics 2 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 3 

R. Ed. 112— Departmental Management .... 1 

R. Ed. 114— Rural Life and Education .... 3 

Electives 3 5 

Total 16 15 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

The department ofifers to students of agriculture training in those agricultural 
subjects which are based upon engineering principles. These subjects may be 
grouped under three heads: farm machinerj^ and farm power, farm buildings. 
and farm drainage. 

Five-Year Program in Agriculture — Engineering 

For those students who wish to specialize in the application of engineering 
principles to the physical and biological problems of agriculture there is offered 
a combined program, extending over a five-year period, arranged jointly by the 
College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, and leading to a degn"ee 
from each of these colleges. 

This program prepares graduates to enter state, federal or commercial 
fields of activity in such work as soil and water conservation, rural electrification, 
design and sale of farm machinery and structures, and in the development of 
new uses for farm products and the profitable utilization of farm wastes and 
by-products. 

To be properly trained in these fields a student needs a broader knowledge 
of basic and applied engineering principles than could be provided in a four- 
year course in agriculture. He also needs a broader training in the funda- 
mentals of agriculture than a standard four-year course in engineering could 
furnish. 



tMajors in agricultural education will also be required to take R. Ed. 104, Practice 
Teaching, four credits (or its equivalent), to be arranged in a four-week period prior to 
the opening of the Univer."=lty of Maryland In the fall of their senior year. 



70 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Upon completion of the normal four-year course of study the degree of 
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture is granted. For the fifth year the student 
registers in the College of Engineering, and at the end of that year, upon 
satisfactory completion of the required course of study, receives a degfree in 
civil, electrical, mechanical or chemical engineering. 



Curriculum in Agriculture — Engfineering 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature . 

Speech 7— Public Spealjing 

•Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry 

•Math. 1 5— College Algebra 

Math. 17— Analytic Geometry 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Dr. 1, 2 — Engineering Drawing 

Engr. 1— Introduction to Engineering 

R. Ed. 1— Introduction to Agriculture 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 



-Semester-^ 
II 

3 



Total. 



/ 

3 

2 
3 

4 
2 
1 
1 
3 
1 

20 



19 



For the students whose final objective is a degree in Civil Engineering, 

the balance of the curriculum is: 



Sophomore Year (Civil Engineering Option) 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 

Mech. 1— Statics and Dynamics - 

Surv. 1— Plane Surveying , 

Surv. 50— Advanced Surveying , 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) , 
Physical Activities 



Total. 



18 



Junior Year (Civil Engineering Option) 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 
Eng. 5 6— Composition and English Literature... 

Speech 108— Public Speaking 

Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing 

Geol. 2— fingineerlng Geology 

Mech. 50— Strength of Materials 

Mech. 53— Materials of Engineering 

Bet. 1 — General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 

A^r. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage 

Agr. E gr. 106— Farm Mechanics 

Approved Electives 



4 

6 
3 

4 

3 
1 

20 



Total . 



19 



20 



•A qualifying test Is given during registration to determine whether the student la 
adequately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student falling this test Is required to take 
Math. 1, Introductory Algebra, without credit, and Is not eligible to take Math 14 con- 
currently. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 71 

f—Semesteir-\ 

Fourth Year {Civil Engineering Option) I II 

C. E. 50— Fluid Mechanics 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Surv. 100— Curves and Earthwork 3 .... 

C. E. 100— Theory of Structures . . . . ' 4 

M. E. 50— Principle of Mechanical Engineering .... 3 

E. E. 5 0— Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3 

Agr. Engr. 105— Farm Buildings 2 .... 

A. E. 108— Farm Management .... 3 

Approved Electives 8 4 

Total 19 20 



Fifth Year {Civil Engineering Option) 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization. 3 S 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2 

Engr. 7— Technical Writing 2 

Bact. 5 5- -Lectures in Sanitary Bacteriology 2 .... 

C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics 3 

C. E. 102— Structural Design 6 

C. E. 103— Concrete Design 6 

C. E. 104— Water Supply 3 

C. E. 105— Sewerage 3 

C. E. 106— Elements of Highways 3 

Total 20 19 



For the student whose final objective is a degree in Mechanical Engineer- 
ing, the balance of the curriculum is: 

Sophomore Year (Mechanical Engineering Option) 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying .... 2 

Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Shop 1— Machine Shop Practice 2 

Shop 2— Machine Shop Practice .... 1 

Shop 3— Manufacturing Processes .... 1 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 20 2U 



n 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Junior Year {Mechanical Engineering Option) 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and Literature 

Math. 64— Differential Equations for Engineers.. 

Mech. 2— Statics and Dynamics 

Mech. 52— Strength of Materials 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 

Agr. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage 

Agr. Engr. 106— Farm Mechanics 

Approved Elective 



—Semester-~\ 
I II 



Total. 



18 



19 



Fourth Year {Mechanical Engineering Option) 

E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 

M. E. 53— Metallography 

M. E. 54— Fluid Mechanics 

M. E. 100— Thermodynamics 

.A.gr. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles. 

Agr. Engr. 105— Farm Buildings 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 

Approved Electives 



11 



Total. 



Fifth Year (Mechanical Engineering Option) 

Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications. 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

M. E. 101— Heat Transfer 

M. E. 102— Heating and Air Conditioning 

M. E. 103— Refrigeration 

M. E. 104, 105 — Prime Movers 

M. E. 106, 107— Mechanical Engineering Design 

M. E. 108, 109— Mechanical Laboratory 



Total . 



4 

4 
2 

18 



For the student whose final objective is a degree in Electrical or Chemical 
Engineering, curricula corresponding to the foregoing will be arranged. 



AGRONOMY 

The Department of Agronomy offers instruction in crop production, crop 
breeding, soil chemistry, soil physics, soil fertility, soil classification, and soil 
conservation. These courses prepare students to enter various types of 
private, commercial, state, and federal agronomic positions. By careful elec- 
tion of courses the student may lay a foundation for either advanced study 
or for employment upon graduation with the B.S. degree. Opportunities for 
advanced students are shown in the Graduate School catalogue. Depending 
on the electives chosen, students graduating with the B.S. degree are trained 
for general farming, farm management, specialized seed production, county 
agent work, soil conservation, or employment with commercial seed companies, 
fertilizer companies or equipment manufacturers. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 73 

Crop Production Curriculum* 

( r-Semtsier—y 

Sophomore Year I // 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — ^History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology 3 .... 

Boon. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Agron. 107— Cereal Crop Production , 3 .... 

Agron. 108— Forage Crop Production .... S 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 .... 

Agron. 10— General Soils .... 4 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 .... 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 .... 

Electives 3 5 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

Agron. 103— Crop Breeding 2 .... 

Agron. 151— Cropping Systems .... 2 

Agron. 154— Weed Control In Field Crops . . . ; 2 .... 

A. B. 108— Farm Management .... S 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage .... 2 

♦♦Advanced Soils— 1 .... 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3 .... 

Agron. 101— Senior Seminar in Crops .... 1 

Electives 6 5 

Total 16 16 

Students specializing in crop breeding will elect Math. 10, Algebra (3), or 
Math. 13, Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3) in the junior year. 



♦If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected to the Freshman year, they must be elected 
tn subsequent years. 

♦♦Any advanced Soils course. 



74 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Soils Curriculum 

/—Semestet^-> 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

£!ng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Speech! 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Bot 1— General Botany 4 .... 

Physics 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

Agron. 10 — General Soils .... 4 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 20 

Junior Year 

Agron. 1 — Crop Production .... 3 

Agron. 112— Commercial Fertilizers .... 3 

Agron. 116— Soil Analysis for Plant Nutrients 3 .... 

Agron. 114— Soil Classification and Geography .... 4 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 .... 

Chem. 15 — Qualitative Analysis , 4 .... 

Chem. 19 or 21— Quantitative Analysis .... 4 

Chem. 35— Organic Chemistry 2 .... 

Chem. 36— Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory 2 .... 

Electives .... 3 

Total 15 17 

Senior Year 

A. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage .... 2 

Agron. 119— Soil Mineralogy 4 .... 

Agron. 113— Soil Conservation 3 .... 

Agron. 151— Cropping Systems .... 2 

A. E. 108— Farm Management .... 3 

Agron. 117— Soil Physics : 3 .... 

Agron. Ill— Soil Fertility 3 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Electives 3 5 

Total 16 Ifi 

Students wishing to specialize in soil mapping and farm planning phases 
of soil conservation will follow the soils curriculum except that Physics 10, 

11, and Chem. 5, 15, 17, 19, 35, 36 will not be required. Agron. 107, 108, 105, 

A.H. 1, 110, Dairy 1, and a course in physics (if the student does not have 
credit for physics in high school) will be required. Suggested electives are 

Econ. 37, P.H. 1. Hort. 5, 58, Ag. Eng. 101, Agron. 115, Bot. 20, Ent. 1, and 
Bact. 1. 

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

The curriculum in Animal Husbandry is organized for the purpose of 

preparing students for various phases of work in the field of animal industry 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



75 



as: operators and managers of livestock farms, as investigators and research 
workers in Federal, State and private institutions, and as workers in spe- 
cialized fields where a knowledge of the livestock industry is necessary. 

By proper use of electives, the student may equip himself to become a 
county agricultural agent; to meet the requirements of positions with certain 
types of private and cooperative business concerns; or, with more technical 
and specialized training, to become qualified for instructional work in colleges, 
for investigational work in State and Federal experiment stations or in com- 
mercial research laboratories. Students who desire to enter the field of 
teaching or highly specialized research should elect the more scientific courses 
offered by this and by other departments. 



Animal Husbandry Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 
Bng. 5, 6 — Composition and Englisii Literature . . . 
Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry. . . 
Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Laboratory.. 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

A. H. 30— Types and Breeds of Livestock 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) . . 
Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

v. S. 101— Comparative Anatomy and Physiology. . 

V. S. 102— Animal Hygiene 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 

A. H. 120— Principler; of Breeding 

A. H. 131— Sheep Production 

•*A. H. 140 — Livestock Management 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 

Agron. 1— Crop Production 

Electives 

Total 



/—Semester—^ 
I II 



2 
3 

1 

19 



19 



18 



i 


18 



•Students planning this curriculum should elect A. H. 1 the first semester and Dairy 
1 the second semester of the freshman year. 

••Required for students lacking Farm Experience. 



76 I UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r-Semesters 

Senior Year I II 

A. H. Ill— Animal NutriUon 3 

A. H. 130— Beef Cattle Production 3 

A. H. 132— Swine Production .... 3 

A. H. 150— Livestock Markets and Marketing 2 

A, H. 160— Meat and Meat Products 3 

Agr. Eng. 101— Farm Machinery 3 .... 

A. E. 108— Farm Management .... 3 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Agion. 10— General Soils .... 4 

A. H. 170. 171— Seminar 1 1 

Electlves 3 4 

Total ly IS 

BOTANY 

The department offers three major fields of work; plant morphology and 
taxonomy; plant pathology; or plant physiology and ecology. The required 
courses for the freshman and sophomore years are the same for all students. 
In the junior and senior years, the student elects botany courses to suit his 
particular interest. Courses are required in other subjects to contribute toward 
a broad cultural education, and to support the courses selected in the chosen 
field of botany. 

Through cooperation with the College of Education, students who wish to 
meet the requirements for the state high school teacher's certificates, may 
elect the necessary work in education. 

The curriculum as outlined, provides a complete survey of the field of 
botany for prospective high school teachers, and lays a good foundation for 
graduate work in botany in preparation for college teaching and for research 
in state or federal experiment stations, or in private research laboratories. 

Students are also afforded an opportunity for training for other vocations 
involving various botanical applications, such as extension work, and positions 
with seed companies, canning companies and other commercial concerns. 

Botany Curriculum 

r-Semester—^ 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Modern Language, preferably German 3 3 

Hot. 20— Diseases o( Plants 3 .... 

Bot. 2— General Botany .... 4 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Totel 19 80 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 77 

r-Semester—\ 

Junior Year ^ ^1 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. 11— Plant Taxonomy 3 

Bot. 110— Plant Microtechnique .... 3 

Bact. 1— Bacteriology 4 

Electives 3 3 

Total 21 19 

Senior Year 

Bot. 112— Semhiar 1 1 

Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy 3 .... 

Bot. 102— Plant Ecology .... 3 

Bot. 115— Structure of Economic Plants 3 

Zool. 104— Genetics • • . 3 

Botany Electives 4-8 2-6 

Electives 5-0 7-4 

Total 16 16 

Students specializing in Plant Morphology or Plant Taxonomy will elect 

Bot. 114 and Bot. 128; those specializing in Plant Pathology will elect Bot. 

122, Ent. 1, and two of the following: Bot. 123, Bot. 124, Bot. 125, Bot. 126; 

those specializing in Plant Physiology will elect Organic Chemistry, Chem. 
31, 32, 33, 34. 



DAIRY 

The Dairy Department offers instruction in two major lines of work; 
dairy husbandry and dairy technology. In the dairy husbandry curriculum, 
students are given technical and practical training in the breeding, feeding, 
management, and selection of dairy cattle and in milk production. With suit- 
able choice of courses, students are qualified as operators of dairy farms, for 
breed promotion and sales work, for employment with private and co- 
operative business organizations, and for county agent work. The dairy 
technology curriculum is designed to prepare students for practical and sci- 
entific work concerned with the processing and distribution of milk, manu- 
facture and handling of butter, cheese, ice cream, and other products, in dairy 
plant operation and management, and in dairy inspection and quality control. 
Students satisfactorily majoring in dairy technology are qualified for the many 
technical and applied positions in the various branches of the dairy industry. 

By careful election of courses in either curriculum the student may lay a 
foundation for advanced study, for instructional work in colleges, and for 
research in experiment stations or commercial laboratories. The suggested 
curricula will be modified to meet the special needs of individual students. 



78 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Dairy Husbandry Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Ehig. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory... 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Dairy 20 — Dairy Breeds and Selection 

Agron. 1— Crop Production 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Dairy 30— Dairy Cattle Judging 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

A, H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 

Bact. 133— Dairy Bacteriology 

Dairy 103— Physiology of Milk Secretion 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

ZooL 104 — Genetics 

Blectives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

V. S. 101— Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 

V. S. 102— Animal Hygiene 

A. H. Ill— Animal NutriUon 

Dairy 101— Dairy Production 

Dairy 105— Dairy Cattle Breeding 

Dairy 120— Dairy Seminar 

Electives 

Total 



—Semester—^ 

I II 



20 



3 

4 

2 
3 

3 

18 



4 

16 



3 

1 
2 

19 



17 



'Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Dairy 1 the second semes- 
ter of the freshman year. If A. H. 1 is not elected in the freshman year it must be 
taken in subsequent years. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 79 
Dairy Technology Curriculum* 

Technical Phase 

r-Semester—^ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis .... 4 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 

Bot. 1— General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 18 



Junior Year 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory. 1 1 

Bact. 133— Dairy Bacteriology 4 .... 

Dairy 40— Grading Dairy Products .... 2 

Dairy 108— Dairy Technology 4 .... 

Dairy 110— Butter and Cheese Making .... 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Physics 1 — Elements of Physics .... 3 

Electives 3 4 

Total 19 17 



Senior Year 

Dairy 109— Market Milk 4 

Dairy 111— Concentrated Milk Products .... 3 

Dairy 112— Ice Cream .... 4 

Dairy 114— Special Laboratory Methods .... 4 

Dairy 115— Quality Control in the Dairy Industry 3 .... 

Dairy 116— Dairy Plant Management .... 3 

Dairy 12 0— Dairy Seminar .... 1 

Agr. Eng. Ill— Ftmdamentals of Food Processing .... 3 

Electives 7 3 

Total 17 18 



80 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Business Phase 

r-Semester-\ 

Sophomore Year ^ ^' 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 8 8 

Bot. 1— General Botany * 

Zool. 1— General Zoology • • • • * 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 4 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics • • • • 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 8 

Pliysical Activities 



1 1 



Total 18 IV 

Junior Year 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 2 2 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Dairy 4 0— Grading Dairy Products . • • • 2 

Dairy 110— Butter and Cheese Making 3 

A. E. 115— Marketing Dairy Products 3 

Bact. 133— Dairy Bacteriology 4 .... 

Electlves 3 6 



4 4 

2 2 



ToUl 18 19 

Senior Year 

Dairy 108— Dairy Technology 4 

Dairy 109— Market Milk 4 

Dairy 111— Concentrated Milk Products .... 3 

Dairy 112— Ice Cream Making .... 4 

Dairy 115— Quality Control in the Dairy Industry 3 

Dairy 116— Dairy Plant Management .... 3 

Dairy 121— Dairy Seminar .... 1 

A. E. Ill— Fundamentals of Food Processing 3 .... 

Electlves 6 6 

Total 20 17 



ENTOMOLOGY 

This curriculum, which trains students for work in various types of private, 
commercial, state and federal entomological positions, includes basic courses in 
Entomology and related fields. Most of the first two years is devoted to ob- 
taining this essential background. In the junior and senior years the student, 
besides tlie rerjuired courses, will choose 18 credit hours from the following list 
according to his needs: A. H. 1 ; Agron. 1 ; Agron. 10; Bact. 131 ; Bot 123; Bot 124; 
Eot 125; Chem. 31, 33; Chem. 32, 34; Dairy 1; French 1, 2; German 1, 2; Hort 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



81 



5, 6; Hort 11; Hort. 58; Hort. 59; Math. 5, 10, or 11; Physics 1, 2; Zool. 104. 
Other electives in Entomology and related subjects are available to broaden the 
scope of the training. 

A student wishing an undergraduate minor in Entomology should take 
the introductory course (Ent. 1) and after consultation with the heads of both 
the major and minor departments will select courses that will contribute most 
to the end he has in view. 



Entomology Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Ent. 2— Insect Morphology 

Ent. 3— Insect Taxonomy 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6~History of American Civilization 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 

Ent. 105— Medical Entomology , 

Ent, 101— Economic Entomology , 

Courses from suggested list 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

♦**Ent. 110, Ill-Special Problems 

Ent. 112— Seminar 

**Ent. 116— Insect Pests of Ornamentals and Greenhouse Plants. 
•*Ent. 117— Insect Pests of Field Crops and Stored Products... 

♦*Ent 118— Insect Pests of Fruit and Vegetable Crops 

•*Ent. 119— Insect Pests of Domestic Animals 

Courses from suggested list 

Electives 

Total 



-Semester— \ 



II 



18 



19 



4 
6 

16 



18 



3 
5 

6 

19 



4 
4 

16 



♦Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Ent. 1 the second semester 
of the Freshman year. 

•*Gf these four courses each student is required to take only two. 
•••Students may satisfy this requirement tn one semester, If their schedule permits, 
or e3q;»and the work and credits upon departmental approval. 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



HORTICULTURE 



The Department of Horticulture offers instruction in pomology (fruits), 
olericulture (vegetables), floriculture (flowers) and ornamental gardening, and 
processing of horticultural crops. These courses prepare students to enter 
commercial production and the horticultural industries such as fruit and 
vegetable processing and seed production. Students are likewise prepared 
to enter the allied industries as horticultural workers with fertilizer com- 
panies, equipment manufacturers, and others. Students who wish to enter 
specialized fields of research and teaching may take advanced work in the de- 
partment. A minimum of 24 credit hours in horticultural courses is required 
for graduation. 



Pomology and Olericulture Curriculum. 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 

Chem. 1, a— General Chemistry 4 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 

Hort. 5, 6— Fruit Production 3 

A- S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities 1 

Electives .... 

Total 20 

Junior Year 

BoL 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy 3 

Agron. 10— General Soils .... 

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production .... 

Hort. 59— Small Fruits 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 

•Electives 9 

Total 18 

Senior Year 

Bot. 125— Diseases of Fruit Crops 2 

or 

Bot. 126— Diseases of Vegetable Crops .... 

Hort. 101, 102— Technology of Fruits 2 

or 

Hort. 103, 104— Technology of Vegetables 2 

Zool. 1 04— Genetics 3 

Bot 115— Structure of Economic Plants .... 

Hort. 118, 119— Seminar 1 

•Electives 8 

Total 16 



-Semesters 
I II 

3 3 

3 3 

4 



2 
3 

1 
2 

18 



4 
3 
3 

2 
3 
2 

17 



3 
1 
9 

17 



•Electives must Include a minimum total of seven credits from the following courses : 
Hort 11. 22, 62, 106, 107. 108, 114, 116, 122. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 
Floriculture and Ornamental Horticultural Curriculum 



83 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature . . . 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Bot. 11— Plant Taxonomy 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 

Hort. 22— Landscape Gardening 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) . . 
Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 

Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy 

Bot. 123— Diseases of Ornamental Crops 

Econ. 37 — Fxmdamentals of Economics 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

Hort. 11— Greenhouse Management 

Hort. 6 2— Plant Propagation 

Hort. 107, 108— Plant Materials 

Electives 

Total ^ 

Senior Year 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Zool. 104— Genetics , 

Hort. 16— Garden Flowers 

Hort. 105— Technology of Ornamentals 

Hort. 150, 151 — Commercial Floriculture , 

or 

Hort. 152, 153— Landscape Design , 

Electives , 

Total 



—Semester-^ 

I II 



3 3 

3 3 

4 4 
3 

3 

2 

3 3 
1 1 



19 



3 
3 
5 

18 



20 



17 



2 
3 
4 
3 

3 
2 

17 



20 



8-1 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Commercial Processing of Horticultxxral Crops Curriculiuii 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— -Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Laboratory 

Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics 

Hort. 61— Processing Industries 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. S. (Men; 

Physical Activities 

ToUl 

Junior Year 

Speech 1— Public Speaking 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

Econ. 3 7— Fimdamentals of Economics 

Hort. 155, 156— Commercial Processing 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 

Bact. 131 — Pood and Sanitary Bacteri<jlogy 

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 

Agr. Engr. Ill— Fundamentals of Food Processing Plants 

Agr. Engr. 112— Machinery and Equipment for Horticulture 
Processing 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Hort. i03, 104— Technology of Vegetables 

Hort. 121— Plant Operations 

Hort. 123— Grading and Judging of Canned and Frozen Products 
Hort. 124— Quality Control 

A. E. 105— Food Products Inspection 

Hort. 11!^, 119— Seminar 

and one of the following options : 

MANAGEMENT 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

B. A. 150— Market Management 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 

Electlvea 

Total 



-Semester— \ 
I II 


3 


3 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


3 


3 




1 


4 




3 


3 


1 


1 



20 



2 

5 

2u 



14 



14 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 85 

TECHNOLOGY 

Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis , 4 .... 

Bact. 52— Sanitary Bf-cteriology .... 2 

Hort. 126 — Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops .... 2 

Blectives 2 3 

Total 14 14 

POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

The curriculum in Poultry Husbandry is designed to give the student a 
thorough knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raising; the 

marketing, distribution, and processing of poultry products; poultry improve- 
ment work; and as a basis for graduate training for teaching and research 
in poultry husbandry. 

The suggested curriculum will be modified to meet the special needs of 
individual students. .Superior students, definitely anticipating preparation for 

a professional career in poultry husbandry, will be expected to take a language. 
However, all students majoring in poultry husbandry will be required to com' 
plete 24 semester hours in poultry husbandry. 

Poultry Curriculum* 

f—Semestet-^ 

Sophomore Year / // 

Bng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

P. H. 2— Poultry Biology .... 2 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Math. 5— General Mathematics 3 .... 

A. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 18 

Junior Year 

P. H. 101— Poultry Nutrition 3 

P. H. 102— Physiology of Hatchability , .... 3 

P. H. 100— Poultry Breeding 2 

**Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 4 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 .... 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3 

Eng. 7— Technical Writing 2 

Electives 4 I 

Total 17 17 



•Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect P. H. 1, the first semester 
of the Freshman Tear. If Agron. 1 is not elected in the Freshman Year, It must be 
elected in a subsequent year. 

••Required of students specializing in poultry genetics, physiology, or nutrition. 



86 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

f—Semester-^ 

Senior Year I II 

P. H. 104— Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry 3 .... 

A- E. 117— Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry .... 3 

V. S. lOS— Avian Anatomy 3 .... 

V. S. 107— Poultry Hygiene 3 

P. H. 103— Commercial Poultry Management .... 3 

P. H. 107 — Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems 2 .... 

Agr. Engr.— Elective 2-3 .... 

Electives 6-7 10 

Total 17 19 



Pre-Forestry Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who 
wishes to attend the University to pursue courses which may be transferred 
to a standard forestry curriculum in another institution. The program which 
a student follows depends to some extent upon the forestry college he plans 
to enter. All pre-forestry students in the College of Agricultilre are sent to 
the Head of the Department of Botany of the University for counsel and advice 
in these matters. 



Pre-Theological Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with the ofHcers of any 
theological seminary who desire to urge its prospective students to pursue 
courses in agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. Such pre- 
theological students may enroll for a semester or more or for the usual four 
year training of the College, in either case they should enroll as members 
of the general curriculum in the College of Agriculture. 

The electives of this curriculum may be used for such pre-theological 
requirements as seem desirable. Elections may be made from any of the 
offerings of the University such as history, political science, philosophy, agri- 
cultural economics, rural sociology, modern language, English, economics, 
psychology, sociology, natural science, education and the like. Students 
desiring to pursue a pre-theological program in the College of Agriculture 
of the University of Maryland, should consult with the president or admissions 
officer of the theological seminary which they expect to attend. 



Pre-Veterinary Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who 
wishes to attend the University to pursue preparation for the study of Veterin- 
ary Science. The curriculum which a student will follow will depend to 
some extent upon the Veterinary College which he plans to enter. All Pre- 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 87 

Veterinary students in the College of Agriculture are sent to the Head 
of the Department of Veterinary Science of the University for counsel and 
advice in these matters. 



Special Students in Agriculture 

Mature students may, with consent of the Dean, register as special stu- 
dents and pursue a program of studies not included in any regular curriculum, 
but arranged to meet the needs of the individual. All university fees for these 
special students are the same as fees for regular students. 

There are many young farmers who desire to take short intensive courses 
in their special lines of work during slack times on the farm. Arrangements 
have been made to permit such persons to register at the office of the Dean of 
the College of Agriculture and receive cards granting them permission to visit 
classes and work in the laboratories of the different departments. This op- 
portunity is created to aid fiorists, poultrymen, fruit-growers, gardeners, or 
other especially interested persons who are able to get away from their work 
at some time during the year. 

The regular charges are $10.00 for matriculation and $2.00 per credit 
hour per month for the time of attendance. One matriculation is good for 
any amount of regular or intermittent attendance during a period of four 
years. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by ntunbers as follows: 

1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 

all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 

200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
hours* credit is shown by the arable numeral in parentheses after the title of 
the course. 



88 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING 

Professors Nystrom, DeVault, (emeritus), Beal, PofTenberger, Walker; Associate 
Professors Hamilton, Shull; Assistant Professors Bohanan, Smith, Burns. 

A. E. 50. Farm Economics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. Z7. 

A general course in agricultural economics, with special reference to 
population trends, the factors in agricultural production, agricultural wealth, 
land tenure, farm labor, agricultural credit, the tariff, price movements, and 
marketing. (Shull.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

A. E. SlOO A-B. Special Problems in Farm Economics (1, 1) — Summer 
session only. 

An advanced course dealing extensively with some of the economic prob- 
lems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices, 
production adjustments, transportation, marketing and cooperation. Designed 
primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture. (Staflf.) 

A. E. 101. Marketing of Farm Products (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 31, 32, or Econ. 37. 

The development of marketing, its scope, channels, and agencies of dis- 
tribution, functions, costs, methods used, and services rendered. (Shull.) 

A. E. 103. Cooperation in Agriculture (3) — First semester. 

Historical and comparative development of farmers' cooperative organiza- 
tions; reasons for failure and essentials to success; commodity developments; 
operative practices; banks for cooperatives; present trends. (PofTenberger.) 

A. E. 104. Farm Finance (3) — Second semester. 

A study of credit principles as applied to private and cooperative farm 
businesses and the agencies extending farm credit. The needs for and benefits 
of farm insurance, including fire, crop, livestock, and life insurance. 

(PoflFenberger.) 

A. E. 105. Food Products Inspection (2) — Second semester. One lecture 

and one laboratory period a week. 

This course is designed to give students primary instruction in the 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 89 

grading, standardizing and inspection of fruits and vegetables, dairy products, 
poultry products, meats, and other food products. Theoretical instruction will 
be given in the form of lectures, while the demonstrational and practical work 
will be conducted through laboratories and field trips to Washington, D. C, 
and Baltimore, (Not offered 1955-56.) (Staff.) 

A. E. 106. Prices of Farm Products (3) — Second semester. 

A general course in prices, price relationships, and price analysis, with 
emphasis on prices of agricultural products. (Poflfenberger.) 

A. £. 107. Analysis of the Farm Business (3) — First semester. 

A concise, practical course in the keeping, summarizing, and analyzing of 
farm accounts. (Hamilton.) 

A, E. 108. Farm Management (3) — Second semester. 

A study of the organization and operation of farms from the standpoint 
of efficiency, selection of farms, size of farms, leasing systems, and factors 
affecting profits. Students will make an analysis of the actual farm business 
and practices of different types of farms, and make specific recommendations 
as to how these farms may be organized and operate as successful businesses. 

(Hamilton.) 

A. E. 109. Research Problems (1-2) — First and second semesters. 

With the permission of the instructor, students will work on any research 
problems in agricultural economics. There will be occasional class meetings 
for the purpose of making reports on progress of work. (Staff.) 

A. E. 110. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Students will prepare and present reports on economic literature and 
current agricultural economic problems. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 111. Land Economics (3) — First semester. 

A study of the principles, problems and policies in the utilization of land 
with special emphasis on agricultural land. (Bohanan.) 

A. E. 112. Economic Development of American Agriculture (3) — First 
Semester. 

This course is designed to acquaint students with major economic develop- 
ment in American agriculture. It places particular emphasis upon the economic 
impact of major agricultural movements, such as. Colonial agrarianism, the dis- 
position of the public domain, farm organizations, recent governmental farm 
programs and the relationship of agriculture to public affairs. (Beal.) 

A. E. 114. Foreign Trade in Farm Products (3) — Second semester. 



90 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Trends in world trade for agricultural products; the position of the United 
States in world trade of agricultural products; farm relief measures and 
international trade; reciprocal trade agreements; postwar developments. 

(Shull.) 

A. E. 115. Marketing of Dairy Products (3) — First semester. 

A study of principles and practices jn the marketing of milk and manu- 
factured dairy products, including the influence of significant geographical 
and institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Beal.) 

A. E. 116. Marketing of Fruits and Vegetables (3) — Second semester. 

A study of principles and practices in the marketing of fresh and processed 
fruits and vegetables, including the influence of significant geographical and 
institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Burns.) 

A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry (3) — Second 

Semester. 

This course embraces the economic phases of egg and poultry marketing. 
Supply and demand factors, including trends, will be discussed along with 
marketing methods, marketing costs and margins, market facilities, trans- 
portation, government grading, storage and efficiency in marketing. Consumer 
preference, acceptance and purchases will be related to consumer income, 
pricing of competitive products, and display methods. (Smith.) 

Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry. See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 104. 

Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems, See Poultry Husbandry, 
P. H. 107. 

Market Milk. See Dairy 109. 

Livestock Markets and Marketing. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 150. 

Meat and Meat Products. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 160. 

Advertising. See Business Administration, B. A. 151. 

Retail Store Management. See Business Administration, B. A. 154, 

For Graduates 

A. E. 200, 201. Special Problems in Farm Economics (2, 2) — First and 

second semesters. 

An advance course dealing extensively with some of the economic prob- 
lems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices, produc- 
tion adjustments, transportation, marketing, and cooperation. (Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE ^: 91 

A. E. 203. Research — Credit according to work accomplished. 

This course will consist of special reports by students on current economic 
subjects, and a discussion and criticism of the same by the members of the 
class and instructional staff. (Staflc.) 

A. E. 202, Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Students will be assigned research in agricultural economics under the 
supervision of the instructor. The work will consist of original investigation 
in problems of agricultural economics. (Staff,) 

A, E, S207. Farm Business Analysis (1) — Summer session only. 

An advanced course deaUng with farm records and accounts. Designed 
especially for teachers of agriculture and county agents. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 208, Agricultural Policy (3) — Second semester. 

The evolution of agricultural policy in the United States, emphasizing the 
origin and development of governmental programs, and their eflfects upon 
agricultural production, prices and income. (Beal.) 

A. E, 210. Agricultural Taxation (3) — First semester. 

Principles, theory and practical problems of taxation applied to the field 
of agriculture; trends in farm taxes; farm tax burdens; equalizing and reducing 
farm tax burdens; taxation of farm cooperatives; forest lands and interstate 
agricultural commerce; application of income taxes and sales taxes to farmers; 
taxation of agriculture in foreign countries. (Walker,^ 

A. E, 211, Functional Aspects of Farm Taxation (3) — Second semester 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Taxation policies and inter-governmental allocations and grants-in-aid as 
they affect public services for rural people, with special emphasis on public 
education, public highways, public welfare, social security, public debt; and 
governmental research, extension, and regulatory activities directly concerning 
agriculture. (Walker,) 

A. E. 214. Advanced Agricultural Marketing (3) — First Semester. 

This course is designed to acquaint graduate students in agricultural 
marketing with the complex theoretical, institutional and legal relationships 
which influence the marketing of agricultural products. It will deal with agri- 
cultural marketing in both domestic and foreign trade. (Staff.) 

A. E, 215. Advanced Agricultural Cooperation (3) — First semester. 

An appraisal of agricultural cooperation as a means of improving the 
financial status of farmers. More specifically, the course includes a critical 
analysis and appraisal of specific types and classes of cooperatives. 

(Poffenberger.) 



92 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A. E. 216. Advanced Farm Management (3) — Second semester. 

An advanced course in farm organization and management, especially de- 
the economic principles of farm production to the operation of farms of 
different sizes, tj-pes, operations, and geographical locations. Consideration is 
also given to adjustments which have taken place in farming specific areas and 
probable changes in the future. ( ) 

A. E. S216 A-B. Advanced Farm Management (1, 1) — Summer session 

only. 

An advanced course in farm organization and management which applies 
signed for teachers of vocational agriculture. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 218. Agricultural Economics Research Techniques (3) — First 
semester. 

A study and an appraisal of agricultural economics research techniques. 
Experience is given in outlining and conducting research projects. A critical 
appraisal is made of methods of analysis and the presentation of results. 

(Bohanan.j 

A. E. 219. Advanced Land Economics (3) — Second semester. 

A critical analysis of the principles and problems in using and controlling 
land resources, including a review of land policies, is given, with special con- 
sideration being placed on the problems of submarginal lands, range lands, and 
water resources. Conservation of various land resources is appraised; problems 
of landed property are presented; and criteria essential to the development of 
a sound land policy are studied. (Bohanan.) 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE 

Professors Ahalt, Cotterman; Associate Professor Murray. 

R. Ed. 1. — Introduction to Agnricultiure (1) — First semester. Required of 
all beginning freshmen and sophomores in Agriculture. Other students must 
get the consent of the instructor. 

A series of Icrtiires introducing the student to the broad field of agriculture. 
For Advanced Undergraduates 

R. Ed. 101. Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrationa (2) — First 

semester. Two laboratory periods a week. 

This course is designed to assist the student in relating the learning ac- 
quired in the several departments with the problems of doing and demon- 
strating which he faces in the field and in the classroom as a teacher of 
agriculture. Deficiencies are checked and corrected by laboratory practice. 

(Murray.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 93 

R. Ed. 103. Practice Teaching (5) — First semester. Open only to students 
majoring in Agricultural Education who have a satisfactory scholastic average. 

Five weeks, full time. 

Under the direction of a critic teacher and the supervision of a teacher-trainer 
the student is required to analyze and prepare special units of subject matter in 
agriculture, plan and teach lessons, supervise farming programs of students and 
otherwise perform the duties of a high school teacher of vocational agriculture. 
Not less than 125 clock hours, exclusive of observation, shall be required. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 104. Practice Teaching (1-4) — First and second semesters. Registra- 
tion concurrent or after R. Ed. 103. One to four weeks full time. 

To provide students an opportunity to gain experience in farming program 
supervision, the opening of school, and in other teaching activities not generally 
a part of R. Ed. 103. (Ahalt.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

R. Ed. 107. Observation and Analysis of Teaching in Agriculture (3) — 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

This course deals with an analysis of pupils learning in class groups. 

(Ahalt, Murray.) 

R. Ed. 109. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture (3) — First 

semester. 

A comprehensive course in the work of high school departments of 
vocational agriculture. It emphasizes particularly placement, supervised farming 
programs, the organization and administration of Future Farmer activities, and 
objectives and methods in all-day instruction. (Ahalt, Murray.) 

R. Ed. 111. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups (1) — First 

semester. 

Characteristics of young and adult farmer instruction in agriculture. De- 
termining needs for and organizing a course; selecting materials for instruction; 
and class management. Emphasis is placed on the conference method of 
teaching. (Murray.) 

R. Ed. 112. Departmental Management (1) — Second semester. One lab- 
oratory period a week. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107, 109. 

The analysis of administrative programs for high school departments of 
vocational agriculture. Investigations and reports. (Ahalt, Murray.) 

R. Ed. 114. Rural Life and Education (3) — Second semester. 

An intensive study of the educational agencies at work in rural communities, 
stressing an analysis of school patronage areas, the possibilities of normal life 
in rural areas, early beginnings in rural education, and the conditioning eflfects 
of educational oflferings, (Ahalt) 



94 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

R. Ed. 150. Extension Education (2) — Second semester. 

The Agricultural Extension Service as an educational agency. The history, 
philosophy, objectives, policy, organization, legislation and methods used in 
extension w^ork. ( ) 

R. Ed. 160. Agricultural Information Methods (2) — First semester. 

General introduction to agricultural public relations programs, including 
writing for and use of newspapers, magazines, direct mail, radio, and television; 
and production and use of visual aids such as photographs, slides, exhibits, 
and posters. ( ) 

For Graduates 

R. Ed. 201, 202. Rural Life and Education (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent. 

A sociological approach to rural education as a movement for a good life 
in rural communities. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 207, 208. Problems in Vocational Agriculture (2, 2)— First and 

second semesters. 

In this course special emphasis is placed upon the current problems facing 
teachers of vocational agriculture. It is designed especially for persons who 
have had several years of teaching experience in this field. (Ahalt, Murray.) 

R. Ed. S207. A-B. Problems in Teaching Vocational Agriculture (1-1)— 

Summer session only. 

A critical analysis of current problems in the teaching of vocational agri- 
culture with special emphasis upon recent developments in all-day programs. 

R. Ed. S208. A-B. Problems in Teaching Farm Mechanics (1-1) — Summer 
session only. 

This course deals with the latest developments in the teaching of Farm 
Mechanics. Various methods in use will be compared and studied under 
laboratory conditions. 

R. Ed. S209. A-B. Adult Education in Agriculture (1-1)— Summer ses- 
sion only. 

Principles of adult education as applied to rural groups, especially young 
and adult farmers. Organizing classes, planning courses and instructional 
methods are stressed. 

R. Ed. S210. A-B. Land Grant College Education (1-1)— Summer session 
only. 

Development of Land Grant Colleges and Experiment Stations and the role 
they have played in improving conditions in rural communities. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 95 

R. Ed. S211 A-B. Agricultural Extension Service Education (1-1) — Sum- 
mer session only. 

Development of the extension service. Types of demonstrations and in- 
struction used. The role of the County Agricultural and Home Demonstration 
Agents and 4-H Clubs in the development of rural society. 

R. Ed. S212 A-B. Educational Functions of Rural Institutions (1-1) — 

Summer session only. 

The part rural institutions have played in starting, developing and support- 
ing education for rural areas, with special emphasis on the various phases of 
agricultural education. 

R. Ed. S213 A-B. Supervision and Administration of Vocational Agri- 
culture (1-1) — Summer session only. 

Administrative and supervisory problems in Vocational Agriculture in- 
cluding scheduling, local administrative programs, supervisor-teacher relation- 
ships, organizational problems and the responsibilities of county superintendents 
and principals in the program. 

R. Ed. 215. Supervision of Student Teaching (1) — ^Arranged. 

The role of the critic teacher in checking progress, supervising and grad- 
ing student teachers. Particular emphasis will be given to the region-wide 
program in training teachers of vocational agriculture, including the evaluation 
of beginning teachers. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 220. Field Problems in Rural Education (1-3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, six semester hours of graduate study. 

Problems accepted depend upon the character of the work of the student 
and the facilities available for study. Periodic conferences required. Final 
report must follow accepted pattern for field investigations. (Ahalt, Murray.) 

R. Ed. 240. Agricultural College Instruction (1) — Second semester. Open 

to graduate students and members of the faculty in the College of Agriculture. 

A seminar type of course consisting of reports, discussions, and lectures 
dealing with the techniques and procedures adapted to teaching agricultural 
subjects at the college level. (Cotterman, Ahalt) 

R. Ed. 250. Seminar in Rural Education (1-1) — First and second semesteri. 

Problems in the organization, administration, and supervision of the several 
agencies of rural education. Investigations, papers, and reports. (StafiF.) 

R. Ed. S250. A-B. Seminar in Rural Education (1-1) — Summer session 
only. 

Current problems of teaching agriculture are analyzed and discussed. 



% UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Students arc required to make investigations, prepare papers and make reports. 
R. Ed. 251. Research — Credit hours according to work done. (Staff.) 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Carpenter; Associate Professor Gienger; Instructor George 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Agr. EngfT. 101 — Farm Machinery (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the economics, design and adjustments of modern horse and 
tractor-drawn machinery, including applications of electricity to farm operations. 
Laboratory work consists of detailed study of actual machines, their calibration, 
adjustment, and repair. (George.) 

Agr. Engr. 102. Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles (3) — Second se- 
mester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the design, operation, and repair of the internal combustion 
engines, tractors, and automobiles used in farm practice. (Carpenter, Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 104. Farm Mechanics (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

This course consists of laboratory exercises in practical farm shop and 
farm equipment repair and construction projects, and a study of the principles 
of shop organization and administration. It is available only to seniors in 
agricultural education. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Gienger.) 

Agr, Engr. 105. Farm Buildings (2) — First semester. 

A study of all types of farm structures; also of farm lighting, heating, 
water supply and sanitation systems. (Carpenter.) 

Agr. Engr. 106. Farm Mechanics (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 

periods a week. 

Laboratory exercises covering practical projects in farm shop work and 
in the repair and construction of farm equipment. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

(Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 107. Farm Drainage (2) — Second semester. One lecture and 
one laboratory period a week. 

A study of farm drainage systems, including theory of tile under-drainage, 
the depth and spacing of laterals, calculation of grades, methods of construction, 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 97 

and the use of engineering instruments. A smaller amount of time will be spent 

upon drainage by open ditches, and the laws relating thereto. (Carpenter.) 

Agr. Engr. 109. Farm Applications of Electricity (2) — Second Semester. 

One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 

This course covers the uses and applications of electricity on the farm and 
in the farm home. (George.) 

Agr. Engr. 111. Mechanics of Food Processing (3) — First Semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A basic study of mechanical principles and the practical application of these 
principles in the following phases of food processing: power generation and 
transmission, pumps, boilers, heat transfer, refrigeration, storage, and equipment 
controls. 

Agr. Engr. 112. Machinery and Equipment for Food Processing (2) — 

Second Semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite 
Agricultural Engineering 111. 

This course covers the design, operation and maintenance of machines 
and equipment used in food processing and a study of the principles of efficient 
plant layout and management. 

AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS 

Professors Kuhn and Street; Associate Professors Axley, Bourbeau and Ronnin- 
gen; Assistant Professors Bentz, Decker, Santelmann and Strickling. 

A. CROPS 

Agron. 1. Crop Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 

laboratory period a week. 

Culture, use, improvement, adaptation, distribution, and history of field 
crops. 

For Advanced Undergjraduates 

Agron. 101. Senior Seminar in Crops (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 

Agron. 1, 107, and 108. 

Reports by seniors on current scientific and practical publications pertaining 
to crops. (Ronningen.) 

Agron. 153. Selected Crop Studies (1-2)— Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Agron. 1, 107, 108. 

Advanced individual study of field crops of special interest to the student 

(Statff.) 



98 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Agron. 103. Crop Breeding (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. 

The principles of breeding as applied to field crop plants and methods used 
in plant improvement. (Ronningen.) 

Agfron. 105. Tobacco Production (2) — First semester. Two lectures a week. 
Prerequisite, Agron. 1. 

A study of the history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and improvement 
of various types of tobacco, with special emphasis on problems in Maryland 
tobacco production. (Street.) 

Agron. 106. Tobacco Production (2) — Second semester. Two lectures a 
week. Prerequisite, Agron. 105. 

A study of the physical and chemical factors associated with yield and 
quality of tobacco, stress being placed on the importance of soil, climate and 
fertilizers. (Street.) 

Ag^on. 107. Cereal Crop Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. (Not offered 1955-56) 

Study of the principles and practices of corn, wheat, oats, barley, rye, 
soybeans and buckwheat production. (Santelmann.) 

Agron. 108. Forage Crop Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

Study of the production and management of grasses and legumes for 
quality hay, silage and pasture. (Decker.) 

Agron. 151. Cropping Systems (2) — Second semester. 

The coordination of information from various courses in the development 
of balanced cropping systems, appropriate to different objectives in various 
areas of the State and Nation. (Kuhn.) 

Agron. 152. Seed Production and Distribution (3)— Second semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory (2 hours) period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1. 
(Not oflfered 1955-56.) 

A study of seed production, processing, and distriI)ution; Federal and State 
seed control programs; seed laI)oratory analyses; release of new varieties and 
maintenance of foundation seed stocks. (Staff.) 

Agron. 154. Weed Control in Field Crops (2)— First semester. One lec- 
ture and one laboratory a week. rrcrcf|iiisitc, Agron. 1. 

A study of the use of cultural practices and chemical herbicides in the 
control of weeds in field crops and turf. (Santelmann.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 99 

For Graduates 

Agron. 201. Crop Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of instructor. 

Similar to Agron. 103, but better adapted to graduate students and offering 
a wider range of choice of material to suit special cases. (Ronningen.) 

Agron. 203. Crop Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Presentation of original work or review of literature on agronomic topics. 

(Staflf.) 

Agron 204. Technic in Field Crop Research (2) — First semester. 

Field plot technic, application of statistical analysis to agronomic data, and 
preparation of the research project. (Kuhn.) 

Agron. 205. Biogenesis of Tobacco (2) — Second semester. Two lectures 

a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Not offered 1955-56.) 

A study of the structural adaptation of tobacco to environmental and ex- 
perimental variations. (Street.) 

Agron. 206, 207. Recent Advances in Crop Production (2, 2) — First 

semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

A study of recent advances in research techniques and findings pertaining 
to crop production. (Agron. 207 not offered in 1955-56.) 

(Decker, Kuhn, Ronningen, Street.) 

Agron. 208. Research Methods (2-4) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
permission of staff. 

Development of research viewpoint by detailed study and report on crop 
research of the Maryland Experiment Station or review of literature on specific 
phases of a problem. (Staff.) 

Agron. 209. Research in Crops (1-8) — First and second semesters. 

Credit according to work accomplished. With approval or suggestion of 
the Professor in charge of his major work the student will choose his own 
problem for study. (Staff.) 

Agron. S210. Cropping Systems (1) — Summer session only. 

An advance course primarily designed for teachers of vocational agriculture 
and county agents. It deals with outstanding problems and the latest develop- 
ments in the field. (Kuhn.) 

Agron. 211. Biosynthesis of Tobacco (2) — Second Semester. Two lectures 

a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

A study of the composition of tobacco with emphasis on the alkaloids and 
other unique components. (Street) 



100 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B. SOILS 

Agron. 10. General Soils (4) — Second semester. Three lectures and a two- 
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Chem. 1 or permission of 
instructor. 

A study of the fundamentals of soils including their origin, development, 
relation to natural sciences, effect on civilization, physical properties, and 
chemical properties. (Strickling.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Agron. SllO. Soil Management (1) — Summer school only. 

An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of Vocational Agri- 
culture and County Agents dealing with factors involved in management of 
soils in general and of Maryland soils in particular. Emphasis is placed on 
methods of maintaining and improving chemical, physical, and biological 
characteristics of soils. Illustrations with conservation practices receive par- 
ticular attention. (Strickling.) 

Ag^on. 111. Soil Fertility Principles (3) — First semester. Three lectures 
a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10. 

A study of the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of soils 
that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical 
or biological nature and their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, and 
rotations are discussed and illustrated. (Strickling.) 

Agron. 112. Commercial Fertilizers (3) — Second semester. Three lec- 
tures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 rrr permission of instructor. 

A study of the manufacturing and distribution of commercial fertilizers. 

(Axley.) 

Agron 113. Soil Conservation (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 

one three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 or permission of 
instructor. 

A study of the importance and causes of soil erosion, and methods of soil 
erosion control. Special emphasis is placed on farm planning for soil con- 
servation. The laboratory period will be largely devoted to field trips. (Bentz.) 

Agron. 114. Soil Classification and Geography (4) — Second semester. 
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
Agron. 10, or permission of instructor. 

A study of the genesis, morphology, classification and geographic distribu- 
tion of soils. The broad principles governing soil formation are explained. 
Attention is given to the influence of geographic factors on the development and 
use of soils in the TTnit<^d States and otlier parts of the world. 

The laboratory periods will be largely devoted to field trips and to a study 
of soil maps of various countries. (Bourbeau.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 101 

Agron. 116. Soil Analysis for Plant Nutrients (3) — First semester. One hour 
lecture, one two-hour laboratory, and one three-hour laboratory a week. 

A study of chemical methods for soil analysis and their relation to fertilizer 
requirements of plants grown in soil. (Not offered in 1955-56.) (Axley.) 

Agron. 117. Soil Physics (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and a course in Physics, 
or permission of instructor. (Not offered in 1955-56.) 

A study of physical properties of soils with special emphasis on relationship 
to soil productivity. (Strickling.) 

Agron. 118. Special Problems in Soils (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor. 

A detailed study, including a written report, of an important soil problem. 

(Staff.) 

Agron. 119. Soil Mineralogy (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

A study of the fundamental laws and forms of crystal symmetry and es- 
sentials of crystal structure; structure, occurrence, association and uses of 
minerals, determination of minerals by means of their morphological, chemical 
and other physical properties. Particular attention is given to soil-forming 
minerals. 

Laboratory periods will be devoted to a systematic study of about 75 
minerals. (Bourbeau.) 

For Graduates 

Agron. 250. Advanced Soil Mineralogy (3) — First semester. Three one- 
hour lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10, Agron. 119 and permission of 
instructor. (Not offered 1955-56.) 

A study of the structure, physical-chemical characteristics and identification 
methods of soil minerals, particularly the clay minerals, and their relationship 
to soil genesis and productivity. (Bourbeau.) 

Agron. 251. Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation (3) — First semester. 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor. 

An advanced study of the theory of chemical methods of soil investigation 
with emphasis on problems involving application of physical chemistry. 

(Axley.) 

Agron. 252. Advanced Soil Physics (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisites, Agron. 10 and permission 
of instructor. (Not offered 1955-56). 

An advanced study of physical properties of soils with special emphasis 
on relationship to soil productivity. (Strickling.) 



102 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Agron. 253. Advanced Soil Analysis for Plant Nutrients (3) — First semester. 
One lecture, one two-hour laboratory and one three-hour laboratory a week. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Not offered 1955-56.) 

An advanced study of chemical methods for soil analyses and their relation- 
ship to fertilizer requirements of plants grown in soil. (Staff.) 

Agron. 255. Soil Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, permission of instructor. (Staflf.) 

Agron. 256. Soil Research (1-12) — First and second semesters. (Staff.) 

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

Professors Foster, Green; Assistant Professors Buric, Fowler, and Leffel 

A. H. 1. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3) — First semester. Two 

lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the general problems in breeding, feeding, management and 
marketing of beef cattle, sheep, swine and horses. Practice is given in the 
selection of animals to meet market demands. Field trips may be made to 
near-bj^ farms and packing plants. (StafJ.) 

A. H. 30. Types and Breeds of Livestock (3) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. 

A study of the various types and breeds of livestock, their development, 
characteristics and adaptability. Practice is given in selection according to 
standards of excellence. (Staff.) 

A. H. 90. Livestock Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 

periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 30 or permission of instructor. 

Training is given in the judging of beef cattle, sheep, swine and horses. 
Occasional trips are made to farms where outstanding herds and flocks are 
maintained. (Buric.) 

For Advanced Undergraduateg 

A. H. 100. Advanced Livestock Judging (2) — First semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prereriuisite, A. H. 90 and permission of instructor. 

An advanced course in the selection and judging of purebred and com- 
mercial meat and work animals. The most adept students enrolled in this 
course are chosen to represent the University of Maryland in intercollegiate 
livestock judging contests. (Buric.) 

A. H. 110. Feeds and Feeding (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. 

Elements of nutrition; source, cliaracteristics, and adaptability of the 



College of agriculture 103 

various feeds to the several classes of livestock; feeding standards; the cal- 
culation and compounding of rations. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 130. Beef Cattle Production (3)— First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1, A. H. 110. 

Principles and practices underlying the economical production of beef 
cattle, including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breed- 
ing, feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. 

(Foster.) 

A. H. 131. Sheep Production (3)— Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H. 110. 

Principles and practices underlying the economical production of sheep, 
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, 
feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial flocks. 

(Leffel.) 

A. H. 132. Svnne Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H. 110. 

Principles and practices underlying the economical production of swine, 
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, 
feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. 

(Fowler.) 

A. H. 134. Light Horse Production (1) — First semester. One lecture a 
week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. Study of the hght horse breeds with emphasis on 
the types and usefulness of each. A discussion of principles of selection and 
breeding of light horses is included in this course. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 135. Light Horse Production (1) — Second semester. One lecture 
a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. 

Included is a study of -the organization of the light horse farm, proper 
methods of feeding and training, control of disease, treatment and care of 
injuries, sale of surplus stock. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 140. Livestock Management (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 110. 

A course designed to offer practical experience in working with livestock, 
especially to students who lack farm experience. Provides opportunities for 
students to learn practical methods of handling and managing beef cattle, sheep, 
and swine. Practice and training in fitting animals for shows and sales. 

(Buric.) 

A. H. 160. Meat and Meat Products (3) — First semester. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. 

Designed to give information on the processing and handling of the na- 
tion's meat supply. A study of the physical and structural qualities which 



104 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

effect the value of meat and meat products. Trips are made to packing houses 
and meat distributing centers. (Fowler.) 

A. H. 170, 171. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 

permission of instructor. 

Advanced undergraduates will be required to review literature, present 
reports and discuss assigned topics relating to Animal Husbandry. (Staflf.) 

A. H. 172, 173. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (1-2, 1-2) — First 
and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 
Prerequisite, approval of staff. 

A course designed for advanced undergraduates in which specific problems 
relating to Animal Husbandry will be assigned. (Staff.) 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

A. H. 111. Animal Nutrition (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. 
Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34; A. H. 110. Graduate credit allowed, with 
permission of instructor. 

Processes of digestion, absorption, and metabolism of nutrients; nutri- 
tional balances; nature of nutritional requirements for growth, production and 
reproduction. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 120. Principles of Breeding (3) — Second semester. Three lectures 
a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104 and A. H. 130 or A. H. 131 or A. H. 132 or 
Dairy 101. Graduate credit (1-3 hours), allowed with permission of instructor. 

The practical aspects of animal breeding, heredity, variation, selection, 
development, systems of breeding, and pedigree study are considered. (Green.) 

A. H. S130. Beef Cattle (1) — Summer session only. 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of Vocational Agriculture 
and Extension Service Workers. 

Principles and practices underlying the economical production of beef cattle, 
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, feed- 
ing, management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. (Foster) 

A. H. 150. Livestock Markets and Marketing (2) — First semester. Two 
lectures a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. Graduate credit allowed, with permis- 
sion of instructor. 

History and development of livestock markets and systems of marketing; 
trends of livestock marketing; effect of changes in transportation and refrig- 
eration facilities; the merchandising of meat products. (Fowler.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 105 

For Graduates 

A. H. 200, 201. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (1-2, 1-2)— 

First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit 
Prerequisite, approval of staff. 

Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the characters of 
work the student is pursuing. (StaflF.) 

A. H. 202, 203. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Students are required to prepare papers based upon current scientific 
publications relating to Animal Husbandry or upon their research work, for 
presentation before and discussion by the class. (Staff.) 

A. H. 204. Research (1-6) — First and second semesters. Credit to be 
determined by amount and character of work done. 

With the approval oi the head of the department, students will be required 
to pursue original research in some phase of Animal Husbandry, carrying the 
same to completion, and report the results in the form of a thesis. (Staff.) 

A. H. 205. Advanced Breeding (2) — Second semester. Two lectures a 
week. Prerequisites, A. H. 120 or equivalent and Biological Statistics. 

This course deals with the more technical phases of heredity and variation; 
selection indices; breeding systems; inheritance in farm animals. (Green.) 

A. H. 206. Advanced Livestock Management (3) — First semester. Two 

lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, approval of staff. 

An intensive study of the newer developments in animal breeding, animal 
physiology, animal nutrition, endocrinology and other closely allied fields as 
they apply to the management and commercial production of livestock. (StaflE.) 



BOTANY 

Professors Bamford, Jeffers, Gauch, Cox, Weaver, Appleman (emeritus), 

Norton (emeritus); Associate Professors Brown, D. T. Morgan; Assistant 

Professors O. D. Morgan, Rappleye; Instructors Kantzes, 

Jenkins; Research Associate Krauss; Research Assistant Sisler. 

Bot, 1. General Botany (4) — First and second semesters. Summer. Two 
lectures and two laboratory periods a week. 

General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all phases of the 
subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the higher 
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 2. General Botany (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. 



106 . UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A brief evolutionary study of algae, fungi, liveworts, mosses, ferns and 
their relatives, and the seed plants emphasizing their structure, reproduction, 
habitats, and economic importance. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 11. Plant Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 

laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. 

A study of the principles of plant classification, based on the collection and 
identification of local plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 20. Diseases of Plants (3) — First semester. Tvi^o lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. 

An introductorj' study of the symptoms and causal agents of plant diseases 
and measures for their control. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Bot. 110. Plant Microtechnique (3) — Second semester. One lecture and 

two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

Principles and methods involved in the preparation of permanent micro- 
scope slides of plant materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 112. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, per- 
mission of instructor. 

Discussion of special topics, current literature, problems and programs in 
all phases of botany. For seniors only, majors and minors in botany or biological 
science. (Brown.) 

A. Plant Physiology 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 101. Plant Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and General Chemistry. 

A survey of the general physiological activities of plants. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. (Gauch, Dugger.) 

Bot. 102. Plant Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or equivalent. 

A study of plants in relation to their environments. Plant successions and 
formations of North America are treated briefly and local examples studied. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Brown.) 

For Graduates 

Bot. 201. Plant Biochemistry (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dot. 101 and elementary organic 
chemistry, or equivalent. (Not offered 1955-1956.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 107 

A study of the important substances in the composition of the plant body 
and the chemical changes occurring therein. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Gauch.) 

Bet. 202. Plant Biophysics (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Hot. 

101 and introductory physics, or equivalent. 

An advanced course dealing with the operation of physical phenomena in 
plant Hfe processes. (Dugger.) 

Bot. 203. Biophysical Methods (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Laboratory course to accompany Bot. 202. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. (Dugger.) 

Bot. 204. Growth and Development (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
12 semester hours of plant science. (Krauss.) 

Bot. 205. Mineral Nutrition of Plants (2) — Second semester. 

Reports on current literature are presented and discussed in connection with 
recent advances in the mineral nutrition of plants. (Not offered 1955-1956.) 

(Gauch.) 

Bot. 206. Research in Plant Physiology — Credit according to work done. 

Students must be qualified to pursue with profit the research to be under- 
taken. (Gauch, Dugger, Krauss.) 

Bot. 207. Special Topics in Plant Physiology (2) — Second semester. 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

This course, on highly specialized subjects, usually will be presented by a 
specialist who is available at a neighboring institution. 

Bot. 208. Seminar in Plant Physiology (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

Discussion of special topics in plant physiology. (Gauch, Dugger, Krauss.) 

Bot, 209. Physiology of Algae (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 201, the equivalent in allied fields, 
or permission of the instructor. 

A study of the physiology and comparative biochemistry of the algae. 
Laboratory techniques and recent advances in algal nutrition, photosynthesis, 
and growth will be reviewed. Laboratory fee $5.00. (Krauss.) 

B. Plant Morphology and Taxonomy 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 111. Plant Anatomy (3) — First semester. One lecture and two lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 110, or equivalent. 



108 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems in the vascular 
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bet. 113. Plant Geography (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or 
equivalent. 

A study of plant distribution throughout the world and the factors generally 
associated with such distribution. (Brown.) 

Bot. 114. Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3) — First semester. One lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bat. 11, or permission of instructor. 

Principles and criteria of systematic botany. Study of difficult plant groups, 
especially grasses, sedges, legumes and composites with collection and identi- 
fication of native species. Laboratory fee $5.00. (Brown.) 

Bot. 115. Structure of Economic Plants (3) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 111. 

A detailed microscopic study of the anatomy of the chief fruit and vegetable 

crops. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 116. History and Philosophy of Botany (1) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, IS semester hours of botany. (Not offered 1955-1956.) 

Discussion of the development of ideas and knowledge about plants, leading 
to a survey of contemporary work in botanical science. (Bamford.) 

Bot 117. Plant Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Zool. 104 
or equivalent. 

A survey of the fundamental principles to modern plant breeding. The 
analysis of hybrid vigor, its application to economic plants, the relation of 
chromosomes to plant improvement, economically valuable mutations and 
similar topics will be considered. (D. T. Morgan.) 

Bot 135. Aquatic Plants (3) — First semester. One lecture and two laboratory 

periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 and Bot. 11, or equivalent. (Not offered 
1955-1956.) 

A study of the taxonomy and ecology of aquatic plants, especially those of 
importance in fisheries and wild life management. Field trips and collections 
will be made. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 136. Plants and Mankind (2) — First semester. Prerequisite Bot 1 or 
equivalent (Not offered 1955-1956.) 

A survey of the plants which are utilized by man; the diversity of such 
utilization, and their historic and economic significance. (Rappleye.) 

Bot 151S. Teaching Methods in Botany (2) — Summer. Five two-hour 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 109 

laboratory and demonstration periods per week; 10:00-11:00; E-307. Pre- 
requisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Owens.) 

A study of the biological principles of common plants, and demonstrations, 
projects, and visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and secondary schools. 

For Graduates 

Bot. 211. Cytology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104 (Genetics) or equivalent. (Not 
offered 1955-1956.) 

A detailed study of the chromosomes in mitosis and meiosis, and the rela- 
tion of these to current theories of heredity and evolution. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. (Bamford, D. T. Morgan.) 

Bot. 212. Plant Morphology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two 

laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 11, Bot. Ill, or equivalent. 

A comparative study of the morphology of the flowering plants, with special 
reference to the phylogeny and development of floral organs. Laboratory 
fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 213. Seminar in Plant Cytology and Morphology (1) — First and 

second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

Discussion of special topics in plant morphology, anatomy, and cytology. 

(D. T. Morgan, Rappleye.) 

Bot. 214. Research in Plant Cytology and Morphology — Credit according 
to work done. (Bamford, D. T. Morgan, Rappleye.) 

Bot. 215. Plant Cytogenetics (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 

laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 104, (Genetics) or equivalent. 

An advanced study of the current status of plant genetics, particularly 
gene mutations and their relation to chromosome changes in corn and other 
favorable genetic materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (D. T. Morgan.) 

Bot. 219. Special Topics in Plant Morphology and Cytology (2) — First 

semester. Prerequisite permission of instructor. 

This course treats specialized subjects very intensively. It will usually 
be given by a lecturer fro'm a neighboring institution. 

C. Plant Pathology 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot 122. Research Methods in Plant Pathology (2) — First or second 

semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent 



no , UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Advanced training in the basic research techniques and methods of plant 
pathology. Laboratory fee, $5.00 each semester. (Cox.) 

Bot. 123. Diseases of Ornamental Plants (2) — Second semester Prere- 
quisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. 

Symptoms, control measures, and other pertinent information concerning 
the diseases which affect important ornamental plants grown in the eastern 
states. (Jeffers.) 

Bot. 124. Diseases of Tobacco and Agronomic Crops (2) — First semester. 

Prerequisite, Bot. 20 or equivalent. (Not offered 1955-1956.) 

The symptoms and control of the diseases of tobacco, forage crops and 
cereal grains. (O. D. Morgan.) 

Bot. 125. Diseases of Fruit Crops (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 
20, or equivalent. 

Symptoms and control of the diseases affecting fruit production in the 
eastern United States. (Weaver.) 

Bot. 126. Diseases of Vegetable Crops (2) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Bot. 20, or equivalent. (Not offered 1955-1956.) 

The recognition and control of diseases affecting the production of im- 
portant vegetable crops grown in the eastern United States. (Cox.) 

Bot. 128. Mycology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 2, or equivalent. 

An introductory study of the morphology, classification, life histories, and 
economics of the fungi. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Jeffers.) 

Bot. 152S. Field Plant Pathology (1) — Summer. Daily lecture first three 
weeks, 8:00; E-307. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

A course for county agents and teachers of vocational agriculture. Dis- 
cussion and demonstration of the important diseases in Maryland crops. 

(Cox and Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Bot. 221. Virus Diseases (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laljoratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 20 and Bot. 101. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. (Not offered 1955-1956.) 

Consideration of the physical, chemical and physiological aspects of plant 
viruses and plant diseases. (Sisler.) 

Bot. 222. Plant Nematology (2). Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 111 

A detailed study of the nematodes which cause plant diseases, especially 
their life history, plant symptoms and control measures. (Jenkins.) 

Bot. 225. Research in Plant Pathology— Credit according to work done. 

(Staff.) 

Bot. 226. Plant Disease Control (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, Bot 

20. or equivalent. 

An advanced course dealing with the theory and practices of plant disease 
control. (Cox.) 

Bot, 228. Special Topics in Plant Pathology (2)— Second semester. Prere- 
quisite, permission of instructor. 

This course on very specialized phases of plant pathology will usually be 
given by a lecturer from a neighboring institution. 

Bot. 229. Seminar in Plant Pathology (1) — First and second semesters. 
Discussion on the advanced technical literature of plant pathology. 

(Jeffers, Cox.) 

DAIRY 

Professors Beck, Arbuckle and Shaw; Associate Professors Mattick and Keeney; 
Assistant Professors Davis and Brown; Instructor Seely 

A. DAIRY HUSBANDRY 

Dairy 1. Fundamentals of Dairying (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 

and one laboratory period a week. 

This course is designed to cover the entire field of dairying. The content 
of the course deals with all phases of dairy cattle feeding, breeding and man- 
agement and the manufacturing, processing, distributing and marketing of dairy 
products. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Brown, Mattick.) 

Dairy 10. Dairy Cattle Management (1) — First semester. One labora- 
tory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 1. 

A management course designed to familiarize students with the practical 
handling and management of dairy cattle. Students are given actual practice 
and training in the University dairy barns. (Brown.) 

Dairy 20. Dairy Breeds and Selection (2) — First semester. One lecture 

and one laboratory period a week. 

A detailed study of the dairy breeds, factors which have contributed to the 
success and failure of modern breeding establishments and standards of ex- 
cellence in the selection of breeding cattle. (Davis.) 



112 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Dairy 30. Dairy Cattle Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

This course offers complete instruction in the selection and comparative 
judging of dairy cattle. Trips to various dairy farms for judging practice will 
be made. (Beck.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Dairy 101. Dairy Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, A.H. 110. 

A comprehensive course in dairy cattle nutrition feeding, and herd man- 
agement. (Davis.) 

Dairy 103. Physiology of MUk Secretion (3) — Second Semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, Zool. 1, Organic 
Chemistry. (Alternate years, given in 1955-19'56.) 

The anatomy, evolution and metabolism of the mammary gland including 
hormonal control and the biosynthesis of milk constituents. (Shaw.) 

Dairy 105. Dairy Cattle Breeding (3)— Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Zool. 104. 

A specialized course in breeding dairy cattle. Emphasis is placed on 
methods of sire evaluation systems of breeding, breeding programs, and artificial 
breeding techniques. (Beck.) 

Dairy 120, 121, Dairy Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, students majoring in dairy production, Dairy 101; students majoring 
in dairy products technology, Dairy 108. 

Presentation and discussion of current literature and research work in 
dairying. (StafiF.) 

Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying A (1-4) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, Dairy 101. Credit in accordance with the amount and 
character of work done. 

Special problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the work 
the student is pursuing. (Staflf.) 

Dairy Cattle Nutrition. Soe Animal Husbandry, AH HI. 



B. DAIRY TECHNOLOGY 

Dairy 40. Grading Dairy Products (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 113 

Market grades and the judging of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream. 
Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Arbuckle.) 

Dairy 41. Advanced Grading of Dairy Products (1) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Dairy 40. 

An advanced course in grading and judging of milk, butter, cheese, and 
ice cream. Open to students who participate in training for intercollegiate 
dairy products judging contests. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Arbuckle.) 

Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Dairy 108. Dairy Technology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem. 1, 3. 

Composition standards for milk and milk products, critical interpretation 
and application of practical factory methods of analyses for fat and solids; 
quality tests. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 109. Market Milk (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem. 1, 3. 

Commercial aspects of the market milk industry relating to transportation, 
processing, and distribution; operation of a market milk plant; quality problems; 
chocolate milk, buttermilk and cottage cheese. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

("Arbuckle.) 

Dairy 110. Butter and Cheese Making (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and one five-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 1, 
Chem. 1, 3. (Alternate years, given in 1954-1955.) 

Commercial methods of manufacturing butter and cheese. Consideration 
is given to the physical, chemical, and biological factors involved; procedures 
of manufacture; quality control. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 111. Concentrated Milk Products (3) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture and one five-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 108, 
114. (Alternate years, not given in 1954-1955.) 

Theories and practice of manufacturing condensed and evaporated milk 
and milk powder; plant processes; quality factors; utilization. Laboratory fee, 
$3.00. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 112. Ice Cream Making (4)— Second semester. Two lectures and 

two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 108. 

The ice cream industry; commercial methods of manufacturing ice cream; 
fundamental principles; ingredients; controlling quality. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

(Arbuckle.) 

Dairy 114. Special Laboratory Methods (4) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 108, Bact 133, 
Chem. 19. 31. 32. 33, 34. 



114 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Application of analytical methods to milk, milk products and milk con- 
stituents. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Keeney.) 

Dairy 115. Quality Control in the Dairy Industry (3) — First Semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 109. Ap- 
plication of quality control methods in relation to dairy ordinances, standards 
and farm and plant inspection. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 116. Dairy Plant Management (3) — Second semester. Two lecture 
periods and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, at least 
three advanced dairy products technology courses. 

Principles of dairy plant management, record systems; personnel, plant 
design and construction; dairy machinery and equipment. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying B (1-4) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisites, Dairy 108, 109. Credit in accordance with the amount 
and character of work done. 

Special problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the work the 
student is pursuing. (Staff.) 

For Graduates in Dairy Husbandry and Dairy Technology 

Dairy 201. Advanced Ruminant Nutrition (3) — First Semester. Three one- 
hour lectures per week. Prerequisites, A. H. 110 or Dairy 101, Organic Chem- 
istry and permission of Department. (Alternate years, given in 1956-1957.) 

Biochemical, physiological and bacteriological aspects of the nutrition of 
ruminants and other animals. (Shaw and Davis.) 

Dairy S201. Advanced Dairy Production (1) — Summer session only. 

An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of vocational agriculture 
and county agents. It includes a study of the newer discoveries in dairy cattle 
nutrition, breeding and management. (Staff.) 

Dairy 202. Advanced Dairy Technology (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, Dairy 108, 114 or equivalent. 

Milk and milk products from physico-chemical and bio-chemical points 
of view, with attention directed to hydrogen ion concentration, electrometric 
titration, oxidation-reduction, electrometric conductivity, buffer system of milk, 
milk enzymes. (Keeney.) 

Dairy 204. Special Problems in Dairying (1-5) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, permission of Professor in charge of work. Credit in ac- 
cordance with the amount and character of work done. 

Methods of conducting dairy research and the presentation of results are 
stressed. A research problem which relates specifically to the work the student 
is pursuing will be assigned. (Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE . 115 

Dairy 205. Seminar (1) — First semester. 

Assigned readings on current literature on timely topics; preparation and 
presentation of reports for classroom discussion. (Staff.) 

Dairy 206. Advanced Dairy Research Seminar (1) — Second semester. 
Discussion of fundamental research in Dairy Science. 

Dairy 208. Research (1-8) — First and second semesters. Credit to be 
determined by the amount and quality of work done. 

Original investigation by the student of some subject assigned by the 
Major Professor, the completion of the assignment and the preparation of a 
thesis in accordance with requirements for an advanced degree. (Staff.) 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Professor Cory; Associate Professor Bickley; Assistant Professors Abrams, 

Haviland; Lecturers Munson, Sasscer, Sailer, Shepard. 

Ent. 1. Introductory Entomology (3) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one semester of 
college Zoology. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

The position of insects in the animal kingdom, their gross structure, class- 
ification into orders and principal families and the general economic status of 
insects. A collection of common insects is required. 

Ent 2. Insect Morphology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Intensive study of the external structures and less intensive study of the 
internal anatomy of representative insects with special reference to those 
phases needed for work in insect taxonomy and biology. 

Ent. 3. Insect Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 2. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Intensive study of the classification of all orders and the important families 
based on individual collections supplemented by typical material from the de- 
partment collection. 

Ent. 4. Beekeeping (2) — First semester. 

A study of the life history, behavior and seasonal activities of the honey- 
bee, its place in pollination of flowers with emphasis on plants of economic 
importance and bee lore in literature. 

Ent. lis. Entomology in Nature Study (3) — Summer. Two lectures and 
three two-hour laboratory periods per week. 



116 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

This course is designed to help teachers utiHze insects in their teaching. 
The general availability of insects makes them especially desirable for use in 
nature study courses. Teachers should be acquainted, therefore, with the 
simplest and easiest ways to collect, rear, preserve, and identify the common 
insects about which students are constantly asking questions. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Ent 100. Advanced Apiculture (3) — Second semester. One lecture and 
two three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite, Ent. 4. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

The theory and practice of apiary management. Designed for the student 
who wishes to keep bees or requires a practical knowledge of bee management. 

(Abrams.) 

Ent. 101. Economic Entomology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, con- 
sent of the department. (Alternates with Ent. 118; not offered in 1955-56.) 

An intensive study of the theory and problems of applied entomology, 
including life history, ecology, behavior, distribution, parasitism and control. 

Ent. 105. Medical Entomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1, or consent of the 
department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

A study of insects and related anthropods that affect the health and comfort 
of man directly and as vectors of disease. In discussions of the control of such 
pests the emphasis will be upon community sanitation. (Bickley.) 

Ent. 106. Advanced Insect Taxonomy (3) — First semester. Two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 3. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 
(Alternates with Ent. 119; not offered in 1955-56.) 

Principles of systematic entomology and intensive study of limited groups 
of insects, including immature forms. (Bickley.) 

Ent. 107. Insecticides (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the 
department. 

The development and use of contact and stomach poisons, fumigants and 
other important chemicals, with reference to their chemistry, toxic action, com- 
patibility, and host injury. Recent research emphasized. (Shepard.) 

Ent. 109. Insect Physiology (2) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
occasional demonstrations. Prerequisite, consent of the department. 

The functioning of the insect body with particular reference to blood, circu- 
lation, digestion, absorption, excretion, respiration, reflex action and the nervous 
system, and metabolism. (Munson.) 

Ent. 110, 111. Special Problems (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, to be determined by the department. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 117 

An intensive investigation of some entomological problem, preferably of the 
student's choice. Required of majors in entomology. (Cory and StaflE.) 

Ent. 112. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior 
standing. 

Presentation of original work, reviews and abstracts of literature. 

(Cory and Staff.) 

Ent. 113. Entomological Literature (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 

junior standing. 

A study of entomological publications and good scientific writing. Prepa- 
ration of bibliographies. (Bickley.) 

Ent. 115. Quarantine Procedures (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, con- 
sent of the department. 

Lectures on the principles and procedures involved in preventing the intro- 
duction of foreign pests and the limitation of spread of endemic or introduced 
pests. (Sasscer.) 

Ent. 116. Insect Pests of Ornamentals and Greenhouse Plants. (3) — Second 
semester. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prere- 
quisite Ent. 1 or consent of the department. Laboratory fee, |3.00. 

The recognition, biology, and control of insects injurious to plants grown in 
ornamental plantings, nurseries, and under glass. (Haviland.) 

Ent. 117. Insect Pests of Field Crops and Stored Products (2) — First 
semester. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite 
Ent. 1 or consent of the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Alternate years; 
not offered in 1955-56.) 

The recognition, biology and control of insects injurious to corn, small 
grains, legumes, cotton, tobacco, stored grains, seeds and cereal products. 

(Cory and Bickley.) 

Ent. 118. Insect Pests of Fruit and Vegetable Crops (3) — -Second semester. 
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 
or consent of the department. Laboratory fee, |3.00. 

The recognition, biology and control of insects injurious to important fruit 
and vegetable crops. (Cory and Bickley.) 

Ent. 119. Insect Pests of Domestic Animals (2) — First semester. One 
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite Ent. 1 or 
consent of the department. Laboratory fee $3.00. 

The recognition, biology, and control of insects and related arthropods 
injurious to horses, cattle, hogs, sheep, goats, and poultry. (Bickley.) 



118 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Graduates 

Ent 201. Advanced Entomology — Credit and prerequisites to be determined 
by the department. First and second semesters. 

Studies of minor problems in morphology, taxonomy and applied ento- 
moIog>% with particular reference to the preparation of the student for individual 
research. (Cory and StaflF.) 

EJnt. 202. Research — First and second semesters. 

Required of graduate students majoring in Entomology. This course in- 
volves research on an approved project. A dissertation suitable for publication 
must be submitted at the conclusion of the studies as a part of the requirements 
for an advanced degree. (Cory and StaflF.) 

Ent. 203. Advanced Insect Morphology (2) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Alter- 
nates with Ent. 206; not ofifered in 1955-56.) 

Insect structure with special reference to function. Emphasis on internal 
anatomy. Given in preparation for advanced work in physiology or research in 
morphology. (Bickley.) 

Ent. 205. Insect Ecology (2) — First semester. One lecture and one two- 
hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, consent of the department. Labor- 
atory fee, $3.00. (Alternates with Ent. 107; not ofifered in 1955-56.) 

A study of fundamental factors involved in the relationship of insects to 
their environment. Emphasis is placed on the insect as a dynamic organism 
adjusted to its surroundings. (Sailer.) 

Ent. 206. Bionomics of Mosquitoes (2) — Second semester. One lecture and 
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

The classification, distribution, ecology, biology, and control of mosquitoes. 

(Bickley.) 

FORESTRY 

Assistant Professor Enright 
For, 30. Elements of Forestry (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A general survey of the field of forestry, including timber values, conserva- 
tion, protection, silviculture, utilization, mensuration, engineering, recreation and 
lumbering. Principles and practices of woodland management. 

HORTICULTURE 

Professors Haut, Kramer, Link, Scott, Stark, Thompson, Associate Professors 
Shanks, Shoemaker; Assistant Professors Britton, Enright, Reynolds, Wiley; 

Instructor Todd 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 119 

Hort. 1. General Horticulture (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 

laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A general basic course planned to give the student a background of methods 
and practices used in production of horticulture crops. 

Hort. 5, 6. Fruit Production (3, 2)— First and second semesters. One or 

two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Courses must be taken in 
sequence. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A study of commercial varieties and the harvesting, grading, and storage of 
fruits. Principles and practices in fruit tree production. 

Hort. 11. Greenhouse Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 

and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A detailed study of greenhouse construction and management. 

Hort. 16. Garden Flowers (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

The various species of annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, bedding plants, 
and roses and their cultural requirements. 

Hort. 22. Landscape Gardening (2) — First semester. 

The theory and general principles of landscape gardening and their applica- 
tion to private and public areas. 

Hort. 56. Landscape Ornamentals and Floriculture (2) — Second semester. 

One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 

A course dealing with the basic principles in the use of trees, shrubs, broad- 
leaved evergreens, annual and perennial flowering plants in ornamental plantings. 
Designed for any students wishing a broad coverage in this field. 

Hort. 58. Vegetable Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 

one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1. 

A study of the principles and practices of commercial vegetable production. 

Hort. 59. Small Fruits (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A study of the principles and practices involved in the production of small 
fruits including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blueberries, blackberries, and 
cranberries. 

Hort. 61. Processing Industries (1) — Second semester. 

Early history and development of the various types of preservation of horti- 
cultural crops, such as canning, freezing, dehydration, pickling or brining. The 



120 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

relative importance of these methods on state, national and world-wide bases 
are emphasized. 

Hort. 62. Plant Propagation (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A study of principles and practices of propagation of horticultural plants. 

Hort 53. Flower Store Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 11. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

A study of the operation and management of a flower store. Laboratory 
period devoted to principles and practice of floral arrangements and decoration. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Hort 118, 119. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Oral presentation of the results of investigational work by reviewing recent 
scientific literature in the various phases of horticulture. (Staff.) 

Hort. 121. Plant Operations (2) — First semester. One lecture and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Agr. Engr. Ill, 112, Hort. 155. 

Course deals with arrangement of machinery and equipment in proper se- 
quence to insure the most economical operation of commercial processing plants, 
providing for continuous flow through the factory. Field trips to commercial 
plants included. ( ) 

Hort. 152. Landscape Design (3) — First semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Hort. 22, Eng. D. 1. Prerequisite or 
concurrently Hort 107. 

A consideration of the principles of landscape design supplemented by direct 
application in the drafting room. (Shoemaker.) 

Hort 153. Landscape Design (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 152. 

Advanced landscape design. (Shoemaker.) 

Hort 160. Landscape Maintenance (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort 107, 108. 

(Enright) 

A study of the planting and maintenance of turf, ornamental shrubs and 
trees. Basic principles of park and estate maintenance included. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Hort 101, 102. Technology of Fruits (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, Hort 6; Bot. 101. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 121 

A critical analysis of research work and application of the principles of plant 
physiology, chemistry, and botany to practical problems in commercial produc- 
tion. (Thompson.) 

Hort. 103, 104. Technology of Vegetables (2, 2)— First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisites, Hort. 58; Bot. 101. 

For a description of these courses see the general statement under Hort. 101, 102. 

(Stark.) 

Hort. 105. Technology of Ornamentals (2) — First semester. Prerequisites, 
Bot. 101. 

A study of the physiological plant processes as related to the growth, 
flowering, and storage of floriculture and ornamental plants. (Link.) 

Hort. 106. World Fruits and Nuts (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 

Bot. 1. 

A study of the tropical and subtropical fruits and nuts of economic impor- 
tance. (Haut.) 

Hort. 107, 108. Plant Materials (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, Bot. 11. 

A field and laboratory study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in ornamental 
plantings. (Enright) 

Hort. 114. Systematic Pomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 

one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort, 5, 6. 

A study of the origin, history, taxonomic relationships, and description of 
fruits. (Haut) 

Hort. 8115. Truck Crop Management (1) — Summer session only. 

Primarily designed for teachers and vocational agriculture and extension 
agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new and improved methods of 
production of the leading truck crops. Current problems and their solution will 
receive special attention. 

Hort. 116. Systematic Olericulture (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 

one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 58. 

A study of the classification and nomenclature of vegetable crops. 

(Reynolds.) 

Hort. 122. Special Problems (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Credit 

arranged according to work done. For major students in horticulture or botany. 

(StafiF.) 
Hort. 123. Grades and Standards for Canned and Frozen Products (2) — 
Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
124. 



122 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Factors considered in grading. Actual grading of principal products and 
critical appraisal for quality improvement. 

Hort 124. Quality Control (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 58, 155, 156. 

This course covers the principles involved in the evaluation of factors of 
quality in processed foods including appearance, kinesthetic flavor and sanitation 
factors, and statistical presentation of results. (Kramer,) 

Hort. S124. Tree and Small Fruit Management (1) — Summer session only. 

Primarily designed for vocational agriculture teachers and county agents. 
Special emphasis will be placed upon new and improved commercial methods 
of production of the leading tree and small fruit crops. Current problems and 
their solution will receive special attention. 

Hort. S125. Ornamental Horticulture (1) — Summer session only. 

A course designed for teachers of agriculture, home demonstration agents 
and county agents. Special emphasis will be given to the development of lawns, 
flowers and shrubbery to beautify rural homes. 

Hort. 126. Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops (2) — Second semester. 
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 2)Z and 34, Bot. 101, Hort. 
123. 

Laboratory practice in standard methods for determining mineral, vitamin, 
carbohydrate, protein and other food values of various fruit and vegetable 
products. 

Hort. 150, 151. Commercial Floriculture (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Hort. 11. 

Growing and handling bench crops and potted plants, and the marketing of 
cut flowers. (Link,) 

Hort 155. Commercial Processing I (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, Hort. 61. Laboratory 
fee, $5.00. 

The fundamentals of canning, freezing, and dehydration of horticultural 
crops. (Wiley.) 

Hort. 156. Commercial Processing II (2) — Second semester. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 155. 

A continuation of Commercial Processing \. Also includes actual work in 
laboratory of manufacture of jams, jellies, conserves, preserves, marmalades, and 
juices. (Wiley.) 

Hort 159. Nursery Management (3)— Second semester. Two lectures and 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 123 

one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 62, 107, 108. 

A study of all phases of commercial nursery management and operations. 

(Enright) 

For Graduates 

Hort. 200. Experimental Procedures in Plant Sciences (3)— First Semester. 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

Organization of research projects and presentation of experimental results in 
the field of biological science. Topics included will be: Sources of research 
financing, project outline preparation, formal progress reports, public and in- 
dustrial supported research programs, and technical and popular presentation of 
research data. (Haut.) 

Hort. 201, 202. Experimental Pomology (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 

Prerequisite, Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in pomology. (Thompson.) 

Hort. 203, 204. Experimental Olericulture (2, 2)— First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in olericulture. (Stark.) 

Hort. 205. Experimental Olericulture (2). First semester. Prerequisite 
Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in olericulture. (Stark.) 

Hort. 206. Experimental Floriculture (3). First semester. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in Floriculture. (Link.) 

Hort. 207. Methods of Horticultural Research (3). Second semester. One 
lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week. 

A critical study of research methods which are or may be used in horti- 
culture. (Scott.) 

Hort. 208, Advanced Horticultural Research (2-12) — First and second se- 
mesters. Credit granted according to work done. (Staff.) 

Hort. 209. Advanced Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Five 
credit hours for five semesters can be obtained. 



124 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Oral reports with illustrative material are required on special topics or 
recent research publications in horticulture. (Haut and Staff.) 

Hort. 210. Experimental Processing (2). Second semester. Prerequisite, 
permission of instructor. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in processing. (Kramer.) 

POULTRY HUSBANDRY 
Professors Jull, Shaffner. Combs; Associate Professor Quigley. 

P. H. 1. Poultry Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

This is a general comprehensive course covering all phases of modern 
poultry husbandry practices, including breeds, incubation, brooding, housing, 
feeding, culling, marketing, caponizing, and the economics of production and 
distribution of poultry products. 

P. H. 2. Poultry Biology (2) — Second semester. 

This course is designed to provide basic information as a foundation for 

other courses. The zoological classification of and structural differences among 

domestic birds are considered in their relation to food production. Special em- 
phasis is given to turkey production. 

P. H. 59. Advanced Poultry Judging (1) — First semester. Prerequisite 
P. H. 1. One lecture or laboratory period per week. 

Theory and practice of judging and culling by physical means Correlation 
studies of characteristics associated with productivity. 

Contestant for regional collegiate judging competitions will be selected from 
this class. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

P. H. 100. Poultry Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, P. H. 
1 or 2. 

The inheritance of morphological and physiological characters of poultry 
are presented. Inheritance of factors related to egg and meat production and 
quality are stressed. P»reeding plans are discussed. 

P. H. 101. Poultry Nutrition (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. (Not offered 1956-1957.) 

Nutritive requirements of poultry and the ingredients used to meet these 
requirements are presented. Studies are made of various nutritional diseases 
commonly encountered under practical conditions. ("Combs. ) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 125 

P. H. 102. Physiology of Hatchability (3) — Second semester, alternate 
years. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. (Not offered in 1955- 
1956.) 

The physiology of embryonic development as related to principles of 
hatchability and problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery industry 
are discussed. Laboratory exercises stressing fundamentals of hatchability are 
assigned. (Shaflfner.) 

P. H. 103. Commercial Poultry Management (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, ten hours of poultry husbandry, including P. H. 1. 

A symposium on finance, investment, plant layout, specialization, purchase 

of supplies, and management problems in baby chick, &gs, broiler, and turkey 

production; foremanship, advertising, selling, by-products, production and 

financial records. Field trips required. (Quigley.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

P. H. 104. Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry (3) — First semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. 

A study of the technological factors concerned with the processing, storage, 
and marketing of eggs and poultry, also factors afifecting their quality and 
grading. ( ) 

A, E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry (3) — Second se- 
mester. Three lectures per week. (See Agricultural Economics A. E. 117.) 

Poultry Hygiene, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 107. 

Avian Anatomy, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 108, 

P. H. 107. Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems (2) — First semester. 

Relation of poultry to agriculture as a whole and its economic importance. 
Consumer prejudices and preferences, production, transportation, storage, 
and distribution problems are discussed. Trends in the industry, surpluses and 
their utilization, poultry by-products, and disease problems, are presented. 
Federal, state, and private agencies servicing the poultry industry and functions 
performed by each agency are discussed. (StaflF.) 

P. H. 108. Special Poultry Problems (1-2) — First and second semesters. 

For senior poultry students. The student will be assigned special problems 
in the field of poultry for individual study and report. The poultry staff should 
be consulted before any student registers for this course. (Staff.) 

P. H. Sill — Poultry Breeding and Feeding (1) — Summer session only. 

This course is designed primariljr for teachers of vocational agriculture 
and extension service workers. The first half will be devoted to problems con- 



126 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

cerning breeding and the development of breeding stock. The second half will 
be devoted to nutrition. 

P. H. S112. Poultry Products and Marketing (1) — Summer session only. 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture 
and county agents. It deals with the factors affecting the quality of poultry 
products and with hatchery management problems, egg and poultry grading, 
preservation problems and market outlets for Maryland poultry. 

For Graduates 

P. H. 201. Advanced Poultry Genetics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
P. H. 100 or equivalent. 

This course serves as a foundation for research in poultry genetics. Link- 
age, crossing-over, inheritance of sex, the expression of genes in development, 
inheritance of resistance to disease, and the influence of the environment on the 
expression of genetic capacities are considered. 

P. H. 202. Advanced Poultry Nutrition (3) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 101, Chem. 31, 32, 
33 and 34, or equivalent, or permission of instructor. 

A fundamental study of the dietary role of proteins, minerals, vitamins, 
antibiotics, and carbohydrates is given as well as a study of the digestion and 
metabolism of these substances. Deficiency diseases as produced by the use 
of synthetic diets are considered. (Combs.) 

P. H. 203. Physiology of Reproduction of Poultry (3) — First semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 102 or its 
equivalent. 

The role of the endoctrines in avian reproduction, is considered. Fertility, 
sexual maturity, broodiness, egg formation, ovulation, and the physiology of 
oviposition are studied. Comparative mammalian functions are discussed. 

(Shaffner.) 

P. H. 204. Poultry Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. 

Oral reports of current researches by staff members, graduate students, and 
guest speakers are presented. (Staff.) 

P. H. 205. Poultry Literature: (1-4) — First and second semesters. 

Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written reports required. 
Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are discussed. 

(Staff.) 

P. H. 206. Poultry Research (1-6) — ^First and second semesters. Credit in 
accordance with work done. 

Practical and fundamental research with poultry may be conducted under the 
supervision of staff members toward the requirements for the degrees of M.S. 
and Ph.D. (Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 127 

P. H. 207. Poultry Nutrition Laboratory (2) — First semester. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. (Not offered 1955-1956). 

To acquaint graduate students with common basic nutrition research tech- 
niques useful in conducting experiments with poultry. Actual feeding trials with 
chicks, as well as bacteriological and chemical assays will be performed. 

(Combs, Romoser.) 

VETERINARY SCIENCE 

Professors Brueckner, Poelma, De Volt, Hansen and Reagan; 
Associate Professor Sperry 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

V. S. 101. Comparative Anatomy (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. 

Normal structure of the domesticated animals; normal physiological ac- 
tivities; interrelationship of structure and function. (Sperry.) 

V. S. 102. Animal Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

Nature of disease; immunity; prevention, and control; common diseases of 
farm animals. (Sperry.) 

V. S. 103. Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — First semester. One lec- 
ture and one laboratory period a week. 

Structure and function of the feet of domestic species. Common diseases 
and abnormalities of the feet; their correction and prevention. (Not offered in 
1955-1956.) (Sperry.) 

V. S. 104. Advanced Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — Second se- 
mester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, V. S. 103. 

Advanced studies of the anatomy and physiology of the feet of domesticated 
animals. Advanced and detailed studies of abnormalities and diseases of the 
feet; their prevention and correction. (Not offered in 1955-1956.) (Sperry.) 

V. S. 107. Poultry Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory a week. Prerequisites, Bact. 1; P. H. 1. (De Volt.) 

Virus, bacterial, and protozoon diseases; parasitic diseases; prevention, 
control, and eradication. 

V. S. 108. Avian Anatomy and Physiology (3) — First semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Zool 1. 

Gross and microscopic structure, physiological processes; dissection and 
demonstration. (DeVolt.) 

For Graduates 
V. S. 201. Animal Disease Problems (2-6) — First and second semesters 



128 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Credit in accordance with work done. Prerequisite, veterinary degree or consent 
of staflf. 

Laboratory and field work by assignment 

(Poelma, De Volt, Hansen, Brueckner.) 

V. S. 202. Animal Disease Research (2-6) — First and second semesters. 
Credit in accordance with work done. Prerequisite, veterinary degree or consent 
of staflF. 

Studies of practical disease phases. (Poelma, De Volt, Hansen, Brueckner.) 

V. S. 203. Electron Microscopy (2) — First semester. One lecture and one 
laboratory period a week. 

Theory of the electron microscope, preparation of specimens, manipulations, 
photography. (Reagan and Brueckner.) 

AGRICULTURAL, EXTENSION, RESEARCH AND 
REGULATORY AGENCIES 

EXTENSION SERVICE 
Administrative Staff 

College Park 

James M. Gwin, Director of Extension. 

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1931; M.A., American University, 1941; 
Ph.D., Cornell University, 1949. 

Thomas B. Symons, Director, Emeritus. 

B.S., Maryland Agricultural College, 1902 ; M.S., Maryland State College, 
1905 ; D.Agr., University of Maryland, 191S. 

Venia M. Kellar, Assistant Director, Emeritus. 
B.S., Wesleyan University (Nebr.), 1903. 

Ernest N. Cory, State Entomologist, Profes.sor and Head, Entomology, Assist- 
ant Director. 

B.S.. Maryland Agricultural College, 1909; M.S., 1913; Ph.D., American 
University, 1926. 

John W. Magruder, Professor and County Agent Leader. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1925 ; M.S., Cornell University, 1941. 

Florence W. Low (Mrs.), Professor and Home Demonstration Agent Leader. 
B.S., North Texas State College, 1934; M.S., Cornell University, 1949. 

Arthur E. Durfee, Professor and Assistant County Agent Leader. 

B.S., Cornell University, 1940; M.S., University of Maryland, 1949. 

Margaret T. Loar, Extension Associate Professor and Asst. Home Demon- 
stration Agent Leader. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1941. 

Evelyn D. Scott, Professor and Assistant Home Demonstration Agent Leader. 
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1932. 

M. Gist Welling, Associate Professor and Assistant County Agent Leader. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942. 

W. Shepard Wilson, Professor and State 4-H Club Agent. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1932. 

Dorothy Emerson, Professor and Associate State 4-H Club Agent. 
Ellio-h M. Elliott, Administrative Assistant to the Dean. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 129 

Cooperative Extension work in agriculture and home economics, established 
by State and Federal Laws in 1914, is designed to assist the people of the State 
with their agricultural and homemaking problems. Most of the work is 
carried on in the local communities, on the farms and in the homes throughout 
the State. It is conducted under a Memorandum of Understanding between the 
Extension Service of the University of Maryland and the U. S. Department 
of Agriculture. 

The Federal Government, the State, and the Counties contribute to the 
support of the Extension Service in Maryland. There is a County Extension 
Service in each county, with a County Agricultural Agent and Home Demon- 
stration Agent in charge, and assistants where funds permit and the work 
requires. Backed by a staff of Specialists at the University, these Agents are in 
close contact with local people and their problems. 

Practically every phase of agriculture and home life comes within the scope 
of Extension work. The Extension Service teaches largely by demonstrations 
and carries the scientific and economic results of the Experiment Station and 
Department of Agriculture to rural people in ways that they understand and use. 

In Maryland, the Extension Service works in close association with all 
rural groups and organizations. It assists especially in promoting better market- 
ing of farm products — work with women is one of the most extensive phases of 
extension education, including both the practical problems of the home and the 
cultural, economic, and community activities in which present-day women are 
engaging. 

In addition to work with adults, thousands of boys and girls are developed 
as leaders and given practical education in 4-H Clubs. Through their diversified 
activities, the boys and girls are given a valuable type of instruction and training, 
and are afiforded an opportunity to develop self-confidence, perseverence and 
citizenship. 

The Extension Service in cooperation with the College of Agriculture 
and the Experiment Station arranges and conducts short courses in various 
lines, many of which are held at the University. Some of these courses have 
been held regularly over a period of years and others are added as the need and 
demand develop. 

Canners' Short Course 

For many years a short course has been held each year to aid canners in 
keeping abreast of the latest developments in their industry. It is usually held 
in February. 

Rural Women's Short Course 

In response to request of rural women for special training in a variety of 
subjects, the Rural Women's Short Course was inaugurated in 1922. At- 
tendance at the course, extending for one week, has grown steadily, reaching 
more than one thousand women at recent sessions. The program offered has 
been broadened through the years and attracts women from all counties in the 
State. The third week in June is the date usually selected. 



130 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Other Short Courses 

Courses for nurserymen, florists, poultry flock selection agents, poultry prod- 
ucts marketing, beekeepers, greenkeepers, sanitarians, conservation, and cow 
testers are among those held in recent years. Announcement of such courses is 
made to those who may be interested. 

Boys and Girls' Club Week 

Members and leaders of boys' and girls' 4-H Clubs come to the University 
for a week each year, usually in August. Class work and demonstrations are 
given by specialists and a broad program of education, inspiration and recreation 
is provided. 

EXTENSION SERVICE STAFF 

Many of the members of the Extension Service staff are also on 
the Instructional staff, or the Experiment Station staff, or both. 
Lists of the staffs of these two agencies appear elsewhere in this 
publication. , 

Subject Matter Specialists 

George J. Abrams, Assistant Professor of Agriculture. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; M.S., 1929. 

W. W. Anderson, Supervisor, Federal-State Inspection Service. 
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1922. 

Clementine B. Anslinger, Extension Instructor in Marketing. 
B.A., College of St. Rose, 193'6. 

Ronald Bamford, Professor and Head of Botany. 

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924 ; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926 ; Ph.D., 
Columbia University, 1931. 

George M. Beal, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

B.S., Utah State College, 1934; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1938; Ph.D., 1942. 

Glenn H. Beck, Professor and Head of Dairy. 

B.S., University of Idaho, 1936; M.S., Kansas College, 1938; Ph.D., Cornell 
University, 1950. 

Frank L. Bentz, Jr., Assistant Professor of Soils. 
B.S., University of Maryland. 1942; Ph.D., 1952. 

William E. Bickley, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

B.S., University of Tennessee, 1934; M.S., 1936; Ph.D., University of Mary- 
land, 1940. 

Theodore L. Bissell, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1920; M.S.. Cornell University, 1936. 

Melvin C. Brennan, Instructor, Visual Aids. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Robert L. Bruce, Assistant Professor and Acting Assistant County Agent 
Leader. 

B.S., University of Nebraska, 1949; M.S., Cornell University, 1952. 

Fred L. Bull, Professor, Soil Conservation. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1925 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 131 

David J. Burns, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 194S ; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 1954. 

Ray W. Carpenter, Professor and Head of Agricultural Engineering. 

A.B., University of Nebraska, 1920; LL.B., Georgetown University, 1926. 

GwENDOLYNE J. Clyatt, Assistant Professor, Food Economist. 
B.S., North Texas State College, 1938. 

■Janet L. Coblentz, Assistant Professor and Foods and Nutrition Specialist. 
B.S., Hood College, 1944. 

Gerald F. Combs, Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

B.S., University of Illinois, 1940 ; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1948. 

Charlotte A. Conaway, Assistant Professor and Asst. State 4-H Club Agent. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1947. 

Carroll E. Cox, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

A.B., University of Delaware, 1938; M.S.. Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1940; 
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1943. 

John L. Crothers, Assistant Professor, Department of Markets. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949 ; M.S., 1954. 

Vivian L. Curnutt, Assistant Professor and Home Furnishings Specialist. 
B.S., Oklahoma A & M, 1922; M.A., Columbia University, 1933. 

Donald W. Dickson, Publications Editor, Agriculture Information. 
B.S., Baldwin Wallace College, 1947. 

John P. Dietrich, Assistant Professor, Dairy Husbandry.' 
B.S.. Ohio State University, 1949; M.S., 1951. 

Andrew A. Duncan, Instructor, Horticulture. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950 ; M.S., 1952 

Charles P. Ellington, Assistant Professor Agronomy. 

B.S., University of Georgia, 1950; M.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Lee J. Enright, Assistant Professor of Ornamental Horticulture. 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1949 ; M. F., 1950 ; Ph.D., 1952. 

ANDREVif J. Feeney, Instructor, Information and Publications. 
B.S., South Dakota State College. 1950. 

James R. Foster, Assistant Professor of Entomology. 

A.B., University of Kentucky, 1933 ; M.S., 1935 ; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 
1954. 

John E. Foster, Professor and Head of Animal Husbandry. 

B.S., North Carolina State College, 1926; M.S., Kansas State College. 1927; 
Ph.D., Cornell University, 1937. 

Stewart H. Fowler, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry. 

B-.S.A.. University of Florida, 1947; M.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1950; 
Ph.D., Agr. and Mechanical College of Texas, 1954. 

Guy W. Gienger, Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933 ; M.S., 1936. 

Castillo Graham, Research Associate Professor of Entomology. 

B.S., Mississippi A. & M. College, 1927; M.S., University of Maryland, 1930; 
Ph.D., 1932. 

Arthur B. Hamilton, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and 
Marketing. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1929 ; M.S., 1931. 



132 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Wallace C. Harding, Jr., Instructor in Entomology. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Irvin C. Haut, Professor and Head of Horticulture. 

B.S., University of Idaiio, 192S ; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; Ph.D., 
University of Maryland, 1933. 

Russell C. Hawes, Professor, Marketing. 

B.S., Rhode Island State College, 1921; M.S., Univer.sity of Rhode Island, 1942. 

Henry A. Highland, Assistant, Entomology. 
B.S., Washington College, 1950. 

Lavonia Hilbert, Assistant Professor and Clothing Specialist. 

B.S., West Virginia University, 1937; M.A., Columbia University, 1946. 

Harold H. Hoecker, Assistant Professor, Marketing. 
B.S.. Iowa State College, 1941. 

Mabel G. Howell, Instructor, Marketing. 

B.S., Middle Tennessee State College, 1933. 

Merle L. Howes, Assistant Professor and Assistant State 4-H Club Apent, 
B.S., Kansas State College. 1950 ; M.A., University of Maryland, 1952. 

John H. Hoyert, Assistant Professor of Agronomy. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1943 ; M. S., 1949 ; Ph.D.. 1951. 

Walter F. Jeffers, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1935: M.S.. 1937; Ph.D., 1939. 

Carl N. Johnson, Assistant Professor, Landscape Gardening. 
B.S., Michigan State College. 1947. 

Warren T. Johnson, Instructor in Entomology. 

B.S., Morris Harvey College (W. Va.), 1947; M.S., Ohio Slate University, 1951. 

Morley a. Jull, Professor and Head of Poultry Husbandry. 

B.S.A., University of Toronto. 190.<!; M.S., McGill Univeri^Ky, 1914; Ph.D., 
University of Wisconsin, 1921. 

James G. Kantzes, Instructor in Plant Pathology. 
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1951 ; M.S., 1954. 

Malcolm H. Kerr, Professor of Animal Husbandry. 
B.S., Iowa State College, 1925; M.S., 1930. 

Albert V. Krewatch, Professor, Agricultural Engineering. 
B.S.. University of Delaware, 1925; M.S.. 1929. 

Albin O. Kuhn, Profes.sor and Head of Agronomy. 

B.S., University of Maryland. 1938; M.S.; 1939; Ph.D., 1948. 

George S. Langford, Professor of Entomology. 

B.S., Clemson College. 1921; M.S., University of Maryland. 1924; PhD.. Ohio 
State University, 1929. 

Conrad B. Link, Professor of Floriculture. 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 1940. 

John E. Mahoney, Assistant Professor, Marketing. 
B.S., University of Vermont, 1935. 

William A. Matthews, Associate Professor, Vegetable Crops and Markets. 
B.S,. Virginia Polytechnic In.stltute, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland. 1930. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 133 

Charles P. Merrick, Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933. 

Amos R. Meyer, Associate Professor, Marketing. 
B.S., Ohio State University, 1940. 

Jeanne S. Moehn (Mrs.), Associate Professor and Family Life Specialist. 
B.S., Iowa State College, 1940. 

Omar D. Morgan, Jr., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

B.Ed., Illinois State Normal University, 1940; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1950. 

John L. Morris, Associate Professor, Dairy Husbandry. 
B.S., Iowa State College, 1943. 

James L. Nicholson, Instructor, Poultry Husbandry. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Paul E. Nystrom, Professor and Head of Economics and Marketing. 

B.S., University of California. 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; M.P.A., 
Harvard University, 1948; D.P.A., 1951. 

Paul R. Poffenberger, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1935; M.S., 1937; Ph.D., American University, 
1953. 

Charles W. Porter, Assistant Professor, Marketing. 

B.A.. Clark University (Mass.), 1947; M.A., University of Maryland, 1949. 

BuRNELL K. Rebert, Instructor, Marketing. 
B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1947. 

Joanne W. Reitz, Assistant Professor and Home Management Specialist. 

BrS., Indiana State Teachers College, 1946; M.S., Pennsylvania State Uni- 
versity, 1952. 

Waoe H. Rice, Associate Professor, Poultry. 
B.S., North Carolina State College, 1921. 

Benjamin L. Rogers, Assistant Professor, Pomology. 

B.S.. Clemson College, 1943; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D.. 

University of Maryland, 1950. 

Wayne C. Rohrer, Assistant Professor of Rural Sociology. 
B.S., Texas A. & M.. 1946 ; M.S., 1948. 

George L. Romoser, Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 1953. 

John M. Ryan, Agriculture Editor, Information Publications. 
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1938. 

Paul W. Santelmann, Assistant Professor, Agronomy. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., Michigan Stat« College, 1952; Ph.D., 
Ohio State University, 1954. 

John R. Schabinger, Assistant Professor, Dairy Husbandry. 

B.S., University of Delaware, 1943; M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1947. 

Mark M. Shoemaker, Associate Professor of Landscape Gardening. 
B. A., University of Michigan, 1921 ; M.L.D., 1922. 

Francis C. Stark, Professor of Vegetable Crops. 

B.S., Oklahoma A.& M., 1940; M.S., University of Maryland, 1941; Ph.D., 1»48. 



134. UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

George A. Ste\'^ns, Assistant Professor, Agricultural Economics. 
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1941 ; M.S., 1949. 

Arthur H. Thompson, Professor of Pomology. 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941 ; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1945. 

Mitchell Thompson, Assistant, Agronomy. 
B-.S., University of I\Iaryland, 1952. 

Bernard A. Twigg, Instructor, Processing. 

B.S., Universitj' of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1955. 

Perry F. Tavining, Associate Professor, Poultry. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949. 

Albert F. Vierheller, Professor, Horticulture. 

B.S., West Virginia University. 191S ; M.S., University of Maryland. 1923. 

Mardis R. Warner, Assistant Professor, Agricultural Engineering. 
B.S., Ohio State University, 1950 : B.S.A.E., 1950. 

Edwin J. Weatherby, Associate Professor, Dairy Husbandry. 

B.S.. Cornell University, 193S : M.S., University of Vermont, 1940; Ph.D.. 
Rutgers University, 1942. 

Leslie O. Wea\^r, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

B.S.A., Ontario Agricultural College, 1934; Ph.D., Cornell University. 1943. 

Boyd T. Whittle, Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry. 

B.S., Idaho University, 1947; M.S., Illinois University, 1948. 

Robert C. Wiley, Assistant Professor of Horticulture Processing. 

B-.S., University of Maryland, 1949 : M.S., 1950 ; Ph.D., Oregon State College, 1953. 

County Agents ( Field) ^' 

County Name and Title Headquarters 

Allegany Joseph M. Steger, Assistant Professor Cumberland 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1942. 

Anne Arundel John H. Mills, Assistant Professor Annapolis 

B.S., University of Missouri, 1948. 

Baltimore Horace B. Derrick, Associate Profes.sor Tow.son 

B.S., Md. State College, 1917. 

Calvert Robert M. Hall, Associate Professor Prince Frederick 

A.B., Western Maryland College, 1933. 

Caroline Francis M. Rogers, Associate Professor Denton 

B-.S., University of Delaware, 1936. 

Carroll Landon C. Burns, Associate Professor Westminster 

B.S., University nl Marvland, 1923; M.S., Columbia Univer- 
sity. 1927. 

Cecil Ravmo.vd G. Mueller, Assistant Professor Elkton 

B.S., University of Maryland. 1943. 

Charles Paul D. Brown, Associate Professor La Plata 

B..S., Kentucky State University, 1914. 

Dorchester Harry W. Beggs, Associate Professor Cambridge 

B.S.. University of Maryland. 1928. 



•All Professional Titles should be preceded by Extension for Men Agents. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 135 

Frederick Henry R. Shoemaker, Professor Frederick 

B.S., Md. State College, 1917 ; M.A., University of Mary- 
land, 1925. 

Garrett John H. Carter, Associate Professor Oakland 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1926. 

Harford Henry M. Carroll, Associate Professor Bel Air 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1920. 

Howard .Warren G. Myers, Associate Professor Ellicott City 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1930. 

Kent James D. McVean, Associate Professor Chestertown 

B.S., Pennsylvania St. College, 1914. 

Montgomery Delbert T. Foster, Assistant Professor Rockville 

B.S., Iowa State, 1937. 

Prince George's «Percy E. Clarik, Associate Professor Upper Marlboro 

B.S., Maryland State College. 

Queen Anne's B. Wayne Kelly, Assistant Professor Centreville 

B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1949; M.S., 1950. 

St. Mary's Joseph J. Johnson, Associate Professor Leonardtown 

Somerset Clarence Z. Keller, Associate Professor Princess Anne 

B.S., Pennsylvania State U., 1915. 

Talbot .Rudolph S. Brown, Associate Professor Easton 

B.S., Maryland State College. 1915. 

Washington Mark K. Miller, Associate Professor Hagerstown 

B.S., Fenn. State College, 1937. 

Wicomico James P. Brown, Associate Professor Salisbury 

B.S., Penn. State College, 1913. 

Worcester Robert T. Grant, Associate Professor Snow Hill 

B.S., Penn State College. 

Assistant County Agents* 

Allegany James A. Weamert, Instructor Cumberland 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Anne Arundel George F. Thorne, Jr., Instructor Annapolis 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Baltimore W. Max Buckel, Instructor Towson 

B.S. University of Maryland, 1951. 

(Tempor.\ry Vacancy) Towson 

Calvert / W. B. Vanderford, Instructor Prince Frederick 

B.S., Mississippi State College, 1939. 

Carroll William M. Allenberg, Instructor Westminster 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1950. 

Richard L. Clem, Instructor Westminster 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 



•All Professional Titles should be preceded by Extension for Men Agents. 



136 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Cecil .Allen B. Bryant, Instructor Elkton 

B.S.. University of Maryland. 1953. 

Charles William E. Gaevey, Jr., Instructor La Plata 

B.S.. N. Y. State Col. of Forestry, 1949; M.S., University 
of Maryland, 1951. 

Dorchester Wuxiam M. Nixon, Instructor Cambridge 

B.S., West Va. University, 1949; M.S., 1952. 

Frederick Roy D. Cassell, Instructor Frederick 

B.S., West Virginia University, 1951. 

Robert E. Stansfield, Jr., Instructor Frederick 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Garrett James A. McHenry, Instructor Oakland 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Harford George D. Wood, Instructor Bel Air 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Howard James I. Albright, Instructor Ellicott City 

B.S., Iowa State College, 1953. 

Kent Stanley B. Sutton, Instructor Chestertown 

Montgomery Roscoe N. Whipp, Assistant Professor Rockville 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1942. 

Robert Z. Spry, Instructor Rockville 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Prince George's (Temporary Vacancy) Upper Marlboro 

Queen Anne's Roy D. Porter, Instructor Centreville 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

St. Mary's John J. Lancaster, Jr., Instructor Leonardtown 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1950. 

Talbot James W. Goodman, Instructor Easton 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Washington RoscoE Brown, Jr., Assistant Professor Hagerstown 

B.S.. West Virginia University, 1939; M.S., University of 
Maryland, 1953. 

Wicomico Robert G. Miller, Instructor Salisbury 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1950. 

Southern Maryland. .. Claude G. McKee, Instructor. .. .Exp. Farm, Upper Marlboro 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Negro County Agents 

District Agent Martin G. Bailey, Instructor 

Room 52, Synions Hall, College Park 
B.S., Hamplon Institute, 1937. 

Anne Arundel and 

Calvert J. Edward Bullock, Jr. Instructor Annapolis 

B.S., A & T College, Greensboro, N. C, 1939. 

Caroline Elliot Robbins, Instructor Denton 

B.S.. Tuskagee Institute, 1934. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 137 

Charles Milbourne Hull, Instructor Indian Head 

B.S., Hampton Institute, 19 37. 

Montgomery Onnie L. Privette, Instructor Rockville 

B.S., A & T College, Greensboro, 1942. 

Prince George's James R. Taylor, Instructor Upper Marlboro 

E.S., Hampton Institute, 1937. 

St. Mary's Ryland L. Holmes, Instructor Lexington Park 

M.S., Hampton Institute, 1946. 

Somerset Louis H. Martin, Instructor Princess Anne 

B.S., Hampton Institute 
^^'■icomico and 

Dorchester Garnie A. Polson, Jr. Instructor Salisbury 

B.S., Hampton Institute, 1948 ; M.S., Pennsylvania State 

College, 1951. 

County Home Demonstration Agents (Field)* 

County Name and Title Headquarters 

Allegany Mary P. W15E, Assistant Professor Cumberland 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1942 ; M.S., 1953. 

Anne Arundel Miriam F. Parmenter, Associate Professor Annapolis 

B.S., Framingham (Mass.) State Teachers College, 1937. 

Baltimore Margaret N. White, Assistant Professor Towson 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933; M.S., Cornell University 
1952. 

Baltimore City Margaret E. Hollow ay. Assistant Professor Baltimore 

B.S., Drexel Inst, of Technologj', 1934; M.A., University 
of Maryland, 1953. 

Calvert Mrs. Florence E. Buchanan, Assoc. Prof. . . Prince Frederick 

B.S., Pennsylvania State U., 1932. 

Caroline Gertrude Groneech, Assistant Professor Denton 

B.S., Iowa State College, 1937, 1941. 

Carroll Mrs. Esther W. Gillette, Assistant Professor. .Westminster 

B.S.,' Kansas State College, 1922. 

Cecil Helen Irene Smith, Associate Professor Elkton 

A.B., Michigan State, 1928 ; M.A., University of Maryland 
1948. 

Charles Mrs. Anna S. Wills, Associate Professor LaPlata 

B.S., Western Maryland, 1928. 

Dorchester Hattie E. Brooks, Associate Professor Cambridge 

B.S.. Colorado College, 1916 ; A.B., University of Illinois, 
1925. 

Frederick Beatrice Fehr, Associate Professor Frederick 

B.S., Cornell University, 1930 ; M.A., Columbia University. 
1941. 

Garrett Ethel Groto, Associate Professor Oakland 

B.S., Univ. of Md., 1927; M.S., Syracuse University, 1942 

Harford Virginia L. McLuckie, Associate Professor Bel Air 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1-953. 



*AI1 Professional T't>'< should be preceded by Extension for Women Agents. 



138 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Howard ,Mrs. June A. Robertson, Assistant Professor. .Ellicott City 

B.S., Cornell University, 1934. 

Kent Jane C. Boyd, Assistant Professor Chestertown 

B.S., Drexel Inst, of Techn., 1950. 

Montgomery AIrs. Catherine M. Rhodes, Assistant Professor. .Rockville 

B.S., Carnegie Inst, of Techn., 1041. 

Prince George's Ethel M. Regan, Associate Professor Hyattsville 

B.S., Stout Institute, 1922. 

Queen Anne's Ruby A. Brant, Associate Professor Centreville 

A.B., Univ. of Illinois, 1926. 

St. Mary's Ethel M. Joy, Associate Professor Leonardtowii 

A.B., Western Maryland, 1910. 

Somerset Mrs. Regenia M. Fuller, Assistant Professor. .Princess Anne 

B.S.. Feabody College, 1929. 

Talbot Margaret Smith, Associate Professor Easton 

B.S., Taechers College, 191.^. 

Washington Mrs. Ardath M. Stouffer, Associate Professor. .Hagerstown 

B.S., Iowa State College, 1923. 

Wicomico Nell G. Grim, Associate Professor Salisbury 

B.S., Radford St. Teachers College, 1940 ; M.S., Va. Poly. 
Inst. 1942. 

Worcester Jane M. Cole, Assistant Professor Snow Hill 

B.S., Stout Institute, 1937. 

Assistant County Home Demonstration Agents 

Allegany Justine E. Miller, Jr. Instructor Cumberland 

B.S., Pennsylvania State U., 1954. 

Anne Arundel Patricia M. Fitzgerald, Jr. Instructor Anne Arundel 

B.S., St. Joseph's College, 1954. 

Baltimore Imogene D. Romino, Instructor Towson 

B.S., Fairmont State College, 1949. 

Baltimore City Patricia A. Middleton, Assistant Professor Baltimore 

B.S., Penn-sylvania State U.. 1943 ; M.S., 1953. 

Carroll JElizabeth Langsdale, Instructor Westminster 

B.S., Illinois State Normal, 1938 ; M.S., Pennsylvania State 
U., 1954. 

Dorchester Charlotte V. Mitchell, Instructor Cambridge 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Frederick Betsey J. Lovington, Instructor Frederick 

B.S., Boston University, 1947. 

Har ford Mrs. Ruth H. Scott, Jr. Instructor Bel Air 

B.S., W. Virginia U., 1951. 

Howard Mrs. Amy F. Leber, Jr. Instructor Ellicott City 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Montgomery Mrs. Irma L. Bell, Instructor Rockville 

B.S.. University of Illinois, 1931. 

Elizabeth B. Skeats, Junior Instructor Rockville 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 139 

Prince George's Mrs. Patricia W. Futch, Junior Instructor Hyattsville 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Talbot Nancy L. Joseph, Junior Instructor Easton 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Washington Joan P. Gibison, Junior Instructor Hagerstown 

B.S., University of Delavs'are, 1954. 

Wicomico Bernardine M. Patterson, Junior Instructor Salisbury 

B.S., University of Delaware, 1954. 

Negro Home Demonstration Agents 

Baltimore City Ethel L. Bianchi, Instructor Baltimore 

B.S., S. C. State A&M College, 1938. 

Caroline Mrs Ruth J. Truxon, Junior Instructor Denton 

B.S., Maryland State College, 1952. 

Charles Naomi Turner, Instructor Indian Head 

B.S., Cheyney St. Teachers College, 1934. 

Montgomery ..... Mrs Verna G. Motley, Instructor Rockville 

B.S., Tuskegee Institute, 1944. 

Prince George's .Mrs. Hattie G. Holmes, Instructor Upper Marlboro 

B.S.. Bennett College, 1946. 

St. Mary's. Mrs. Evelyn G. Ashley, Instructor Lexington Park 

B.S., Ft. Valley St. Col. 1948. 

Somerset.. Mrs. Omega M. Jones, Instructor Princess Anne 

B.A., Morgan State College, 1930. 
Wicomico and 

Dorchester '.Mrs. Catherine E. Johnson, Instructor Salisbury 

B.S., W. Va. State College, 1946. 

THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION 

Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director 

The Agricultural Experiment Station is for Maryland agriculture what the 
research laboratories are for large corporations. Maryland agriculture is made 
up of forty thousand small individual businesses, and there is not sufficient 
capital, or sufficient income so that each one of these can conduct research. 
Yet the problems vi'hich face a biological undertaking such as farming, are as 
numerous and perplexing as the problems of any business. Certainly our pro- 
duction of food vi^ould be much more costly if it were not for the research results 
that have been obtained by the Agricultural Experiment Station. 

The station is a joint Federal and State undertaking. Passage of the Hatch 
Act in 1887, which made available a grant in aid to each state for the purpose 
of establishing an agricultural experiment station, gave a great impetus to the 
development of research work in agriculture. This work was further encouraged 
by the passage of the Adams Act in 1906, the Purnell Act in 1925, the Bank- 
head-Jones Act in 1935, and the Flannagan-Hope Act of 1946. 

The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station which is sup- 
ported by these Acts and by State appropriations centers at College Park. 



140 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

On the University Campus are to be found laboratories for studying insects and 
diseases, soil fertility problems, botanical problems, and others. This is also 
the location of the livestock and dairy barns v^^ith their experimental herds. 
About eight miles from the campus at College Park, near Beltsville, the Plant 
Research Farm of about 500 acres is devoted to work connected with soil fer- 
tility, plant breeding and general horticultural problems. An experimental farm 
near Upper Marlboro is devoted to the problems of tobacco growing and curing. 
A farm near Salisbury is devoted to solution of the problems of producers of 
broilers and of vegetable crops in the southern Eastern Shore area. Near 
Ellicott City a farm of 234 acres is devoted to livestock problems. Also tests 
of various crop and soil responses are distributed throughout the State. These 
different locations give a chance to conduct experiments under conditions which 
exist where the results will be put into practice. 

The Station, in general, exists as the "trouble-shooter" for Maryland 
farmers. The solution of many difficult problems in the past has given the 
Station an excellent standing with farmers of the State. 

AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION STAFF 

Many of the members of the Experiment Station staff are also on the 
Instructional stafif, or the Extension Service Staflf, or both. Lists of the 
staffs of these two agencies appear elsewhere in this publication. 

Irvin C. Haut, Director of Experiment Station 
B.S., University of Idaho, 1928 ; M.S., State College of Wasliingtoii, 
1930; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1933. 

William B. Kemp, Director of Experiment Station Emeritus 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1912; Ph.D., American University, 1928. 

Wendell S. Arbuckle, Professor of Dairy Manufacturing. 

B.S., Purdue University, 1933; M.A., University of Missouri, 1937; Ph.D., 1940. 

John H. Axley, Associate Professor of Soils. 

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1937; Ph.D., 1945. 

Ronald Bamford, Professor and Head of Botany. 

B.S., Unlvfrslty of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vennoiit, 1926; Ph.D., 
Columbia University, 1931. 

George M. Beal, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

B.S., Utah State College, 1934; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1938; Ph.D., 1942. 

Glenn H. Beck, Professor and Head of Dairy. 

B.S., University of Idaho, 1936; M.S., Kansas State College, 1938; Ph.D., Cornell 
University, 1950. 

William E. Bicklev, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

B.S., University of Tennessee, 1934; M.S., 1930; I'h.D., University of Maryland 
1940. 

Luther B. Bohanan, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
B.S., University of Tennessee, 1932; M.S.. 1939. 

Gerard A. Bourbeau, Associate Professor of Soils. ' 

B.A., St. Francis Xavler College, 1938; B.S., J^ava! University, 1943; M.S. Uni- 
versity of Wisconsin, 1946; Ph.D., 1948. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 141 

Donald M. Britton, Assistant Professor, Pomology. 

B.A., University of Toronto, 1946; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1950. 

Richard E. Brown, Assistant Professor in Dairy Husbandry. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1948; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 1954. 

Arthur L. Brueckner, Professor and Head of Veterinary Science. 

B.S., University of Kentucky, 1914 ; V.M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1924. 

John Buric, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry. 

B.S., West Virginia University, 194S ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

George J. Burkhardt, Professor in Agricultural Engineering. 

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1933; B.S.M.E., 1934; M.S., 1935. 

David J. Burns, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
B.S., University of Maryland, ^1948 ; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 1954. 

Ray W. Carpenter, Professor and Head of Agricultural Engineering. 

A.B., University of Nebraska, 1920; LL.B., Georgeto\^Ti University, 1926. 

Gerald F. Combs, Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

B.S., University of Illinois, 1940 ; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1948. 

Ernest N. Cory, State Entomologist, Head of Department of Entomology, Assistant 
Director of Extension. 

B.S., Maryland Agricultural College, 1909 ; M.S., 1913 ; Ph. D., American University, 

1926. 

Cornelia M. Cotton, Cooperative Agent, Veterinary Science. 

A.B., Cornell University, 1921; M.S., Syracuse University, 1926; Ph.D., University 
of Maryland, 1943. 

Carroll E. Cox, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

A.B., University of Delaware, 1938 ; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute 1940 ; 
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1943. 

Richard F. Davis, Assistant Professor in Dairy Production. 

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1950 ; M.S., Cornell University, 1952 ; Ph.D., 
1953. 

A. Morris Decker, Jr., Assistant Professor of Crops. 

B.S.. Colorado A & M, 1949; M.S., Utah State College, 1950; Ph.D., University of 
Maryland, 1953. 

Harold M. DeVolt, Professor of Poultry Pathology. 
M.S., Cornell University, 1926 ; D.V.M., 1923. 

Donald W. Dickson, Publications Editor, Agriculture Information. 
B.S., Baldwin Wallace College, 1947. 

Lewis P. Ditman, Research Professor of Entomology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1929; Ph.D., 1931. 

Lee J. Enright, Assistant Professor of Ornamental Horticulture. 

B-.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1949; M.F., 1950; Ph.D., 1952. 

Kenneth E. Felton, Assistant Professor, Agricultural Engineering 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; B.S.C.E., 1951. 

John E. Foster, Professor and Head of Animal Husbandry. 

B.S., North Carolina State College, 1926 ; M.S., Kansas State College, 1927 ; Ph.D., 
Cornell University, 1937. 

Stewart H. Fowler, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry 

B.S.A., University of Florida, 1947; M.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1950; 
Ph.D., Agr. and Mechanical College of Texas, 1954. 



142 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Hugh G. Gauch, Professor of Plant Physiology. 

BS Miami University, 1935; M.S., Kansas State College, 1937; Ph.D., University 
of Chicago, 1939. 

Lester F. George, Instructor of Agricultural Engineering. 
B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1951. 

Castillo Graham, Research Associate Professor of Entomology. 

B S Mississippi A. & M. College, 1927 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1930 ; Ph.D., 
1932. 

WiLLASD W. Green, Professor of Animal Husbandry. 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 1939. 

Arthur B. Hamilton, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and Market- 
ing. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1929 ; M.S., 1931. 

Irvin C. Haut, Professor and Head of Horticulture. 

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; Ph.D., 
University of Maryland, 1933. 

William L. Hollis, Instructor, Vegetable Crops. 
B.S., University of Delaware, 1952 ; M.S., 1954. 

James B. Horne, Research Assistant Agricultural Economics. 
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1951. 

Fred E. Hulse, Research Assistant, Agricultural Economics. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1951. 

Walter F. Jeffers, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1935; M.S., 1937; Ph.D., 1939. 

William R. Jenkins, Instructor in Plant Pathology. 

B.S., William and Mary College, 1950 ; M.S., University of Virghiia, 1952 ; Ph.D., 
University of Maryland, 1954. 

Mary Juhn, Research Professor, Poultry Physiology. 
B.S., Zurich, 1916; Ph.D., University of Zurich, 1923. 

Morley a. Jull, Professor and Head of Poultry Husbandry. 

B.S.A.. University of Toronto, 1908; M.S.. McGiU University, 1914; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Wisconsin, 1921. 

James G. Kantzes, Instructor in Plant Pathology. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 ; M.S., 1954. 

Mark Keeney, Associate Professor of Dairy Manufacturing. 

B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1942; M.S., Ohio State University, 1948; Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania State College. 1950. 

Amihud Kramer, Professor of Horticulture. 

B.S., University of Maryland. 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1942. 

Robert W. Krauss, Research Associate in Plant Physiology. 

A.B., Oberlln College, 1947; M.S., University of Hawaii, 1949; Ph.D., University 
of Maryland, 1951. 

Albin O. Kuhn, Professor and Head of Agronomy. 

B.S., University of Maryland. 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1948. 

Emory C. Leffel, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., 1953. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 143 

Conrad B. Link, Professor of Floriculture. 

B.S., Ohio state University, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 1940. 

William A. Matthews, Associate Professor, Vegetable Crops and Markets. 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1928 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1930. 

Joseph F. Mattick, Associate Professor of Dairy Manufacturing. 
B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1942; Ph.D., 1950. 

Harold S. McConnell, Associate Research Professor of Entomology. 

B.S., Clemson Agricultural College, 1916 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931. 

Delbert T. Morgan, Associate Professor of Botany. 

B.S., Kent State University, 1940 ; M.A.. Columbia University, 1942; Ph.D.. 1948. 

Omar D. Morgan, Jr., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

B.Ed., Illinois State Normal University, 1940; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1950. 

Ray a. Murray, Associate Professor of Agricultural Education. 

B.S., University of Nebraska, 1934; M.A., Cornell University, 1938; Ph.D., 1949. 

Paul E. Nystrom, Professor and Head of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; M.P.A.. 
Harvard University, 1948 ; D.P.A., 1951. 

Leo J. PoELMA, Professor, Pathology. 

M.S., University of Maryland, 1928 ; D.V.M., Kansas City Veterinary College, 1916. 

Paul R. Poffenberger, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1935; M.S., 1937; Ph.D., American University, 1953. 

George D. Quigley, Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 
B.S., Michigan State College, 1925. 

Robert D. Rappleye, Assistant Professor of Botany. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., 1949. 

Reginald L. Reagan, Professor of Veterinary Virology. 

Charles W. Reynolds, Assistant Professor of Vegetable Crops. 

B.A., University of Alabama, 1941; B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1947; 
M.S., 1949 ; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Wayne C. Rohrer, Assistant Professor of Rural Sociology. 
B.S., Texas A & M, 194'6, M.S., 1948. 

George L. Romoser, Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950 ; M.S., 1951 ; Ph.D., 1953. 

Thomas S. Ronningen, Associate Professor of Agronomy. 

B.S., Wisconsin State Teachers College, 1939; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1947; 
Ph.D., 1949. 

Russell G. Rothgeb, Professor in Agronomy. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1924 ; M.S., Iowa State College, 1925 ; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1928. 

Ralph U. Ruppenthal, Research Assistant, Horticulture. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951. 

John M. Ryan, Agriculture Editor, Information Publications. 
B.S., South Dakota State College. 1938. 

Paul W. Santelmann, Assistant Professor, Agronomy. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., Michigan State College, 1952; Ph.D., 
Ohio State University, 1954. 



144 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Leland E. Scott, Professor of Horticultural Physiology. 

B.S., University of Kentucky, 1927: M.S., Michigan State College, 1929; Ph.D., 
University of Maryland, 1943. 

Clyne S. Shaffneb, Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

B.S.. Michigan State College, 1938; M.S., 1940; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1947. 

James B. Shanks, Associate Professor of Floriculture. 

BrS., Ohio State University. 1939; M.S., 1946; Ph.D.. 1949. 

Joseph C. Shaw, Professor of Dairy Husbandry. 

B.S., Iowa State College, 1930; M.S., University of Montana, 1932; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Minnesota, 1938. 

Mary S. Shore, Research Professor, Nutrition. 

B.S., College of Idaho. 192S; Sc.D., .Tohns Hopldns University. 1933. 

Stanley C. Shull, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
B.A., Bridgewater College, 1941 ; M.A., University of Virginia, 1943 ; Ph.D., Cor- 
nell University, ig.'jl. 

Hugh D. Sisler, Research Assistant, Plant Pathology. 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 19.^3. 

Harold D. Smith, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

B.A., Bridgewater College, 1943; M.S., University of Maryland, 1947; Ph.D., 
American University, 1952. 

Francis C. Stark, Professor of Vegetable Crops. 

B.S., Oklahoma A & M, 1940; M.S., University of Maryland, 1941 ; Ph.D., 1948. 

Orman E. Street, Professor of Agronomy. 

B.S., South Dakota State College, 1924; M.S., Michigan State, 1926; Ph.D., 1933. 

Edward Strickling, Assistant Professor of Soils. 
B.S., Ohio State University, 1937 ; Ph.D.. 1949. 

William C. Supplee, Research Assistant, Nutrition. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S.. 1927; Ph.D., 1931. 

Arthur H. Thompson, Professor of Pomology. 

B.S., University o( Minnesota, 1941 ; Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1945. 

Mitchell Thompson, Assistant, Agronomy. 
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1952. 

Herman S. Todd, Instructor in Horticulture. 
B.S., Ohio State University, 1937. 

William P. Walker, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1921 ; M.S., 1924. 

Leslie O. Weaver, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

B.S.A., Ontario Agricultural College, 1934 ; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1943. 

Robert C. Wiley, Assistant Professor of Horticulture Processing. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949 ; M.S., 19.^)0 ; Ph.D., Oregon State College, 1953. 

Howard B. Winant, Assistant Professor of Soils. 

B.S., Maryland Agricultural College, 1917; M.S., University of Maryland, 1924. 

Paul N. Winn, Assistant Professor, Agricultural Engineering. 
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 194 7. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 145 

DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS 
Symons Hall, College Park, Maryland 

Paul E. Nystrom, Head, Department of Agricultural Economics and Marketing 
R.S., University of California, 1928 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931 ; M.P.A., Harvard, 

1948; D.P.A., 1951. 

W. W. Anderson Supervisor, Federal-State Inspection Service 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1922. 

Clementine B. Anslinger Extension Instructor 

B.A., College of St. Rose (N. Y.). 1936. 

George C. Bellos Fruit and Vegetable Inspector 

GwENDOi-YNE J. Clyatt Extension Assistant Professor and Food Economist 

B.S., North Texas State College, 1938. 

Joseph M. Doris Market Reporter 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1951. 

Rudolph S. Forrester Inspector, Eggs, Poultry and Dairy Products 

Russell C. Hawes Extension Professor, Marketing 

B.S., Rhode Island State College, 1921 ; M.S., University of Rhode Island, 1942. 

Louis C. Holland Assistant Supervisor, Fruits and Vegetable Inspection 

Mabel G. Howell Extension Instructor 

B.S., Middle Tennessee State College, 1933. 

Hugh T. Lathroum Inspector, Egg and Poultry Products 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

J. DeSales Maher Inspector, Weights and Mines Scales 

John E. Mahoney Extension Assistant Professor and Superintendent 

of Weights and Measures 
B.S.. University of Vermont, 1935. 

Arthur F. Martin : Assistant Supervisor, Eggs, Poultry and Dairy 

Products Inspection 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1931. 

Charles E. McCain Inspector, Egg and Poultry Products 

Amos R. Meyer Extension Associate Professor 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1940. 

Charles W. Porter Extension Assistant Professor 

B.A., Clark University (Mass.), 1947; M.A., University of Maryland, 1949. 

BuRNELL K. Rebert Extension Instructor, Marketing 

B.S., Elizabethtown College, (Pa.), 1947. 

Richard N. Smith Assistant Superintendent of Weights and Measures 

B.S.-B.A., Shepherd College (W. Va.). 1952. 

All of the activities of the Department of Markets are geared to the im- 
portance in modern agriculture of the problems of marketing farm products. 
The Department endeavors to serve the every-day needs of the farmer in 
marketing his products and to insure a fair and equitable treatment of the 



146 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

farmer in all dealings which he may have concerning the marketing of his 
products. In the performance of these responsibilities, the Department carries 
out programs in extension marketing, conducts market surve3'^s, compiles and 
disseminates marketing information and market data, operates a market news 
service, provides an agricultural inspection and grading service, maintains a 
consumer information service and enforces and interprets the agricultural 
marketing laws of the state. The regulatory aspects of the Department's func- 
tions are carried out as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture under the 
authority of various State laws relating to the marketing of farm products. A 
close working relationship is maintained with other specialists in the Extension 
Service, all departments of the Agricultural Experiment Station, the Maryland 
Crop Reporting Service, and the Agricultural Marketing Service of the U. S. 
Department of Agriculture. The voluntary and dynamic cooperation of the 
personnel in these various activities brings to bear on agricultural marketing 
problems an effective combination of research, education, and service. 

The passage of the Federal Agricultural Research and Marketing Act gave 
additional impetus to the study and solution of agriculture's marketing problems. 
The Department of Markets is largely responsible for developing the State 
program under Title II of this act. 

Information and assistance in all phases of marketing is available to all 
interested persons. When a sufficient number of individuals are interested, 
marketing specialists hold meetings and demonstrations in local communities. 
Field offices are located in Baltimore, Salisbury, Hancock, Hagerstown and 
Pocomoke. Department headquarters is at the University of Maryland, Col- 
lege Park, Maryland. 

Market Price Reporting 

Daily market reports covering 100 farm products are issued in cooperation 
with the U. S. Department of Agriculture whose nation-wide teletype facilities 
are utilized in this service. These reports contain information on market con- 
ditions, prices of crops, livestock, and other agricultural products. The in- 
formation in these reports is published in local newspapers, broadcasts over 
radio stations in the State and mailed in mimeograph form to anyone 
requesting it. 

A weekly Retail Market Report is issued in Baltimore, which gives current 
retail prices for approximately 100 commodities including fruits, vegetables, 
meats and dairy products. 

Marketing Information Service 

In addition to the daily market reports, a periodic analysis of the agricultural 
marketing situation is prepared at the headquarters in College Park. This 
report contains information on market supplies, quality, price trends, storage 
holdings, and movement of farm products. Other periodic information available 
in the marketing information series includes tho monthly truck crop news; the 
monthly poultry letter, weekly crop and weather report; truck receipts in Balti- 
more City of fresh fruits and vegetables, issued daily with a monthly summary; 



- COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE U7 

and a weekly report of the volume of broilers moved from farms to market in 
the Delmarva Peninsula. 

Grading and Inspection Service 

Any Maryland producer or handler of farm products may avail himself 
of the official federal-state grading service that is maintained by the department. 
Thoroughly trained and federally licensed inspectors are employed to perform 
this official grading service. Products graded and inspected include apples, 
peaches, tomatoes, potatoes, sweet potatoes, cannery tomatoes, cannery peas, 
cannery corn, dairy products, poultry and eggs and other farm products. The 
State Department of Markets also issues final inspection and certification for 
the Seed Certification Board on Irish and sweet potatoes and tomato seed stock- 
Maryland canners frequently base their prices to farmers on the grades estab- 
lished by the grading and inspection service rendered by the department. Estab- 
lished U. S. grades and standards are usually used in this grading program, 
however, special grades and standards of quality may be used if the grower 
or processor so desires. 

General Marketing Services 

Through its Extension activities, the department endeavors to bring about 
a better understanding by producers, handlers and consumers regarding: 
(1) costs of distribution; (2) important changes in market outlets and consumer 
demand; (3) importance of efficiently producing high-quality products; (4) 
advantages of standardizing and grading; (5) the place that various marketing 
agencies play in the marketing system and the essentials for their success; (6) 
interpretation and utilization of marketing information and (7) the various 
phases and channels of the marketing system. 

These problems are handled in various ways including the holding of meet- 
ings with growers and distributors throughout the State, planning and con- 
ducting short courses and special schools, conducting of various grading and 
inspection demonstrations, and giving assistance on marketing facilities such 
as farm markets and auctions. 

Consumer Marketing Information 

The Department maintains a full-time office in the city of Baltimore for 
the purpose of providing continuous consumer information. This service pro- 
vides the consumer with information concerning best buys of perishable pro- 
duce, and methods of utilizing surplus products. This service aids in the 
prompt movement of perishable produce at times of surplus production and 
market gluts. A weekly retail price report is issued as a part of this service in 
addition to a specially prepared radio script and press releases on best buys. 
This program is conducted in close cooperation with the Home Demonstration 
Agent of Baltimore City. 

Regulatory and Control Activities 

From time to time the state has passed laws relative to the marketing of 
farm products which provide certain standards and controls deemed necessary 



148 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

for the common good of both the producer and the consumer. The depart- 
ment acts as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture in the enforcement 
of these laws which include (1) the Maryland Apple Grading Law, (2) the 
Maryland Fresh Egg and Egg Grading Law, (3) Poultry Sale and Trans- 
portation Law, (4) Cantaloupe Maturity Law, (5) the Trademark Law (6) 
Weights and Measures Law and (7) the Grading and Inspection Laws. In the 
enforcement of these various laws the Department endeavors to make an 
educational approach in which the cooperation of growers and handlers is 
solicited before resorting to legal action. 

STATE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT 
College Park, Maryland 

E. N. Cory, State Entomologist. 

L. O. Weaver, State Plant Pathologist. 

I. C. Haut, State Horticulturist. 

In 1896 the subject of nursery inspection was given consideration under 
Article 48, of the Code of Public General Laws, under the title "Inspection" as 
designated by Chapter 290 of the "Acts of the General Assembly of Maryland 
of 1896." In 1898 certain sections of Article 48 were repealed and reenacted 
with amendments, under a new sub-title, "State Horticultural Department," and 
eight new sections were added thereto. In 1916 the sections were again re- 
enacted with such changes in the wording as were necessary to bring them into 
conformity with the reorganization of the Maryland State College of Agriculture 
and Experiment Station and its Board of Trustees. Subsequently all regulatory 
functions including newly enacted Articles in regard to bee diseases, mosquitoes, 
and aerial spraying, were transferred to the State Board of Agriculture under 
Chapter 391 of the "Acts of the General Assembly." 

Work in this field is designed to control insects and plant diseases and to 
protect the public in the purchase of products of nurserymen and florists. A 
considerable part of the time of the staff is occupied by inspection of orchards, 
crops, nurseries, greenhouses, and floral establishments. Cooperation with the 
Federal Government in the inspection and certification of materials that come 
under quarantine regulations is another major function of the department. The 
department enforces the provisions of the Apiary Law, including inspection of 
apiaries. All activities pertaining to control of insects are conducted under the 
direction of Dr. E. N. Cory, State Entomologist. Activities of the department 
in the field of plant disease control are under direction of Dr, L. O. Weaver, 
State Plant Pathologist. This service includes control and eradication of dis- 
eases of strawberries and other small fruits, diseases of apples, peaches, etc., 
inspection and certification of potatoes and sweet potatoes for seed, control of 
white pine blister rust, Dutch elm disease, etc. 

DAIRY INSPECTION SERVICE 
Dairy Building, College Park, Maryland 

W. S. Arhuckle, Chief Examiner 
Harold A. Newlander, Assistant Inspector 

The Maryland Dairy Inspection Law became effective June 1, 1935. How- 
ever, the present activities of the Dairy Inspection Service are based on 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 149 

Article 43 of the Annotated Code of Maryland. Section 542 thru Section 558, 
of the Laws of Maryland, 1951. The dairy department, functioning under the 
Agricultural Experiment Station of the University of Maryland, is charged with 
the administration of the law. 

The purposes of the Dairy Inspection Law are as follows: (a) To insure 
producers who sell milk and cream by measure, weight and butterfat test, that 
samples, weights and tests used as the basis of payment for such products are 
correct; (b) To insure dealers who purchase milk and cream that their agents 
shall correctly weigh, sample, and test these products; (c) To insure correct- 
ness of tests made for official inspections or for public record. To achieve these 
purposes the law requires the licensing of all dealers who purchase milk and 
cream from producers, whether the purchases are by measure, weight, or test, 
and the licensing of all persons sampling, weighing and testing milk and cream 
when the results of such samples, weights, and tests are to serve as a basis of 
payment to producers. 

Duties of the Dairy Inspection Service, resulting from enforcement of the 
Inspection Law, deal with the calibration of that glassware used in testing milk 
and cream and the rejection of inaccurate items; examination of all weighers, 
samplers, and testers and the issuance of licenses to those satisfactorily passing 
the examination; and inspection of the pertinent activities of weighers, samplers, 
testers and dairy plants. 

The Dairy Inspection Law benefits the entire industry by preventing 
unfair competition and unfair trade practices which result from improper methods 
of weighing, sampling and testing milk and cream, and the use of inaccurate and 
improper equipment. Also, requirements governing the accuracy of scales, 
construction of weigh tanks, and proper procedures result in greater efficiency 
and thus less loss to dealers and producers alike. The licensing of weighers, 
samplers, and testers assures both the producer and the dealer that the men 
engaged in such work are competent. 

The Dairy Inspection Law is administered on an educational basis with 
the view of promoting the mutual interests of dairy producers, dealers, and 
manufacturers. It is the belief of the administrating agency that since the pro- 
ducers of milk and cream and the dealers in these products both benefit by the 
law, they also should share in the responsibility for its enforcement. Such a 
responsibility involves close cooperation and harmony between all groups 
affected by the law. 

During 1953, 99 permits were issued to dealers as follows: 1 plant in Class 
A (buying less than 500 pounds of milk daily) ; 19 in Class B (buying from 501 
to 2,000 pounds of milk daily) ; 54 in Class C (buying from 2,001 to 40,000 pound^s 
of milk daily) ; and 25 in Class D (buying more than 40,000 pounds of milk daily). 
In addition, 291 licenses were issued to testers and 112 licenses issued to weighers 
and samplers. 

Thirteen licensing examinations were given; 24 passed the testers examination 
while six failed; 61 passed the weighers and samplers examination and 24 failed. 
Sixty-six tank truck operators were licensed. The calibration on 5,592 milk test 
bottles, 1,572 milk pipettes and 360 cream test bottles, was checked. Fifteen milk 
test bottles, 5 milk pipettes and 2 cream test bottles were rejected. 



150 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

STATE DEPARTMENT OF DRAINAGE 

College Park, Maryland 
Ray W. Carpenter, State Drainage Engineer. 

The State Department of Drainage was established in 1937. Its duties are 
to promote and encourage the drainage of agricultural lands in the State, to 
correlate the activities of the local drainage organizations in the State and to 
cooperate, with State and Federal agencies in the interest of a permanent pro- 
gram of improved drainage. 

STATE INSPECTION AND REGULATORY SERVICE 

Chemistry Building, College Park, Maryland 

Feeds, Fertilizers, Agricultural Liming Materials, Insecticides and Fungicides 

L. E. BoPST, State Chemist R. G. Fuerst, Chemist 
A. B. Heagy, Associate State Chemist Cecil Pinkerton, Chemist 

H. R. Walls, Microscopist W. J. Footen, Inspector 

H. J. Greenville, Biochemist R. W. Neal, Jr., Inspector 

R. E. Baumgardner, Chemist E. M. Zentz, Inspector 

J. E. Schueler, Chemist F. G. Baggs, Clerk 
N. S. Chapman, Chemist 

The protection of consumers and ethical manufacturers of agricultural 
products against fraudulent practices, makes certain specialized statutes neces- 
sary. These laws are classified as correct labeling acts, and are enforced by the 
State Inspection and Regulatory Service. Included in this legislation are the State 
Feed, Fertilizer, Agricultural Liming Materials, and Insecticide and Fungicide laws. 

Work of enforcing these laws is divided into five distinct phases : First, the com- 
modities concerned must be registered under acceptable brand names, and with 
proper labels ; second, official samples must be collected by the Department's inspec- 
tors from all parts of the state; third, chemical and physical examinations must be 
made to estabHsh that professed standards of quality are being met; fourth, results 
must be assembled and published in concise and understandable form, with the reports 
made available to all interested persons ; and fifth, the prosecution of those responsible 
for flagrant violations. 

Hundreds of tests also are made annually on feed, fertilizer, and lime samples 
submitted by state purchasers. No charge is made for tliis service. 

Throughout its existence, this Department has cooperated with comparable federal 
agencies in every possible way. In this activity it has attained not omly state-wide, 
but also a nationally-recognized reputation for accuracy, timeliness, and unbiased fair 
treatment of the consumer and manufacturer alike. 

The facilities of the Department are at all times available to supply the manu- 
facturer with technical advice and to safeguard him from unfair competition. 

For its entire program of service and protection, the Department relies in large 
measure upon education, from the standpoint of both buyer and seller. However in 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 151 

those rare instances when this policy is unheeded, backing by the courts, both federal 
and state, can be depended upon for enforcement assistance. 

SEED INSPECTION SERVICE 

Agronomy-Botany Building, College Park, Maryland 

Assistant Professor Seed Programs Olive M. Kelk, Analyst 

Ellen P. Emack, Assistant Analyst 
Anna H. Ferguson, Assistant Analyst 

The Seed Inspection Service, a division of the Agricultural Experiment Station, 
administers the State seed law ; inspects seeds sold throughout the State ; collects 
seed samples for laboratory examination ; reports the results of the examinations to 
the parties concerned ; publishes summaries of these reports which show the relative 
reliability of the label information supplied by wholesale seedsmen ; cleans and treats 
tobacco seed intended for planting in the State; makes analyses, tests, and examin- 
ations of seed samples submitted to the Laboratory ; and advises seed users regarding 
the economic and inteUigent use of seeds. The Service also cooperates with the 
Agricultural Marketing Service of the United States Department of Agriculture 
in the enforcement of the Federal Seed Act in Maryland. 

Millions of dollars worth of seeds are planted annually in Maryland. Perhaps 
twenty-five percent of the field seeds and ninety percent of the vegetable seeds 
planted in the State pass through trade channels and are thus subject to the seed 
law. The work of the Seed Inspection Service is not restricted to the enforcement 
of the seed law however, for State citizens may submit seed samples to the Lab- 
oratory for analysis, test, or examination. Specific information regarding suit- 
ability for planting purposes of lots of seeds is thus made available to individuals 
without charge. The growth of this service has been steady since the establishment 
of the Laboratory in 1912. Most Maryland citizens, city and country, are directly 
interested in seeds for planting in flower-beds, lawns, gardens, or fields. 

MARYLAND LIVE STOCK SANITARY SERVICE 

Arthur L. Brueckner, Director 

J. Walter Hastings, Sr., Assistant Director 

Leo J. PoELMA, Chief of Laboratories 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service is organized under the State Board of Agri- 
culture and is charged with the responsibility of preventing the introduction of 
diseases of animals and poultry from outside of the state and with control and 
eradication of such diseases within the state. The service is further charged with 
the responsibility of cooperating with the State Department of Health in the sup- 
pression of diseases of animals and poultry which affect the public health. 

Control projects in bovine tuberculosis, Johne's disease, and bovine brucellosis 
are conducted in cooperation with the Bureau of Animal Industry of the United 
States Department of Agriculture. The field force of state employed veterinarians 
is augmented by a number of federal veterinarians in the conduct of these control 
programs. The control of swltne brucellosis, pullorum disease in poultry, rabies, and 
many other disease condition5. is conducted by the state without outside assistance. 



152 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Facilities for the diagnosis of a wide variety of diseases are furnished in the 
main laboratory at College Park and in the branch laboratories at Salisbury, Centre- 
ville, Bel Air, Frederick, and Hagerstown. A branch laboratory for Garrett County 
has been approved by the Board of Agriculture. Virtually every part of the state 
is in easy reach of these opportunities for help. 

Research studies are conducted mainly at the College Park and Salisbury 
laboratories, but some field investigations are also made from branch laboratories. 
Some projects are partly supported by federal funds appropriated through the Mary- 
land Agricultural Experiment Station. From these research studies comes information 
concerning control by sanitary measures, by vaccination, and by drug treatment which 
saves breeders and owners vast sums. 

Members of the staf? give instruction in animal and poultry diseases in the 
University of Maryland particularly to students in agriculture. Appropriate subjects 
are also presented to farmers' clubs and industry groups in the state. 

MARYLAND LIVESTOCK SANITARY SERVICE STAFF 

Arthur L. Brueckner (Director) 

B.S., University of Kentucky, 1914; V.M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1924. 

Sing C. Chang 

B.S., University of Nanking, Nanking, China, 1929; Pii.D., Rutgers University, 1939. 

Cornelia M. Cotton 

A.B., Cornell University, 1921 ; M.S., Syracuse University, 1926 ; Ph.D., University 
of Maryland. 1943. 

Charles R. Davis 

M.S., Virginia Polvtechnic Institute, 1930; D.V.M., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 
1929. 

Harold M. DeVolt 

M.S., Cornell University, 1926 ; D.V.M., New York State Veterinary College, 
Cornell University, 1923. 

Clyde L. Everson 

D.V.M., College of Veterinary Medicine; The Ohio State University, 1929. 

Clarence E. Gibbs 

D.V.M., U. S. College of Veterinary Surgeons, 1924. 

George W. Green^ Jr. 

D.V.M., School of Veterinary Medicine, Michigan State College, 1938. 

Jack E. Hanley 

D.V.M., School of Veterinary Medicine, Ohio State University, 1946. 

Paul A. Hansen 

B. of Ph.. Copenhagen University, 1922 ; M.S., Royal Technical College, Copen- 
hagen, 1926; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1931. 

J. Walter Hastings, Sr. 

D.V.M., School of Veterinary Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, 1917. 

Basil C. Hatziolos 

D.V.M., Veterinary School of Alfort, France, 1929; t>r. Vet. in An. Hua.— Veterin- 
ary School of Berlin, Germany. 1982. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 153 

Robert B. Johnson 

A.B.. University of South Dakota, 1939. 

Charles R. Lockwood 

D.V.M., U. S. College of Veterinary Surgeons, 1920. 

Francis R. Lucas 

D.V.M., School of Veterinary Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, 1951. 

Irwin M. Moulthrop 

D.V.M., New York State Veterinary College, Cornell University. 1931. 

Arthur J. Paddock 

D.V.M., New York State Veterinary College, Cornell University, 1921. 

Gilbert J. Plumer 

B.S., University of Maryland. 1949; D.V.M., New York State Veterinary College. 
Cornell University, 1953. 

Leo J. Poelma 

M.S.. University of Maryland, 1928; D.V.M., Kansas City Veterinary College, 1916. 

James E. Porter 

D.V.M., School of Veterinary Medicine, University of Georgia, 1952. 

Reginald L. Reagan 
Robert B. Shillinger 

D.V.M., School of Veterinary Medicine, Michigan State College, 1943. 

Col. James R. Sperry 

D.V.M., School of Veterinary Medicine, Ohio State University, 1915. 

Mahlon H. Trout 

D.V.M., U. S. College of Veterinary Surgeons. 1926. 

W. L. Wallenstein 

B.A., Colorado University, 1931. 





El.iiiA-iCi- lU il'ANii:. SCOTT KEY HALL 
Headquarters of the College of Arts and Sciences 



College of 

ARTS and SCIENCES 



STAFF 

Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean 

Charles Manning, Ph.D., Assistant Dean 

Henry B. McDonnell, M.D., Dean Emeritus 

Francis R. Adams, Jr., Instructor of English. 

B.A., Williams College, 1938; M.A. University of Maryland, 1947. 

Alfred Owen Aldridge, Professor of English. 

B.S., Indiana University, 1937; M.A. University of Georgia, 1938; Ph.D.. Duke 
University, 1942. 

Mary H. Aldridge, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Georgia, 1939; M.A., Duke University, 1941; Ph.D., George- 
town University, 1954. 

J. Frances Allen, Instructor of Zoology. 

B.S.. Radford State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Maryland. 1948; 
Ph.D., 1952. 

Mary Jane Ambrose, Lecturer of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.S., Buffalo state Teachers' College, 1943. 

George Anastos, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

B.S., University of Akron, 1942; M.A., Harvard University, 1947; Ph.D., 1949. 

Frank G. Anderson, Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

B.A., Cornell University, 1941; Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1951. 

James L. Anderson, Research Associate in Physics. 

B.S., University of Chicago, 1946; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., Syracuse University, 1952. 

Roy S. Anderson, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

B.A., Clark University, 1943 ; M.A., Dartmouth College, 1948 ; Ph.D., Duke Uni- 
versity, 1951. 

Mary Lee Andrews, Assistant Professor of English. 

B.S.. New York University, 1929; M.A., 1935; Ph.D., 1941. 

Thomas G. Andrews, Professor and Head of Psychology. 

B.A., University of Southern California, 1937 ; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1939 ; 
Ph.D., 1941. 

Merle Ansberry, Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A., University of California, 1929; M.A., 1931; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 
1937. 

Philip E. Arsenault, Instructor of Foreign Languages. ^ 

B.A., Clark University. 1936; M.A., Princeton University. 1951. 

Sydney E. Askinas, Research Assistant in Zoology. 
B.A., University of Connecticut, 1949. 

Arthur W. Ayers, Associate Professor Psychology. 

B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1933; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., 1940. 

155 



156 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Thomas J. Aylward, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.S., University ot Wisconsin, 1947; M.A., 1949. 

Abdul K. Aziz, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.S., Wilson Teachers College, 1952; M.A., George Washington University, 1954. 

Betty B. Baehr, Instructor of Library Science. 

B.A., George Washington University, 1943 ; B.S.L.S., University of Kentuclcy, 1947. 

Edward W. Baker, Lecturer of Zoology. 

B.S., University of California. 1936 ; Ph.D., 1938. 

William J. Baeley, Research Professor in Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943 ; Ph.D., University of Illinois. 1946. 

Cecil R. Ball, Associate Professor of English. 

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1923 ; M.A., University of Maryland, 1934. 

Jack C. Barnes, Instructor of English. 

B.A., Duke University, 1939; M.A.. 1947; Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1954. 

Whitney K. Bates, Instructor of History. 

B.A . University of Washington, 1941; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1948; 
Ph.D., 1951. 

George F. Batka, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., Wichita Universitj', 1938; M.A.. University of Michigan, 1941. 

Richard H. Bauer, Associate Professor of History. 

B.A., University of "'hicago, 1924; M.A., 1928; Ph.D.. 1935. 

Otho T. Beall, Jr., Instructor of English. 

B.A., Williams College, 1930; MA., University nf Minnp,=;nta, 1933; Ph.D., Univer- 
.<=ity nf Penn.sylvania. 1952. 

Earl S. Beard, Instructor of History. 

B.A., Baylor University, 1038: M.A., State University of Iowa, 1950; Ph.D., 1953. 

Alfred J. Bingham, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 
B.A., Yale University, 1933; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1939. 

Marie Boborykine, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 
M.A., St. Petersburg Archeolngical Tnstitirte, 1914. 

Carl Bode, Professor of English. 

Ph.B. University of Chicago, 1933; M.A., Northwestern University, 1938; 
Ph.D.; 1941. 

J. Allen Bowers, Junior Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.A., Ohio State University, 1952. 

John W. Brace, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.A.. Swarthmore College. 1949; M.A., Cornell University, 1951; Ph.D.. 1953. 

James H. Bramble, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.A., Brown University. 1953. 

George P. BrewsteiI, Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.S.. U.S. Naval Academy, 1916. 

Ferdinand G. Brickwedde, Professor of Physics. 

B.A.. .John Hopkins University. 1922; M.A.. 1924; Ph.D., 1925. 

Furman a. Bridgers, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 
B.A., Duke University, 1925; M.A., University of Chicago, 1928. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 157 

George M. Brown, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

B.A.. Emory University, 1942; M.S., 1943; M.A., Princeton University, 1946, 
Ph.D., 1949. 

Joshua R. C. Brown, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

B.A., Dul^e University, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., 1953. 

Eleanor Webster Bulatkin, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 
M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1950; Ph.D., 1952. 

Sumner O. Burhoe, Professor of Zoology. 

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1925 ; M.S., Kansas State College. 1926 ; Ph.D., 
Harvard University, 1937. 

Charles J. Burkhart, Instructor of English. 
B.A., Cornell University. 1948 ; M.A., 1948. 

Alfred Burrows, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., Roanoke College, 1953. 

James Byrd, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A., University of North Carolina. 1948; M.A., 1949. 

Joseph H. Camin, Lecturer of Zoology. 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1946; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., 1951. 

Glenn Carow, Instructor of Music. 

Teachers' Diploma. Institute of Musical Art, 1934. 

Anna Carper, Instructor of Library Science. 

B.A., Elizabethtown College, 1941 ; M.S., Columbia University, 1951. 

John Carruthers, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Floyd Weldon Casey, Instructor of English. 

B.A.. Harding College, 1944 ; M.A., University of Missouri, 1945 ; Ph.D., University 
of Wisconsin, 1951. 

Barbara J. Castle, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 
B.S., William and Mary College. 1953. 

Robert S. Cathcart, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A., University of Redlands, 1944 ; M.A., 1947; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 
1953. 

Benjamin R. Cato, Jr., Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.A., Duke University, 1948; M.A., 1950. 

Verne E. Chatelain, Professor of History. 

B.A.. Nebraska State Teachers College, 1917; M.A.. University of Chicago, 1925; 
Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1943. 

Chunjen C. Chen, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

B.S., Cornell University, 1919 ; M.S., University of Maryland. 1920. 

Carleton M. Clifford, Research Assistant in Zoology. 
B.A., University of Vermont, 1954. 

Charles N. Cofer, Professor of Psychology. 

B.A., Southeast Missouri State College. 1936; M.A., University of Iowa. 1937; 
Ph.D., Brown University, 1940. 

Franklin D. Cooley, Associate Professor of English. 

B.A.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1927; M.A., University of Maryland, 1933; 
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1940. 

John J. F. Corrigan, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B,S.. Fordham College, 1950; M.S., 1951. 



158 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

John L. Coulter, Assistant Professor of English. 

B.A., American University, 1934 ; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1936. 

Langdon T. Crane, Research Assistant in Physics. 

B.A., Amherst University, 1952; M.S., Brown University, 1954. 

Dorothy D. Craven, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.S., Southeast Missouri State Teachers College, 1945; M.A., University of 
Iowa. 1948. 

George C. Cree, Instructor of IMathematics. 

B.A., McGill University, 1946 ; M.A., 1949 ; Ph.D., Washington University, 1953. 

Michael A. Crombie, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Herbert A. Crosman, Assistant Professor of History. 

B.A., Harvard University, 1938; M.A., 1938; M.A., 1944; Ph.D.. 1947. 

Hansell F. Cross, Research Assistant in Zoology. 

B.A., Louisiana State University, 1936; M.S., 1941. 

Dieter Cunz, Professor of Foreign Languages. 
Ph.D., University of Frankfurt, 1934. 

Margaret T. Cussler, Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A., New York State College for Teachers at Albany, 1933; M.A.. Radcliffe 
College. 1941 ; Ph.D.. 1943. 

Witaly Danczenko, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., Berea College, 1954. 

John W. Davidson, Lecturer of History. 

B.A., Vanderbilt University, 192S ; M.A., Yale University, 1947; Ph.D., 1954. 

John A. Davies, Research Assistant in Physics. 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1953; M.S., 1954. 

John Dawson, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1954. 

Jules De Launay, Professor of Physics. 

B.A., Oxford University. 1935; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., Stanford liniversity, 1939. 

Constance Hartman Demaree, Instructor of Engli.sh. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1944 ; M.A., 1945. 

Fred H. Denker, Instructor of Music. 

B.Mus. Bethany College, 1923; M.Mns., Eastman School of Mu.sic, 1932; Ph.D., 
1951. 

Charles S. Dewey, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

B.A., Pomona College, 1919; M.A., Harvard University, 1920; Ph.D., 1924. 

Lois Holladay Dewey, Instructor of Library Science. 

B.A., Georgetown College, 191.t; H.L.S., University of Illinoi.'^, 1027. 

Frederick W. De Wette, Research Associate in Chemistry. 
Candidaafs, Utrecht University, 1947 ; Doctoraal, 1950. 

Edward E. Di Bella, Instructor of Sociology. 
B.S.. Wa.shlngton Unlver.sity, 1936. 

Shirley Wagner Dinwiddie, Instructor of Englisli. 

B.A., Radford College, 1946; M.A., University of Marylnnd. IPi^.O. 

Eunice Maude Disney, Assistant Librarian. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1950; M.r..S.. Emory University. 1952. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 159 

Jack R. Dxxon^ Research Assistant in Physics. 

B.S., Western Reserve University, 1948 ; M.S., 1950. 

Peggy A. Dixon, Research Assistant in Physics. 

B.A., Western Reserve University, 1950; M.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

EiTEL Wolf Dobert, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., University of Geneva. 1932; M.A., University of Maryland, 1949; Ph.D., 1954. 

Raymond N. Doetsch, Assistant Professor of Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Illinois, 1942 ; M.S., University of Indiana, 1943 ; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1948. 

Nathan L. Drake, Professor and Head of Chemistry. 

B.A., Harvard University, 1920; M.A., 1921; Ph.D., 1922. 

Roger O. Drummond, Research Assistant in Zoology. 
B.A., Wabash College, 1953. 

Dorothy Duffy, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Thomas H. Dyer, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy, 1924. 

Gertrude Ehrlich, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.S., Georgia State College for Women, 1943 ; M.A., University of North Carolina, 
1945 ; Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 1953. 

Earleen Feldman Elkins, Junior Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1954. 

David K. Ellis, Instructor of English. 

B.A., University of Wales, 1934; M.A., 1935; B. Litt., Oxford University, 1938. 

Gloria L. Engnoth, Junior Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1950. 

John E. Faber, Jr., Professor and Head of Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Maryland. 1926; M.S., 1927; Ph.D., 1937. 

William F. Falls, Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1922; M.A., Vanderbilt University, 1928; 
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 193 2. 

E. James Ferguson, Instructor of History. 

B.A., University of Washington, 1939 ; M.A., 1941 ; Ph.D., University of Wis- 
consin. 1951. 

Richard A. Ferrell, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1948; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., Princeton 
University, 1952. 

Markus E. Fierz, Visiting Professor. 
Ph.D., University of Zurich, 1936. 

Homer R. Figler, Instructor of Psychology. 

B.S., Rochester University, 1950 ; M.A., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Sherman K. Fitzgerald, Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

B A., Brigham Young University, 1948 ; M.A., 1949 ; Ph.D., CorneU University, 

1952. 

RuDD Fleming, Assistant Professor of English. 

B.A., University of Chicago, 1930; M.A., Cornell University, 1932; Ph.D., 1934. 

Jacob G. Franz, Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A., Southwestern Oklahoma State Teachers College, 1935; M.A., Columbia 
University, 1939. 



lou UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Archer H. Futch, Jr., Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., University of North Carolina, 1949 ; M.S., 1951. 

Charles B. Izard, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1951. 

Lucius Garvin, Professor of Philosophy. 

B.A., Brown University, 1928 ; M.A., 1929 ; Ph.D., 1933. 

Wesley M. Gewer, Professor and Acting Head of History. 

Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1911; M.A., 1921; Ph.D., 1922. 

Herbert Russell Gillis, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., Kent State University, 1947 ; M.A.. 1949. 

Robert Hillis Goldsmith, Instructor of EngHsh. 

B.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1936 ; M.A., Columbia University, 1943 ; 
Ph.D., 1952. 

Richard A. Good, Associate Professor of Mathematics, 

B.A., Ashland College, 1939; M.A., University of Wisconshi, 1941); Ph.D., 1945. 

Frank Goodwyn, Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., Texas College of Arts and Industries, 1939 ; M.A., 1940 ; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Texas, 1946. 

Donald C. Gordon, Assistant Professor of History. 

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1934; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1938; 
Ph.D., Columbia University, 1947. 

Frank A. Grant, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

B.E., McGill University, 1942; M.A., Toronto University, 194U ; Ph.D., 1949. 

William Henry Gravely, Jr., Assistant Professor of English. 

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1925 ; M.A., University of Virginia, 1934 ; 
Ph.D., 1953. 

Meyer Greenberg, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., Yeshlva University, 1934 ; M.A., Jewish Institute of Religion, 1944. 

Donald Greenspan, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.S., New York University Teachers College, 1948; M.S.. Unlveisity ol VVi.s- 
constn, 1949. 

Hans Griem, Research Assistant in Physics. 
Dr.Rer.Nat., Unlversltat Kiel, 1954. 

Charles W. Griffin, III, Research Assistant in Bacleriolugy. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 ; M.S., 1953. 

Sidney Grollman, Instructor of Zoology. 

B.S., University ot Maryland, 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 1952. 

Francis S. Grubar, Instructor of Art. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1948; M.A., 1919; M.A., Johns lloijklii.s UnlversRy, 
1952. 

John W. Gustad, Associate Professor and Director, University Counseling Center. 
B.A., Maealester College, 1943; M.A., University of Mhinesotu, 1948; Ph.D., 19-19. 

Ray C. Hackman, Professor of Psychology. 

B.A., University of Nebraska, 1935; M.A., 1936; l^h.D., Unlveisily uf Miiiiie.sota, 
1940. 

Charles T. Hall, Research Assistant in Bacteriology. 
B.S., University of Maryland. 1954. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 161 

Dick Wick Hall, Professor of Mathematics. 

B.S., University of Virginia, 1934; M.S., 1935; Ph.D.. 1938. 

Thomas W. Hall, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 193S ; M.A., Middlebury College. 1950. 

LuDWiG Hammerschlag, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 
Ph.D., University of Freiburg, 1925. 

Raymond J. Hanks, Instructor of History. 

B.A., University of Chicago, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., 1955 . 

P. Arne Hansen, Professor of Bacteriology. 

BPh., University of Copenhagen, 1922 ; M.S., 1926 ; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1931. 

Susan Emolyn Harm an. Professor of English. 

B.A., University of Nebraslia, 1917; M.A., 1918; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity, 192'6. 

Austin A. Hasel, Lecturer of Zoology. 
B.S., University of Michigan, 1926. 

Charles A. Haslup, Instructor of Music. 

B.S., Towson State Teachers College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1946. 

Isabella M. Hayes, Instructor of Library Science. 

B.A., Knox College, 1930; B.L.S., University of Wisconsin, 1931. 

Stuart Haywood, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1942 ; M.A., 1948 ; Ph.D., 1950. 

Roy K. Heintz, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

B.A., University of Missouri, 1938 ; M.A., Washington University, 1944 ; Ph.D., 
Princeton University, 1947. 

Marie J. Henault, Instructor of English. 

B.A. University of Washington, 1945; M.A., 1946; Ph.D., University of Mary- 
land, 1952. 

Richard Hendricks, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., Franklin College, 1937 ; M.A., Ohio State University, 1939. 

Philip Ingram Herzbrun, Instructor of English. 
B.A., The George Washington University, 1947. 

Leontine Heverly, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 
B.A., Pennsylvania State College. 1947. 

James Hill, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.B.A., University of Miami, 1949. "^ . .• 

Maurice R. Hilleman, Visiting Professor of Bacteriology. 

B.S., Montana State College, 1941 ; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1944. 

Harold C. Hoffsommer, Professor and Head of Sociology. 

B.A., Northwestern University, 1921 ; M.A., 1923 ; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1929 

Stanley M. Holberg, Instructor of English. 

B.S., University of Buffalo, 1941; M.A., 1951. 

George T. Homa, Research Associate in Physics. 

B.S., City College of New York, 1947; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1954. 

Max H. Houtchens, Professor of Psychology. 

B.S., University of Idaho, 1952 ; M.A., 1935 ; Ph.D., 1987. 



162 _. UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Thomas P. Imse, Instructor of Sociology. 

Ph.B., Marquette University, 1941 ; M.A., 1942. 

Richard W. Iskraut, Associate Professor of Physics. 

E.S., City College of New York, 1937; Ph.D., Leipzig University, 1941. 

Stanley B. J.\ckson, Professor and Head of Mathematics. 

B.A.. Bates CoUege, 1933; M.A., Harvard University, 1934; Ph.D., 1937. 

Laurens Jansen, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Candidaat's, Utrecht University, 1947 : Doctoraal, 1950. 

Richard Jaquith, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 
B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1940 ; M.S., 1942. 

WiLHELMiNA Jashemski, Assistant Professor of History. 

B.A., Yoi-k College, 1931; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1933; Ph.D., University 
of Chicago, 1942. 

Bryce H. Jordan, Assistant Professor of Music. 

B.Mus., University of Texas, 1948; M.Mus., 1949. 

Lucille Eckh.'\sdt Kantzes, Research Assistant in Bacteriology. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949 ; M.S., 1951. 

George Edward Kelly, Instructor of Enghsh. 

B.A., University of Iowa, 1947; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., 1953. 

Mary A. Kemble, Instructor of Music. 

B.S., Pennsylvania State Teachers College, 193u ; B.S. in Kd., 193ti ; M.S. in Mus. 
Ed., University of Pennsylvania, 1940. 

Earl H. Kennard, Professor of Physics. 

B.A., Pomona College, 1907; B.S. Oxford University. 1911; Pli.D , Cornell Uni- 
versity, 1913. 

John F. Kent, Lecturer of Bacteriology. 

B.A., College of the Holy Cross, 1931; M.A., Columbia University, 1934; Ph.D., 
Duke University, 1950. 

Barry G. King, Lecturer of Zoology. 

B.A., University of California, 1924; M.A.. 1925; Ph.D., Columljia University. 1934. 

Benjamin Y. C. Koo, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.A., Princeton University, 1951. 

Charles F. Kramer, Associate Professor of Foreign l.anguages. 
Ph.B., Dickinson College, 1911; M.A., 1912. 

Alice S. Kruger, Instructor of Psychology. 

B.A.. Brooklyn College, 1947; M.A., New ScIhmjI of Social Science, 1950; Ph.D., 
Clark University, 1954. 

Aaron D. Krumbein, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1941; Ph.D., New York University, 1951. 

Norman C. Laffer, Associate Professor of Bacteriology. ^ 

B.S.. Allegheny College, 1929; M.S. University of Maine, 1932; I'h.D., University 
of Illinois, 1937. 

Robert Landers, Instructor of Music and Bandmaster. 
B.A., Southeastern State College. 1939. 

Peter P. Lejins, Professor of Sociology. 

Magi.stcr Phllosophlae, University of r.atvia, 1930; Maglstc-r luiis, 1933; Pli.lJ., 
University of Chicago, 1938. 

In DA Lepson, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.A., New York Unlver.sity, 1941 ; M.A., Columbia University. 1945. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 163 

Irving Linkow, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., University of Denver, 1937; M.A., 193S. 

S. W. LiPSMAN, Instructor of English. 

B.S., The City College of New York, 1940 ; M.A.. Columbia University, 1942. 

Robert A. Littleford, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 193S. 

Geoffrey S. S. Ludford, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 
B.A., Cambridge University, 1948; M.A., 1952; Ph.D., 1952. 

Charles Manning, Associate Professor of English. 

B.S., Tufts College, 1929; M.A., Harvard University, 1931; Ph.D.. University of 
North Carolina, 1950. 

Herman Maril, Assistant Professor of Art. 

Graduate, Maryland Institute of Fine Arts, 1928. 

Minerva L. Martin, Instructor of English. 

B.S., University of Alabama, 1931 ; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1937 ; Ph.D., 
1940. 

Monroe H. Martin, Professor of Mathematics. 

B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 192S; Ph.D., .Johns Hopkins University, 1932. 

Lyle V. Mayer, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A., University of North Dakota, 1938 ; M.A., Stanford University, 1943 ; Ph.D., 
University of Maryland, 1954. 

Paul Mazur, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.A., Temple University, 1951. 

Louis F. McAuley, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.S., Oklahoma A. & M. College. 1949 ; M.S., 1950 ; Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina, 1954. 

Kennon F. McCormick, Assistant Professor of Psychologj'. 

B.A., Ohio State University, 1941; M.A., 1943; Ph.D., 1951. 

Elliott M. McGinnies, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

B.S., University of Buffalo, 1943; M.A., Brown UniversitJ^ 1944; M.A., Harvard 
University. 1946 ; Ph.D., 1948. 

R. T. McGinnies, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 
M.S., Brown University, 1947. 

Ian p. McCreal, Instructor of English. 

B.A., Oberlin College, 1940; M.A.. 1941; Ph.D.. Brown University. 1947. 

Hugh B. McLean, Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy, 1924. 

James G. McManaway, Lecturer of English. 

B.A., University of Virginia, 1919; M.A.. 1920; Ph.D., The .Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity, 1931. 

Bruce Lee Melvin, Associate Professor of Sociology. 

B.S. in Ed., University of Missouri, 1916; M.A., 1917; Ph.D., 1921. 

Horace S. Merrill, Associate Professor of History. 

B.E., River Falls State College, 1932; Ph.M., University of Wisconsin, 1933; 
Ph.D.. 1942. 

Charlton Meyer, Instructor of Music. 
B. Mus., Curtis Institute, 1952. 



16-1 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A. M. MiCHELS^ Research Professor of Chemistry. 

Doctoraal in Physics & Mathematics, University of Amsterdam, 1919 ; Doctoraal 
in Chemistry, 1923 ; Doctor of Physics and Mathematics, 1928. 

Frances Howe Miller, Instructor of EngHsh. 

B.A., University of Missouri, 1912; M.A., 1915. 

Charles Carroll Mish, Instructor of English. 

B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1936 ; M.A.. 1946 ; Ph.D., 1951. 

E. Aubert AIooney, Jr., Associate Professor of English. 

B.A., Furman University, 1930; M.A., University of Vii'ginia, 1933; Ph.D., Cor- 
nell University, 1937. 

Robert H. Moore, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1953. 

Raymond AIorgan, Professor of Physics. 

B.S., Indiana University. 1916; M.S., 1917; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvain. 1922. 

Annabelle Bender Motz, Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1941 ; M.A., University of Chicago, 1943 ; .Ph.D., 
1950. 

Floyd N. Munson, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1950. 

Charles D. Murphy, Professor and Acting Head of English. 

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1929; M.A., Harvard University. 1930; Ph.D., 
Cornell University, 1940. 

Ralph D. Myers, Professor of Physics. 

B.A., Cornell University, 1934; M.A., 1935; Ph.D.. ig.'??. 

Shayne Nemerson, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1952. 

Graciela P. Nemes, Instructor of F"oreign Languages. 

B.S., Trinity College, 1942: M.A., University of Maryland. 1949; Ph.D.. 1952. 

John L. Nemes, Research Associate in Bacteriology. 

B.S., Cornell University, 1941; M.S., University of Maryland, 1947; Ph.D., 1950. 

Grover Charles Niemeyer, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.S., DePauw University, 1933: M.A., Nnrthweatern University. 1935; Ph.D., 
Yale University. 1942. 

Ann E. Norton, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 
B.A., Syracuse University, 1945; M.A., 1947. 

Donald Oakes, Research Associate in Chemistry. 

Peter Ouroussoff, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 
B. es L,., Yalta Gynasium, 1918. 

Arthur C. Parsons, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 
B.A., Univf^rslty of Maryland, 1920; M.A., 1928. 

Loui.SE Payler, Instructor of Music. 

B. Mus., Cinclnn,^tl Conservatory of Music, 1950; M. Miis., 1951. 

Thomas A. Payne, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Director of Aviation 
P.sychology Laboratory. 

B.A.. Unlver.slty of Maryland, 1947; M.A., University of Illinois, 1950; Ph.D., 1952. 

Michael J. Pelczar, Jr., Professor of Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1936; M.S., 1938: T'h.D., State University of Iowa, 
1941. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 165 

Norman E. Phillips, Professor of Zoology. 

B.S.. Alleghany College, 1916 ; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1931. 

Virginia Phillips, Assistant Librarian. 

B.A., Western Maryland College, 1943 ; B.A.L..S., Emory University, 1946. 

Hugh B. Pickard, Associate Prof^sor of Chemistry. 

B.A., Haverford College, 1933 ; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1938. 

Dolores L. Pierson, Instructor of Zoology. 

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1942; M.A.. Columbia University, 1945; Ph.D., Duke 
University, 1950. 

Robert M. Pierson, Instructor of English. 

B.A., DePauw University, 1946 ; M.A., Duke University, 1948 ; Ph.D., 1951. 

Donald E. Polzin, Junior Instructor of Speech. 

B.A., Illinois College, 1951 ; M.A., University of Illinois. 1952. 

Charles P. Poole, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.A., Fordham University, 1950 ; M.S.. 1952. 

John Portz, Instructor of English. 

B.A., Duke University, 1937 ; M.A., Harvard University, 1941. 

Renfrey B. Potts, Research Associate in Physics. 

B.S., University of Adelaide, 1945; B.S., 1st Class Honors in Mathematics, 1947; 
Ph.D., University of Oxford. 1951. 

A. J. Prahl, Professor of Foreign Languages. 

M.A., Washington University, 1928 ; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1933. 

Gordon W. Prange, Professor of History. 

B.A., University of Iowa, 1932; M.A., 1934; Ph.D.. 1937. 

Ernest F. Pratt, Professor of Chemistry. 

B.A., University of Redlands, 1937; M.S.. Oregon State College, 1939; Ph.D., 
University of Michigan, 1942. 

Hester B. Provensen, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

LIj.B., George Washington University, 1926; M.A., Emerson College, 1948. 

Rudolph E. Pugliese, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., Miami University, 1947 ; M.A., Catholic University, 1949. 

Donald K. Pumroy, Instructor of Psychology. 

B.A.. University of Iowa, 1949; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Washington, 1954. 

Orville Francis Quackenbush, Instructor of Sociology. 
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1933 ; M.A., 1938. 

William R. Quynn, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., University of "Virginia, 1922; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity, 1934. 

Gordon Morley Ramm, Instructor of Zoology. 

B.A.. University of Buffalo, 1949; M.A.. 1950; Ph.D., New York University, 1954. 

Marguerite C. Rand, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A.. Pomona College, 1919; M.A., Stanford University, 1921; Ph.D., University 
of Chicago, 1951. 

B. Harlan Randall, Professor of Music. 

B. Mus., Washington College, 1938. 

WiLKiNs Reeve, Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S.. Drexel Institute of Technology, 1936; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1940. 



166 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Orr E. Reynolds, Lecturer of Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1941 ; M.S.. 1943 : Ph.D., 1946. 

A. C. B. Richardson, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 
B.S., College of WDliam and Mary, 1954. 

Alice Riddlebeeger, Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A., University of California at Berkeley, 1951 ; M.A., University of Maryland, 
1955. 

Patrick W. Riddleberger, Instructor of History. 

B.A.. A'^irginia Military Institute, 1939 ; M.A., University of California at Berkeley, 
1949 ; Ph.D., 1952. 

Charles A. Roberts, Jr., Research Assistant in Physics. 

B.S., University of California, 1949; M.S., University of Southern California, 1951. 

John M. Robinson, Assistant Professor of Philosophy. 

B.A., Middlebury College, 1945 ; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1949. 

Carl L. Rollinson, Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Michigan, 1933 ; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1939. 

William G. Rosen, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.S., University of Illinois. 1943; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., 1954. 

Leonora C. Rosenfield, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B.S., Smith College, 1930; M.S., Columbia University, 1931; Ph.D., 1940. 

Sherman Ross, Associate Professor of Psychology. 

B.S., College of the City of New York, 1939 ; M.A.. Columbia University, 1941 ; 
Ph.D., 1943. 

Karl Hans Roth, Instructor of Mathematics. 
Dr. rer. nat.. University of Vienna, 1944. 

Norman R. Roth, Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

B.A., Hobart College, 1942; M.A. in Soc, University of Rochester, 1949; M.A. 
in Ed., Columbia Teachers College, 1950; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1950. 

Howard Rovelstad, Director of Libraries and Professor of Li"brary Science. 

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; M.A., 1937; B.S.L.S., Columbia University, 1940. 

Philip Rovner, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., The George Washington University, 1948 ; M.A., 1949. 

Edgar N. Sampson, Instructor of Sociology. 

B..S., University of Wisconsin, 1949 ; M.A., University of New Mexico, 1951. 

Harry A. Schafft, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.A.. The New York University, 1954. 

Homer Schamp, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

B.A., Miami University, 1944; M.S., University of Michigan. 1947; Ph.D., Miami 
University, 1951. 

Herbert Schaumann, Assistant Professor of English. 

B.A., Westminster College, 1931 ; Ph.D., Cornell University. 1935. 

Walter Ernest Schlaretzki, Assistant Professor of Philosophy. 

B.A., Monmouth College. 1941; M.A., University of Illinois, 1942; Ph.D.. Cornell 
University, 1948. 

John Frank Schmidt, Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A.. University of Chicago, 1941; M.A., 1946; Ph.D., 1950. 

Mark Schweizer, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages, 
M.A., University of Maryland. 1931; Ph.D., 1941. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 167 

Taylor C. Scott, Jr., Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A., University of Florida, 1947; M.A., 1949. 

Arnold Seigel, Research Associate in Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1944 ; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 
1947; Ph.D., University of Amsterdam, 1952. 

Lois B. Senft, Lecturer of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A., University of lovsra, 1947; M.A., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Paul W. Shankweiler, Associate Professor of Sociology. 

Ph.B.. Muhlenberg University, 1919; M.A., Columbia University, 1921; Ph.D., 
University of North Carolina, 1934. 

Harry Shaw. Jr., Research Assistant in Mathematics. 

B.A., Emory University, 1949 ; M.S., University of Miami, 1951. 

Berger M. Shepard, Research Professor of Chemistry. 
B.S., Yale University, 1938. 

Julius C. Shepherd, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.A., East Carolina Teachers' College, 1944 ; M.A.. 1947. 

R. Edwin Shutts, Lecturer of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A., Indiana State Teachers' College, 1933 ; M.A., Northwestern University. 
1947; Ph.D., 1950. 

Maurice R. Siegler, Associate Professor of Art. 

Graduate, Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts, 1921 ; Certificate Fontainebleau 
School of Fine Arts, 1926 ; B.S., Georgia School of Technology, 1930. 

Fred S. Singer, Associate Professor of Physics. 

B.E.E., Ohio State University, 1943; M.A., Princeton University, 1944; Ph.D., 
1948. 

Zaka I. Slawski, Research Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1933 ; M.S., California Institute of Tech- 
nology, 1935; Ph.D., University of Michigan. 1938. 

Gayle S. Smith, Instructor of English. 

B.S., Iowa State College, 1948 ; M.A., Cornell University, 1951. 

Gerald A. Smith, Instructor of English. 

B.A., University of Notre Dame, 1943 ; M.A., University of Rochester. 1947. 

Leon Purdue Smith, Dean, College of Arts and Sciences, and Professor, Romance 
Languages. 

B.A., Emory University, 1919; M.A., University of Chicago, 1938; Ph.D., 1930. 

Virginia Smith, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

B.S., The George Washington University. 1943 ; M.A., Yale University, 1944. 

David S. Sparks, Assistant Professor of History. 

B.A., Grinnell College, 1944; M.A., University of Chicago, 1945; Ph.D., 1951. 

Guilford L. Spencer, II, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

B.A., Williams College, 1943; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1948; 
Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1953. 

Fague K. Springmann, Associate Professor of Music. 
B. Mus., Westminster Choir College, 1939. 

Jesse W. Sprowls, Professor of Psychology. 

B.A., Valparaiso University, 1910; B.S.. University of Pittsburgh, 1914; M.A., 
Clark University, 1918 ; Ph.D., 1919. 

Robert A. Spurr, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

B.A., Rollins College, 1936; M.S., California Institute of Technology, 1937; Ph.D., 
1942. 



168 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

E. Thomas Starcher, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A.. University of Southern California, 1940; M.S., University of Arkansas, 1948. 

George Steiner, Assistant Professor of Music. 

B.S., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938 ; B.M., Peabody Conservatory of Music, 
1938 ; M. Mus., 1940. 

M. Elizabeth Stites, Instructor of Art. 

B. Arch., New York University, 1941. 

Martha C. Stone, Instructor of English. 

B S. in Ed., Southeast Missouri State College, 1927 ; M.A., University of Mis- 
souri, 1929. 

Warren L. Strausbaugh, Associate Professor and Head of Speech and Dramatic 
Arts. 

B.S., Wooster College, 1932 ; M.A., University of Iowa, 1935. 

Calvin F. Stuntz, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 
B.A., University of Buffalo, 1939; Ph.D., 1947. 

WiLLiA J. SviRBELY, Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1931; M.S., 1932; D.Sc, 1935. 

YosHiRO Takano, Research Assistant in Physics. 
M.S., Kyoto University, 1950. 

Raymond Thorberg, Instructor of English. 

B.A., University of Alaska, 1939 ; M.A., University of Chicago, 1946 ; Ph.D., Cor- 
nell University, 1954. 

John S. Toll, Professor and Head of Physics. 

B.S., Yale University, 1944; M.A., Princeton University, 1948; Ph.D., 1952. 

John W. Tomlin, Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A., University of Virginia, 1951 ; M.A., 1953. 

Richard H. Tredgold, Research Associate of Physics. 

B.Sc. 1st Class Honors, University of Nottingham, 1951 ; Ph.D., 1954. 

John W. Trembly, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 

H. David Turner, Associate Librarian. 

B.A., Wa.shington Missionary College, 1947; B.S.L.S., Catholic University, 1948; 
M.A., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Homer Ulrich, Professor and Head of Music. 
M.A., University of Chicago, 1939. 

Anna Mary Urban, Instructor of Library Science. 

B.A., Cornell University, 1929; A.B.L.S., Emory University. 1938; M.A., Univer- 
sity of Maryland, 1951. 

Betty R. Vanderslice, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.S., Upsala College, 1945; M.A., University of Maryland, 1948. 

Willard S. Vaughn, Junior Instructor of Psychology. 

B.A., Allegheny College, 1951; M.A., University of Maryland. 1954. 

Fletcher P. Veitch, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1931; M.S., 1933; Ph.D., 1935. 

William M. Visscher, Research Associate in Physics. 

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1949; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1953. 

Robert S. Waldrop, Professor and Consultant of Psychology. 

B.A.. University of Oklahoma, 1934; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1948. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 169 

RoALD K. Wangsness, Professor of Physics. 

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944 ; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1950. 

Kathryn M. Painter Ward, Associate Professor of English. 

B.A., The George Washington University, 1935; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., 1947. 

Joel Warren, Visiting Professor of Bacteriology. 

B.A., Yale University, 1936; M.A., Columbia University, 1938; Ph.D., 1940. 

T. Wassenaar, Visiting Professor of Chemistry. 

Candidaat's, University of Amsterdam, 1938; Doctoraal, 1945; Ph.D., 1952. 

LiNViLL Fielding Watson, Assistant Professor of Sociology. 
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1939 ; Ph.D., 1953. 

Catherine M. Weaver, Instructor of English. 

B.A., University of Michigan. 1918 ; M.A., Texas Christian University, 1929. 

Kurt Weber, Associate Professor of English. 

B.A., Williams College, 1930; B.A., Oxford University, 1932; M.A., Columbia Uni- 
versity, 1933 ; Ph.D., 1940. 

Josephine A. Wedemeyer, Instructor of Library Science. 

B.A., University of Michigan, 1930; B.S.L.S., University of Denver. 1941; M. Educ, 
University of Maryland, 1953. 

Fred W. Wellborn, Professor of History, 

B.A., Baker University, 1918; M.A., University of Kansas, 1923; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Wisconsin, 1926. 

Robert C. Wentworth, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.A., Swarthmore, 1953. 

James P. Wharton, Professor and Head of Art. 

B.A., Wofford College, 1914; B.A., Duke University, 1914; M.F.A., University of 
Guanjuato, 1952. 

G. W. Wharton, Professor and Head of Zoology. 
B.S., Duke University, 1935; Ph.D., 1939. 

Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Maryland. 1923; M.S., 1924; Ph.D., 1926. 

De Witt White, Junior Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., West Virginia University, 1933 ; L.L.B., 1937. 

Raymond C. Wiley, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., Oklahoma A. & M., 1905; M.S., University of Maryland, 1922; Ph.D., Amer- 
ican University, 1927. 

Eleanor R. Wilkinson, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.A., Duke University. 1944 ; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1948. 

Carvel S. Wolfe, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.S., University of Arizona, 1950; M.S., 1951. 

G. Forrest Woods, Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., Northwestern University, 1934; B.A., 1935; M.S., Harvard University, 1937; 
Ph.D., 1940. 

Bern hard R. Works, Junior Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., University of Maryland. 1951. 

David M. Young, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

B.S., Webb Institute of Naval Architecture, 1944; M.A.. Harvard University, 1947: 
Ph.D., 1950. 

W. Gordon Zeevield, Associate Professor of English. 

B.A., University of Rochester, 1924; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1929; 
Ph.D., 1936. 



170 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Jacqueline L. Zemel, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.S., Queens College, 1949; M.A., Syracuse University. 1951. 

A. E. ZucKER, Professor and Head of Foreign Languages. 

RA^, University of Illinois. 1912; M.A.. 1915; Ph.D.. University of Pennsylvania, 

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 
Baltimore Faculty 

Adele B. Ballman, Assistant Professor of English. 

B.A., Goucher CoUege, 1926 ; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1935. 
Frank A. Dolle, Instructor of Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland. 1948; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., 1954. 
Gaylord Estabrook, Professor of Physics. 

B.S., .Purdue University, 1921 ; M.S., Ohio State University, 1922 • M S The Tohn<? 

Hopkins University, 1930; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. 1932. 

Francis M. Miller, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., Western Kentucky State, 1946; Ph.D.. Northwestern University. 1949. 
Allie W. Richeson, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph^R.^ml':^'^^' °^ Richmond, 1918; M.A.. The Johns Hopkins University. 1925; 

Claire S. Schradieck, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A.. Goucher College, 1916; Ph.D.. The Johns Hopkins University. 1919. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Research Fellows 
Joseph M. Antonucci, Chemistry. 

B.S., St. John's University, 1953. 

Richard A. Bafford, Chemistry. 

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1951. 

Robert Barclay, Jr., Chemistry. 

B.A.. Cornell University, 1948. 

Charles N. Bird, Chemistry. 

B.S., College of St. Thomas, 1951. 

Ernest C. Cutchins, Bacteriology. 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1943 ; M.S., University of Maryland. 1951. 

Mary K. Gerdeman, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Donald E. Hoffman, Chemistry. 

College, °1 951!"^°' "^^'■^'^°^" J""'o'' College, 1950; B.S., FrankJIn & Marshall 

Leo F. Judge, Jr., Bacteriology. 

B-fl.. Uplvarelty of Jyjaryland, 19.i3, 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 171 

William A. Klein/ Chemistry. 

B.S., College of St. Thomas, 1951. 

Daniel A. Lima, Chemistry. 

B.S., Bradford Durfee Technological Institute, 1953. 

Jack Lasky, Chemistry. 

B.S., City College of New York, 1951. 

William B. Lawson, Chemistry. 
B.S., Wayne University, 1951. 

HiLLYER G. Norment, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Philip J. Pare, Chemistry. 

B.A., American International College, 1951. 

Yolanda Pratt, Chemistry. 

B.A., Cornell University, 1938; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1942. 

John Sibilia, Chemistry. 

B.A.. Newark College of Rutgers University, 1953. 

Terrill D. Smith, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Oklahoma. 1953. 

Mark J. Stanee, Chemistry. 

B.S., College of St. Thomas, 1952. 

William N. Turek, Chemistry. 

B.S., St. Thomas CoUege, 1953. 

Alfred Viola, Chemistry. 

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1949 ; M.A., 1950. 

Joseph Wenograd, Chemistry. 

B.A., Temple University, 1952. 

Joseph R. Wiebush, Chemistry. 

B.S., Franklin & Marshall CoUege, 1941. 

Harold J. Zabsky, Chemistry. 

Assoc, in Science, Joplin Junior College, 1951 ; B.S., University of California at 
Berkeley, 1953. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Graduate Assistants 

Marie D. J. Aceto, Zoology. 

B.S., Rhode Island College of Pharmacy, 1953. 

Albert Altman, Physics. 

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1954. 

NoRiG AsBED, Physics. 

B.S., American University of Beirut, 1949. 

Robert U, Ayres, Physics. 

B.A., University of Chicago, 1952 ; B.S., 1954. 

Alberta Barkley, Chemistry. 

B.S., Purdue University, 1948 ; B.S., Washington University, 1951. 



172 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ravmond Balouny, Chemistry. 

B.S.. Seton Hall College, 1954. 

Donald F. Bent, Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1948; M.S., 1953. 

Kathryn C. Biersdorf, Psychology. 

B.S., University of Iowa, 1949 ; M.S., Washington State College, 1952. 

Martin Blexdermann, Chemistry. 

B.S., Davis and Elkins College, 1954. 

Robert L. Boord, Zoology. 

B.A., Washington and Jefferson College, 1950. 

Robert J. Brady, Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Detroit, 1951 ; M.S., 1954. 

Edward J. Breyere, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S.. 1954. 

Richard J. Burman, Chemistry. 

B.S., Purdue University, 1954. 

George E. Cantwell, Zoology. 

B.S., Kent State University, 1951. 

W. G. Carpenter, Chemistry. 

B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan, 1953. 

Thomas C. Carver, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Frank C. Cegelski, Zoology. 

B.S.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1954. 

Russell D. Charles, Chemistry. 

B.A., Gettysburg College, 1953. 

Gordon M. Clark, Zoology. 

B.A., Boston University, 1951. 

Alwin B. Coleman, Chemistry. 

B.A., Hope College, 1949 ; M.S., University of Michigan, 1953. 

Edward L. Compere, Chemistry. 

B.S., Belolt College, 1950 ; M.S., University of Chicago. 1954. 

Leslie C. Costello, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

James Cserr, Chemistry. 

Mary Cummiskey, Chemistry. 

B.S., Mt. St. Vincent Academy, 1954. 

John L. Davis, Physics. 

B.A., Bowdoln College, 1953. 

Joseph Di Pietro, Chemistry. 

B.A., LaFarina College. 1950; B.S., Brooklyn College, 1955. 

Kenneth M. Downes, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 ; M.S., 1953. 

James Duffy, Chemistry. 

B.S., Queens College, 1954. ,, 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 173 

Louis W. Ehrlich, Mathematics. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Alena Elbl, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Herman C. Ellinghausen, Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1950 ; M.S., University of North Carolina, 1952. 

Raymond C. Elton, Physics. 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1953. 

Albert Eskowitz, Physics. 

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1954. 

James Evans, Physics. 

B.S., University of Rochester, 1953. 

Miriam Ezekiel, Mathematics. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

William Feairheller, Chemistry. 

B.A., Rutgers University. 1954. 

Alfred I. Fiks, Psychology. 

B.B.A., City College of New York, 1953; Pennsylvania State College, 1954. 

Jacques Forbes, Foreign Languages. 
B.A., Gettysburg CoUege, 1951. 

Bert E. Fry, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of California, 1954. 

James J. Gilroy, Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Scranton, 1949 ; M.S., Catholic University of America, 1951. 

Henry Goldberg, Physics. 

B.S., City College of New York, 1954. 

David T. Goldman, Physics. 

B.A., Rutgers University, 1952; M.S., Vanderbilt University, 1954. 

Harold Goldstein, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Alabama, 1953; M.S., 1955. 

George Gonyea, Psychology. ' 

B.S., Union College, 1950; M. Ed., University of Maryland, 1955. 

Richard C. Gonzalez, Psj^chology. 

B.A., University of Texas, 1951 ; M.A., 1952. 

Margaret A. Grayson, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1948 ; M.S., 1954. 

Leon J. Greenbaum, Zoology. 

B.S., Loyola College, 1947; M.S.. University of Maryland, 1949. 

Rachel Ellen Gregg, Physics. 

B.A., Wittenburg University, 1954. 

Martha Grimes, English. ' 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1955. 

Victoria A, Groth, Physics. 

B.A., Goucher College, 1951. 

Merlin J. Guinard, Chemistry. 
B.S., Boston College. 1954. 



174 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Warren F. Hale, Chemistry. 

B.S.. Northeastern University, 1952: M.S., Pulytechnical Institute of Brooklyn, 

Joseph H. Hicham, Jr., Zoology. 
B S.. Shepherd College, 1952. 

William A. Hook, Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Ivan Huber, Zoology. 

B.A., Cornell University, 1954. 

Joseph C. Hwang, Zoology. 

B.A., Philippine Union College, 1941; M.S., Washington Missionary College, 194S. 

Peter Jurtshuk, Jr., Bacteriology. 

B.A., New York University, 1951; M.S., Creighton Univer.sily, 1953. 

Bernard Kalvan, Foreign Languages. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Michael J. Karickhoff, Chemistry. 

B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan, 1952. 

James M. Knight, Physics. 

B.S., Spring Hill CoUege, 1954. 

Charles Knox, Chemistry. 

B.S., Brown University, 1953; M.A., Columbia University, 195-1. 

Roger P. Kohin, Physics. 

B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1953. 

Paul H. Krupenie, Physics. 

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1954. 

Gloria H. S. Ku, Zoology. 

B. A., Barat College, 1954. 

Charles N. Lee, Foreign Languages. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1955. 

ZoE Lefkowitz, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Millard G. Les Callette, History. 

B.A., Western Maryland College, 1952; M.A., The .Joluis Hopkins University, 1954. 

Emily Lei, Chemistry. 

B.8., Good Hope College, 1951. 

Asa Leifer, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Alabama, 1953; M.S., 1954. 

Louis F. Lihello, Jr., Physics. 

B.S., Brooklyn College. 1953. 

John Ljskowitz, Chemistry. 

B.S., Rutgers University, 1952. 

David E. Malone, Zoology. 

B.S., Shepherd College, 1953; B.A., 1953. 

Richard A. Mansfield, Chemistry. 

B S., i;nlver.sn.y of Notre Dame, 1952. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 175 

Edward L. McCaffery^ Ghemistry. 
B.S., St. John's College, 1951. 

Robert Allen McIntyre, Zoology. 

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1946 ; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1948. 

John F. McNeill, Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 ; M.S., 1953. 

Milton Meier, Psychology. 

B.A., University of Dayton, 19 54. 

Parviz Merat, Physics. 

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1952. 

Henri Meyer, Foreign Languages. 

B.A., College of Wooster, 1954. ' 

Leonard L. Mitnick, Psychology. 

B.A., Temple University, 1951 ; M.A., 195.S. 

William A. Moats, Chemistry. 

B.S., Iowa State University, 1950 

Andrew R. Molnar, Psychology. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1952; M.A., 1955. 

Richard E. Morgan, Mathematics. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Edward H. Mougey, Chemistry. 

B.S., Mt. Union College, 1953. 

Henry Murad, Chemistry. 

B.A., Utica CoUege of Syracuse University, 19 54. 

Floyd E. Naylor, Chemistry. 

B.S., State College of Washington, 1951. 

Stanley M. Neuder, Physics. 

B.A., BrookljTi College, 1955. 

Philip L. Oglesby, Physics. 

B.S., University of Richmond, 1953. 

Katsuto Ono, Chemistry. 

B.A., University of Hawaii, 1950. 

Hubert K. Poole, Zoology. 

B.A., Gettysburg CoUege, 1953. 

Francisco Prats, Physics. 

Licenciado, University of Madrid, 1946; Ingeniero, School of Ind. Engineering, 1953. 

William H. Pugh, Foreign Languages. 
B.A., Gettysburg College, 1951. 

John J. Quinn, Physics. 

B.S., St. John's University, 1954. 

Edward J. Raffelt, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Scranton, 1949. 

Edward Ragelis, Chemistry. 

B.S., St. John's College, 1954. 

Raymond Rhodes, Physics. 

B.S., University of Oklahoma. 1953. 



176 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Dawood, Rejali, Chemistry. 

B.A., Syracuse University. 1952. 

Dorothy Rengel, Chemistry. 

B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1954. 

Michael Rock, Chemistry. 

B.A., Teshiva College, 1952. 

Edward C. Rosenzweig, Bacteriology. 
B.A., Centre CoUege, 1951. 

Joseph H. Ross, Chemistry. 

B.S., Rice Institute, 1946 ; M.A.. University of Texas, 1948. 
Robert Sharkis, Chemistry. 

B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1954. 

Lloyd W. Shearer, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

KwANG Shen, Physics. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Clagett G. Smith, Psychology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Danifx E. Sonenshine, Zoology. 

B.S., City College of New York, 1954. 

Thomas B. Sprecher, Psycholoogy. 
B.A., Dennison University, 1952. 

Helen- Stavridou, Psychology. 

B.A., Adelphia College, 1953: M.S., Ohio University. 1954. 
John D. Stolarik, Physics. 

B.A., St. Peter's College, 1954. 

Kenneth R. Stunkel, Philosophy. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1954. 

KuTAS Tavlan, Chemistry. 

B.S.. American College for Girls, 1952. 

Thaddeus Topie, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Illinois, 1953. 

Louis Trapasso, Chemistry. 

B.S., City College of New York, 1954. 

Constance M. Turkey, Sociology. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Bruno Vasta, Chemistry. 

B.S., Georgetown University, 1954. 

Margaret D. Vogel, Psychology. 

B.A., University of Michigan, 1954. 

Hugh E. Vroman, Zoology. 

B.S., Univer.slty of Maryland, 1950. 
Charles H. Warlick, Mathematics. 

B.8., Duke University, 1952. 
Phil Welsh, Psychology. 

B.A., Temple University, 1950; M.A., 1951. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 177 

Erwin Werner, Chemistry. 

B.S., Haverford College, 1954. 

SiBYLLE Werner, Foreign Languages. 

Abitur, Garmisch-Partenkirchen, 1948. 

Howard Wilson, Mathematics. 

B.E.E., George Washington University, 1953. 

Robert M. Minter, Chemistry. 

B.S., St. John's College, 1954. 

David Yue Wong, Physics. 

B.A., Hardin-Simmons University, 1954. 

Joanna M. Wood, Mathematics. 

B.A., Temple University, 1949. 

Charles W. Woods, Chemistry. 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1951. 

John Workman, Chemistry. 

B.S., West "Virginia University, 1954. 

Nancy M. Works, Foreign Languages. 
B.A., University of Maryland. 1953. 

Bernard Wrenn, Sociology. 

B.S., West Virginia Institute of Technology, 1952; M.A., Kent State University, 
1954. 

Alfred C. Wu, Physics. 

Matthew Yarczower, Psychology. 

B.B.A., City College of New York, 1953. 

E. T. Yates, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Vermont, 1952 ; M.S., 1954. 

Conrad E. Yunker, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S.. 1954. 

THE CAMPUS AT NIGHT 




178 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean 
Charles Manning, Ph.D., Assistant Dean 

THE College of Arts and Sciences offers its students a liberal education. 
It seeks to develop graduates who can deal intelligently with the prob- 
lems which confront them and whose general education will be a 
continuing source not only of material profit, but of genuine personal satisfaction. 
It also offers each student the opportunity to concentrate in the field of his 
choice; this element of depth serves both as an integral part of his education 
and as a foundation for further professional training or pursuits. 

Students in other colleges of the University are offered training in funda- 
mental courses that serve as a background for their professional education. 

The courses required by the University for the baccalaureate degree in 
any college emphasize the development and nature of American civilization. 
All of these courses except one are given by the College of Arts and Sciences. 

History 

This college is an outgrowth of the Division of Language and Literature 
and the Division of Applied Science and the later School of Liberal Arts of 
Maryland State College. In 1921 the School of Liberal Arts and the School 
of Chemistry were combined and other physical and biological sciences were 
brought into the newly formed College of Arts and Sciences. In later reorgani- 
zations some departments have been added and some transferred to the admin- 
istrative control of other colleges. 

Requirements for Admission 

The requirements for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences are, in 
general, the same as those for admission to the other colleges and schools of the 
University. Application must be made to the Director of Admissions, University 
of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed on good marks and 
other indications of probable success in college than on any fixed pattern of 
subject matter. In general, four units of English and one unit each of Social 
and Natural Sciences are required. One unit of Algebra and one of Plane 
Geometry are desirable. Foreign Language entrance units, although highly 
desirable fcrr certain programs, are not required. Units in Fine Arts and in 
Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. 

For admission to the pre-mcdical curriculum, two years of any one foreign 
language are recommended. A detailed statement of the requirements for ad- 
mission to the School of Medicine and the relation of these to the pre-medical 
curriculum may be obtained by writing the Director of Admissions. 

For a more detailed statement of admission requirements and policies write 
to the Director of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, 
for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 179 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165 fixed charges; 
|7S special fees; $360 board; $130 to $150 room rent; and laboratory fees which 
vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee of $10 is charged 
all new registrants. A charge of $250 is assessed students who are not residents 
of the State of Maryland. An additional charge of $50 is assessed to dormitory 
students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of these costs write to the Director of 
Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, for a copy of the 
"General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Military Instruction 

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University regulations, 
are required to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two 
years. The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation 
and it must be taken by all eHgible students during the first two years of at- 
tendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer 
students who have not fulfilled this requirement will complete the course or 
take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may, with proper approval, carry as 
electives during their Junior and Senior years advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. 
courses which lead to a regular or reserve commission in the United States 
Air Force. 

For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction write 
to the Director of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, 
for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Degrees 

The degrees conferred on students who have met the requirements pre- 
scribed by the College of Arts and Sciences are Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor 
of Science. 

Students of this College who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors 
in departments of the Humanities or Social Sciences are awarded the degree of 
Bachelor of Arts*. Those who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors in 
departments of Biological or Physical Sciences are awarded the degree of 
Bachelor of Science.f 



*The departments of Economics, Geography, and Government and Politics, although 
administratively in the College of Business and Public Administration, offer courses 
for Arts and Sciences students. Majors may be elected in these departments as in those 
of the other departments of the Division of Social Sciences which are administered by 
the College of Arts and Sciences. 

fThe departments of Botany and Entomology, although administered by the College 
of Agriculture, offer courses for Arts and Sciences students. Majors may be elected 
in these departments as in those of the other departments of the Division of Biological 
Sciences administered by the College of Arts and Sciences. 

tThe department of Botany, although administered by the College of Agriculture, 
offers courses for Arts and Sciences students. A Major may be elected in this depart- 
ment as in those of the other departments of the Division of Biological Scinces adminis- 
tered by the College of Arts and Sciences. 



180 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program of 
Arts and Sciences and Aledicine, or of Arts and Sciences and Dentistry, will be 
granted the degree of Bachelor of Science on the recommendation of the Dean 
of the School of Aledicine, or of the Dean of the School of Dentistry. This 
program consists of a minimum of 90-100 semester hours (exclusive of the 
required courses in military science, hygiene, and physical activities) in the 
College of Arts and Sciences and a minimum of 30 semester hours (usually the 
first year's program) in the School of Medicine, or in the School of Dentistry. 

Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program of 
Arts and Sciences and Law will be granted the degree of Bachelor of Arts on 
the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Law. This program consists 
of a mininmm of 90 semester hours (exclusive of the required courses in basic 
military science, hygiene, and physical activities) in the College of Arts and 
Sciences and a minimum of 30 semester hours (the first year's program or its 
equivalent) in the School of Law. Since the regular program of the first year 
of Law requires only 28 semester hours, it is usually advisable for the pre-legal 
student to complete a minimum of ^2 semester hours at College Park. 

Residence 

The last thirty semester hours credit of any curriculum leading to a baccalau- 
reate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences must be taken in residence in this 
University. 

Students working for one of the combined degrees must earn the last 30 semester 
hours credit of the arts program in residence, in the College of Arts and Sci- 
ences, College Park. 

The complete statement of this requirement may be found in section 28 of the 
Academic Regulations. 

General Requirements for Degrees 

The baccalaureate degree from the College of Arts and Sciences may be 
conferred upon a student who has satisfied the following requirements: 

1. University requirements. 

2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements : 

A minimum of 120 semester hours credit in academic subjects other than 
basic military science is required for a bachelor's degree. Men must acquire in 
addition 12 semester hours in military science, and 4 semester hours in physical 
activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 semester hours in hygiene and 
4 semester hours in physical activities. 

Junior Requirements 

A student must acquire a minimum of 56 semester hours with an average grade 
of at least C in the Freshman and Sophomore years before he will be permitted to 
begin advanced work on his major and minor. 

The following minimum requirements should be fulfilled, as far as possible, 
before the beginning of the Junior year and must be completed before graduation: 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 181 

I. English — English 1, 2, and 3, 4 or 5, 6 : twelve semester hours. 

II. Foreign Language — twelve semester hours in one language. 

III. Social Studies — Government and Politics 1, three semester hours ; Sociology 
1, three semester hours; History 5 and 6, six semester hours: twelve semester 
hours. 

IV. Speech — two to four semester hours in accordance with the particular 
curriculum. 

V. Natural Science and Mathematics — twelve semester hours. The science 
courses elected require the approval of the dean; they will usually be from 
those departments offering majors in the College of Arts and Sciences. At 
least one course must include laboratory experience and one course must be 
elected in each of the divisions of Biological and Physical Sciences except in 
the case of students whose science courses are specifically prescribed in their 
curricula. 

VI. Basic Military Science for Men — twelve semester hours. Required 
freshman and sophomore years. 

VII. Health for Women— four semester hours. Required freshman year. 

VIII. Physical Activities for Men and Women — four semester hours. Required 
freshman and sophomore years. 

3. Major and Minor Requirements — -When a student has completed satisfactorily 
the requirements of the freshman and sophomore years he will select a major in one 
of the departments of an upper division and for graduation will complete a depart- 
mental major and a minor. The courses constituting the major and the minor must 
conform to the requirements of the department in which the major work is done. 

The student must have an average of not less than C in the introductory courses 
in the field in which he intends to major. 

A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental requirements, of 
24-40 hours, of which at least twelve must be in courses numbered 100 or above. 

A minor shall consist of a coherent group of courses totalling 18 semester hours 
in addition to the requirements listed above. At least six of the 18 hours must be 
in a single department in courses numbered 100 or above. The courses comprising 
the minor must be chosen with the approval of the major department. 

The average grade of the work taken in the major field must be at least 
C; some departments will count toward satisfaction of the major requirement 
no course completed with a grade of less than C. The average grade of the 
work taken in the major and minor fields combined must be at least C. A 
general average of C in courses taken at the University of Maryland is re- 
quired for graduation. 

Special Honors 

Programs of readings for special honors are open to undergraduates. These 
programs are currently available in Literature, English, French, German, His- 



182 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

tory, Mathematics, and Spanish. The program for special honors in literature 
is open to undergraduates in any college of the Universitj^ who have the ap- 
proval of their dean and of the head of the department of English. Candidates 
are examined on an approved Hst of literary works including translations from 
foreign languages. Application may be made to the head of the department of 
English at any time before the beginning of the junior year. The programs 
for special honors in EngHsh, French, German, History, and Spanish are open 
to students majoring in the departments concerned. The individual programs of 
readings should be begun early in the student's collegiate career; in no case 
later than the beginning of the senior year. Application should be made to the 
head of the department concerned. 

Certification of High School Teachers 

If courses are properly chosen in the field of education, a prospective high 
school teacher can prepare for high school positions, with a major and minor 
in one of the departments of this College. A student who wishes to work for 
a teacher's certificate should consult his advisor before the junior year. 

Electives in Other Colleges and Schools 

A limited number of courses taken in other colleges and schools of the University 
may be counted for elective or minor credit toward a degree in the College of Arts-: 
and Sciences. 

The number of credits which may be accepted from the various colleges and 
schools is as follows: College of Education— 24; all other colleges— 20; Schools 
erf Dentistry, Law, and Medicine— In combined degree programs the first year 
of professional work must be completed. 

Normal Load 

The normal load for students in this college is 15 semester hours credit per 
semester, exclusive of the required work in physical activities, military science, and 
hygiene. 

Juniors and seniors are not permitted to register for more than 18 hours 
unless they have a "B" average for the preceding semester and the approval of 
the Dean of the College. No student may modify the prescribed number of 
hours without special permission from the Dean. 

Advisers 

Each freshman and sophomore in this college will be assigned to a faculty adviser 
who will help the student, during his first two years, to select his courses and to 
determine what his field of major concentration should be. Juniors in the com- 
bined programs will continue in the same system. 

Other juniors and seniors will consider the head of their major department, 
or his designated assistant, their adviser, and should consult him about the 
arrangements of their schedules of courses. 

Work in the Freshman and Sophomore Years 

The work of the first two years in the College of Arts and Sciences is designed 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 183 

to give the student a basic general education, and to prepare him for concentration 
in the latter part of his course. 

It is the student's responsibility to develop in these earlier years such proficiency 
in basic subjects as may be necessary for his continuation in the field of his special 
interest. Personal aptitude and a general scholastic ability must also be demonstrated, 
if permission to pursue a major study is to be obtained. 

The student should fallow the curriculum for which he is believed to the best 
fitted. It will be noted that a core group of studies is required of all students who 
are candidates for a bachelor's degree. These subjects should be taken, when possible, 
during the Freshman and Sophomore years. 

GENERAL A.B. CURRICULUM 

The following curriculum gives the subjects required of students planning 
to major in the departments of the Humanities and the Social Studies. 

r-Semester-> 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature .3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American Life) 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life (or American Government) . . .... 3 

♦Foreign Language 3 3 

Mathematics or Natural Science 3 3 

L. S. 1, 2— Library Science 1 I 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking , 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

He. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 18-20 18-20 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and English or World Litera- 
ture 3 S 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 S 

Natural Science or Mathematics ., 3 S 

Elective 3 3: 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 S 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 16-19 16-19 



L AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Now, more perhaps than ever before, it is vitally important to understand this 
country and to use the best experience of the past to help solve the massive problems 
of America's present and future. Believing this, the University has set up one of 



*A placement test is given during Registration Week for students wishing to pursue 
a language they have studied in high school. 

tTo be selected in conference with the Advisor. Departmental prerequisites or 
requirements may dictate the choice ; e. g., students planning to major in Sociology must 
schedule Sec. 2, those in Crime Control both Sec. 2 and Psych- "I. 



184 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

the most comprehensive programs in American studies to be found anywhere. The 
program begins with required courses on the freshman and sophomore level, includes 
a major for juniors and seniors, and also provides for graduate work on the M.A. 
and Ph.D. level. (For information concerning the graduate program, see the 
graduate catalog.) 

Since America is many-sided, the student who majors in American Civilization 
has the advantage of being taught by cooperating specialists from various depart- 
ments. The committee in charge of the program represents the departments of 
English, History, Government and Politics, and Sociology. Alembers of the com- 
mittee serve as official advisers to students electing to work in the field. 

For the student who plans to go (for example) into teaching, law, journalism, 
government work, library work, or business, the study of American civilization is 
a good basis. Although the main aims of the program for majors are cultural rather 
than professional — designed to produce better citizens and broader minds — the pro- 
gram still oflFers a firm foundation for a number of different kinds of careers. 

The program is intended to have generous breadth, but the danger of securing 
breadth without depth is offset by the requirement of an area of concentration. 
Studies in American Civilization are supplemented by studies in source cultures and 
interacting cultures ; however, in choosing a curriculum, students are required to 
concentrate in one of the four departments primarily concerned with the program. 
Elective courses are, with the aid of an official adviser, chosen from courses offered 
in the humanities, in the social sciences, or in education. Normally, most elective 
courses are in history, English, foreign languages, comparative literature, economics, 
sociology, political science, and philosophy ; but it is possible for a student to fulfill 
the requirements of the program and to elect as many as thirty semester hours in 
such subjects as art and psychology provided that such work fits into a carefully 
planned program. 

In his senior year, each major is required to take a conference course in which 
the study of American civilization is brought to a focus. During this course, the 
student analyzes eight or ten important books which reveal fundamental patterns in 
American life and thought and receives incidental training in bibliographical matters, 
in formulating problems for special investigation, and in group discussion. 

Freshmen and sophomores who are interested in concentrating in American 
Civilization should consult with their Lower Division Adviser. Upperclassmen should 
consult with the Executive Secretary of the American Civilization curriculum. 
Professor Bode. The course of study for each student will be planned according 
to both the student's individual needs and the requisites for a unified program of 
American studies. 

II. THE HUMANITIES 

Art 

Two types of majors are offered in art : Art Major A for those who take the 
art curriculum as a cultural subject and as preparation for a career for which 
art is a necessary background; Art Major B for those who prepare themselves 
forr creative work on a professional basis. 

In both types the student begins with fiie basic cour.ses, and moves to more 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 185 

advanced study of the theory of design and of the general principles involved in 
visual expression. A large amount of study takes the form of actual practice of 
drawing and painting. The student, in this way, gains a knowledge of the vocabulary 
of drawing and painting, and of the methods and procedures underlying good quality 
of performance. 

Art Major B emphasizes the development of craftsmanship and the creative 
faculty. Art Major A, while including the basic studio courses, necessarily places 
emphasis on general history, composition, and art appreciation, with subsequent 
choices of special art epochs for greater detailed study. 

Art History and Art Appreciation are of special interest to students majoring 
in English, History, Languages, Philosophy, or Music. It is suggested that they 
schedule Art 9, 10, and 11, Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Archi- 
tecture, and History of American Art, as excellent supplementary study for a fuller 
understanding of their major. Art 20 is recommended for English, Languages, 
Philosoph}'-, Home Economics, and Education majors. Art 10, History of American 
Art, is advised for majors in the American Civilization courses. Home Economics 
and Horticulture majors are encouraged to schedule basic art courses as a useful 
means of training observation and developing understanding of, and proficiency in, 
the visual arts. 

Creative Art Majors are required to take the following: 
Art 1 — Charcoal Drawing (3) 
Art 5— Still Life Painting (3) 
Art 7 — Landscape Painting (3) 

Art 9, 11 — Historic Survey of Painting, Sculpture and Architecture (6) 
Art 20 — Art Appreciation (2) 

Cultural Art Majors are required to take the following: 
Art 1 — Charcoal Drawing (3) 
Art 5— Still Life Painting (3) 

Art 9, 11 — Historic Survey of Painting, Sculpture and Architecture (6) 
Art 10 — History of American Art (1) 
Art 20 — Art Appreciation (2) 

English 

Students majoring in English, particularly those who plan to do graduate work, 
are urged to take work) in foreign language in addition to that required for 
graduation. In selecting minor or elective subjects, it is recommended that 
students give special consideration to the follo^\'ing: French, German, philosophy, 
history, and fine arts. 

Students who major in English must choose 21 hours of the possible 24-40 
hours required of a major from courses in several groups, as follows: 

1. Three hours in language (Eng. 8, 101, 102, 104). 

2. Six hours in major figures (Eng. 104, 112, 115, 116, 121, 155, 156). 

3. Six hours in survey or type courses (Eng. 106, 110, 111, 112, 113, 120, 122, 
123, 125, 126, 129, 130, 134, 135, 139, 140, 143, 144, 145, 157). 

4. Six hours in American literature (Eng. 148, 150, 151, 155, 156). 



186 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Honors in English: A student whose major is EngUsh and who maintains 
an approved average in his grades maj' read for honors in Enghsh. A candidate 
for honors is examined upon an approved individual program of readings in an 
area of his special interest in EngHsh or American literature. AppHcation may 
be made to the head of the Department of EngUsh between the second semester 
of the sophomore year and the first semester of the senior year. 



Foreign Languages and Literature 

The underclass department requirements which must be satisfied before a student 
can begin work toward a major are the courses numbered 1, 2, 4, and 5 (or 1, 2, 6, 
and 7). 

Two types of majors are offered in French, German, or Spanish: one for the 
general student or the future teacher, and the other for those interested in a rounded 
study of a foreign area for the purpose of understanding another nation through 
its Hterature, history, sociology, economics, and other aspects. 

Literature and Language Major: Language and Hterature as such are stressed 
in the first type of major. Specific minimum requirements beyond the first two 
years are a semester each of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., 
or Span. 8 or 9 and 80 or 81), six hours of the introductory survey of litera- 
ture (Fr., Ger., or Span. 75 and 76), one semester of advanced composition 
(Fr., Ger., or Span. 121), and any twelve hours in literature courses numbered 

100 or above — a total of 26 semester hours. Beyond this minimum further 
courses in the Department are desirable and as electives work in American and 
in Comparative Literature is strongly recommended; Comparative Literature 

101 and 102 are required. 

Foreign Area Major: The area study major endeavors to provide the student 
with a knowledge of various aspects of the country whose language he is studying. 
Specific minimum requirements beyond the first two years are seven hours of 
ccmversation (Fr., Ger., or Span. 8, 9, and 80 or 81), six hours of the introduc- 
tory survey of literature (Fr., Ger., or Span. 75 and 76), six hours in Civiliza- 
tion (Fr., Ger., or Span. 161 and 162), one semester of Advanced Composition 
( Fr. Ger., or Span. 121), and six additional hours in literature courses numbered 
100 or above — a total of 28 hours. Comparative Literature 101 and 102 are 
required. In addition the student takes, as a minor, twenty to thirty-six hours 
in geography, history, political science, sociology, or economics, distributed 
through these fields in consultation with advisers in the Foreign Language De- 
partment. The student is urged to take some elective work in American and in 
Comparative Literature. 

Special Honors: The distinction of special honors in French, German, or 
Spanish is awarded to majors who, in addition to fulfilling the above-mentioned 
requirements, have completed certain special readings and passed a comprehensive 
examination in their field of concentration. The purpose of honors in languages is 
(1) to encourage independent reading and (2) to coordinate the knowledge afforded 
by the various individual courses which constitute the major curricula. Tlie work 
leading to honors is done in conferences between students and professors. It should 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 187 

be begun early in the student's collegiate career, and in no case may students declare 
their candidacy for honors later than the beginning of their senior year. 

MUSIC 

The functions of the Department are (1) ta help the student develop sound 
critical judgment and discriminating taste in the art of music; (2) to enable him 
to pursue the study of music as one of the humanities and, consequently, as a 
source of emotional' and intellectual satisfaction; (3) to provide a sequence of 
courses that prepares him for graduate work in the fields of music literature, 
theory, and musicology; (4) to prepare him to teach in the field (see the 
catalogue of the College of Education for the curriculum leading to the B. S. 
in Ed. degree with a major in Public School Music). 

Music is assuming increasing importance in the life of every educated person 
today. Its full enjoyment and comprehension require a foundation in music 
literature and theory; many of the Departmental courses are offered with that 
end in view. Music 1, Introduction to Music, is fundamental to all work in the 
Department, and is open to all students in the University. Intermediate and 
advanced courses maj'- be taken by any general student who has completed the 
specified prerequisites or their equivalents. The University Orchestra, Band, 
and choral groups are likewise open to all qualified students. 

The curriculum leading to the B.A. degree with a major in music is 
recommended for the student whose interests are cultural rather than voca- 
ticvnal. Yet it provides the necessary background for stimulating careers in 
musical journalism and criticism, research, and teaching on the college level. 
The Departmental requirements for a major in music include sixteen semester 
hours in music theory, fifteen semester hours in music history and literature, 
eight semester hours in applied music, in addition to not more than six semester 
hours in the larger ensembles. The curriculum is as follows: 



r-Semester- 

Freshvian Year I II 

Engr. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 

Foreign Language* 3 3 

L. S. 1, 2— Library Science 1 1 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Mus. 1— Introduction to Music 3 .... 

Mus. 7, 8— Theory of Music 3 3 

Applied Music 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R.O.T.C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 



Total 18-19 18-19 



*German is re.^ommended. 



188 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r-Semesier—^ 

Sophomore Year** * '•« 
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in World or English 

Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language (continued) 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Mathematics or Natural Science .... 3 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Music 70, 71— Harmony 3 3 

Applied Music 2 2 

A. S. 3, 4-Basic Air Force R.O.T.C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total lR-19 16-19 

Junior Year** 

Mathematics or Natural Science 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Minor Requirements 3 3 

Music 120, 121— History of Music 3 3 

Music 141 — Musical Form 2 .... 

Music 145— Counterpoint, or Music 147— Orchestration .... 2 

Music 0— Piano 

Total 14 14 

Senior Year** 

Mathematics or Natural Science 3 .... 

Major Requirements (Music Literature or Theory ." 6 

Minor Requirements 6 6 

Elective Courses 4 4 

Total 16 16 



Philosophy 

The department's undergraduate courses are designed to help students attain 
philosophical perspective, clear understanding, and sound critical evaluation concern- 
ing the nature of man, his place in the universe, and the significance of the principal 
types of human experiences and activities. 

To those students who seek a broad, liberal, and cultural background of knowl- 
edge, but because of specialized studies have only a minimum of free electives, 
the department offers two general introductory courses: Philosophy 1, a critical 
survey of views concerning man, nature, religion, and knowledge, and Philosophy 2, 
a critical survey of views concerning morality, government, education, and art. For 
the general picture, both courses are recommended; each, however, is available 
separately, and cither may be taken first. 

In addition to Philosophy 1 and 2, the department offers two other courses 
designed as electives for students who wish to acquaint themselves with the 
ideas of some of the great philosophers: Philosophy 12.1, 124, Philosophies Men 
Live By. Students may not receive credit for more than two of the courses 
1. 2. 12.3, 124. 



••Participation In enBemhles fMusIc 4, 5, 6, 10. or 1.^) Ib required. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 189 

To students in other fields who wish to explore the philosophy of their subjects, 
the department offers a choice among a group of specifically related courses: 52, 
Philosophy in Literature; 53, Philosophy of ReHgion; 151, Ethics; 153, Philosophy 
of Art; 154, Political and Social Philosophy; 155, Logic; 156, Philosophy of Science. 

To students of literature, history, or the history of ideas, the department offers 
historical courses in ancient, medieval, modern, recent, and contemporary, Oriental, 
and American philosophy. The last course is particularly relevant for students of 
American Civilization. 

Philosophy 155, Logic is recommended in the Arts-Law curriculum and the 
Government and Politics program. 

Minors in philosophy are especially suitable for students majoring in English, 
Literature, the Social Sciences, American Civilization, Psychology, and in the pre- 
Ministry and pre-Law fields. Interested students should consult with the chairman 
of the department. 

Freshmen and Sophomores planning to major in Philosophy should consult 
the chairman of the department about preparation for the major. 

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 

The courses in this department have two main functions: (1) to provide work 
in public speaking and allied fields which will meet the needs of all students in the 
universitj'^ ; (2) to provide an integrated unit of work which will allow a student 
to major in Speech. A major shall consist of a minimum of 30 hours of which IS 
hours must be in courses numbered 100 and above. Prerequisites for Speech majors 
are Speech 1, 2, 3. Speech 5, 6 is recommended as an additional prerequisite for 
those who have not demonstrated effective platform speaking. In meeting the Arts 
and Sciences Natural Science requirement it is recommended that Speech majors 
elect Zoology 1. No grade of D in the major field will be counted toward 
completion of the requirements for graduation in the Speech and Dramatic Art cur- 
riculum. A student majoring in Speech may concentrate in: (a) public speak- 
ing; (b) drama; (c) speech sciences; (d) radio. 

IIL THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

Economics 

Economics is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the A.B. 
degree. Although this department is administered by the College of Business and 
Public Administration, Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses, 
They may also major in the subject from a liberal arts rather than a business 
administration point of view. For further information concerning the courses offered 
in Economics, see the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration. 
Freshmen and sophomores wishing to major in Economics should ask their Lower 
Division adviser about preparation for the major. Juniors and seniors majoring in 
Economics are advised by the faculty of the Economics Department. 

Geography 

Geography is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the A.B. 
degree. Although this department is administered by the College of Business and 



190 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Public Administration, Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses. 
They may also major in the subjects from a liberal arts rather than a business ad- 
ministration point of view. For further information concerning the courses offered 
in Geography, see the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration. 
Freshmen and sophomores wishing to major in Geography should ask their Lower 
Division adviser about preparation for the major. Juniors and seniors majoring in 
Geography are advised by the faculty of the Geography Department. 

Government and Politics 

Government and Politics is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences 
leading to the A.B. degree. Although this department is administered by the College 
of Business and Public Administration, Arts and Sciences students may register for 
its courses. They may also major in the subject from a liberal arts rather than a 
business administration point of view. For further information concerning the 
courses offered in Government and Politics, see the catalog of the College of Business 
and Public Administration. Freshmen and sophomores wishing to major in Geog- 
raphy should ask their Lower Division adviser about preparation for the major. 
Juniors and seniors majoring in Geography are advised by the faculty of the 
Geography Department. 

History 

The study of history is basic for the cultural background of all fields of know! 
edge. In addition, the Department of History offers a curriculum which is designed 
to assist students who wish to prepare themselves for entering several fields of 
professional activity. Specifically these fields are (1) teaching history and the 
social sciences at the secondary level; (2) the field of journalism, which requires a 
broad historical background; (3) research and archival work; (4) the diplomatic 
service. In addition, the department offers ade(|uate preparation and training for 
those who intend to pursue higher degrees and prepare themselves for teaching at 
the college level. 

Undergraduate history majors must complete the following departmental require- 
ments : 

1. Every major is required to complete a minimum of 24 semester hours in 
advanced courses, with the following exceptions : (a) the total may be 
reduced by 3 credit hours for those students who, in addition to the pre- 
requisites, have taken 6 credits in other courses under the 100 level ; and 
(b) the total may be reduced by 6 credit hours for those who, in addition to 
the prerequisites, have completed 12 semester hours in courses Tinder the 
100 level. 

2. No less than 15 nor more than 18 semester hours in advanced courses should 
be taken in any one field of history, o. p., European, American, or Latin 
American. 

3. Prerequisites for majors in history are History 5 and 6 (required of all 
college students) and History 1 and 2. 

4. All majors are required to take the proseminar during their senior year. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 191 

5. No grades of D in the major field will be counted toward completing the 
major requirements for graduation. 

Honors in History: A student whose major is in History and who maintains 
an approved average in his grades may read for honors in History. A candidate 
for honors is examined upon an approved individual program of readings in an 
area of his special interest. Application may be made to the head of the De- 
partment of History between the second semester of the sophomore year and 
the first semester of the senior year. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Social Sciences 
(for the B.A. degree) and the division of Biological Sciences (for the B.S. degree) 
and offers educational programs related to both of these fields. The functions of 
the undergraduate curriculum in Psychology are to provide an organized study of 
the behavior of man, in terms of the biological conditions and social factors which 
influence such behavior. In addition, the undergraduate program in Psychology is 
arranged to provide a level of training that will equip the students to enter certain 
professional pursuits which require a background in this field. It is important to 
note, however, that the undergraduate degree in Psychology is not in itself recognized 
as carrying any professional status. The departmental requirements for the two 
baccalaureate degrees are presented with the description of courses in the depart- 
ment. 

In addition to the General University requirements and those of the College of 
Arts and Sciences, as well as the above requirements in the Department of Psychol- 
ogy, the student will take a minimum of 18 hours in a minor curriculum and must 
include at least 6 hours of courses in the 100 series in a single department. The 
minor program will be organized for each student with the approval of the Depart- 
ment of Psychology. For the Bachelor of Arts degree the minor program will 
ordinarily consist of courses in the Social Sciences. For the Bachelor of Sciences 
degree the minor program will ordinarily consist of courses in the Biological and 
Physical Sciences, with at least 6 hours in the 100 series in Zoology. 

For students who plan to enter graduate and professional work in Psychology, 
it is recommended that among their minor or elective programs they take courses in 
Mathematics, Zoology, and Physics. 

SOCIOLOGY 

The student majoring in Sociology will gain a liberal education as well as 
develop toward a professional field of specialization which is focused on an under- 
standing of human relationships. In view of the basic nature of human relaticm- 
ships in all lines of activity, many of the courses in sociology are designed so as 
to be available to students of other specialized interests. 

The course offerings in the department include the major basic areas in the 
field of sociology such as The Community, Criminology, Cultural Anthropology, The 
Family, Industrial Sociology, Rural Sociology, Population, Urban Sociology, Social 
Problems, Social Psychology, Social Theory, and Social Welfare. A considerable 
degree of specialization is possible within each of these fields. The student who 
majors in sociology may acquire either a comprehensive view of the entire field 



192 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

by selecting a range of courses from several of these basic areas or he may 
concentrate in any one of them. In any event, the student majoring in Sociology 
will consult the head of that department as to the appropriate advisor within the 
department for the selected area of specialization. 

Departmental requirements for all who major in Sociology consist of a 
minimum of 30 semester hours of Sociology (including Sociology 1) of which 
12 hours must be in courses numbered 100 or above. Only credit with a grade 
of C or more can be counted as a part of the major requirement. The following 
sociology courses are required: 

Sociology 1 — The Sociology of American Life (University requirement) 

Sociology 2 — Principles of Sociology 

Sociology 183 — Social Statistics 

Sociology 186 — Sociological Theory 

Sociology 196 — Senior Seminar 

The curriculum for the first two years for all majors in Sociology is as 
follows : 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings In American Literature.... 

See. 1— Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Foreign Language 

•Matliematics or Natural Science 

Speech 1, 2— PuIjHc Speaking 

L. S. 1, 2— Libra ry Science 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 18-20 18-20 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Coniposlllon and Readings In World or English 

Literature 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

roreign Language 

•Mathematics or Natural Science 

••Soc. 2— Principles of S clology 

tElectlve 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Totril Hi-20 16-20 



r-Semester-^ 


I 


// 


3 


3 


3 






8 


3 


3 


3 or 4 


3 or 4 


2 


2 


1 


1 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 



3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 or 4 


3 or 4 


3 


8 




8 


3 


3 


1 


1 



•In thfi Crime Control Curriculum, the student will take Zool. 1 in his first semester 
freshman year and then take the sequence Zool. 14, 15 In the sophomore year. Under this 
arrangement Sociology 2 will ordinarily be taken during the second semester of the 
'reshman year. 

•If the student fulflllB his requirements in the natural sciences (12 credit hours) In 
three semesters, he will have another elective In the second semester of his sophomore 
year which probfibly will be selected from his major or minor field. 

••In the Crime Control Curriculum the student will take Psych. 1 Instead of Soc 2 
since he will have taken this latter subject In the second semester of his freshman year. 

tin the Crime Control Curriculum the student wUI take Soc. 52. 



COLLEGE OP ARTS AND SCIENCES 193 

The student seeking to specialize in any of the areas mentioned, including the 
curricula indicated below, or seeking a comprehensive view of the whole field of 
sociology will, with the aid of his advisor, select the remainder of his required 
courses in those areas which best meet his needs. Students who wish to qualify 
for public school teaching along with the major in sociology should consult their 
advisor no later than their sophomore year in order to arrange their minor sequence 
in the field of education. Students specializing in Professional Social Work or 
Crime Control will find their junior and senior year curricula listed below. It is 
recommended that students interested in these, as well as other areas of sociology, 
consult with the departmental advisers before their junior year. 



Preprofessional Social Work Curriculum 

This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the College 
of Arts and Sciences with a major in sociology and supporting subjects, leading to 
the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum combines a liberal education with 
a sound foundation for the general field of social service and provides: (1) prepro- 
fessional preparation for students planning to pursue graduate professional study 
in social service ; (2) a background for responsible civic leadership in the field of 
social welfare for students who are not planning a professional social service career, 
but who as citizens will be active in various programs of social welfare and com- 
munity betterment; (3) basic training for students who may go immediately upon 
graduation from college into certain social positions for which graduate professional 
education is not required. Completion of this curriculum with the B.A. degree meets 
the educational qualifications for many beginning positions in public welfare, public 
assistance, social services to individual and families, social security, and other areas 
of social service. 

The first three years of this curriculum are devoted to a broad liberal education 
with emphasis on the study of the fundamentals of human association, social motiva- 
tion, and societal organization. The fourth year includes an introduction to the basic 
principles, methods, and organization of the social service. Flexibility to meet the 
varying interests and needs of individual students is provided by the electives in 
the junior and senior years. 



Junior Year 

Soc. 13 or 14— Rural Sociology (or Urban Sociology) 

Soc. 52— Criminology 

Soc. 1'31 — Introduction to Social Service 

Soc. 183— Social Statistics 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

G. & P. 4 or 5— State Government or Municipal Gov't and Admin. 
Minor sequence or electives In related subjects 



Total ,, 18 18 



-Semester~^ 


I 




// 


3 


• 


3 


3 


or 


3 
3 


3 






3 


or 


3 


6 




6 



f—Semester—s 



I 




// 


3 






3 




3 


3 


or 


3 


3 


or 


3 
3 


6 




6 



194 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Senior Year 

Soc. lis— Community Organization 

Soc. 171— Family and Child Welfare 

Soc. 174— Public Welfare 

Soc. 186— Sociological Theory 

Soc. 191 — Social Field Training (if available, otherwise substitute 

elective ) 

Soc. 196— Senior Seminar 

Minor sequence and electives in related subjects 



Total 18 18 



Crime Control Curriculum 

This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the College 
of Arts and Sciences, with a major in sociology and a minor in psychology, leading 
to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum combines a liberal education 
with basic training for the field of crime and delinquency prevention and control. It 
is designee? specifically for students preparing for positions in correctional and penal 
institutions, institutions for juveniles, juvenile courts, probation and parole services, 
the so-called "area projects," research in juvenile delinquency and criminology, and 
similar positions. 



r-Semester—\ 

Junior Year I II 

Soc. 51— Social Pathology 3 

Soc. 13 1— Introduction to Social Service 3 .... 

Soc. 153— Juvenile Delinquency 3 .... 

Soc. 154— 'Crime and Delinquency Prevention .... 3 

Soc. 183— Social Statistics 3 

Soc. 186— Sociological Theory .... 3 

B. A. 10— Organization and Control 2 .... 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... H 

Psych. 2— Applied Psychology or Psych 5— Mental Hygiene .... 3 

Psych. 125— Child Psychology 3 

Electives .... 6 

Total 17 17 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 195 

t— Semester— \ 
Senior Year I II 

Soc. 114— The City 3 

Soc. 118— * Community Organization .... 3 

Soc. 145— Social Control or Soc. 147— Sociology of Law or G. and 

P. 133— Administration of Justice 3 .... 

Soc. 156— * Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents.. .... 3 

Soc. 191— Social Field Training (if available, otherwise substitute 

elective) 3 or 3 

Soc. 196— Senior Seminar .... 3 

Psych. 128— Human Motivation or Psych. 131— Abnormal Psy- 
chology 3 

Psych. 142— Techniques of Interrogation or Psych 150— Tests 

and Measurements 3 .... 

Psych. 161— Industrial Psychology or a 3 hours elective in Psy- 
chology .... 3 

Electives .... or .... 

Total 15 15 



GENERAL B.S. CURRICULUM 

The curricula required of students majoring in departments of the Divi- 
sions of Biological Sciences and Physical Sciences vary so much in regard to 
the year in which University and College required courses are scheduled in 
order to assure the proper sequential and prerequisite arrangement of major 
courses that a general B.S. curriculum vi^ould be misleading if outlined. The 
several curricula of these departments as presented belov^r meet University, Col- 
lege, and departmental requirements for degree. 



IV. THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

Curriculum for General Biological Sciences 

A curriculum has been prepared for students who are interested in biology, but 
whose interests are not centralized in any one of the biological sciences. The courses 
as outlined include work in Bacteriology, Botany, Entomology, and Zoology, and 
introduce the student to the general principles and methods of each of these 
biological sciences. 

By the proper selection of courses during the junior and senior years, a student 
may concentrate his work sufficiently in any of the fields of study to be able to 
continue in graduate work in that field. Also by a proper selection of electives, the 
educational requirements of the State Department of Education for certification can 
be met. A student who wishes to work for a certificate must plan his entire program 
before the beginning of his junior year. 

This curriculum requires the completion of at least 45 credits in the biological 
sciences which collectively constitute a major and a minor. Of these credits at least 
18 must be at the 100 level and taken in at least two of the four departments. 



♦Supervised field trips and observation of the functioning of representative agencies, 
institutions, and organizations are required in connection with these courses. 



196 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



A junior or senior following this curriculum will be advised by the department 
in which he plans to do the most work. 



Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

ZooL 1— General Zoology 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women; 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Sophomore Year** 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature. . 

tH. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry.... 

Foreign Language 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Phys. 10, 11— Mf'chanlcs and Heat, Sound Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 

Foreign Language (Continued) 

tElectives (Biological Sciences) 

•Electlves 

Total 

tElectives (Biological Sciences) 

Electlves 

Total 



-Semestei^-\ 



4 

1 
3 

2 

1 

18-19 

/ 
3 
3 
3 

3 
3 
3 
1 

16-19 



15 



16 



// 
3 



4 
4 

1 
3 
2 
1 

18-19 

// 
3 
3 

4 

3 
3 
3 
1 

17-20 



4 


4 


8 


8 


6 


6 


2 


2 



15 



•Stiidfints who wish to obtain a teacher's certificate must eler^t H. D. Rd. 1(10-101 
during their Junior year. 

••Students who wish to emphasize certain phases of the biological sciences should 
elect Chemistry 31, 32, 83, 34, or Chemistry 35, 36, 37, 38, as directed by their advisor. 
tA student may be advised to po.stpone History B, 6 to the junior year in order that 
he may elect a seconC course In the biological sciences which he Intends to emphasize. 

tPsychology 126, 180, 181, 195 may be counted as part of the required 45 credits In 
biological sciences, but these courses may NOT be used to satisfy the reaulrement o^ 18 
credits at the 100 level in two of the tour departroenf.n. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 197 

BACTERIOLOGY 

The Department of Bacteriology functions with three purposes in view. One 
of these is to provide fundamental training for those students who choose bacteriology 
as a major subject. Two major fields of study are provided: (1) applied bacteriology, 
in preparation for such positions as dairy, sanitary, or agricultural bacteriologists 
in federal, state, and commercial laboratories, and (2) medical bacteriology, or the 
more recently recognized specialty of medical technology in relation to hospital, public 
health, and clinic laboratories. The second objective of the department is to provide 
desirable courses for those students who are majoring in closely allied departments 
and desire vital supplementary information. Every effort has been made to plan 
these courses so that they satisfy the demands of these related departments as well 
as the needs of those students who have chosen bacteriology as a major. The third 
purpose of the department is to encourage and foster original thought in the pursuit 
of research. 



Bacteriology Curriculum 

The field of bacteriology is too vast in scope to permit specialization in the early 
stages of undergraudate study. Accordingly, the applied curriculum outlined below 
includes the basic courses in bacteriology and allied fields. 

The course in Advanced General Bacteriology (Bad. 5) is required for all 
bacteriology majors, and should follow General Bacteriology (Bad. 1). Bacteriology 
5 is not required as a prerequisite for upper division courses for majors in other 
departments provided the student has been introduced to certain aspects of bacteriol- 
ogy, or their equivalent, pertinent to their specialty. Bacteriology 1, however, is 
required. 

The sequence of courses in the following curriculum should be pursued as 
closely as possible, although it is realized that some deviation may be necessary. 
Sufficient latitude is provided in the senior year for the student to obtain several 
courses that are correlated with his particular interests. 

All students planning a major in Bacteriology should consult the Head of the 
Department during the first year concerning his particular field of study his choice 
of a minor. The minor should be chosen only from the biological or physical 
sciences. Chemistry, as outlined below, is the preferred minor. 

A grade of D in a course in bacteriology will not be counted toward com- 
pleting the major requirements for graduation. 



198 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 

See. 1— Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 

Math. 10— Algebra 

Math. 11 — Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 

French or German* 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Bact. 5— Advanced General Bacteriology 

Chem. 31, ST, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

French or German (Continued) ♦ 

Physics 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 

Bact. 101— Pathogenic Bacteriology 

Bact. 131 — Food and Sanitary Bacterlo'ogy 

Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164— Biochemistry 

Electlves 

Total 

Senior Year 

Bact. 60, 62— B.'vCteriological Literature 

Bact. 103— Serology 

Bact. 161— Systematic Bacteriology 

Electives 

Total 



-Semester-^ 



I 
3 
3 

1 

4 
3 

3 
2 
1 

17-18 



3 
3 
4 

3 
3 
3 
1 

17-20 



18 



// 
3 

3 
1 
4 

3 
3 
2 
1 

17-18 



3 

3 

4 
3 
3 
3 
1 

17-20 



3 

4 

4 
4 
3 

18 



1 


1 




4 


2 




11 


9 


14 


14 



Medical Technologfy Program 

This is a professional program intended for those students who wish to 
prepare for technical work in any type of a medical laboratory. Because of 
its technical nature, it is broader in requirements and allows fewer electives. 
By proper planning of one's schedule beginning in the sophomore year, courses 
in zoology may be taken in place of electives or certain courses in bacteriology. 
These courses shoruld include Zoology 1, General Zoology; Zoolog^y 16, Human 



•F-. or Ger. 6, (—Intermediate .Scientific French or German required. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 199 

Physiology; Zoology 108, Animal Histology; Zoology 110, Parasitology; and the 
following courses in bacteriology: Bacteriology 105, Clinical Methods; and Bac- 
teriology 108, Epidemiology. 

The student who elects this program should try to obtain summer employ- 
ment in a medical laboratory. This program is so designed that a student, 
with proper planning, can prepare himself for admission to any of the training 
schools for medical technology located in various hospitals. These training 
schools require two, three, or four years of collegiate work, and after one year 
of hospital apprenticeship, the student is eligible to take examinations for the 
Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathol- 
ogists (M.T.) if he so desires. 

BOTANY 

Botany is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the B.S. 
degree. Although this department is administered by the College of Agriculture, 
students may register for its courses and major in the subject just as if it were 
a department of the College of Arts and Sciences. For further information about 
the department see the catalog of the College of Agriculture. Freshmen and 
sophomores wishing to major in Botany should ask their Lower Division adviser 
about preparation for the major. Juniors and seniors majoring in Botany are 
advised by the faculty of the Botany Department. 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Entomology is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the B.S. 
degree. Although this department is administered by the College of Agriculture, 
students may register for its courses and major in the subject as if it were a depart- 
ment of the College of Arts and Sciences. For further information about the de- 
partment see the catalog of the College of Agriculture. Freshmen and sophomores 
wishing to major in Entomology should ask their Lower Division adviser about 
preparation for the major. Juniors and seniors majoring in Entomology are advised 
by the faculty of the Entomology Department. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Biological 
Sciences and the Division of Social Sciences, and offers educational programs to 
both these fields. 

Further details on the two available undergraduate curricula in Psychology are 
given elsewhere in these pages. 

ZOOLOGY 

Two courses of study have been established as described below. In each of 
these curricula the fundamental courses are included and ample opportunity is offered 
for the election of additional courses in the Department of Zoology or related depart- 
ments so that the student may plan his training toward the particular work in 
which he is interested. 

At least thirty-one hours of zoology are required for a major in the depart- 



200 VNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

ment. Zoology 14, 15, 53 and 55S will not be counted as a part of the Zoology 
major requirements. 

A grade of D in a course in zoology will not be counted toward completing 
the major requirements for graduation. 

Zoology Curriculum 

f— Semester— \ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

ZooL 1, 2— General Zoology, Advanced General Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Litearture 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Zool. 5— Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 .... 

Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4 

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry. ... 3 3 

Electives 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-20 17-20 

Junior Year 

Zool. 104 Genetics 3 

Zool. 121— Principles of Animal Ecology .... 3 

Phys, 10, 11— Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

Foreign Language 3 3 

Electives (Zoology) or 4 or 4 

Electives 3 3 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

Zool. 102— General Animal Physiology .... 4 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3 

Electl'-e (Zoology) 4 .... 

Electives 8 8 

Total 16 1(5 

Fisheries Biology 

The aquatic resources of Maryland oflFer an excellent opportunity for the study 
of fisheries biology and marine zoology. The Chesapeake Bay and it.s tributaries, 
representing many habitats, constitute an excellent laboratory for training in these 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 201 

fields and commercial fisheries of the state offer additional opportunity for studies 
in methods, management and conservation. 

The following curriculum prepares the student for specialization in this field. 
In addition to the courses as outlined, which he will complete at College Park, he 
is required to spend part of his summers in practical work in fisheries. 

The minor field of study for this curriculum will depend upon the specific 
phase of fisheries biology in which the student is primarily interested. A selection 
of courses to complete the minor requirements will be made by the student in con- 
sultation with his adviser. The minor may be selected from chemistry, botany, 
entomology, or bacteriology, depending upon the student's objective. All students 
in fisheries biology are required to complete, from electives, Qiemistry 5 and Chemistry 
19 at some time during their course. 



Fisheries Biology Curriculum 

r—Semester-> 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of Ajnerican Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1, 2— General Zoology, Advanced General Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature.. 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry.... 3 3 

Zool. 5— Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 .... 

Zool. 2 0— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Electives 4 4 

Total 18-21 18-21 

Junior Year 

German* 3 3 

Phys. 10, 11— Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricty 4 4 

Zool. 102— General Animal Physiology .... 4 

Zool. 118— Invertebrate Zoology or Zool. 127 Ichthyology 4 .... 

Zool. 121— Principles of Animal Ecology .... 3 

Electives 7 4 

Total 18 18 



•Ger. 6, 7 required. 



"Semester-^ 

I II 


3 


3 


3 


3 


4 


.... 


8 


12 



202 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Senior Year 

German (Continued)* 

Zool. 125, 126— Fisheries Biology and Management 

Zool. 127— Ichthyology or 25ooL 118 Invertebrate Zoology 

Electives 

Total 18 18 



V. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

Curriculum for General Physical Sciences 

This general curriculum is offered for students who desire a basic knowledge 
of the physical sciences without immediate specialization in any of them. By 
proper selection of courses in the latter semesters, a student may concentrate in the 
field of his choice. A number of selections are possible and there is considerable 
freedom in the choice of electives. 

The underclass requirements of tlie departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, 
and Physics must be fulfilled: Chem. 1, 3; Math. 14, 15, 17; Physics 10, 11 (or 
Physics 20, 21). In addition, 36 hours are required, which must include 18 hours 
of 100 level courses in at least two of the three departments. 

(This curriculum represents only two of the possible selections of courses open 
to a student majoring in General Physical Science. Beginning students who want to 
select this field as a major should consult their advisor before making up their 
schedules.) 



rSetnester—s 

Freshman Year I II 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

or 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 
Math. 14, 15, 17— Plane Trigonometry, College Algebra and Geom- 
etry 5 4 

Q. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

See. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 8 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-18 



"Ger. C, 7 required. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



203 



-Semester- , 



Sophomore Year I 

Chem 1, '?.— General Chemistry 1 

or j. 4-3 

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry and Lab- | 

oratory J 

Phys. 50, 51— Applied Mechanics 1 

or I 3-4 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics J 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and Readings in World Literature.... 1 

or I 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and Keadings, mainly in English Lit- J 

erature 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities 1 

Total 16-19 

Junior Year 

Foreign Language 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 

*Electives 4 

Electives in Physical Sciences 7 

Total 17 

Senior Year 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 

Electives in Physical Sciences 4 

Electives 8 

Total 15 



// 

4-3 



1 
16-19 



17 



15 



Chemistry 

The science of chemistry is so vast in scope that completion of a well-planned 
course of undergraduate study is necessary before specialization. The curriculum 
outlined below describes such a course of study. The sequence of courses given 
should be followed as closely as possible; it is realized, however, that some deviation 
from this sequence may be necessary toward the end of the program. All of the 
courses in chemistry listed, unless otherwise designated, are required of students 
majoring in chemistry. 



♦Students who wish to obtain a teacher's certificate must elect H. D. Ed. 100-101 
during their Innlor year. 



204 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

CHEMISTRY CURRICULUM 

/—Semester->, 

Freshman Year I II 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry 2 .... 

Math. 15— College Algebra 3 

Math. 17— Analytic Geometry .... 4 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Speech 7— Public Speaking .... 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2. 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18-19 19-20 

Sophomore Year 

Chem. 15— Qualitative Analysis 4 .... 

Chem. 21— Quantitative Analysis .... 4 

Chem. 35, 37— Elementary Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 36, 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2 

German, 1, 2— Elementary German 3 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

Chem. 123— Quantitative Analysis 4 

Chem. 141, 143— Advanced Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 144— Advanced Organic Laboratory .... 2 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Lit 3 3 

German, 6, 7— Intermediate Scientific German 3 3 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

Electlves (total of 4) 1-2 2-3 

Total 18-19 17-18 

Senior Ytcr 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 101— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry .... 2 

Chem. 187-189— Physical Chemistry 3 3 

Chem. 188-190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2 

Chem. 146— The Identification of Organic Compounds 2 .... 

Electlves* 5-8 5-8 

Total 15-18 15-18 

MatbematicB 

This curriculum offers training in the fundamentals of Mathematics in prepara- 
tion for teaching, industrial work, or graduate work in Mathematics. 

No grade of D in the major field will be counted toward completion of the 
requirements for graduation in the mathematics curriculum. An average grade of 
C is required in the minor. 



•English 7 Is Ktrongly recommended. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 205 

The mathematics curriculum offers two options depending on the choice of 
electives in the Junior and Senior years. 

Pure Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include three hours in 
each of the fields of algebra and geometry. 

Applied Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include six hours in 
the fields of algebra and geometry, and at least six hours in the field of applied 
mathematics. Minor electives will be selected from the Physical Sciences or Engineer- 
ing in consultation with the Head of the department of Mathematics. 

Honors in Mathematics 

Students majoring in mathematics who complete freshman and sophomore courses 
in mathematics with distinction are eligible to try for honors in mathematics. To 
receive the honors degree in mathematics, a student must (1) complete the curric- 
ulum in mathematics with an average grade of B in all subjects; (2) earn a 
creditable grade in Math. 190, 191; (3) pass an hcnors examination in mathe- 
matics at the end of the senior year. Students who wish to try for honors in 
mathematics should apply to the Head of the Department, preferably by the 
conclusion of their sophomore year and certainly no later than the beginning 
of their senior year. 

Mathematics Curriculum 

r— Semester-^ 
Freshman Year I II 

English 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Speech 7— Public Spealiing .... 2 

French or German 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry 2 .... 

Math. 1 5— CoDege Algebra 3 .... 

Math. 17— Analytic Geometry .... 4 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17 or 18 18 or 19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3 

French or German (continued) 3 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization (Women) 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force H. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Math. 110, 111— Advanced Calculus 3 3 

Electives— Mathematics 3 3 

Electives— Minor 3-6 3-6 

Electives 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization (Men) 3 3 

Elective (Women) 3 3 

Total 15-18 15-18 



206 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r-Semester—^ 

Senior Year I II 

Maih. 114— Differential Equations 3 

Electives— Mathematics 6 3 

Electives — Minor 3 3 

Electives 6 6 

Total 15 15 

Physics 

The physics curriculum is designed for students who desire training in the funda- 
mentals of physics in preparation for teaching or graduate work, and for positions 
in governmental, industrial, and biophysical laboratories. 

Courses comprising the minor may be selected in any allied field in accordance 
with the needs of the student. 

Physics Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings In American Literature.... 3 3 

Sp. 7, Public Speaking 2 

Math. 14, 15, 17— Plane Trigonometry, College Algebra, Analytic 

Geometry 5 4 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Foreign Language or Physics 3-4 3-4 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-19 18-20 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings In World or English 

Literature 3 3 

Math. 20, 21— Differential and Integral Calculus 4 4 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3 

Physics 4-6 4-6 

H. 5. 6— History of American Civilization (Women) 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18-20 18-20 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization (Men) 

Physics 

Foreign Language (Continued), Mathematics, or Chemistry 

Electives 



8 


8 


5-7 


5-7 


6-7 


6-7 


3 


3 



Total 17-20 17-20 



Senior Year 

Chemistry, Engineering, Mathematics and Physics 15-17 15-17 

Total 15-17 15-17 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



207 



VI. PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 
COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW 

The School of Law of the University requires at least three years of academic 
credit for admission to the school. Many students plan to take a four-year program 
for the degree of Bachelor of Arts before entering law school. Such students may 
select any appropriate subject for their major. 

The University offers also a combined program in arts and sciences and law 
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws. Students pursumg 
this combined program will spend the first three years in the College of Arts and 
Sciences at College Park. During this period they will complete a prescribed cur- 
riculum in prelegal studies for a total of 92 semester hours in addition to the re- 
quirements in physical activities and basic military science, and they must com- 
plete the requirements for graduation, as indicated below. If students enter the 
combined program with advanced standing, at least the third full year s work- 
i e 30 semester hours of credit— must be completed in residence at College 
Park After the successful completion of one year of full-time law courses in 
the School of Law in Baltimore (or the equivalent in semester hours of work 
in the Evening Division of the School of Law), the degree of Bachelor of Arts 
may be awarded on the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Law, 
provided the student has earned at least a total of 120 credits exclusive of basic 
military science and physical activities with at least a C average in his work at 
College Park and at least a C average in 28 semester hours of work in Balti- 
more The degree of Bachelor of Laws may be awarded upon the completion 
of the combined program. The completion of a year's work in the Law School 
in Baltimore constitutes a major, and the student is required to complete a 
satisfactory minor at College Park. Recommended fields for the minor are 
English Economics, Government and PoHtics, History, Philosophy, Psychology 
and Sociology There are required courses in the sophomore year in some of 
these fields With the approval of the dean, students should use the electives 
available during that year to meet these requirements, deferring until the 
junior year a required course if necessary. 

Arts-Law Curriculum 

r-Semester—\ 

Freshman Year 

Eng 1. 2-Cotnpositlon and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 

■" "■ ' , ii 3 or 4 o or * 

Science or Mathematics 

Q ^ p i_America,n Government I 

and r 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life J ^ ^ 

Foreign Language 2 i 

Speech 1, 2-Public Speaking ^ ^ 

I,. S. 1. 2— Library Methods > ^ 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) ^ ^ 

Physical Activities „ j 

Hea. 2. 4— Health (Women) 

18-20 18-30 

Total • 



208 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



f^emester- 



I 


// 


3 


3 


or 4 


3 or 


3 


3 


3 


3 





Oor 3 


3 


3 


1 


1 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and Readings in World Literature.. 

or 
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and Readings in English Literature.. 

Science or Mathematics 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Foreign Language (continued) 

Electives 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total ■ 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

•Minor 6 or 9 6 or 9 

Electives 9 or 6 9 or 6 

Total IB 16 

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND DENTISTRY 

The School of Dentistry of the University requires at least two years of 
academic credit for admission. Many students plan to take a four-year program for 
the degree of Bachelor of Sciences before entering the School of Dentistry, Such 
students may select any appropriate subject for their major. 

The University oflFers also a combined program in Arts and Sciences and 
Dentistry leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Sciences and Doctor of Dental 
Surgery. Students pursuing this combined program will spend the first three years 
in the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park. During this period they will 
complete a prescribed curriculum in pre-dental studies for a total of 90 semester 
hours in addition to the requirements for graduation, as indicated below. If stu- 
dents enter the combined program with advanced standing, at least the third full 
year's work — i. e., 30 semester hours of credit — must be completed in residence in 
College Park. After the successful completion of one year of full-time dental courses 
in the School of Dentistry in Baltimore, the degree of Bachelor of Sciences may be 
awarded on the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Dentistry, provided 
the student has earned at least a total of 120 semester hours credit exclusive of 
basic military science and physical activities with at least a C average in his 
work at College Park and at least a C average in his work in Baltimore. The 
degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery may be awarded on completion of the 
ccnnbined program. The completion of a year's work in the School of Den- 
tistry in Baltimore constitutes a major and the student is required to complete 
a satisfactory minor at College Park. Recommended fields for the minor are 
those sciences basic to the study of dentistry. There are required courses in 
the sophomore year in some of these fields. With the apprcrval of the dean, stu- 
dents should use electives during that year to meet such prerequisite require- 
ments, deferring until the junior year a required course. 



"The selection of courses for the minor must meet the approval o( the student's 
advisor. 

*Stud<>nt8 planning to vf-qupnt a/lmlsslon to a school of Dentistry with only two 
yearn of pre-dental training should take PhyslcB. 10. U. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



209 



Arts-Dentistry Curriculum 

r-Semester—^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Zool. 1, 2— General Zoology, Advanced General Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry 3 3 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Physical Activities 1 1 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature. . 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life ] 

and I 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government J 

Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38— Organic Chemistry 4 4 

*H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

* *Modern Language 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Total 17-20 17-20 

Junior Year 

Modern Language (continued) ~ 3 3 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

Approved Minor Courses 9 9 

Electives 3 3 

Total 19 19 

Senior Year 

The curriculum of the first year of the School of Dentistry of the University 
of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year 
(major sequence) of academic work toward the degree of Bachelor of Sciences. 

If at the end of the junior year the student decides to postpone his entrance 
to the School of Dentistry and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences and 
complete work for the Bachelor's degree, he must choose a major. The general 
nature of the first three years of this curriculum and the generous electives of 
the third year make possible for the student a wide choice of departments in 
which he may specialize. In general the electives of the third year will be chosen 
as for a major in some particular department. 



COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE 

Students planning to request admission to a medical school must pursue a 
course of study which meets the requirements prescribed by the Council of 
Medical Education of the American Medical Association and those added or 
recommended by the particular school. The curriculum outlined below meets 



•Fr. or Ger. 6, 7— Intermediate Scientific French or German recommended. 



210 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

the requirements of the School of Medicine of the University of Maryland and 
is easilj' adapted to meet those of other schools if such adaptation is necessary. 

This course, which consists of three years of study in the College of Arts 
and Sciences, is recommended for admission to the School of Medicine of the 
University of Maryland. It also meets the requirements prescribed by the Council on 
Medical Education of the American Medical Association. 

This curriculum also offers to the student a combined program leading to the 
degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Medicine. The pre-professional training 
is taken in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park and the 
professional training in the School of Medicine in Baltimore. 

Students who have completed the combined program of Arts and Sciences and 
Medicine may, on recommendation of the Dean of the School of Medicine, be 
granted the degree of Bachelor of Science by the College of Arts and Sciences. To 
qualify for this degree at least 90 semester credits exclusive of required work in 
basic military science and physical education in this college and the first year of 
the School of Medicine must have been completed so that the quantitative re- 
quirements of 120 semester hours are met. The qualitative grade requirements 
of the University must also be fulfilled. Neither successful completion of the 
pre-medical curriculum nor of degree requirements guarantees admission to any 
medical school. All medical schools, including that of the University of Mary- 
land, have their own admission requirements and procedures. Through its 
Committee on Pre-medical Recommendations this college attempts to assist its 
applicants with their problems. The degree will be granted at the commence- 
ment following the completion of the student's second year in medical school. 

A student may enter this combined curriculum with advanced standing, but 
the last year of the preprofessional training, consisting of a minimum of 30 
credits, exclusive of physical training and basic military instruction, must be 
completed at College Park and the professional training must be completed in 
the University of Maryland School of Medicine in Baltimore. 

Students who expect to qualify for the combined degree must complete the 
work as outlined in the curriculum. Changes may be made onlv when authorized 
by the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences. Permission to continue in the 
pre-medical curriculum is granted only to students who have demonstrated, on 
the basis of their previous academic records, that they are fully qualified to 
carry the work included in this course. 

The successful completion of a year's work in the School of Medicine in 
Baltimore constitutes a major; the student is required to complete a satisfactory 
minor at College Park. Recommended fields for the minor are those sciences 
basic to the study of medicine. There are required courses in the sophomore 
year in some of these fields. With the approval of the dean students should 
use electives during that year to meet such prerequisite requirements, deferring 
until the junior year a required course. 



I 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 211 

Arts-Medical Curriculum 

r-Semester--\ 

Freshman Year* I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1, 2— General Zoology, Advanced General Zoology 4 i 

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry.... 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force K. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20-21 20-21 

Sophomore Year** 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3 

Zool. 5— Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 .... 

Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4 

Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38— Elementary Organic Chemistry 4 4 

Foreign Language 3 3 

A. S. 2, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 15-18 15-18 

Junior Year 

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology .... 3 

Phys. 10, 11— Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3 

Speech 7, Public Speaking , 2 

Electives (Sciences) 6 5 

Total 18 18 



♦Students who wish to consider a possible major in the Physical Sciences should 
elect Modern Language in the freshman year in place of Math. 10 and 11, and should elect 
Math. 14, 15, 17 in the sophomore year. 

♦♦Students who wish to consider a possible major in any of the following subjects 
should postpone Englisn 3, 4 or 5, S to the junior year and elect the courses listed below 
during the sophomore year. 

Bacteriology : Bacteriology 1, 5. 
History : History 5, 6. 
Psychology : Psychology 1, 4. 
Sociology: Sociology 2 and Psychology 1. 

Students who wish to consider a possible major In American Civilization, Biological 
Sciences, English, Foreign Language, Philosophy, or Zoology need make no changes In the 
sophomore year but must choose the proper electives in the junior year. 



212 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Senior Year 

The curriculum of the first year of the School of Medicine of the University 
of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year 
(major sequence) of academic work toward the degree. 

If at the begrinning of the Senior Year the student decides to postpone his 
entrance to Medical School and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences 
and complete work for the Bachelor's Degree, he must choose a major. 
Because of the general nature of the first three years of his curriculum, the 
student has open to him a wide choice of departments in which he may specialize. 

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Committee on American Civilization; Professor Bode, 

Executive Secretary; Professors Gewehr, Hoffsommer, Murphy, Plischke. 

Amer. Civ, 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization (3, 3). 
First and second semesters. 

Four American classics (drawn from the fields of the departments of English, 
Government and Politics, History, and Sociology, which cooperate in the program) 
are studied each semester. Specialists from the appropriate departments lecture 
on these books. For this academic year the classics are: Franklin's Autobiography, 
De Tocqueville's Democracy in America, Schlesinger's The Age of Jackson, and 
Thoreau's Walden; for the second semester, Twain's The Adventures of Huckle- 
berry Finn, Howells' The Rise of Silas Lapham, the Lynds' Middletown, and 
Myrdal's An American Dilemma. Through these books and the lectures on them, 
the student's acquaintance with American culture is brought to a focus. 

This course is required for seniors majoring in the American Civilization 
program. The course also counts as major credit in any of the four cooperating 
departments; a student may take either or both semesters. 

(Bode and cooperating specialists.) 

The student majoring in American Civilization can obtain his other courses 
principally from the offerings of the four cooperating departments (English, 
History, Government and Politics, Sociology). 

ART 

Professor Wharton; Associate Professor Siegler; Assistant Professor Maril; 
Instructors Grubar and Stites. 

Art 1. Charcoal Drawing (Basic Course — Antique) (3) — Three two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. (Siegler.) 

Drawing from casts, preparatory to Life and Portrait drawing and painting. 
Stress is placed on fundamental principles, such as the study of relative propor- 
tions, values, and modeling, etc. 

Art 2. Charcoal Drawing (3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Drawing from model, (head and figure) with emphasis on structure and move- 
ment. (Siegler.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 213 

Art 3. Rendering (1) — One two-hour laboratory period per week. 

Methods of rendering architectural and landscape architectural drawings. 
Included are: techniques of monotone wash, water color, and the use of per- 
spective, shades, and shadows. (Stites.) 

Art. 5, 6. Still-life (3, 3) — One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per 
week. 

Art 5 — Basic Course devoted to elementary theory and practice of drawing 
and color. Methods of linear and tonal description with emphasis on perspective 
and form principles. Second half semester, elementary theory and practice oil 
painting. Elementary theory and practice of composition introduced and 
utilized. Art 6, advanced problems with different media. (Wharton.) 

Art 7, 8. Landscape Painting (3, 3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods 
per week. 

Drawing and painting; organization of landscape material with emphasis 
on compositional structure. (Maril.) 

Art 9. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (3). 

An understanding of the cultures from Prehistoric times to the Renaissance, 
as expressed through painting, sculpture, and architecture. 

(Grubar and Stites.) 

Art 10. History of American Art (1). 

A resume of the development of painting, sculpture and architecture in this 
country. (Grubar.) 

Art 11. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (3). 

Designed to continue the survey begun in Art 9. The course is concerned 
with the development of painting, sculpture, and architecture from the Renais- 
sance to the present day. (Grubar and Stites.) 

Art 13, 14. Elementary Sculpture (2, 2) — Two two-hour laboratory periods 
per week. 

Study of three-dimensional compositions in round and bas-relief. Mediums 
used: clay, plasteline. 

Art 15. Fundamentals of Art (3) — Three two hour laboratory periods, per 
week. 

This course emphasizes the fundamental principles of the creative, visual arts 
for those wishing to teach. It includes elements and principles of design, per- 
spective, and theory of color. Studio practice is given in the use and application 
of different media. (Staflf.) 

Art 20. Art Appreciation (2). 

An introduction to the technical and aesthetic problems of the artist. The 
student becomes acquainted with the elements that go into a work of the visual 
arts. He is made aware of the underlying structure that results in the "whole- 
ness" of an art work. He will see examples (original and reproductions) of 
masterpieces of art. (MariL) 



214 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Art 100, 101. Art Appreciation (2, 2). 

This course enables students to get a basis for understanding works of art. 
It investigates the forms and backgrounds of painting, sculpture and architecture. 

(Grubar.) 

Art 102, 103. Creative Painting (3, 3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, and 7. 

Assignments of pictorial compositions aimed at both mural decoration and 
easel picture problems. The formal values in painting are integrated with the 
student's own desire for personal expression. (Maril.) 

Art 104, 105. Life Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3) — Three two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Art 1 and 5. 

Careful observation and study of the human figure for construction, action, 
form, and color. (Siegler.) 

Art 106, 107. Portrait Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3)— One lecture 
hour and five laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites, Art 1 and 5. 

Thorough draftmanship and study of characterization and design stressed. 

(Wharton.) 

Art. 108, 109. Modern Art (2, 2). 

A survey of the developments in various schools of modern art. Works of 
art analyzed according to their intrinsic values and in their historical back- 
ground. Collections of Washington and Baltimore are utilized. (Grubar.) 

Art 113, 114. Illustration (3, 3) — Two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, 104. 

This course is designed for the purpose of channeling fine art training into 
practical fields, thereby preparing the student to meet the modern commercial 
advertising problems. Special emphasis will be placed upon magazine and book 
illustrating. (Siegler.) 

Art 115, 116. Still Life Painting (Advanced) (3, 3)— Two three-hour lab- 
oratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 6. 

This course is for those who have completed Art 6 and wish to specialize 

in Still Life Painting. (Wharton.) 

Art 154, 155. Life Drawing and Painting (Advanced) (3, 3) — Three two- 
hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art. 105. 

This course is for those who have completed Art 105 and wish to develop 
greater proficiency in the use of the figure in creative work. (Siegler.) 

Art 156, 157. Portrait Painting (Advanced) (3, 3) — Two three-hour lab- 
oratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 106, 107. 

This course is for those who have completed 106, 107 and wish to specialize 
in portraiture. (Wharton.) 

Art 170, 171. History of Ancient Painting (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Art 9. 

A study of the development of painting and related arts from the prehistoric 

to the Roman period. (Grubar.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 215 

Art 174. History of Ancient Architecture (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Art 9. 

The evolution of architectural styles from prehistoric through Roman periods 
including the practical, structural, artistic, and cultural aspects. (Stites.) 

Art. 180. History of Medieval Architecture (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Art 9. 

A continuation of Art 174 including the evolution of architectural styles 
from the Early Christian through the Gothic period. (Stites.) 

Art. 185, 186. Renaissance and Baroque Art in Italy (2, 2). Prerequisite, 
Art II. 

The first term is concerned with the emergence and development of 
Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture through the first quarter of the 
16th century. In the second term Mannerism and the Baroque phases are 
discussed. (Grubar and Stites.) 

Art. 188, 189. History of 16th and 17 Century Painting (2, 2) — Prerequisite, 
Art. 11. 

A study of the development of painting and related arts. The first semester 
study will center on Italian painting in the 16th and 17 centuries and the emer- 
gence of Baroque style. During the secand semester, the paintings of France, 
Spain, England, and the Low Countries will be considered. (Grubar.) 

Art 190, 191. Special Problems in Art (3, 3) — Two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Permission of Department Head. 

Designed to oflfer the advanced art student special instruction in areas not 
ofifered regularly by the Department. (Staff.) 

BACTERIOLOGY 

Professors Faber, Hansen, Pelczar; Visiting Professors Hilleman, Warren; 
Associate Professor LafTer; Assistant Professor Doetsch; Lecturer Kent. 

Bact. 1. General Bacteriology (4) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. 

The physiology, culture and differentiation of bacteria. Fundamental 
principles of microbiology in relation to man and his environment. Laboratory 
fee, $10.00. (Pelczar.) 

Bact. 5. Advanced General Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Summer 
school. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequi- 
site, Bact. 1 and Chem. 3. 

Emphasis will be given to the fundamental procedures and techniques used 
in the field of bacteriology. Lectures will consist of the explanation of various 
procedures. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Lafifer.) 

Bact 51. Household Bacteriology (3) — Second semester. Two lecture and 

one two-hour laboratory periods a week. For home economics students only. 

Morphology and physiology of the bacteria, yeasts, and molds. Application 



216 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

of the effect of chemical and physical agents in the control of microbial growth. 
Relationship of microbiology to home sanitation, food preservation and manu- 
facture; personal and community hygiene. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

(Doetsch.) 

Bact 55. Sanitary Bacteriology for Engineers (2) — First semester. One 
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. For junior and senior stu- 
dents in engineering only. 

Discussion of the fundamental principles of bacteriology and their relation- 
ship to water supply, sewage disposal, and other sanitary problems. Demonstra- 
tion of these principles in the laboratory. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laflfer.) 

Bact. 60, 62. Bacteriological Literature (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major in bacteriology with junior 
standing. Introduction to periodical literature, methods, interpretation and 
presentation of reports. (Doetsch.) 

For Advanced Undergfraduates and Graduates 

Bact. 101. Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture and 
two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. 

The role of microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with em- 
phasis upon the differentiation and culture of bacterial species, types of disease, 
modes of disease transmission; prophylactic, therapeutic and epidemiological as- 
pects. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact. 103. Serology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two two-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101. 

Infection and resistance; principles and types of immunity; hypersensitive- 
ness. Fundamental techniques of major diagnostic immunological reactions and 
their application. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact 104. History of Bacteriology (1) — First semester. One lecture period 
a week. Prerequisite, a major or minor in bacteriology. 

History and integration of the fundamental discoveries of the science. The 
modern aspects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and immunity in relation 
to early theories. (Doetsch.) 

Bact. 105. Clinical Methods (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

A practical course designed to integrate clinical laboratory procedures in 
terms of hospital and public health demands. Examination of sputum, feces, 
blood, spinal fluids, urine, etc. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact. 108. Epidemiology and Public Health (2) — Second semester. Three 
lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

History, characteristic features, and epidemiology of the important com- 
municable diseases; public health aspects of man's struggle for existence; public 
health administration and responsibilities; vital statistics. (Faber.) 

Bact. 121. Advanced Methods (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 217 

The application of specialized equipment and technics for analysis of 
bacteriological problems. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Hansen and Pelczar,) 

Bact. 131. Food and Sanitary Bacteriology. (4) — Second semester. Two 
lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

The relationship of microorganisms to fresh and preserved food and methods 
of control. Bacteriological and public health aspects of water supplies and 
sewage disposal, restaurant and plant sanitation, insect and rodent control. Lab- 
oratory fee, $10.00. (Laflfer.) 

Bact 133. Dairy Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

Relation of bacteria, yeasts, and molds to milk, cream, butter, ice cream, 
cheese, and other dairy products. Standard methods of examination, public 
health requirements, plant sanitation. Occasional inspection trips. Laboratory 
fee, $10.00. (Doetsch.) 

Bact. 135. Soil Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

The role played by microorganisms in the soil; nitrification, denitrification, 
nitrogen-fixation, and decomposition processes; cycles of elements; relationships 
of microorganisms to soil fertihty. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Hansen.) 

Bact. 161. Systematic Bacteriology (2) — First semester. Two lecture periods 
a v/eek. Prerequisite, 8 credits in bacteriology. 

History of bacterial classification; genetic relationships; international codes 
of nomenclature; bacterial variation as it affects classification. (Hansen.) 

Bact. 181. Bacteriological Problems (3) — First and second semesters. 
Summer School. Prerequisites, 16 credits in bacteriology. Registration only 
upon the consent of the instructor. 

This course is arranged to provide qualified majors in bacteriology and 
majors in allied fields an opportunity to pursue specific bacteriological problems 
under the supervision of a member of the department. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

(Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Bact. 201. Advanced Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two 
lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits 
in bacteriology and allied fields. 

Primarily a study of the fungi associated with disease and practice in the 
methods of isolation and identification. Practice in the preparation of materials 
for examination with the electron microscope. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

(Laffer.) 

An introduction to genetic principles and methodology applicable to micro- 
organisms. (Hansen.) 

Bact. 202. Genetics of Microorganisms (3) — Second semester. Three lec- 
ture periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

An introduction to genetic principles and methodology applicable to micro- 
organisms. (Hansen.) 



218 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Bact. 204. Bacterial Metabolism (2) — First semester. Two lecture periods a 
week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bacteriology and allied fields, including Chem. 
161 and 162. 

Bacterial enzymes, nutrition of autotrophic and heterotrophic bacteria, bac- 
terial growth factors, dissimilation of carbohydrate and nitrogenous substrates. 

(Pelczar.) 

Bact. 206, 208. Special Topics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One 
lecture period a week. Prerequisite, 20 credits in bacteriology. 

Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special subjects 
in the field of bacteriology. (Staff.) 

Bact. 210. Virology (1) — Second semester. One lecture period a week. 

Prerequisite, Bact. 101 or equivalent. 

Characteristics and general properties of viruses and rickettsiae. (Warren.) 

Bact. 211. Virology Laboratory (2) — Second semester. One lecture and 

one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101 or equivalent. 
Registration only upon consent of instructor. 

Laboratory methods in virology. Laboratory fee |20.00. (Hilleman.) 

Bact. 214. Advanced Bacterial Metabolism (1) — Second semester. One 
lecture period a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 204 and consent of instructor. 

A discussion of recent advances in the field of bacterial metabolism with 
emphasis on metabolic pathways of microorganisms. (Pelczar.) 

Bact. 280. Seminar-Research Methods (1) — First and second semesters. 

Discussions and reports prepared by majors in bacteriology engaged in current 

research; presentations of selected subjects dealing with recent advances in 

microbiology. (Staff.) 

Bact. 282. Seminar-Bacteriological Literature (1) — First and second semes- 
ters. Presentation and discussion of current literature in microbiology. 

(Staff.) 

Bact. 291. Research — First and second semesters. Summer School. 

Credits according to work done. The investigation is outlined in consulta- 
tion with and pursued under the supervision of a senior staff member of the 
department. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Staff.) 

BOTANY 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Botany as a major 
field, and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. For a 
description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Agriculture. 

CHEMISTRY 

Professors Drake, Pratt, Reeve, Rollinson, Svirbely, Veitch, While, Woods; 

Research Professors, Bailey, Michels, Shcpard, Slawsky; Associate Professors, 

Brorvvn, Pickard, Schamp, Stuntz, Wiley, Assistant Professors Aldridge, 

Carruthers, Dewey, Jansen, Jaquith. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 219 

Laboratory fees in Chemistry are $10.00 per laboratory course per semester. 

Analytical Chemistry 

Chem. 15. Qualitative Analysis (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 1, 3. 

Chem. 19. Elements of Quantitative Analysis (4) — First and second se- 
mesters. Summer School. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisite, Chem. IS. 

An introduction to the basic theory and techniques of volumetric and gravi- 
metric analysis. Primarily for students in engineering, agriculture, pre-medical, 
and pre-dental curricula. 

Chem. 21. Quantitative Analysis (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. 

An intensive study of the theory and techniques of inorganic quantitative 
analysis, including volumetric, gravimetric, electrometric, and colorimetric meth- 
ods. Required of all students majoring in Chemistry. 

Chem. 123. Quantitative Analysis (4). Second semester. Two lectures 
and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 15, 21. 

An intensive study of the theory and techniques of inorganic quantitative 
analysis, including volumetric, gravimetric, electrometric and colorimetric meth- 
ods. Required of all students majoring in Chemistry. 

Chem. 206, 208. Spectrographic Analysis (1, 1) — One three-hour laboratory 
period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 188, 190, and con- 
sent of the instructor. (White.) 

Chem. 221, 223. Chemical Microscopy (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Registration limited. 
Prerequisite consent of instructor. Chem. 221 is a prerequisite for Chem. 223. 

A study of the principles of microscopic analysis. Chem. 223 is devoted to 
the study of the optical properties of crystals. (Stuntz.) 

Chem. 226, 228. Advanced Quantitative Analysis (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent 
of instructor. 

A study of advanced methods chosen to meet the needs of the individual. 

(Stuntz.) 

B. Biochemistry 

Chem. 81. General Biochemistry (2) — First semester. Two lectures per 
week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, ZZ, 34; or Chem. 35, 36, Z7, 38. 



220 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

This course is designed primarily for students in home economics. Chem. 
82 MUST be taken concurrently. 

Chem. 82. General Biochemistry Laboratory (2) — First semester. Two 
three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, or Chem. 
36, 38. 

A course designed to accompany Chem. 81. 

Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, Z2, or Chem. 35, 27. 

This course is designed primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriology, 
or chemistrj', and for those students in home economics who need a more ex- 
tensive course of biochemistry than is offered in Chem. 81, 82. 

Chem, 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, 
or Chem. 36, 38. 

Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or consent of the in- 
structor. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 262, 264. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and 
second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
consent of the instructor. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 265. Enzymes (2) — First semester. Two lectures per week. Pre- 
requisites 161, 163. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 268. Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4) — First and second 
semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 161, 162, and consent of the instructor. (Veitch.) 

C. Inorganic and General Chemistry 

Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry (4, 4 — First and second semesters. Chem. 
3, Summer School. Two lectures, one quiz, and two two-hour laboratory pe- 
riods per week. 

Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period per week. 

An abbreviated course in general chemistry especially designed for students 
in home econcmiics and pre-nursing. This course is open only to students 
registered in home economics. 

Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2) — Second semester. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 23, Z7, 38, 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 221 

(One or more courses of the group 201-239 will be offered each semester 
depending on demand.) 

Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements (2, 2)— First and 
second semesters. Two lectures per week. (White.) 

Chem. 202, 204. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Chem. 205. Radiochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (RoUinson.) 

Chem. 207. Chemistry of Coordination Compounds (2) — Two lectures per 
week. (Rollinson.) 

Chem. 209. Non-Aqueous Inorganic Solvents (2) — First or second semester. 

Two lectures per week. 

Chem. 210. Radiochemistry Laboratory (1-2) — One four-hour laboratory 
period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 205 (or concur- 
rent registration therein), and consent of instructor. (Rollinson.) 

D. Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 31, 33. Elements of Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. 

Organic chemistry for students in agriculture, bacteriology, and home 
economics. 

Chem. 32, 34. Elements of Organic Laboratory (1, 1) — First and second 
semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 
31, 33, or concurrent registration therein. 

Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Chem. 37, Summer School. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 1, 3. 

A course for chemists, chemical engineers, premedical students, and pre- 
dental students. 

Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Chem. 38, Summer School. Two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisites, Chem. 35, 37, or concurrent registration therein. 

Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. 
An advanced study of the compounds of carbon. 

Chem. 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2-4) — Second semester. Sum- 
mer School. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 37, 38. 

Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2) — First 
and second semesters. Summer School. Two three-hour laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or concurrent registration therein, 

The systematic identification of organic compounds. 



222 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Chem. 150. Organic Quantitative Analysis (2) — First and second semesters. 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of the 
instructor. 

The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen and 
certain functional groups. (Aldridge.) 

This course may be substituted for Chem. 144 in the chemistry major cur- 
riculum. 

(One or more courses from the following group, 240-253, will customarily 
be offered each semester.) 

Chem, 240. Organic Chemistry of High Polymers (2) — First semester. 

An advanced organic course covering the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms 
of polymerization, and the correlation between structure and properties in high 
polymers. Prerequisites, Chem. 141 and 143. 

Chem. 241. Stereochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Woods.) 

Chem. 245. The Chemistry of the Steroids (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Pratt.) 

Chem. 249. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry (2) — Two lectures per 
week. (Woods.) 

Chem. 251. The Heterocylics (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 253. Organic Sulfur Compounds (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Dewey.) 

Chem. 254. Advanced Organic Preparation (2 to 4) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School. Two ta four three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Compounds, an Advanced Course 

(2 to 4) — First and second semesters. Summer School. Two to four three- 
hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143 or concurrent 
registration therein. (Pratt.) 

E. Physical Chemistry 

Chem. 181, 183. Elements of Physical Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 2; Phys. 1, 2; Math 
10, 11; Chem. 19. 

A course intended primarily for prcmedical students and students in the 
biological sciences. This course must be accompanied by Chem. 182, 184. 

Chem. 182, 184. Elements of Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1) — First 
and second semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. May be 
taken ONLY when accompanied by Chem. 181, 183. 

The course includes quantitative experiments illustrating the principles 
studied in Chem. 181, 183. 

Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 223 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21; Phys. 20, 21; Math. 
20, 21; or consent of instructor. 

A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers. This course must 
be accompanied by Chem. 188, 190. 

Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
A laboratory course for students taking Chem. 187, 189. 

Chem. 192, 194. Glassblowing Laboratory (1, 1) — First and second semes- 
ters. Summer School. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequi- 
site, consent of instructor. (Carruthers) 

The common prerequisites for the following courses are Chem. 187 and 189, 
or their equivalent. One or more courses of the group, 281 through 323, will 
be offered each semester depending on demand. 

Chem. 281. Theory of Solutions (2) — First or second semester. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307, or equivalent. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 287. Infra-red and Raman Spectroscopy (2) — Two lectures per 
week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

Chem. 289. Selected Topics in Advanced Colloid Chemistry (2) — Two 

lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 285. 

Chem. 295. Heterogenous Equilibria (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Pickard.) 

Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics (3) — Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 303. Electrochemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 304. Electrochemistry Laboratory (2) — Two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 307. Chemical Thermodynamics (3) — Three lectures per week. 

(Pickard.) 
Chem. 311. Physicochemical Calculations (2) — Offered in summer session 
only. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 313. Molecular Structure (3) — Three lectures per week. 

(Brown.) 

Chem. 317. Chemical Crystallography (3) — Three lectures per week. Pre- 
requisite, consent of Instructor. 

A detailed treatment of single crystal X-ray methods. (Brown.) 

Chem. 321. Quantum Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. Prere- 
quisite, Chem. 307. 

Chem. 323. Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per 
week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307, or equivalent. (Brown.) 

F. Seminar and Research 

Chem. 351. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. (Staflf.) 



224 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Chem. 360. Research — First and second semesters, summer session. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 



(Staff.) 



Professors Aldridge, Falls, Goodwyn, Harman, Murphy, Prahl, Zucker; Lecturer 
McManaway; Associate Professors Cooley, Manning, Mooney, Weber, Zeeveld; 
Assistant Professors Andrews, Gravely, Parsons. 

Requirements for major include Comparative Literature 101, 102. Com 
parative Literature courses may be counted toward a major or minor in English 
when recommended by the student's major adviser. 

Comp. Lit. 1. Greek Poetry (2) — First semester. 

Homer's Iliad and Odyssey, with special emphasis on the literary form and the 
historical and mythological background. 

Comp. Lit 2. Later European Epic Poetry (2) — Second semester. 

Virgil's Aeneid, Dante's Divine Comedy, Nibelungenlied and other European 
epics, with special emphasis on their relationship to and comparison with the Greek 
epic. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Comp. Lit. 101, 102. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3, 3) 

— First semester: Survey of the background of European literature through 
study of Greek and Latin literature in English translations, discussing the debt 
of modern literature to the ancients. Second semester; Study of medieval and 
modern Continental literature. (Zucker.) 

Comp. Lit. 103. The Old Testament as Literature (3) — Second semester. 
A study of the sources, development, and literary types. (Zucker.) 

Comp. Lit. 105. Romanticism in France (3) — First semester. 

Lectures and readings in the French romantic writers from Rousseau to 
Baudelaire. Texts are read in English translations. (Parsons.) 

Comp. Lit. 106. Romanticism in Germany (3) — Second semester. 

Continuation of Comp. Lit. 105. German literature from Buerger to Heine 
in English translations. (Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit 107. The Faust Legend in English and German Literature (3) — 
First semester. 

A study of the Faust legend of the Middle Ages and its later treatment by 
Marlowe in Dr. Faustus and by Goethe in Faust. (Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit. 112. Ibsen (3) — First semester. 

A study of the life and chief works of Hcnrik Ibsen with special emphasis 
on his influence on the modern drama. (Zucker.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 22S 

Comp. Lit 114. The Greek Drama (3) — First semester. 

The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes in 
English translations. Emphasis on the historic background, on dramatic struc- 
ture, and on the effect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the civilized world. 

(Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit. 125. Literature of the Middle Ages (3)— Narrative, dramatic, 
and lyric Hterature of the Middle Ages; studies in translations. (Cooley.) 

In addition, the following courses will count as credit in Comparative 
Literature : 

English Language and Literature — Eng. 104; Eng. 113; Eng. 121; Eng. 129, 
130; Eng. 144; Eng. 146; Eng. ISS, 156; Eng. 157. 

Foreign Lang^uages and Literatures — Span. 109. 

Speech and Dramatic Art,— Speech 131, 132. 

For Graduates 

Comp. Lit. 258. Folklore in Literature (3)— 

A study of folk heroes, motifs, and ideas as they appear in the world's 
masterpieces. (Goodwyn.) 

The following courses will count as credit in Comparative Literature: 

English Language and Literature— Eng. 201; Eng. 204; Eng. 206, 207; Eng. 
216, 217; Eng. 227, 228. 

Foreign Languages and Literatures — Ger. 204; Ger. 208. 

ECONOMICS 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Economics as a 
major field, and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. 
For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Business and 
Public Administration. 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

Professors Murphy, Aldridge, Bode, Harman; Lecturer McManaway; Associate 
Professors Ball, Cooley, Manning, Mooney, Ward, Weber, Zeeveld; Assistant 
Professors Andrews, Coulter, Fleming, Gravely, Schaumann; Instructors Adams, 
Barnes, Beall, Burkhart, Casey, Demaree, Dinwiddie, Ellis, Goldsmith, Renault, 
Herzbrun, Holberg, Kelly, Lipsman, Martin, McGreal, Miller, Mish, Pierson, 
Portz, G. A. Smith, G. S. Smith, Stone, Thorberg, Weaver. Graduate Assistant, 
Grimes. 

Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School. Required of freshmen. Both courses offered each 
semester, but may not be taken concurrently. 

Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writing; frequent themes. Readings 
are in American literature. (Gravely and Staff.) 



226 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, 
or an acceptable combination of the two, are required of sophomores. Credit 
will not be given for more than six hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6. 

Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign classics 
being read in translation. (Cooley and Staff.) 

Eng. 5, &. Composition and English Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable 
combination of the two, are required of sophomores. Credit will not be given 
for more than six hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6. 

Practice in composition. An introduction to major English writers. 

(Cooley and Staff.) 

Eng. 7. Technical Writing (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Eng. 1, 2. 

For students desiring practice in writing reports, technical essays, or popular 
essays on technical subjects. (Coulter.) 

Eng. 8. College Grammar (3)- — First and second semesters. Summer 
School (2). Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

An analytical study of Modern English grammar, with lectures on the 

origin and history of inflectional and derivational forms. (Harman.) 

Eng. 9. Introduction to Narrative Literature (3) — Second semester. Sum- 
mer School (2). Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

An intensive study of representative stories, with lectures on the history and 
technique of the short story and other narrative forms. (Harman.) 

Eng. 12. Introduction to Creative Writing (2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

Intended primarily for sophomores and juniors of demonstrated ability. 

(Fleming.) 

Eng. 14. Expository Writing (3) — Not offered on College Park campus. 
Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Credit will not be given for Eng. 7 in addition to 
Eng. 14. 

Methods and problems of exposition; practice in several kinds of informative 
writing including the preparation of technical papers and reports. 

Eng. 15. Readings in Biography (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 
Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

An analytical study in the form and technique of biographical writing in 
Europe and America. (Ward.) 



For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Eng. 101. History of the English Language (3) — Second semester. Summer 
School (2). 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 227 

An historical and critical survey of the English language; its nature, origin, 
and development. (Harman.) 

Eng. 102. Old English (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 
Readings in Old English. The sounds, morphology, and syntax of Old 
English with particular reference to the development of Modern English. 

(Ball.) 

Eng. 103. Beowulf (3) — Second semester. 

A literary and linguistic study of the Old English epic. (Ball.) 

Eng. 104. Chaucer (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

A literary and language study of the Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, 
and the principal minor poems. (Harman.) 

Eng. 110, 111. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3, 3) — Not offered in 
1955-56. 

The most important dramatists of the time, other than Shakespeare. 

(Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 112. Poetry of the Renaissance (3) — First semester. 
The chief poets from Skelton to Jonson, with particular attention to Spenser. 

(Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 113. Prose of the Renaissance (3) — Second semester. 

The chief prose writers from More to Bacon. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School (2, 2). 

Twenty-one important plays. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng, 120. English Drama from 1660 to 1800 (3) — Second semester. 

The important dramatists from Wycherley to Sheridan, with emphasis upon 
the comedy of manners. (Ward.) 

Eng. 121. Milton (3) — Second semester. Summer School (2). 

The poetry and the chief prose works. (Murphy.) 

Eng. 122. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660 (3)— Not of- 
fered in 1955-56. 

The major non-dramatic writers (exclusive of Milton). (Murphy.) 

Eng. 123. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700 (3)— Not of- 
fered in 1955-56. 

The Age of Dryden, with the exception of the drama. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 125, 126. Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3)— Eng. 125, 

Summer School (2). First and second semesters. 

Special attention to major writers and to the historical and philosophical 
background. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period (3, 3) — Summer School 
(2, 2). First and second semesters. 



228 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A studj' of the major poets of the period, including Coleridge, Wordsworth, 
and Byron in the first semester, and Shelley and Keats in the second semester. 

(Weber.) 

Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period (3, 3)— Not offered in 1955- 
56. Summer School (2, 2). 

The chief writers of prose and poetry from the close of the Romantic period 
to the end of the nineteenth century. (Cooley, Mooney.) 

Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Eng. 140. Summer School (2). 

The development of the novel; readings in the major novelists of the 
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. (Ward, Mooney.) 

Eng. 143. Modern Poetry (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

The chief British and American poet,"? of the twentieth century. (Murphy.) 

Eng. 144. Modern Drama (3) — First semester. 

The drama from Ibsen to the present. (Weber.) 

Eng. 145. The Modern Novel (3) — Second semester. 

Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century. (Andrews.) 

Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy (3) — Not oflFered in 

1955-56. 

Literature which relates closely to the democratic tradition. 

Eng. 150, 151. American Literature (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 
.Summer School (2, 2). 

Representative American poetry and prose from colonial times to the pres- 
ent, with special emphasis an the literature of the nineteenth century. 

(Gravely, Manning.) 

Eng. 155, 156. Major American Writers (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Summer School (2, 2). 

Two writers studied intensively each semester. (Gravely, Manning.) 

Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore (3) — First semester. Summer School 
(2« 

Historical background of folklore studies; types of folklore with particular 
emphasis on folktales and folksongs, and on American folklore. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 170. Creative Writing (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, permission 
of the instructor. (Fleming.) 

Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
permission of the instructor. (Fleming.) 

Eng. 172. Playwriting (2) — Not offrrod in 1955-56. Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

Analysis of plays, and practice in writing at least one short play. 

(Fleming.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 229 

For Graduates 

Eng. 200 — Research (1-6) — Arranged. Credit in proportion to work done 
and results accomplished. (StaflE.) 

Eng. 201. Bibliography and Methods (3) — First semester. 

An introduction to the principles and methods of research. (Mooney.) 

Eng, 202. Middle English (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

A study of selected readings of the Middle English period with reference to 
etymology, morphology, and syntax. (Harman.) 

Eng. 203. Gothic (3)— Not offered in 1955-56. 

Forms and syntax, with reading from the Ulfilas Bible; correlation of the 
Gothic speech sounds with those of Old EngHsh. (Harman.) 

Eng. 204. Medieval Romances (3) — Second semester. 

The Middle English metrical and prose romances and their sources, with 
emphasis on the Arthurian cycle. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 206, 207. Seminar in Renaissance Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Eng. 206, Summer School (2). (McManaway.) 

Eng, 210. Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Literature (3) — Second semester. 
Summer School (2). (Murphy, Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 212, 213. Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Literature (3, 3)— Not 

offered in 1955-56. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 214, 215. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature (3) — First and 
second semesters. Eng. 214, Summer School (2). (Cooley, Mooney, Weber.) 

Eng. 216, 217. Literary Criticism (3, 3)— Not offered in 1955-56. 

The practice and theory of criticism from Plato to the present time. 

(Murphy.) 

Eng. 225, 226. Seminar in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School (2, 2). (Bode.) 

Eng. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature (3, 3) — Eng. 227, Summer 
School (2). First and second semesters. (Aldridge.) 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

Professors Zucker, Falls, Prahl, Cunz, L. P. Smith, Goodwyn; Associate Pro- 
fessors Kramer, Quynn, Bingham; Assistant Professors Parsons, Schweizer, 
Rand, Rosenfield, Hammerschlag, Dobert; Instructors Nemes, Norton, Bobory- 
kine, Chen, Ouroussoff, Hall, Bulatkin, Arsenault; Part-time Instructors 
Greenberg, Bridgers, Rovner. 

At the beginning of each semester a placement examination is given for all 
students who have had some foreign language in high school and wish to do 
further work in that language. By this means the Department assigns each 
student to the suitable level of instruction. Any student who fails to qualify 



230 UNIVERSITy OF MARYLAND 

for the second semester of his language will be required to register for a 
different language. 

No credit will be given for less than two semesters of elementary language. 

A student whose native language is taught at the University may not meet 
the language requirement by taking Freshman or Sophomore courses in his 
language. 

Foreign students may substitute for the 12-hour foreign language require- 
ment 12 additional hours of English. They are advised to take Foreign Lan- 
guage 1, 2, English for Foreign Students, for their first year and. English 10, 
Practice in Composition, plus a 3-hour course in literature during their second 
year. These courses should be taken concurrently with Freshman and Sopho- 
more English. 

Honors in French, German or Spanish: A student whose major is in French, 
German or Spanish and who maintains an approved average in his grades may 
read for honors in French, German or Spanish. A candidate for honors is 
examined upon an approved individual program of readings in an area of his 
special interest. Application may be made to the head of the Department of 
Foreign Languages between the second semester of the sophomore year and 
the first semester of the senior year. 

Attention is called to the courses in Comparative Literature elsewhere in 
these pages. 

Arabic 1, 2. Modern Arabic (3, 3) — To be offered in the European Pro- 
gram only; for American personnel stationed in Saudi-Arabia and other Near 
East posts. 

Introduction to grammar, translation, and conversation. (Matthews.) 

Foreign Language 1, 2. English for Foreign Students (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

An introduction to English usage, adapted to the needs of the non-English- 
speaking student. Pronunciation, spelling, syntax; the differences between 
English and various other languages are stressed. (Bridgers.) 

French 

French 0. Intensive Elementary French (0). Summer School only. 

Intensive elementary course in the French language designed particularly 
for graduate students who wish to acquire a reading knowledge. (Staff.) 

French 1, 2, Elementary French (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
French 2, Summer School. Three recitations and one laboratory period per 
week. 

Elements of grammar and exercises in translation. One hour drill in pro- 
nunciation and conversation. A student who has had two units of French in 
high school may take French 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit. 

(Falls and Staff.) 

French 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. Open 
to all students who have completed their first year French. Students who had 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 231 

the grade A or B in French 1 may take this course in conjunction with 
French 2. 

A practice course in simple spoken French. 

French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French (3, 3) — First and second semes^ 
ters. Summer School. Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Students 
who have taken French 6 and 7 cannot receive credit for French 4 and 5. 

Translation and exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts designed to 
give some knowledge of French life, thought and culture. 

French 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific French (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Second-year French for stu- 
dents specializing in the sciences. Students who have taken French 4 and 5 
cannot receive credit for French 6 and 7. 

Reading of technical and scientific prose, with some grammar review. 

French 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, French 3 or consent of instructor. 

Practical exercises on conversation, based on material dealing with French 
life and customs. 

French 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. May be 
taken after completion of French 4 or 5. Recommended for students who ex- 
pect to major or minor in French. 

An intensive review of the elements of French grammar; verb drill; compo- 
sition. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

French 51, 52. The Development of the French Novel (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Introductory study of the history and growth of the novel in French 
literature; of the lives, works and influence of important novelists. Reports. 
French 51 covers the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, French 52 the nine- 
teenth. 

French 53, 54. The Development of the French Drama (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Introductory study of the French drama. Translation, collateral reading, 
reports. French 53 covers the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, French 54 
the nineteenth. 

French 55, 56. The Development of the Short Story in French (3, 3) — 
First and second semesters. 

A study of the short story in French literature; reading and translation of 
representative examples. French 55 covers examples up to the nineteenth cen- 
tury, French 56 the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 

French 61, 62. French Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite French 1, 2, or equivalent. 

Elements of French phonetics, diction and intonation; theorj% transcription 
and oral practice. 



232 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

French 71, 72. — Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and sec- 
ond semesters. Prerequisite, French 17 or equivalent. 

This course, more advanced than the Grammar Review (French 17), is de- 
signed for students who, having a good general knowledge of French, wish to 
become more proficient in the written and spoken language. 

French 75, 76. Introduction to French Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, second-year French or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the chief authors and movements in French 
literature. 

French 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Prerequisite, French 8, 9 or consent of instructor. 

This course is intended for students who have a good general knowledge ol 
French, and who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

French 100. French Literature of the Sixteenth Century (3) — First semes- 
ter. 

Beginning and development of the Renaissance in France; humanism; Rabe- 
lais and Calvin; the Pleiade; Montaigne. (Falls.) 

French 101, 102. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century (3, 3)— 

First and second semesters. 

First semester: the first sixty years of the century, with special attention 
to Descartes, Pascal, and Corneille, including Racine. Second semester: the 
remaining great classical writers, with special attention to Moliere. 

(Quynn, Rosenfield.) 

French 103, 104. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) — First 
and second semesters. 

First semester: continuation of traditional literary forms; beginning and 
development of the philosophical and scientific movement; Montesquieu. Second 
semester: Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau. (Falls, Bingham.) 

French 105, 106. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3)— First 
and second semesters. 

First semester: drama and poetry from Romanticism to Symbolism. Second 
semester: the major prose writers of the same period. (Bingham, Quynn.) 

French 107, 108. French Literature of the Twentieth Century (3, 3)— First 
and second semesters. 

First semester: drama and poetry from Symbolism to the present time. 
Second semester: the contemporary novel. (Falls.) 

French 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

Translation from English into French, free composition, letter writing. 

(Falls.; 

French 161, 162. French Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 233 

French life, customs, culture, traditions. First semester: the historical 
development of the nation and its people. Second semester: present-day France. 

(Rosenfield.) 

French 171. Practical French Phonetics (3) — First semester. 
A study of the pronunciation of modern French. The sounds and their pro- 
duction, the stress group, intonation. Practical exercises. (Smith.) 

French 199. Rapid Review of the History of French Literature (1) — Second 
semester. Especially designed for French majors. 

Weekly lectures stressing the high point in the history of French literature. 

(Falls.) 

For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered. 

French 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 
Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. 

(Staff.) 

French 203, 204. Georges Duhamel: Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (2, 2) — First 
and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 205, 206. French Literature of the Middle Ages (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. (Smith.) 

French 207, 208. The French Novel in the First Half of the Nineteenth 
Century (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 209, 210. The French Novel in the Second Half of the Nineteenth 
Century (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 211. Introduction to Old French (3). (Smith.) 

French 215, 216. Moliere (3, 3) — First and second semesters. (Quynn.) 

French 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged). 

Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of French 
literature. Extensive outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. 

(Staff.) 
French 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Smith.) 

French 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in French. 

(Staff.) 

German 

German 0. Intensive Elementary German (0). Summer School only. 

Intensive elementary course in the German language designed particularly 
for graduate students who wish to acquire a reading knowledge. (Staff.) 

German 1, 2. Elementary German (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 



234 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

German 2, Summer School. Three recitations and one laboratory period per 
week. 

Elements of grammar and exercises in translation. One hour drill in pro- 
nunciation and conversation. A student who has had two units of German in 
high school may take German 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit. 

(Cunz and Staff.) 

German 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Open to all students who have completed their first year German. Students 
who had the grade A or B in German 1 may take this course in conjunction 
with German 2. 

A practice course in simple spoken German. 

German 4, 5. Intermediate Literary German (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School. Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. Stu- 
dents who have taken German 6 and 7 cannot receive credit for German 4 and 5. 

Reading of narrative prose designed to give some knowledge of German 
life, thought and culture. Translation, grammar review, pronunciation. 

German 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. Students who have taken 
German 4 and 5 cannot receive credit for German 6 and 7. Second-year German 
for students specializing in the sciences. 

Reading of technical and scientific prose, with some grammar review. 

German 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

Prerequisite, German 3 or consent of instructor. 

The aim of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to speak 
and understand simple colloquial German. 

German 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. May be 
taken after completion of German 4 or 5. Recommended to students who wish 
to major or minor in German. 

Intensive review of the elements of German grammar with ample practice 
in sentence structure. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

German 61, 62. German Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite German 1, 2, or equivalent. 

A practical course in the pronunciation of German; study of phonetics, oral 
exercises and ear training. 

German 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. This course is required 
of students preparing to teach German. 

A thorough study of the more detailed points of German grammar with 
ample practice in composition work. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 235 

German 75, 76. Introduction to German Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the most outstanding authors and movements in 
German literature. 

German 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, German 8, 9 or consent of instructor. 

This course is intended for students who have a general knowledge of 
German, and who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the 
language. Reading of German newspapers. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

German 101, 102. German Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) — 
First and second semesters. 

The main works of Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing, Herder, Goethe, Schiller. 

(Prahl, Schweizer.) 

German 103, 104. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — 
First and second semesters. 

Outstanding works of Kleist, Grillparzer, Grabbe, Hebbel, Ludwig, Stifter, 
Keller, Anzengruber. (Prahl, Cunz.) 

German 105, 106. Modern German Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart Hauptmann to the present time 
(1890-1950.) (Prahl, Hammer schlag.) 

German 107, 108. Goethe's Faust (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
First and second parts of the drama. (Zucker.) 

German 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

Translations from English into German, free composition, letter writing. 

(Kramer, Cunz.) 

German 161, 162. German Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

A survey of two thousand years of German history, outlining the cultural 
heritage of the German people, their great men, tradition, customs, art and 
literature, with special emphasis on the interrelationship of social and literary 
history. (Cunz.) 

German 199. Rapid Review of the History of German Literature (1)— 
Second semester. Especially designed for German majors. 

Weekly lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of German 
literature. (Schweizer.) 

Attention is called to Comparative Literature 106, Romanticism in Germany, 
and Comparative Literature 107, The Faust Legend in English and German 
Literature. 



236 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered. 
German 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 
Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. 

(Staff.) 

German 202, 203. The Modern German Drama (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Zucker.) 

German 204. SchiUer (3). (Prahl.) 

German 205. Goethe's Works Outside of Faust (2). (Zucker.) 

German 206. The Romantic Movement (3). (Prahl.) 

German 208. The Philosophy of Goethe's Faust (3). (Zucker.) 

German 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged). 

Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of German 
literature. Extensive outside reading, with reports and periodic conferences. 

(Staff.) 

German 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Smith.) 

German 231. Middle High German (3). (Schweizer.) 

German 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in 
German. (Staff.) 

Spanish 

Spanish 1, 2. Elementary Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Spanish 2, Summer School. Three recitations and one laboratory period per 
week. 

Elements of grammar and exercises in translation. One hour drill in pro- 
nunciation and conversation. A student who has had two units of Spanish in 
high school may take Spanish 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit. 

(Parsons and Staff.) 

Spanish 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Open to all students who have completed their first year Spanish. Students 
who had the grade A or B in Spanish 1 may take this course in conjunction 
with Spanish 2. 

A practice course in simple spoken Spanish. 

Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Summer School. Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent. 

Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Spanish and Latin- 
American life, thought and culture. Translation, grammar review, exercises in 
pronunciation. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 2Z7 

Spanish 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

Prerequisite, Spanish 3 or consent of instructor. 

The aim of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to speak 
and understand everyday colloquial Spanish. 

Spanish 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. May be 
taken after completion of Spanish 4 or 5. Recommended for students who expect 
to major or minor in Spanish. 

An intensive review of the elements of Spanish grammar; verb drills; com- 
position. 



For Advanced Undergraduates 

Spanish 51, 52. Business Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, second-year Spanish or equivalent. 

Designed to give a knowledge of correct Spanish usage; commercial letters. 

Spanish 61, 62, Spanish Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent. 

A practical course in the pronunciation of Spanish; study of phonetics, 
oral exercises, and ear training. 

Spanish 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5 or equivalent. 

This course is more advanced than Spanish 17, and is designed to give the 
students a thorough training in the structure of the language. It is also in- 
tended to give an intensive and practical drill in Spanish composition. 

Spanish 75, 76. Introduction to Spanish Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the history of Spanish literature. 

Spanish 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 8, 9, or consent of instructor. 

This course is intended to give the student the abiHty to speak fluently 
about subjects of general interest. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Spanish 101. Epic and Ballad (3) — First semester. 

The legendary and heroic matter of Spain. Readings of the Poema del Cid 
and of ballads of the various cycles with special emphasis on those dealing with 
epic material. (Parsons.) 

Spanish 102. The Spanish Popular Ballad (3) — Second semester. 
Typical ballads composed and developed in the Spanish-speaking world 
during and since the Golden Age, with stress on the folkloristic point of view. 

(Goodwyn.) 



238 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Spanish 104. The Drama of the Golden Age (3) — First semester. 
Selected plays of Lope de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina 
and others. Outside readings, reports. (Parsons.) 

Spanish 108. Lope de Vega (3) — First semester. 

Selected dramatic and non-dramatic works of Lope de Vega. Outside 
readings, reports. (Parsons.) 

Spanish 109. Cervantes (3) — Second semester. 

Selected works of Cervantes; plays, exemplary novels, and Don Quixote. 
Outside readings, reports. (Rand.) 

Spanish 110. Modern Spanish Poetry (3) — First semester. 

Significant poems of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Rand.) 

Spanish 111. The Spanish Novel of the Nineteenth Century (3) — First 
semester. 

Readings of some of the significant novels of the nineteenth century. Out- 
side readings, reports. (Parsons.) 

Spanish 112. Modern Spanish Drama (3) — Second semester. 
Significant plays of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Outside read- 
ings, reports. (Nemes.) 

Spanish 113. The Spanish Novel of the Twentieth Century (3) — Second 
semester. 

Reading of some of the significant novels of the twentieth century. Outside 
readings, reports. (Rand.) 

Spanish 115. Modem Spanish Thought (3) — First semester. 
The generation of 1898 and other significant and interpretative writings of 
the twentieth century. (Rand.) 

Spanish 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Training in self-expression in Spanish, free composition, letter writing. 

(Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 151. Spanish-American Fiction (3) — First semester. 

The novel and short story from the Wars of Independence to the present 
and their reflection of society in the republics of the Western Hemisphere. 

(Nemes.) 

Spanish 152. Spanish-American Poetry (3) — Second semester. 

Representative poetry after 1800 and its relation to European trends and 
writers. (Nemes.) 

Spanish 153. Spanish-American Essay (3) — First and second semesters. 
Social and political thought from Bolivar to Vasconcelos and its relationship 
to social and political conditions in Spanish America. (Nemes.) 

Spanish 161, 162. Spanish Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Introductory study of the literary, educational, artistic traditions; great men, 
customs, and general culture. (Rand.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 239 

Spanish 163, 164. Latin-American Civilization (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Introductory study of the cultures of Latin America, as expressed in its 
literary masterpieces. Lectures on the historical-political background and the 
dominating concepts in the lives of the people. (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 199. Rapid Review of the History of Spanish Literature (1) — 
Second semester. Especially designed for Spanish majors. 

Weekly lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of Spanish 
literature. (Parsons.) 

For Graduates 
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered. 
Spanish 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 

Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. 

(Staff.) 

Spanish 202. The Golden Age in Spanish Literature (3) (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 203, 204. Spanish Poetry (3, 3). (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 211. Introduction to Old Spanish (3). (Parsons.) 

Spanish 221, 222'» Reading Course — (Arranged). Designed to give the 
graduate student a background of a survey of Spanish literature. Extensive 
outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. (Staflf.) 

Spanish 230. Introduction to European Lingfuistics (3), (Smith.) 

Spanish 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in 
Spanish. (Staflf.) 

Russian 

Russian 1, 2. Elementary Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in transla- 
tion. - (Baborykine.) 

Russian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Open to all students who have completed their first-year Russian. Qualified 
students who had the grade A or B in Russian 1 may take this course in 
conjunction with Russian 2. 

A practice course in simple spoken Russian. 

Russian 4, 5. Intermediate Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Russian 1 and 2, or equivalent 

Translation and exercises in pronunciation; reading of texts designed to 
give some knowledge of Russian life, thought and culture. (Boborykine.) 

Russian 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Russian 3 or consent of instructor. 

An intermediate practice course in spoken Russian. 



240 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Russian 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, first and second-j^ear Russian. 

This course is designed to give a thorough training in the structure of the 
language. It is also intended to give an intensive and practical drill in Russian 
composition. 

Russian 75, 76. Introduction to Russian Literature (3, 3) — First and 

second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Russian or equivalent. 
An elementary survey of Russian literature. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Russian 101, 102. Modern Russian Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

The works of some outstanding authors, such as Maxim Gorky, Alexei 

Tolstoy, P. Romanov, M. Zoshchenko, M. Sholokhov. (Boborykine.) 

Russian 103, 104. Russian Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — 
First and second semesters. 

Selected writings of Pushkin, Gogol, Lermontov, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, 
Leo Tolstoy, Chekhov. (Boborykine.) 

Hebrew 

Hebrew 1, 2. Elementary Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Elements of grammar ; pronunciation and conversation ; exercises in translation. 

(Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Hebrew 1 and consent of instructor. 
A practice course in simple Hebrew. 

Hebrew 4, 5. Intermediate Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Hebrew 1 and 2 or equivalent. 

Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought, 
and culture. Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. 

(Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Hebrew 3 or consent of instructor. 

An intermediate practice course in spoken Hebrew. 

Hebrew 75, 76. Introduction to Hebrew Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Hebrew or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of Hebrew literature. (Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 101. The Hebrew Bible. (3) 
Reading of selected portions of the Pentateuch. 

Hebrew 102. The Hebrew Bible. (3) 

Reading of selected portions of the Prophets and Writings. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 241 

Hebrew 103. Modern Hebrew Literature. (3) 
The period of the Haskalah (Enlightenment). 
Hebrew 104. Modern Hebrew Literature. (3) 
The period of the Tehiah (Modern Revival). 

Chinese 

Chinese, 1, 2. Elementary Chinese (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three recitations and one laboratory period per week. 

Elements of pronunciation, simple ideograms, colloquial conversation, trans- 
lation. (Chen.) 

Chinese 161, 162. Chinese Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

This course supplements Geography 134 and 135, Cultural Geography of 
East Asia. It deals with Chinese literature, art, folklore, history, government, 
and great men. Second semester: Developments in China since 1911. (Given 
every other year, rotating with Geography 134 and 135.) 

Chinese 161 and 162 may be counted as history credits in meeting major 
and minor requirements, and, along with Chinese 1 and 2, as meeting the 
12-hour language requirement. (Chen.) 

Portuguese 

Portuguese 1, 2. Elementary Portuguese (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in trans- 
lation. (Not offered in 1955-56). 

Portuguese 3, Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, Portuguese 1 
and consent of instructor. (Not oflfered in 1955-56). 

A practice course in simple Portuguese. 

Italian 

Italian 1, 2. Elementary Italian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Also 
recommended to advanced students in French and Spanish. (Not offered in 
1955-56). 

Elements of grammar; pronunciation; exercises in translation. 

Italian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, Italian 1 and con- 
sent of instructor. (Not offered in 1955-56). 

A practice course in simple Italian. 

Italian 161, 162. Italian Life and Customs (3, 3)— Not offered on the 
College Park campus. 

An introductory study of the Italian people against a background of 
political and social history. A survey of Italian literary and cultural traditions- 



242 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Modem Greek 

Mod. Greek 1, 2. Spoken Modern Greek (3, 3) — Not offered on the College 

Park campus. 

An intensive course in the colloquial style of Athens with emphasis on the 
vocabulary of everyday situations and including an introduction to Greek writing. 

Mod. Greek 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Not offered on the College 
Park Campus. 

A practice course in simple spoken Greek. 

Mod. Greek 4, 5. Intermediate Greek (3, 3) — Not offered on the College 
Park Campus. 

Reading of literary texts and newspapers in Modern Greek. 

GEOGRAPHY 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Geography as a 
major field, and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. 
For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Business and 
Public Administration. 

GEOLOGY 

Irwin C. Brown, Lecturer 

Geo!. 1. Geology (3) — Prerequisite, Chem. 1, 3. 

A study dealing primarily with the principles of dynamical and structural 
geology. Designed to give a general survey of the rocks and minerals com- 
posing the earth; the movement within it; and its surface features and the 
agents that form them. 

Geol. 2. Engineering Geologfy (2). 

The fundamentals of geology with engineering applications. 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Government and 
Politics as a major field, and may also take courses in this department for 
elective credit. For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of 
Business and Public Administration. 

HISTORY 

Professors Gewehr, Chatelain, Prange, Wellborn; Associate Professors Bauer, 

Merrill: Assistant Professors Crosman, Gordon, Jashemski, Sparks; Instructors 
Bates, Beard, Ferguson, Hanks, Riddleberger. 

H. 1, 2. History of Modem Europe (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
The basic course, prerequisite for all advanced courses in European History. 

A study of European History from the Renaissance to the present day. 
First semester to 1815. Second semester since 1815. (Bauer, Prange, Gordon.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 243 

H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization (3, 3) — Required of all students 
who entered the university after 1944-45. Normally to be taken in the Sopho- 
more year. 

An historical survey of the main forces in American life with emphasis 
upon the development of our democratic heritage. First semester from the 
colonial period through the Civil War. Second semester, since the Civil War. 

H. 51, 52. The Humanities (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

In surveying history from prehistoric times to the present, man's cultural 
development is emphasized. The course is a study of the achievements of the 
various civilizations which have contributed to the common cultural heritage 
of western civilization. The political, social, and economic settings of the 
various civilizations are presented in chronological order. The characteristic 
achievements of each period in philosophy, religion, literature, art, science, 
and music enrich this background. By presenting actual masterpieces in 
literature, art, and music, it is hoped that imagination, appreciation, and critical 
judgment will be stimulated. This course is designed as an introductory course 
in history which will make a more direct contribution to the other liberal art 
fields. First semester to the Renaissance. Second semester since the Renais- 
sance. (Jashemski.) 

H. 53, 54. History of England and Great Britain (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Gordon.) 

A history of the development of British life and institutions. Open to all 
classes. Especially recommended for English majors and minors. First semes- 
ter to 1485. Second semester, since 1485. 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

A. American History 

H. 101. American Colonial History (3) — First semester. Summer School 
(2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The settlement and development of colonial America to the middle of the 

eighteenth century. (Ferguson.) 

H. 102. The American Revolution (3) — Second semester. Summer School 
(2), Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The background and course of the American Revolution through the forma- 
tion of the Constitution. (Ferguson.) 

H. 105. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1865 (3) — 
First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A synthesis of American Life from its independence through the Civil War. 

(Chatelain.) 

H. 106. Social and Economic History of the United States since the Civil 
War (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The development of American life and institutions, with emphasis upon the 
period since 1876. (Chatelain.) 



244 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

H. 114. The Middle Period of American History 1824-1860 (3)— First 

semester. Summer School (2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

An examination of the political history of the U. S. from Jackson to 
Lincoln with particular emphasis on the factors producing Jacksonian democracy, 
Manifest Destiny, the Whig Party, the anti-slavery movement, the Republican 
Party, and secession. (Sparks.) 

H. 115. The Old South (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A study of the institutional cultural life of the ante-bellum South with 
particular reference to the background of the Civil War. (Riddleberger.) 

H. 116. The Civil War (3) — Second semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Military aspects; problems of the Confederacy; political, social, and eco- 
nomic effects of the w-ar upon American society. (Sparks.) 

H. 117. The New South (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The South's place in the Nation from Appomattox to the present with 
special reference to regional problems and aspirations. (Riddleberger.) 

H. 118, 119. Recent American History (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Summer School (2, 2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Party politics, domestic issues, foreign relations of the United States since 
1890. First semester, through World War I. Second semester, since World 
War I. (Merrill.) 

H. 121. History of the American Frontier (3) — First semester. Summer 
School (2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivaelnt. 

The Trans-Allegheny West. The westward movement into the Mississippi 
Valley. (Gewehr.) 

H. 122. History of the American Frontier (3) — Second semester. Sum- 
mer School (2). Prerequisites, H. S, 6, or the equivalent. 

The Trans-Mississippi West. Forces and factors in the settlement and 
development of the Trans-Mississippi West to about 1900. (Gewehr.) 

H. 123. The New West (3)— Second semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Regional pecularities and national significance of the Plains and Pacific 

Coast areas from 1890 to the present. (Bates.) 

H. 124. Reconstruction and the New Nation 1865-1896 (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Summer School (2). Prerequisites H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Problems of reconstruction in both South and North. Emergence of Big 
Business and industrial combinations. Problems of the farmer and laborer. 

(Merrill.) 

H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 245 

An historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign relations of 
the United States. First semester, from the Revolutio'n to the Civil War; second 
semester, from the Civil War to the present. (Wellborn.) 

H. 129. The United States and World Affairs (3)— Summer School (2). 
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A consideration of the changed position of the United States with reference 
to the rest of the world since 1917. (Wellborn.) 

H. 133, 134. The History of Ideas in America (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School (2, 2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

An intellectual history of the American people, embracing such topics as 
Hberty, democracy, and social ideas. (Beard.) 

H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States (3, 3)— First and 

second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation of the Constitu- 
tion, and the development of American constitutionalism in theory and practice 
thereafter. (Gewehr.) 

Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

The student's acquaintance with American Civilization is brought to a 
focus through the analytical study of eight to ten important books, such as 
Tocqueville, Democracy in America, Hawthorne, The Scarlet Letter, Veblen, 
The Theory of the Leisure Class, and Myrdal, An American Dilemma. Special- 
ists from related departments participate in the conduct of the course. (Bade.) 

H. 141, 142. History of Maryland (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

First semester, a survey of the pohtical, social and economic history of 
colonial Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's historical development and 
role as a state in the American Union. (Chatelain.) 

H. 145, 146. Latin-American History (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 
H. 146, Summer School (2). Prerequisites, 6 hours of fundamental courses. 

A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the 
present, covering political, cultural, economic, and social development, with 
special emphasis upon relations with the United States. First semester, the 
Colonial Period. Second semester. The Republics. (Crosman.) 

H. 147. History of Mexico (3) — First semester. 

The history of Mexico with special emphasis upon the independence period 
and upon relations between ourselves and the nearest of our Latin-American 
neighbors. (Crosman.) 

B. European History 

H. 151. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece (3) — First semester. 
A survey of the ancient empires of Egypt, the Near East, and Greece, with 
particular attention to their institutions, life, and culture. (Jashemski.) 



246 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

H, 153. History of Rome (3) — Second semester. 

A study of Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings through the 
Republic and down to the last centuries of the Empire. (Jashemski.) 

H. 155. Medieval Civilization (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54, or the permission of the instructor. 

A survey of Medieval life, culture, and institutions from the fall of the 
Roman Empire to the thirteenth century. (Jashemski.) 

H. 161. The Renaissance and Reformation (3) — Second semester. Summer 
School (2). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or 53, 54, or the permission of the instructor. 

The culture of the Renaissance, the Protestant revolt and Catholic reaction 
through the Thirty Years War. (Jashemski.) 

H. 166. The French Revolution (2) — First semester. 

The Enlightenment and the Old Regime in France; the revolutionary up- 
risings from 1789 to 1799. (Bauer, Gordon.) 

H. 167. Napoleonic Europe (2) — Second semester. 

European Developments from the rise of Napoleon to the Congress of 
Vienna. (Bauer, Gordon.) 

H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919 (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

A study of the political, economic, social, and cultural development of 
Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First World War. (Bauer.) 

H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3, 3)— 

First and second semesters, Summer School (2). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 
53, 54. 

A study of political, economic, and cultural developments in twentieth 
century Europe with special emphasis on the factors involved in the two World 
Wars and their global impacts and significance. (Prange.) 

H. 185, 186. History of the British Empire (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Eng. 186, Summer School (2). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

First semester, the development of England's Mercantilist Empire and its 
fall in the war for American Independence (1783); second semester, the rise of 
the Second British Empire and the solution of the problem of responsible self- 
government (1783-1867), the evolution of the British Empire into a Common- 
wealth of Nations, and the development and problems of the dependent Empire. 

(Gordon.) 

H. 187. History of Canada (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

A history of Canada, with special emphasis on the thirteenth century and 
upon Canadian relations with Great Britain and the United States. (Gordon.) 

H. 189. Constitutional History of Great Britain (3) — Second semester. A 
survey of constitutional development in England with emphasis on the real 
property aspects of feudalism, the growth of the common law, the development 
of Parliament, and the expansion of liberties of the individual. (Gordon.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 247 

H. 191. History of Russia (3)— First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or 

the equivalent. 

A history of Russia from the earHest times to the present day. (Bauer.) 

H. 192. Foreign Policy of the USSR (3) — Second semester. Summer 
School (2). Prerequisite, H. 191. 

A survey of Russian foreign policy in the historical perspective, with special 
emphasis on the period of the USSR. Russian aims, expansion, and conflicts 
with the western powers in Europe, the Near and Middle East, and the Far 
East will be studied. (Bauer.) 

H. 195. The Far East (3)— First semester. Summer School (2), 
A survey of institutional, cultural and political aspects of the history of 
China and Japan, and a consideration of present-day problems of the Pacific 
area. (Gewehr.) 

H. 199. Proseminar in Historical Writing (3) — First and second semesters. 

Discussions and term papers designed to acquaint the student with the 
methods and problems of research and presentation. The students will be en- 
couraged to examine those phases of history in which they are most interested. 
Required of history majors in senior year. (Sparks, Riddelberger.) 

For Graduates 

H, 200. Research (3-6) — Credit proportioned to amount of work. Arranged. 
Required of all candidates for degrees. (Staff.) 

H. 201. Seminar in American History (3) — First and second semester. 
Summer School (2). (Staff.) 

H. 202. Historical Literature (3) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School (2). 

Assignments in various selected fields of historical literature and bibliogra- 
phy to' meet the requirements of qualified graduate students who need more 
intensive concentration. (StaflF.) 

H. 205, 206. Topics in American Economic and Social History (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

Readings and conferences on the critical and source materials explaining 
our social and economic evolution. (Chatelain.) 

H. 208. Topics in Recent American History (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

Selected readings, research, and conferences on important topics in United 
States History from 1900 to the present (Merrill.) 

H. 211. The Colonial Period in American History (3) — First semester. 
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of 
the sources and the classical literature of American Colonial History. 

(Riddleberger.) 

H. 212. Period of the American Revolution (3) — Secotxd semester. 



248 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of 
the critical literature and sources of the period of the American Revolution. 

(Ferguson.) 

H. 215. The Old South (3) 

Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of 
the standard sources and the classical literature of the ante-bellum South. 

(Riddleberger) 

H. 216. The American Civil War (3) 

Readings and conferences on the controversial literature of the Civil War. 
Attention is focused upon the conflicting interpretations and upon the social 
and economic impact of the war on American society. Opportunity is also 
given to read in the rich source material of this period. (Sparks.) 

H. 217. Reconstruction and Its Aftermath (3) 

A seminar on problems resulting from the Civil War. Political, social and 
economic reconstruction in South and North; projection of certain post-war 
attitudes and problems into the present. (Merrill.) 

H. 221, 222. History of the West (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 
Summer School (2, 2). 

Readings and conferences designed to give the student an acquaintance with 
some of the more important sources and some of the most significant literature 
of the advancing American frontier. (Gewehr.) 

H. 233, 234. Topics in American Intellectual History (3, 3) 

Readings and conferences on selected phases of American thought, with 
emphasis on religious traditions, social and political theory, and development of 
American ideas. (Beard.) 

H. 245. Topics in Latin American History (3) — Selected readings, research, 
and conferences on important topics in Latin American History. (Crosman.) 

H. 250. Seminar in European History (3) — First and second semesters. 
Summer School (2). (Bauer.) 

H. 251. Topics in Greek Civilization (3) — Readings and conferences de- 
signed to acquaint the students with selected topics in Greek and Hellenistic 
history, such as the growth of democracy in Athens (with special attention to 
tlie nature of democracy in fifth-century Athens), and the development of 
federalism during the Hellenistic period. Time will also be devoted to the 
contributions of the Greeks in philosophy, literature, art, and architecture. 
Special attention will be given to the study and evaluation of the source material 
in this field. (Jashemski.) 

H. 253. Topics in Roman History (3)-^Readings and conferences designed 
to acquaint the student with selected topics in Roman history, such as the 
development of the Roman constitution, the growth of democracy in Rome, 
Roman provincial administrntion, the nature of Roman imperialism, and Roman 
law. Special attention will be given to the study and evaluation of the source 
material in this field. (Jashemski.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 249 

H. 255. Medieval Culture and Society (3) 

Readings and conferences designed to acquaint the student with the im- 
portant literature and interpretations on such topics as feudalism, the medieval 

Church, schools and universities, Latin and vernacular literature, art and archi- 
tecture. (Jashemski.) 

H. 282. Problems in the History of World War II (3) — Investigation of 
various aspects of the Second World War, including military operations, diplo- 
matic phases, and poHtical and economic problems of the war and its aftermath. 

(Prange.) 

H. 285, 286. Topics in the History of Modern England and Greater Britain 
(3, 3) 

Readings and conferences on the documentary and literary materials dealing 
with the transformation of England and the growth and evolution of the British 
Empire since 1763. (Gordon.) 

H. 287. Historiography (3) — First and second semesters. 

Readings and occasional lectures on the historical writing, the evolution 
of critical standards, the rise of auxiliary sciences, and the works of selected 
masters. (Sparks.) 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 

Professor Rovelstad; Instructors Baehr, Carper, Dewey, Disney, Hayes, 
PhilHps, Turner, Urban and Wedemeyer. 

L. S. 1, 2. Library Methods (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Library Science 1 and 2 are required of all students in general Arts and 
Science, Pre-Law and Pre-Nursing curriculums. 

These introductory courses are intended to help students to use libraries 
with greater facility and effectiveness. Instruction, given in the form of lec- 
tures and practical work, is designed to interpret the library and its resources to 
the students. The courses consider the classification of books in libraries, the 
card catalog, periodical literature and indexes, and certain essential reference 
books which will be found helpful throughout the college course and in later 
years. 

L. S. lOlS. School Library Administration (3). 

The organization and maintenance of effective library service in the modern 
school. Planning and equipping library quarters, purpose of the library in the 
school, standards, instruction in the use of books and libraries, training student 
assistants, acquisition of materials, repair of books, publicity, exhibits, aftd other 
practical problems. 

L. S. 102S. Cataloging and Classification (3). 

Study and practice in classifying books and making dictionary catalog for 
school libraries. Study of simplified forms as used in the Children's Catalog, 
Standard Catalog for High School Libraries, and Wilson printed cards. 

L. S. 103S. Book Selection for School Libraries (3). 



250 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Principles of book selection as applied to school libraries. Practice in the 
effective use of book selection aids in the preparation of book lists. Evaluating 
of publishers, editions, translations, format, etc. 

L. S. 104S. Reference and Bibliography for School Libraries (4). 

Evaluation, selection, and use of standard tools, such as encj'clopedias, 
dictionaries, periodical indexes, atlases, and yearbooks, for school libraries. 
Study of bibliographical procedures and forms. 

L. S. 111. Introduction to Fundamentals of Special Library Service (3). 

An introductory course of library methods as applied to an organization 
in which the primary function of the library is bibliographic control of material 
pertinent to the specialized field of the organization. A course planned to train 
in general library methods a person who already is a specialist in some 
particular phase of library service. 

MATHEMATICS 

Professors Jackson, Hall, Martin; Research Professor Weinstein*; Associate 
Professors Good, Ludford, Young; Associate Research Professor Diaz;* As- 
sistant Professors Haywood, Spencer; Assistant Research Professor Payne;* 
Instructors Brace, Brewster, Cree, Ehrlich, Greenspan, McAuley, McLean, 
Rosen, Roth, Shepherd; Instructor Part Time Lepson; Junior Instructors Cato, 
Munson, Wilkinson, Zemel; Junior Instructors Part Time Aziz, Vanderslice. 

The Colloquium meets weekly for reports on the research of the faculty and 
graduate students, and for expository lectures on papers published in current 
mathematical journals. 

The Mathematics Club meets once a month under the direction of Professor 
Haywood for the discussion of mathematical topics of interest to the under- 
graduate. 

The following courses are open to students who offer at least one unit of 
algebra for entrance: Math. 1, 5, or 10. 

The following courses are open to students who offer two or more units of 
algebra for entrance: Math. 14, IS. 

Students are enrolled in Math. 5, 10, or 15 provided they pass the Mathe- 
matics section of the general classification test given to incoming students 
during registration. Students who fail this test should enroll in Math. if 
their curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10, and in Math 1 if their curriculum calls 
for Math. 15. Students taking Math. 1 are not eligible to take Math. 14 con- 
currently. 

In general students should enroll in only one course in the groups below. 
In case this rule is not followed credit will be assigned as indicated. 
Math. 5, 10, 15. Credit on only one course. 
Math. 11, 14. Math. 11— 1 J/2 credits; Math. lA — 2 credits. 
Math. 11, 17. Math. 11—1^ credits; Math. 17—4 credits. 



*Meinl>«r ol tbs Inetitute (or Fluid Dynamics and Applied MatheraatlcH, 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 251 

Math. 11, 14, 17. Math. 11—0 credit; Math. 14 — 2 credits; Math. 17— 
4 credits. 
The department strongly recommends that a student who receives a grade 
of D in a course in mathematics repeat the course to raise his grade before 
going on to a more advanced course. 

Math. 0. Basic Mathematics (0) — First and second semesters. Required 
of students whose curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10 and who fail the qualifying 
examination for these courses. 

The fundamental principles of algebra. (Shepherd and Stafif.) 

Math. 1. Introductory Algebra (0) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, one unit of algebra. Required of students whose curriculum calls 
for Math. 15 and wha fail the qualifying examination for this course. 

A review of the topics covered in a second course in algebra. 

(Hall and Staflf.) 

Math. 2. Solid Geometry (0) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
one unit each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to students who enter 
deficient in solid geometry. Students in the College of Education may be 
granted two credits for Math. 2. 

Lines, planes, cylinders, cones, the sphere and polyhedra, primary emphasis 
on mensuration. Intended for engineers and science students. 

(Brewster and Staff.) 

Math. 3. Fundamentals of Mathematics (4) — First and second semesters. 
This course is open to all students and is designed to give an introduction 
to mathematical thinking. Content: logical structure for several elementary 
mathematical systems, historical advances in typical phases of mathematics and 
their role in world development, famous unsolvable problems, currently un- 
solved problem.s, applications of mathematics to other fields of learning. 

(Young and Staff.) 

Math. 5. General Mathematics (3) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School. Prerequisite, one unit,of algebra. Open only to students' in the College 
of Business and Public Administration, the College of Agriculture, the College 
of Militars' Science, and the Department of Industrial Education. Note regula- 
tion above in case student enrolls in more than one of the courses, Math 5, 10, 15. 

Fundamental operations, fractions, ratio and proportion, linear equations, 
exponents, logarithms, percentage, trade discount, simple interest, bank dis- 
count, true discount, and promissory notes. (Shepherd and Staff.) 

Math. 6. Mathematics of Finance (3) — First and second semesters. Sum- 
mer School. Prerequisite Math 5 or equivalent. Required of students in the 
College of Business and Public Administration, and open to students in the 
College of Arts and Sciences only for elective credit. 

Line diagrams, compound interest, simple interest, ordinary annuities, general 
annuities, deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, evaluation of bonds, 
amortization, and sinking funds. (Shepherd and Staff.) 

Math. 10. Algebra (3) — First ?ind second semesters. Summer School. 



252 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Prerequisite, one unit each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to biological, 
premedical, predental, and general Arts and Sciences students. Note regulation 
above, in case student enrolls in more than one of the courses. Math. 5, 10, IS. 
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equations, exponents 
and radicals, quadratic equations, progressions, logarithms, permutations and 
combinations, probability, mathematics of investment. (Haywood and Staff.) 

Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School. Prerequisite, Alath. 10 or equivalent. Open to 
biological, premedical, predental, and general Arts and Sciences students. This 
course is not recommended for students planning to enroll in Math. 20. Note 
regulation above, in case student enrolls in both Alath. 11 and 14, or in both 
Math. 11 and 17. 

Trigonometric functions, identities, addition formulas, solution of triangles, 
coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic sections, graphs. 

(Haywood and Staff.) 

Math. 13. Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Math. 10 or equivalent. 

Frequency distributions, averages, moments, measures of dispersion, the 

normal curve, curve fitting, regression and correlation. (Good.) 

Math. 14. Plane Trigonometry (2)— First and second semesters. Summer 
School. Prerequisite, Math. 15 or concurrent enrollment in Math. 15. Open 
to students in engineering, education, and the phj'sical sciences. Note regula- 
tion above, in case student enrolls in both Math. 11 and 14. 

Trigonometric functions, identities, the radian, graphs, addition formulas, 
solution of triangles, trigonometric equations. (Hall and Staff.) 

Math. 15. College Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School. Prerequisite, high school algebra completed, and plane geometry. 
Open to students in engineering, education, and the physical sciences. Note reg- 
tjlation above, in case student enrolls in more tlian one of the courses, Math. 
5. 10, 15. 

Fundamental operations, variation, functions and graphs, quadratic equations, 
theory of equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, logarithms, determin- 
ants, progressions. (Hall and Staff.) 

Math. 16. Spherical Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, solid geometry and Math. 14. 

The solution of spherical triangles, with applications to the terrestrial and 
astronomical triangles. (Brewster and Staff.) 

Math. 17. Analytic Geometry (4) — Three lectures and two one-hour drill 
periods a week, first and second semesters. Summer School. Prerequisite, 
Math. 14 and 15, or equivalent. Open to students in engineering, education, 
and the physical sciences. Note regulation above, in rase student enrolls in 
both Math. 11 and 17. 

Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, transfor- 
mation of coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcendental 
equations, solid analytic geometry. 'Spencer and Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 253 

Math. 20, 21. Calculus (4, 4) — Three lectures and two one-hour drill periods 
a week, first and second semesters. Summer School. Prerequisite, Math. 17 or 
equivalent. Open to students in engineering, education, and the physical 
sciences. 

Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching, rates, 
curvature, kinematics, integration with geometric and physical applications, 
partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals, infinite series. 

(Good and Staff.) 

Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers (3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Required 
of students in mechanical and electrical engineering. 

Diflterential equations of the first and second order with emphasis on their 
engineering applications. (Ludford and Staff.) 

A. Algebra 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 100. Higher Algebra (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or 

equivalent- 
Selected topics in algebra will be taken up from a point of view designed 

to strengthen and deepen the grasp of the subject. (Ehrlich.) 

Math. 102. Theory of Equations (3) — Second semester. Summer School 
(2). Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Solution of algebraic equations, symmetric functions. (Ehrlich.) 

,Math. 103. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3) — First semester. Prere- 
quisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Linear dependence, matrices, groups, vector spaces. (Good.) 

Math. 106.' Introduction to the Theory of Numbers (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Integers, divisibility, Euclid's algorithm, Diophantine equations, prime num- 
bers, Moebius function, congruences, residues. (Good.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 200, 201. Modern Algebra (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 103 or consent 
of instructor. 

Groups, rings, fields, algebraic numbers, Galois theory. (Good.) 

Math. 202. Matrix Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 103. 
or consent of instructor. 

The theory of vectors and matrices with applications. (Good.) 

Math. 204, 205. Topological Groups (3, 3) — Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. 

An introductory course in abstract groups, topological spaces, and the study 
of collections of elements enjoying both these properties. The concept of a 



254 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

uniform space will be introduced and studied. The representation problem will 
be considered together with the subject of Lie groups. (Hall, Good.) 

Math. 271. Selected Topics in Algebra (3)— (Arranged). 

B. Analysis 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equiva- 
lent. 

Limits, continuous functions, differentiation and integration with application 
to mechanics, infinite series, Fourier series, functions of several variables, multiple 
integrals, the theorems of Gauss and Stokes, the calculus of variations. 

(Hall.) 

Math. 114. Differential Equations (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. 110 or equivalent. 

Ordinary differential equations, symbolic methods, successive approximations, 
solutions in series, orthogonal functions, Bessel functions, Sturmian theory. 

(Spencer.) 

Math. 115. Partial Differential Equations (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114. 
Partial differential equations of first and second order, characteristics, 
boundary value problems, systems of equations, applications. (Spencer.) 

Math. 116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory (3) — Prerequisite, 
Math. 21 or equivalent. Open to students in engineering and the physical 
sciences. Graduate students in mathematics should* enroll in Math. 210, 211. 

Fundamental operations in complex numbers, differentiation and integration, 
sequences and series, power series, analytic functions, conformal mapping, resi- 
due theory, special functions. (Ludford.) 

Math. 117. Fourier Series (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114 or equivalent. 

Representation of functions by series of orthogonal functions. Applications 
to the solution of boundary value problems of some partial differential equations 
of physics and engineering. (Ludford.) 

For Graduates 

Math- 210, 211. Functions of a Complex Variable (3, 3) — Prerequisite, 

Math. Ill or equivalent. 

Complex numbers, infinite series, Cauchy-Riemann equations, conformal 
mapping, complex integral, the Cauchy theory, the Weierstrass theory, Riemann 
surfaces, algebraic functions, periodic and elliptic functions, the theorems of 
Weierstrass and Mittag-Leffler. (Spencer.) 

Math. 212. Special Functions (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
210 or consent of instructor. 

Gamma function; second order rlifferential equations in the complex domain, 
regular and irregular singularities; hypergeometric functions, Riemann's P- func- 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 255 

tions, Legendre functions, confluent hypergeometric functions, Whittaker func- 
tions, Bessel functions. (Diaz.) 

Math. 213, 214. Functions of a Real Variable (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 
Ill or equivalent. 

The real number system, point sets, the Heine-Borel theorem, continuous 
functions, derivatives, infinite series, uniform convergence, the Riemann integral, 
Jordan content, the Lebesgue integral, Fourier series. (Hall.) 

Math. 215, 216. Advanced Differential Equations (3, 3) — Prerequisite, 
Math. Ill and 114, or consent of instructor. 

Existence and uniqueness theorems for systems of ordinary differential 
equations and for partial diflferential equations, characteristic theory, reduction to 
normal forms, the methods of finite differences. (Young.) 

Math. 217. Existence Theorems in Differential Equations (3) — Second 
semester. Prerequisite, Math. 114. 

Recent results on the existence of solutions of quasi-linear systems of partial 
differential equations. (Spencer.) 

Math. 218. Integral Equations (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 211 
or consent of instructor. 

Integral equations of the first and second kind, Volterra's equation, Abel's 
equation and fractional differentiation; the Fredholm theory, the Hilbert-Schmidt 
theory, Mercer's theorem, expansion in orthonormal series; existence theorems of 
potential theory and other applications. (Ludford.) 

Math. 272. Selected Topics in Analysis (3) — (Arranged). 

Math. 280, 281. Linear Spaces (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 214 or equivalent. 
Linear vector spaces and their topologies, linear operations and transforma- 
tions and their inverses, Banach and Hilbert spaces. (Brace.) 

C. Geometry and Topology 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 122, 123. Elementary Topology (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 21 or 
equivalent. 

Open and closed sets, elementary topology of the straight line and the 
Euclidean plane, the Jordan Curve Theorem and its applications, simple con- 
nectivity. (Haywood.) 

Math. 124, 125. Introduction to Projective Geometry (3, 3) — Prerequisite, 
Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Elementary projective geometry largely from the analytic approach, pro- 
jective transformations, cross ratio, harmonic division, projective coordinates, 
projective theory of conies, Laguerre's definition of angle. (Jackson.) 

Math. 126, 127. Introduction to Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis 
(3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

The differential geometry of curves and surfaces with the use of vector and 



256 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

tensor methods, curvature and torsion, moving frames, curvilinear coordinates, 
the fundamental differential forms, covariant derivatives, intrinsic geometry, 
curves on a surface, applications to problems in dynamics, mechanics, electricity, 
and relativity. (Jackson.) 

Math. 128, 129. Higher Geometry (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent 
of instructor. Math. 128 is not a prerequisite for Math. 129. Open to students 
in the College of Education. 

This course is designed for students preparing to teach geometry in high 
school. The first semester is devoted to the modern geometry of the triangle, 
circle and sphere. In the second semester emphasis is placed on the axiomatic 
development of Euclidean and non- Euclidean geometry. (Jackson.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 220, 221. Differential Geometry (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. Ill and 
152, or consent of instructor. 

Curves and surfaces, geometry in the large, the Gauss-Bonnet formula, sur- 
faces of constant curvature. (Jackson.) 

Math. 223, 224. Algebraic Topology (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 103 and 
123, or consent of instructor. 

Homology, cohomology, and honiotopy theory of complexes and spaces. 

(Spencer.) 

Math. 225, 226. Set-theoretic Topology (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 123 or 
consent of instructor. 

Foundations of mathematics based on a set of axioms, metric spaces, con- 
vergence and connectivity properties of point sets, continua and continuous 
curves, the topology of the plane. (Hall.) 

Math. 273. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology (3) — Arranged) 

D. Probability and Statistics 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 130. Probability (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or 
equivalent. 

Combinatory analysis, total, compound, and inverse probability, continuous 
distributions, theorems of Bernoulli and Laplace, theory of errors. (Good.) 

Math. 132. Mathematical Statistics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. 21 or ef|iiivalent. 

Frequency distributions and their parameters, multivariate analysis and 
correlation, theory of sampling, analysis of variance, statistical inference. 
^^ (Good.) 

E. History 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 140. History of Mathematics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. 21 or consent of instructor. 



COLLEGE OF AkfS AMD SCIENCES 257 

A survey of the historical development of mathematics and of the mathe- 
maticians who have contributed to that development. (Good.) 

F. Mathematical Methods 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 150, 151. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists (3, 3) 

— Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

An introduction to advanced mathematical methods and their application to 
the technical problems of physics and engineering. Topics include Fourier series, 
matrices, ordinary and partial differential equations of applied mathematics, 
numerical methods, Bessel functions, complex variables, operational calculus. 

(Martin.) 
I 

Math. 152. Vector Analysis (3) — First semester. Summer School. Prere- 
quisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Algebra and calculus of vectors and applications. (Haywood.) 

Math. 153. Operational Calculus (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
21 or equivalent. 

Operational solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations, Fourier 
and Laplace transforms. (Haywood.) 

Math. 155. Numerical Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
110 and 114, or consent of instructor. 

A brief surve}' of com.puting machines, study of errors involved in numerical 
computations, the use of desk machines and tables, numerical solution of poly- 
nomial and transcendental equations, interpolation, numerical differentiation and 
integration, ordinary differential equations, systems of linear equations. 

(Young.) 

Math. 156. Programming for High Speed Computers (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Math 21 or equivalent. 

General characteristics of high-speed automatic computers; logic of program- 
ming, preparation of flow charts, preliminary and final coding; scaling, use of 
floating point routines; construction and use of subroutines; use of machine for 
mathematical operations and for automatic coding. Each student will prepare 
and, if possible, run a problem on a high speed computer. (Young.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 250. Tensor Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 152 
or consent of instructor. 

Algebra and calculus of tensors, Riemannian geometry and its extensions, 
differential invariants; applications to physics and engineering, and in particular 
the theory of relativity. (Weinberger.) 

Math. 251. Hilbert Space (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 214 or 
consent of instructor. 

The original and general Hilbert space, scalar product, metric, strong and 



258 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

weak convergence, linear functionals, symnaetric operators, complete continuity, 
eigenvalues, orthonormal systems, Schwarz-Bessel inequality and Parseval 
identity, eigenvalues in sub-spaces, spectral theorem. (Weinstein.) 

Math. 252. Variational Methods (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
260 or consent of instructor. 

The Euler-Lagrange equation, minimal principles in mathematical physics, 
estimation of capacity, torsional rigidity and other physical quantities; symmetri- 
sation, isoperimetric inequahties estimation of eigenvalues; the minimax principle. 

(Weinstein.) 

Math. 255, 256. Advanced Numerical Analysis (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 
155 or consent of instructor. 

Review of numerical differentiation and integration, solution of ordinary 
differential equations, stability, accuracy, use of high-speed digital machines, 
properties of elliptic, hyperbolic and parabolic partial differential equations, con- 
version of partial differential equations to partial difference equations, stability 
and convergence of methods for solving partial difference equations, rates of 
convergence of relaxation methods, gradient methods, iterative methods, the 
method of characteristics. General methods of solving problems, existence and 
uniqueness theorems for difference equations associate with partial differential 
equations, stability of solutions, perturbation, iterative procedures, steepest de- 
scent, eigenvalue problems. (Young.) 

G. Mathematical Physics 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 160, 161. Analytic Mechanics (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or 
equivalent 

Statics, kinematics, dynamics of a particle, elementary celestial mechanics, 
Lagrangian equations for dynamical systems of one, two, and three degrees of 
freedom, Hamilton's principle, the Hamilton-Jacobi partial differential equation. 

(Ludford.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 260. Foundations of Mathematical Physics (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, consent of instructor. 

General survey of mathematical methods and results employed in various 
branches of mathematical physics. The following are among the general topics 
to be discussed: vector analysis and integral identities (Green-Gauss, Stokes, etc.), 
ordinary and partial differential and difference equations, integral equations, 
formulation of typical boundary and initial value problems and indication of the 
main methods of solution. (Diaz.) 

Math. 261, 262. Fluid Dynamics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent 
of instructor. 

Basic kinematic and dynamic concepts, equation of continuity, velocity 
potential and stream function, vorticity, Bernoulli's equation; perfect incompres- 
sible fluids, Hclmholtz' vorticity theorems, plane hydrodynamics, Kutta-Jou- 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 259 

kowski theory of lift, conformal mapping, vortices and vortex streets, Prandtl- 
Munk theory of finite wings; viscous fluids, Navier-Stokes equations, boundary 
layer theory; perfect gases, method of characteristics, subsonic, transonic, and 
supersonic flows, hodograph method, theory of shock waves. (Payne.) 

Math. 263, 264. Elasticity (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of 
instructor. 

Stress and strain, nuclei of strain, compatibility equations, Saint- Venant 
principle, bending, torsion and flexure of beams, complex variable methods, 
Airy's stress function, axial symmetry, strain energy and potential energy, buck- 
ling, bending, and vibration of plates and shells. (Weinberger.) 

Math. 265. Hyperbolic Differential Equations (3)— Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. 

Two variables, Cauchy's problem, characteristics, Riemann's method, proper- 
ties of the Riemann function, quasi-linear equations and canonical hyperbolic 
systems, wave equation in n-dimensions, methods of Hadamard and Riesz, Euler- 
Poisson equation and the singular problems, Huygens' principle. (Ludford.) 

Math. 266. Elliptic Differential Equations (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. 260 or consent of instructor. 

The equations of Laplace and Poisson, flux, the theorems of Gauss and 
Green, potentials of volume and surface distributions, harmonic functions. Green's 
function and the problems of Dirichlet and Neumann; linear elliptic equations 
with variable coefficients, in particular the equations, of Stokes and Beltrami; 
fundamental solutions, the principle of the maximum, and boundary value prob- 
lems; introduction to the theory of non-linear equations. (Payne.) 

Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (3)— (Arranged.) 

H. Research 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 190, 191. Honors Reading Course (3, 3) — Prerequisite, permission 
by the department to work for honors. 

Selected reading on topics in mathematics of special interest to the student 
under the guidance of a staff member. (Jackson.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 298. Proseminar in Research (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
one semester of graduate work in mathematics. 

A seminar devoted to the foundations of mathematics, including mathematical 

logic, axiom systems, and set theory. (Spencer.) 

Math. 300. Research — (Arranged). 

ASTRONOMY 

Astr. 1, 2. Astronomy (3, 3). 

An elementary course in descriptive astronomy. (Roth.) 



260 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Astr. 5. Navigation (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 16. 

The theory and practice of navigation. (Not offered 1955-1956.) 

MUSIC 

Professors Ulrich, Randall; Associate Professor Springmann; Assistant Pro- 
fessors Jordan, Steiner; Instructors Carow, Denker, Haslup, Kemble, 
Landers, Meyer, Payler. 

Music 1. Introduction to Music (3) — First semester. Three lectures per 
week. Open to all students in the University, and required of all Music majors 
in the first semester of the freshman year. 

A study of the forms and styles of music, leading to an intelligent apprecia- 
tion of the art and providing a foundation for more advanced courses in the 
Department of Music. 

Music 4. Men's Glee Club (1) — First and second semesters. 

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until a total of six 
semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover a cycle of 
about six semesters. 

Music 5. Women's Chorus (1)— First and second semesters. 

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until a total of six 
semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will rover a cycle 
of about six semesters. 

Music 6. Orchestra (1)— First and second semesters. 

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until a total of six 
semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover a cycle 
of about six semesters. 

Music 7, 8. Theory of Music (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures and two laboratory hours per week. 

A fundamental course in the elements of music. Study of rhythms, scales, 
chord structures, and tonalities through ear training, sight singing, and keyboard 
drill. The student must achieve a grade of B in Music 8 in order to register for 
Music 17 and 70. 

Music 10. Band (1) — First and second semesttrs. 

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until a total of six 
semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover a cycle 
of about six semesters. 

Music 15. Chapel Choir (1) — First and second semesters. Summer School. 

Open to all students in the University, subject to the Director's approval. 
The Choir will appear at services held in the Memorial Chapel. May be taken 
until a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned. 

Music 16. Music Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher (3) — First and 
"Second semesters. Open to students majoring in Elementary Education or 
Childhood Education; other students take Music 7. Music 7 and 16 may not 
both be counted for credit. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 261 

The fundamentals of music theory and practice, related to the needs of the 
classroom and kindergarten teacher, and organized in accord with the six-area 
concept of musical learning. 

Music 17, 18, Dictation and Sight Singing (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite: completion of Music 8 with a grade of at least B. Music- 
Education majors must take Music 70 concurrently with Music 17, and Music 
71 with Music 18. One lecture and two laboratory hours per week. 

Harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and contrapuntal dictation. Sight-singing of 
two-, three-, and four-part music, and an introduction to clef reading. 

Music 21, 22. Class Voice (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Beginning 
course. Two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Fundamentals of tone production and diction, and correct breathing as 
applied to singing. 

Music 23, 24. Class Piano (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Beginning 
course. Two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Fundamentals of hand position, and technical problems related to acquiring 
facility at the piano. 

Music 50. Elementary Conducting (2) — First semester. 

Techniques of the baton, based on fundamental meter designs; score reading, 
interpretation, and accompanying. Eurhythmies are applied to develop the 
sense of rhythm. Practical experience in conducting choral and simple orchestral 
music. 

Music 70, 71, Harmony (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite: 
completion of Music 8 with a grade of at least B. Music-Education majors must 
take Music 17 concurrently with Music 70, and Music 18 with Music 71. Two 
lectures and two laboratory hours per week. 

A review of music theory and a study of harmonic progressions, triads, 
dominant sevenths and ninths in root positions and inversions. Altered and 
mixed chords, modulation, enharmonic intervals. Simple harmonizations and 
original composition. 

Music 80, 81. Class Study of Instruments (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Four laboratory hours per week. 

A study of the techniques of orchestral and band instruments. Practical 
experience on the instruments in class ensembles. Music 80, strings; Music 81, 
winds and percussion. 

Music 110. American Music (2) — Second semester. 

Designed to be an integral part of the American Civilization program, the 
course is a survey of the development of music in the United States from Colonial 
days to the present. Phases of our musical history which are studied include 
early hymn writers, Stephen Foster, the negro spiritual, and twentieth-century 
music. 

Music 120, 121. History of Music (3, 3)— First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites: Music 1 and junior standing. 

A study of musical styles from their origins in western Europe to their 



262 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

present-day manifestations. The interaction of music and other cultural activi- 
ties. Music 120, the Greek period to Bach; Music 121, Bach to the present- 
Music 141, 142. Musical Form (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites: Music 70 and 71. 

A study of the organizing principles of musical composition, their inter- 
action in musical forms, and their functions in different styles. Music 141, the 
phrase to the rondo; Music 142, the larger forms. 

Music 143, 144. Composition (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisites: Music 70 and 71. 

The principles of musical composition, and their application to the smaller 
forms. Original writing in nineteenth- and twentieth-century musical idioms 
for various media. 

Music 145, 146. Counterpoint (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisites: Music 70 and 71. 

A course in eighteenth-century contrapuntal techniques. Study of devices of 
imitation in the invention and the choral prelude. Original writing in the smaller 
contrapuntal forms. 

Music 147, 148. Orchestration (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites: Music 70 and 71. 

A study of the ranges, musical functions, and technical characteristics of the 
instruments, and their color possibilities in various combinations. Practical ex- 
perience in orchestrating for small and large ensembles. 

Music 150. Keyboard Harmony (2) — First semester. Prerequisite: Music 
70 and 71. One lecture and two laboratory hours per week. 

The application to the piano keyboard of the harmonic principles acquired 
in Music 70 and 71. Harmonization of melodies, improvisation and accompany- 
ing, playing from dictation, and transposition. 

Music 160, 161. Advanced Conducting Methods (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite: Music 50. 

Materials and methods of conducting larger ensembles. Tone production, 
interpretation, more complex score-reading. Practical experience is obtained. 
Music 160, choral conducting; Music 161, orchestral and band conducting. 

Music 165. Survey of the Opera (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite: Music 
120 and 121 or the equivalent. 

A study of the music, librettos, and composers of the standard operas. 

Music 167. Symphonic Music (3). First semester. Summer school (2). 
Prerequisites: Music 120 and 121 or the equivalent. 

The study of orchestral music from the Baroque period to the present. The 
concerto, symphony, overture, and other forms are examined. 

Music 168. Chamber Music (3). Second semester. Prerequisites: Music 
120 and 121 or the equivalent. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 263 

The history and literature of Chamber Music from the early Baroque period 
to the present. Music for trio sonata, string quartet and quintet, and combina- 
tions of piano and string instruments is studied. 

Music 169. Choral Music (3). First semester. Prerequisite: Music 120 
and 121 or the equivalent. 

The history and literature of choral music from the Renaissance to the 
present, with discussion of related topics such as Gregorian chant, vocal cham- 
ber music, etc. 

APPLIED MUSIC 

A new student or one taking applied music for the first time at this Uni- 
versity should, in any applied-music course other than Music (Piano), regis- 
ter for Music X (Piano) or Music X (Violin), etc. He will receive the proper 
classification at the end of his first semester in the Department. 

Music (Piano) (0) — First and second semesters. Two half-hour lessons 
and six practice hours per week. 

Basic piano course required of all music majors whose principal instrument 
is not piano, and to be taken until minimum proficiency is attained. Special 
fee of $40.00 per semester. 

Music 12, 13. Applied Music (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Fresh- 
man course. Two half-hour lessons and six practice hours per week. 

The student will register for Music 12 (Piano), or Music 12 (Voice), or 

Music 12 (Violin), etc. Special fee of |40.00 per semester. 

Music 52, 53. Applied Music (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Sopho- 
more course. Prerequisite: Music 13 on the same instrument. Two half-hour 
lessons and six practice hours per week. 

The student will register for Music 52 (Piano), or Music 52 (Voice), or 
Music 52 (Violin), etc. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. 

Music 112, 113. Applied Music (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Junior 
course. Prerequisite: Music 53 on the same instrument. Two half-hour lessons 
and six practice hours per week. 

The student will register for Music 112 (Piano), or Music 112 (Voice), or 
Music 112 (VioHn), etc. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. 

Music 152, 153. Applied Music (2, 2)— First and second semesters. Senior 
course. Prerequisite: Music 113 on the same instrument. One one-hour lesson 
and six practice hours per week. 

The student will register for Music 152 (Piano), or Music 152 (Voice), or 

Music 152 (Violin), etc. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. 

PHILOSOPHY 

Professor Garvin; Assistant Professors Robinson, Schlaretzki. 

Phil. 1. Introduction to Philosophy (3) — Each semester. 

A critical survey of representative philosophical beliefs concerning the nature 



264 VNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

of man and the universe and the nature and function of scientific knowledge and 
reHgion. (Garvin, Robinson.) 

Philosophy 1 and Philosophy 2 survey different philosophical fields. Either may 
be taken first or alone. Students may not receive credit for more than two of the 
folloii/ing courses: Philosophy 1; 2; 123; 124. 

PhiL 2. Introduction to Philosophy (3)— Each semester. 
A critical survey of representative philosophical beliefs concerning the 
nature and function of morality, government, education, and art. 

(Garvin, Sclilarctzki.i 

Phil. 41. Elementary Logic and Semantics (3) — First semester. 

An introductory study of logic and language, intended to help the student 
increase his abiHty to employ language with understanding and to reason cor- 
rectly. Topics treated include: the uses and abuses of language, techniques for 
making sound inferences, and the logic oi science. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 52. Philosophy in Literature (3) — Second semester. 

Reading and philosophical criticism of novels and dramas containing ideas 

significant for ethics, social policy, and religion. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 53. Philosophy of Religion (3) — Second semester. 

This course seeks to provide the student with the means by which he may 
approach intelligently the main problems of religious thought: the nature of 
religious experience, the forms of religious expression, the conflicting claims of 
religion and science, and the place of religion in the community and in the life 
of the individual. (Garvin, Robinson.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Phil. 101. Ancient Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

A history of Greek thought from its beginnings to the time of Justinian. 
'1 he chief hgures discussed: the Presocratic philosophers, Socrates, Plato, 
Aristotle, Epicurus, the Stoic philosophers and Plotinus. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 102. Modern Philosophy (3) — Second semester. 

A history of philosophical thought in the West during the 16th, 17th, and 
18th Centuries. The chief figures discussed: Bacon, Galileo, Descartes, Spinoza, 
Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume and Kant. (Robinson.) 

Phil. in. Medieval Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

A history of philosophical thought in the West from the close of the 
Classical period to the Renaissance. Based upon readings in the Stoics, early 
Christian writers, Neoplatonists, later Christian writers and Schoolmen. 

(Robinson.) 

Phil. 114. Contemporary Movements in Philosophy (3)- -First semester. 

A survey of recent and present developments in philosophy. Attention will 
be given to such thinkers as James, Bergson, Russell, Dewey, and Whitehead 
and to such movements as Pragmatism, Idealism, Naturalism, Positivism, and 
Existentialism. Particular consideration will be paid to the bearing of these 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 265 

developments on contemporary problems of science, religion and society. 

(Garvin.) 

Phil. 120. Oriental Philosophy (3) — Second semester. 

A brief survey of Indian and Chinese philosophy. Discussion of Indian 
thought will center about the Rig- Veda, the Upanishads, the Buddhist philos- 
ophers, and the chief Hindu systems. Discussion of Chinese thought will center 
about Confucius, Lao-tse and their disciples, particular attention being given to 
the development of democratic ideals from Mencius to Sun Yat-sen. 

(Robinson.) 

Phil. 121. American Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

A survey of American philosophical thought from the 18th Century to the 
present. Special attention is given to Edwards, Jefferson, Emerson, Royce, 
Peirce, James, Dewey, and Santayana. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 123, 124. Philosophies Men Live By (2, 2) — Designed as electives 
for students who wish to acquaint themselves with the field of philosophy. Phil. 
123 not necessarily a prerequisite for Phil. 124. Students may not receive credit for 
more than two of the following courses: Philosophy 1; 2; 123; 124. (Staff.) 

An exploration of the fundamental beliefs which determine what men make 
of their lives and of the world they live in. Each semester classic statements of 
these beliefs by great philosophers will be chosen for class discussion on the basis 
of their significance for the problems confronting modern man. 

Phil. 130. The Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization (3)— Second 

semester. 

A critical and constructive philosophical examination of the assumptions, 
goals, and methods of contemporary democracy, fascism, socialism, and com- 
munism, with special attention to the ideological conflict between the U. S. and 
Russia. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 140. Philosophical Bases of Educational Theories (3) — Second Semes- 
ter. 

A critical study of the foundations of major views regarding the proper ends 
of education and the implications of these views for educational practice. 

(Robinson.) 

Phil. 151. Ethics (3) — First semester. 

A critical study of the problems and theories of human conduct, aimed at 
developing such principles of ethical criticism as may be applied to contemporary 
personal and social problems and to the formulation of an ethical philosophy of 
life. (Garvin, Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 153. Philosophy of Art (3)— First semester. 

An inquiry into the nature and functions of art. The course will begin with 
an examination of the relations between art and imitation, art and craft, art and 
beauty, art and pleasure, art and form, art and expression, art and not-art, and 
good, bad, and great art, and conclude with a consideration of the uses of art, 
propa.gandistic, religious, escapist, and therapeutic. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 154. Political and Social Philosophy (3)~Second semester. 



266 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

An inquiry into the nature and functions of society and of the state. Atten- 
tion is given to the major classical and contemporary theories, but the course 
is not primarily historical. The central problems: determination of the grounds 
of political obligation: reconciliation of the claims of personal freedom and social 
welfare. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 155. Logic (3) — Second semester, 

A critical exposition of deductive logic. The course includes an examination 
and appraisal of Aristotelian logic and a systematic presentation of the founda- 
tions of modern symbolic logic. Consideration is given to the application of the 
techniques of logic in the organization of knowledge and in scientific method. 
This course does not presuppose Phil. 41, but forms a natural sequel to it 

(Garvin, Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 156. Philosophy of Science (3) — First semester. 

An inquiry into the relations of the sciences, the nature of observation, hypo- 
theses, verification, experiment, measurement, scientific laws and theories, the 
basic concepts and presuppositions of science, and the relations of science to 
society. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 191, 192, 193, 194. Topical Investigations (1-3) — Each semester. 

Tutorial course. Independent study under individual guidance. Topics 
selected by students in conference with the department chairman. Restricted to 
advanced students with credit for at least 12 units of philosophy. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Graduate instruction in the Department of Philosophy is carried on mainly 
by independent investigation of special topics under individual supervision. 
Any of the courses listed below may be elected more than once. Course selec- 
tions require the approval of the department chairman. 

Phil. 201. Research in Philosophy (1-3) — Each semester. 

Selected projects in historical research under individual guidance. (Staflf.) 

Phil. 203. Selected Problems in Philosophy (1-3) — Each semester. 
Intensive study of selected topics in systematic philosophy under individual 
supervision. (Staff.) 

Phil. 205. Seminar in the History of Philosophy (1-3) — First semester. 

A special topic will be selected for each year, e.g., Plato, Aristotle, Kant, 

British Empiricists, Russell. (StaflF.) 

Phil. 206. Seminar in Problems of Philosophy (1-3) — Second semester. 

A special topic will be selected each year, e.g.. Symbolic Logic, Philosophical 

Analysis, Perceptual Knowledge. (StaflF.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 267 

PHYSICS 

Professors Toll, Morgan, Myers; Part-time Professors Brickwedde, de Launay, 
Kennard, Wangsness; Associate Professors Iskraut, Singer; Assistant Professors 
R. Anderson, Ferrell, Grant, Krumbein; Research Associates J. Anderson, 

Potts, Tredgold, Visscher. 

Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (3) — First 
semester. Two lectures, and one recitation a week. The first half of a survey 
course in general physics. This course is for the general student and does not 
satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Prerequisite, successful passing 
of the qualifying examination in elementary mathematics. Lecture demonstration 
fee. $3.00. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics (3) — 

Second semester. Two lectures and one recitation a week. The second half of a 
survey course in general physics. This course is for the general student and does 
not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Prerequisite, Phys. 1. 
Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 10, 11. Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures, one recitation, and one two-hour laboratory period a week. A 
course in general physics treating the fields of mechanics, heat, sound, electric- 
ity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. This course satisfies tlie minimum 
requirements of medical and dental schools. Prerequisite, entrance credit in 
trigonometry or Math. 11 or concurrent enrollment in Math. 14 and IS. Lec- 
ture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00 per semester. (Singer and Staff.) 

Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics. Heat and Sound (5) — First and 
second semesters. Three lectures, two recitations and one two-hour laboratory 
period a week. The first half of a course in general physics. Required of all 
students in the engineering curricula. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. 
Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00. 

(Anderson, R., Grant and Staff.) 

Phys. 21. General Physics: Electricity, Magnetism and Optics (5) — First 
and second semesters. Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour lab- 
oratory period a week. The second half of a course in general physics. Re- 
quired of all students in the engfineering curricula. Prerequisite, Phys. 20. 
Math 21 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture demonstration and laboratory 
fee, $6.00. (Anderson, R., Grant and Staff). 

Phys. 50, 51. Intermediate Mechanics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11, or Phys. 21. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 52. Heat (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, 
Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. (Krumbein.) 

Phys. 53. Nuclear Physics and Radioactivity (3) — Second semester. Three 
lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or Phys. 21. (Ferrell.) 

An intermediate course in the phenomena associated with the atomic 
nucleus. Special emphasis will be placed on the radiations emitted. 



268 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Phys. 54. Sound (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prere- 
quisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently. (Anderson.) 

Phys. 60. Intermediate Physics Experiments. Three hours laboratory work 
for each credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prere- 
quisites, Phys. 11 or 21. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per credit hour. (Krumbein.) 

A. General Physics 
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. Three hours laboratory work for each 
credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prerequisites, 
Phys. 52 or 54. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per credit hour. (Krumbein.) 

Phys. 102. Optics (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. (Krumbein.) 

Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3) — Three lectures a week. 
Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. (Sreb.) 

Phys. 106, 107- Theoretical Mechanics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 51 and Math. 21, or consent of 

instructor. (Resler.) 

Phys. 118. Introduction to Modern Physics (3)— First semester. Three 
lectures a week. Prerequisite, a college physics course. (Myers.) 

Course with a minimum of mathematics, covering the main field of modern 
physics. This course should be taken by all students minoring in physics and 
is recommended for the general student wishing to learn something of modern 
physics. 

Phys. 119. Modem Physics (3) — Second semester. Preretiuisite, Phys. 118. 

(Myers.) 

Phys. 120. Nuclear Physics (4) — P^our lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 
118 or equivalent. (R. Anderson.) 

Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gases (3) — Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and 
Math. 21, or equivalent. 

Phys. 130, 131. Basic Concepts of Physics (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. 
First and second semester. Prerequisite: Junior standing. Lecture demonstra- 
tion fee, $2.00 per semester. (J. Anderson.) 

A primarily descriptive course intended mainly for those students in the 
liberal arts who have not had any other course in Physics. This course does 
not satisfy the requirements of professional schools nor serve as a prerecjuisite 
or substitute for other physics courses. The main emi>liasis in the course will 
be on the concepts of physics, their evolution and their relation to other branches 
of human endeavor. 

Phys. 150. Special Problems in Physics. Research or special study. Credit 
according to work done. Lab. fee, $6.00 per credit hour when appropriate. 
Prerequisite, major in physics and consent of Instructor. (Faculty.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AMD. SCIENCES 269 

For Graduates 

Of the courses which follow, 200, 201, 212, and 213 are given every year; 
all others will be given according to the demand. 

Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics (5, 5) — Five lectures a 
week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, advanced standing in physics 
and mathematics. (Myers.) 

Phys. 202, 203. Advanced Dynamics (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 200. 

Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4) — Four lectures a week, second semester. 
Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Iskraut) 

Phys. 206. Physical Optics (3) — Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Myers.) 

Phys. 208, 209- Thermodynamics (2, 2)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201 or equiva- 
lent. (Schamp.) 

Phys. 210, 211. Statistical Mechanics and the Kinetic Theory of Gases 
(2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 112 and 201. (MontroU.) 

Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3, 3) — Three lectures 
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Ferrell.) 

Phys. 214. Theory of Atomic Spectra (3) — Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 201. (Anderson, R.) 

Phys. 215. Theory of Molecular Spectra (3) — Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 214. (Anderson, R.) 

Phys. 216, 217. Molecular Structure (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 213. (Jansen.) 

Phys. 222, 223. Boundary- Value Problems of Theoretical Physics (2, 2)— 
Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (de Launay.) 

Phys. 228, 229. The Electron (2, 2)— Prerequisites, Phys. 204 and Phys. 213. 

(de Launay.) 

Phys. 230. Seminar — Seminars on various topics in advanced physics are 
held each semester, with the contents varied each year. One semester credit 
for each seminar each semester. (Faculty.) 

Phys. 234, 235. Theoretical Nuclear Physics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 213. 

(Visscher.) 
Phys. 236, Theory of Relativity (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 200. (Iskraut.) 

Phys 238. Quantum Theory— selected topics (3)— Prerequisites, Phys. 236 
and 212. (J. Anderson.) 

Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids (2, 2)— Two lectures a week. Prere- 
quisite, Phys. 213. (Montroll.) 

Phys. 248, 249. Special Topics in Modern Physics (2, 2)— Two lectures a 
week. Prerequisite, Calculus and consent of instructor. (Montroll) 



270 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Phys. 250. Research — Credit according to work done. Laboratory fee, 
$6.00 per credit hour. Prerequisite: An approved appHcation for admission to 
candidacy or special permission of the Physics Department. (Faculty.) 

B. Applied Physics 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Phys. 101. Laboratory Arts. Three hours laboratory a week for each 
credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Laboratory fee, 
$6.00 per credit hour. (R. Anderson, Hartnell.) 

Phys. 103. Applied Optics (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. 
Prerequisite, Phys. 102. 

Phys. 108. Physics of Electron Tubes (3) — First semester. Three lectures 
a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 104 must be taken previously or concurrently. 

(Grant.) 

Phys. 109. Electronic Circuits (4) — Second semester. Four lectures a 
week. Prerequisite: Phys. 105 must be taken previously or concurrently. 

(Grant.) 

Phys. 110. Applied Physics Laboratory (1, 2 or 3) — Three hours laboratory 
work for each credit hour. One to three credits may be taken concurrently. 
Prerequisites, Phys. 52 or Phys. 54, and one credit in Phys. 100. (Krumbein.) 

Physics 111. Physics Shop Techniques (1) — One 3 hour laboratory per 
week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. (Staff.) 

Phys. 114, 115. Introduction to Biophysics. (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, intermediate Physics and Calculus. 

(Morowitz.) 

Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics (3, 3) — Three lectures a week. 
Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21. (Resler.) 

Phys. 121. Neutron Physics and Fission Reactors (4) — Four lectures a 
week, second semester. Prerequisite: Phys 120. (Shaipro.) 

For Graduates 

Phys. 218, 219. X-Rays and Crystal Structure (3, 3)— Three lectures a 
week. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 220. Application of X-Ray and Electron Diffraction Methods (2) — 
Two laboratory periods a week. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow (2, 2) — 

Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Pai.) 

Phys. 226, 227. Theoretical Dynamics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201. 

(Resler.) 

Phys. 231. Applied Physics Seminar. (One semester credit for each sem- 
inar each semester.) (Imai.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 271 

Phys. 232, 233. Hydromechanics Seminar (1, 1). (Kennard.) 

Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Phys. 
201. (Resler.) 

Phys. 244. Aerophysics (3) — Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. 

(Resler.) 

Phys. 245. Special Topics in Applied Physics. (2 credits each semester.) 
Two lectures a week. (Faculty.) 

Phys. 246, 247. Special Topics in Fluid Dynamics, (2, 2) — Prerequisite, 

Advanced graduate standing and consent of the instructor. (Resler.) 



PSYCHOLOGY 

Professors Andrews, Cofer, Hackman, Sprowls; Associate Professors Ayers, 

Gustad, Ross; Assistant Professors Heintz, McCormick, McGinnies, Payne; In- 
structors Figler, Puniroy, Vaughan. 

Psych. 1 and 4 are the underdepartmental requirements for all students 
majoring in Psychology. 

Psych. 2 and S are presented as general surveys of an introductory nature 
and are organized primarily as elective courses for students in other departments. 

Departmental requirements toward the B.A. degree in the Social Sciences: 
I, 4, 106, 121, 145, 150; and 128 or 142; plus 9 additional hours in Psychology 
and/or other departments selected in conference with the student's major advisor. 

Departmental requirements toward the B.S. degree in the Biological Sciences : 
1, 4, 106, 136, 145, 150; and 180 or 181; plus 9 additional hours in Psychology 
and/or other departments selected in conference with the student's major advisor. 

Psych 1. Introduction to Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. 

(Staff.) 

A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student into contact 
with the major problems confronting psychology and the more important at- 
tempts at their solution. 

Psych. 2. Applied Psychology (3)— First and second semesters. Prequi- 
site. Psych. 1. (Ayers.) 

Application of research methods to basic human problems in business and 
industry, in the professions, and in other practical concerns of everyday life. 

Psych. 4. Problems in Modern Psychology (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Staff.) 

Primarily for students in the College of Arts and Sciences who major or 
minor in psychology. A systematic survey of the field of psychology with 
particular emphasis on methodology. Consideration of individual differences, 
motivation, sensory and motor processes, learning, emotional behavior and 
personality. > 



272 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Psych. 5. Mental Hygiene (3)— First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 

Psych. 1. (McCormick.) 

The more common deviations of personality; typical methods of adjustment. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Graduate credit will be assigned only for students certified by the Depart- 
ment of Psycholog>' as qualified for graduate standing. 

Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology (3)— First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Hackman.) 

A basic introduction to quantitative methods used in psychological research; 
measures of central tendency, of spread, and of correlation. Majors in Psy- 
chology should take this course in the junior year. 

Psych. 110. Educational Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 1 or equivalent. (Heintz.) 

Researches on fundamental psychological problems encountered in educa- 
tion. Measurement and significance of individual differences; learning, motiva- 
ticm, transfer of training, and the educational implications of theories of 
intelligence. 

Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, Psych. 1. (Heintz, McGinnies.) 

Personality and behavior as influenced by culture and interpersonal relations. 
Social influences on motivation, learning, memory, and perception. Attitudes, 
public opinion, propaganda, language and communication, leadership, ethnic dif- 
ferences, and group processes. 

Psych. 122. Advanced Social Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisite, Psych. 121 and consent of instructor. (McGinnies.) 

A systematic review of researches and points of view in regard to major 
problems in the field of social psychology. 

Psych. 125. Child Psychology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. 

(Heintz.) 

Behavioral analysis of normal development and normal socialization of the 

growing child. Leading theories of child nature and care, and their implications. 

Psych. 126. Developmental Psychology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 

Psych. 1. (Heintz.) 

Genetic approach to human motivation and accomplishment. Research on 

simpler animal forms, the child, the adolescent and the adult in terms of the 
development of normal adult behavior. 

Psych. 128, Human Motivation (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 121. (Gofer.) 

Review of research literature dealing with determinants of human perform- 
ance, together with consideration of the major theoretical contributions in this 
area. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 273 

Psych. 129. Psychological Aspects" of Literature (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 131 or permission of instructor. (Sprowls.) 

The familiar rubrics of dynamic psychology are studied in the light of 
literary products. Emphasizes the significance of psycho-social forces as func- 
tional determinants of well known literary personalities. 

Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, three courses in Psychology. Two lectures, one clinic. 

(McCormick.) 

The nature, occurrence, and causes of marked psychological abnormalities, 
with emphasis on clinical rather than theoretical aspects. 

Psych. 136. Applied Experimental Psychology (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 1 or consent of instructor. (Ross.) 
A study of basic human factors involved in the design and operation of 

machinery and equipment. Organized for students in engineering, industrial 
psychology, and the biological sciences. 

Psych. 140. Psychological Problems in Advertising (3)— Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Hackman.) 

Psychological problems that arise in connection with the production and 
testing of advertising; techniques employed in attacking these problems through 
research. 

Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 121. (Hackman.) 

The interview, the questionnaire, and other methods of obtaining evidence 
on human attitudes and reactions, as viewed in the light of modern research 
evidence. 

Psych. 145. Introduction to Experimental Psychology (4) — First and second 
semester. One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 4. Laboratory fee per semester, $4.00. (Ross.) 

Primarily for students who major or minor in psychology. A systematic 
survey of the laboratory methods and techniques as applied to human behavior. 
Emphasis is placed on individual and group participation in experiments, use 
of data, and preparation of reports. 

Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 106. Laboratory fee, $4.00. (Gustad.) 

Critical survey of predictors used in vocational and educational orientation 
and in industrial practice, with emphasis on development and standardization. 
Laboratory practice in the use and interpretation of test and non-test predictors. 

Psych. 161. Industrial Psychology (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 
hours in Psychology. (Ayers.) 

A survey course, intended for those who plan to enter some phase of 
personnel work, but who do not plan to undertake graduate study. 

Psych. 167. Psychological Problems in Aviation (3)— First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych 1. (Payne.) 



274 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Techniques in selection and training of aircraft pilots; researches on special 
conditions encountered in flight. 

Psych. 180, Physiological Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 145. (Andrews, Ross.) 

An introduction to research on the physiological bases of human behavior, 
including considerations of sensory phenomena, motor coordination, emotion, 
drives, and the neurological basis of learning. 

Psych. 181. Animal Behavior (3) — (Same as Zool. 181.) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Ross.) 

A study of animal behavior, including considerations of social interactions, 
learning, sensory processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major 
emphasis on mammals. 

Psych. 191, 192. Advanced General Psycholog^y (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, 15 hours of Psychology including Psych. 145 and con- 
sent of instructor. (Ross, Cofer.) 

A systematic review of the more fundamental investigations upon which 
modern psychology is based. Intended primarily for exceptional senior majors 
and for graduate students. 

Psych. 194. Independent Study in Psychology (1-3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and written consent of individual 
faculty supervisor. (Staff.) 

Integrated reading under direction, leading to the preparation of an ade- 
quately documented report on a special topic. 

Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychology (1-3) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, written consent of individual faculty supervisor. 

(Staff.) 

An individualized course designed to allow the student to pursue a specialized 
topic or research project under supervision; also designed to allow groups of 
students to work under supervision in a topical area not included in the courses 
offered at the graduate level. 

Psych. 198. Proseminar: Professional Aspects of Psychological Science (2) 

— Second semester. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of faculty advisor. 

(Staff.) 
Survey of professional problems in Psychologry, including considerations 
of contemporary developments, professional ethics, literature resources, formula- 
tion of critical research problems, and discussion of the major institutions re- 
quiring psychological services. 

For Graduate Students 
(AW the following courses require consent of the instructor.) 

Psych. 202. Seminar in Advanced Experimental Psychology (2). 

(Andrews.) 
Psych. 203, 204. Graduate Seminar (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

(Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 275 

Psych. 205, 206. Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychol- 
ogy (3, 3) — First and second semesters. (Hackman, Cofer.) 

Psych. 211. Job Analysis and Evaluation (3) — First semester. (Avers.) 

Psych. 220. Counseling Techniques (3) — Second semester. 

(Gustad, McCormick.) 

Psych. 222. Rehabilitation Techniques (3)— Prerequisites, PsA-ch. 15), 220. 

(McCormick.) 

Psych. 223. Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties (3) — Second 
semester. Prerequisites, Psych. 150, 220. (McCormick.) 

Psych. 225. Participation in Counseling Center (1-3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 220. (Gustad, McCormick.) 

Psych. 230. Determinants of Human Efficiency (3) — Second semester. 

(Ross.) 

Psych. 231. Training Procedures in Industry (3) — Second semester. 

(Ayers.) 

Psych. 233. Social Organization in Industry (3) — Second semester. 

(Ayers.) 

Psych. 235. Psychological Aspects of Management-Union Relations (3) — 
Second semester. (Avers.) 

Psych. 240. Interview and Questionnaire Techniques (3) — Second semester. 

(Hackman.) 

Psych. 241. Mass Communication and Persuasion (3) — Second semester. 

(McGianies.) 

Psych. 242. Seminar in Social Psychology (3) — Second semester. 

Current theories and problems in Social Psychology- will be examined criti- 
cally, with emphasis placed upon the experimental approach to social psycholog- 
ical questions. (McGinnies.) 

Psych. 250. Mental Test Theory (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 
253. (Gustad.) 

Psych. 251. Development of Predictors (3) — First sem.ester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 253. 

Psych, 252, 253. Advanced Statistics (3, 3) — First and second sem.esters. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 106. (Hackman, Andrews.) 

Psych. 255. Seminar in Psychometric Theory (2) — Prerequisite, Psych. 253. 

(Andrews, Hackman.) 

Psych. 260. Individual Tests (3) — Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 150. (McCormick.) 

Psych. 252. Appraisal of Personality (3) — Prerequisite, Psych. 150. 

(Cofer.) 



276 VNlVBRStTY OF MARYLAND 

Psych. 264. Projective Tests (3) — Second semester. Laboratory fee, $4.00. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 260. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 266, 267. Theories of Personality and Motivation (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 270. Advanced Abnormal Psychology (3) — Prerequisite, Psycli. 131. 

(Cofer, Gustad.) 

Psych. 271. Special Testing of Disabilities (3) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisite, Psych. 260. (McCormick.) 

Psych. 272, 273, Individual Clinical Diagnosis (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Psych. 
260. (Gustad.) 

Psych. 280. Advanced Psychophysiology (2) — First semester. 

(Andrews, Ross.) 

Psych. 288, 289. Special Research Problems (1-3) — First and .second se- 
mesters. (Staf?.) 

Psych. 290, 291. Research for Thesis (Credit arranged) — First and second 
semesters. (StaflF.) 

SOCIOLOGY 

Professors Hofifsommer, Lejins; Associate Professors Melvin, Shankvveiler; As- 
sistant Professors Anderson, Fitzgerald, Rohrer, Roth, Watson; Instructors 
Cussler, DiBella, Franz, Imse, Lawson, Motz, Quackenbusli, Riddleljerger, 

Sampson, Scott, Schmidt. 

Sociology 1 or its equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses in sociolog^y. 

Sociology 2, 183, 186 and 196 or their equivalents are required for an under- 
graduate major in sociology. 

Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life (3) — First and second semesters. .Sum- 
mer Scliool. 

Sociological analysis of the American social structure; metropohtan, small 
town, and rural communities; population distribution, composition and change; 
social organization. (HofTsommer and StaflF.) 

Soc. 2. Principles of Sociolog^y (3) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, Soc. 1 or sophomore standing. 

The basic forms of human association and interaction; social processes; 
institutions; culture; human nature and personality. (Melvin, Schmidt.) 

Soc. 5. Anthropology (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 1. 

Introduction to anthropology; origins of man; development and transmission 
of culture; backgrounds of human institutions. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 13. Rural Sociology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1. 
Rural life in America; its people, social organization, culture patterns, and 
problems. 'Hofifsommer, Fitzgerald.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 277 

Soc. 14. Urban Sociology (3)— Second semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 1. 

Urban growth and expansion; characteristics of city populations; urban 
institutional and personality patterns; relations of city and country. (Schmidt.) 

Soc. 51. Social Pathology (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. 

Personal-social disorganization and maladjustment; physical and mental 
handicaps; economic inadequacies; programs of treatment and control. 

(Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 52. Criminology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and 
sophomore standing. 

Criminal behavior and the methods of its study; causation; typologies of 
criminal acts and offenders; punishment, correction, and incapacitation; pre- 
vention of crime. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 62. Social Institutions (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 
and sophomore standing. 

Nature and function of social institutions; the perpetuation of behavior 
through customs and social norms; typical contemporary American institutions. 

(Melvin.) 

Soc. 64. Courtship and Marriage (3) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School (2). Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. 

A sociological study of courtship and marriage including consideration of 
physiological and psychological factors. Inter-cultural comparisons and practical 
considerations. Designed primarily for students in the lower division. 

(Shankweiler, Fitzgerald.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Sociology 1 or its equivalent and junior standing are prerequisite to courses 
numbered 100 to 199. 

Soc. 105. Cultural Anthropology (3)— Second semester. Summer School 
(2). 

A survey of the simpler cultures of the world, with attention to historical 
processes and the application of anthropological theory to the modern situation. 

(Anderson.) 

Soc. 112. Rural-Urban Relations (3) — First semester. Summ.er School (2). 

The ecology of population and the forces making for change in rural and 
urban life; migration, decentralization and regionalism as methods of solving 
individual and national problems. (Melvin.) 

Soc. 113. The Rural Community (3) — Second semester. 

A detailed study of rural life with emphasis cm levels of living, the family, 
school, and church and organizational activities in the fields of health, recrea- 
tion, welfare, and planning. (HoflFsommer, Fitzgerald.) 

Soc. 114. The City (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). 



278 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions; ecological process 
and structure; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control and 
planning. (Schmidt.) 

Sec. 115. Industrial Sociology (3) — Second semester. Summer School (2). 
Social organization of American industry; functions of members of industrial 
organization, status, social structure, patterns of interaction, and relations of 
industry and society. (Imse.) 

Soc. 118. Community Organization (3) — First semester. Summer School 
(2). 

Community organization and its relation to social welfare; analysis of com- 
munity needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; community centers; 
neighborhood projects. (Roth.) 

Soc. 121, 122. Population (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Soc. 121. 
Summer School (2). 

Population distribution, composition, and growth in North America and 
Eurasia; trends in fertility and mortality; migrations; population prospects and 
policies. (Imse.) 

Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the state; 
immigration groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities in 
Europe. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 124. The Culture of the American Indian (3) — Second semester. 

A study of type cultures; cultural processes; and the eflFects of acculturation 
on selected tribes of Indians in the Americas. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 125. Cultural History of the Negro (3) — First semester. 
The cultures of Africa south of the Sahara and tlie cultural adjustments of 
the Negro in North and South America. 

Soc. 131. Introduction to Social Service (3) — First and second semesters. 

General survey of the field of social- welfare activities; historical develop- 
ments; growth, functions, and specialization of agencies and services, private 
and public. (Roth.) 

Soc. 136. Sociology of Religion (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

Varieties and sources of religious experience. Religious institutions and the 

role of religion in social life. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social life; 

processes of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social behavior. 

(Motz.) 
Soc. 144. Collective Behavior (3) — Second semester. 

Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; structure 
and functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the public. 

(Melvin.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 279 

Soc. 145. Social Control (3) — First semester. 

Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human behavior; 
problems of social control in contemporary society. (Motz.) 

Soc. 147. Sociology of Law (3) — First semester. 

Law as a form of social control; interrelation between legal and other 
conduct norms as to their content, sanctions, and methods of securing con- 
formity; law as an integral part of the culture of the group; factors and 
processes operative in the formation of legal norms; legal norms as determinants 
of human behavior. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; analysis 
of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention. 

(Lejins.) 

Soc. 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (Offered in alternate 
years with Soc. 156. (Lejins.) 

Mobilization of community resources for the prevention of crime and 
delinquency; area programs and projects. 

Soc. 156. Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3) — Second 
semester. Summer School (2). Prerequisite, Soc 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of 
instructor. (Oflfered in alternate years with Soc. 154.) 

Organization and functions of penal and correctional institutions for adults 
and juveniles. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 160. Interviewing in Social Work (1^). Summer School only. 

Soc. 161. The Sociology of War (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). 

The origin and development of armed forces as institutions; the social 
causes, operations and results of war as social conflict; the relations of peace 
and war and revolution in contemporary civilization. (Staff.) 

Soc. 162. Basic Principles and Current Practice in Public Welfare (3). 

Summer School only. 

Soc. 163. Attitude and Behavior Problems in Public School Work {lyi). 
Summer School only. 

Soc. 164. The Family and Society (3)— Second semester. Summer School 
(2). Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and Soc. 64 or equivalent. 

Study of the family as a social institution; its biological and cultural 
foundations, historic development, changing structure and function: the inter- 
actions of marriage and parenthood, disorganizing and reorganizing factors in 
present day trends. 

Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare (3)— First semester. Summer School 
(2). 

Programs of family and child welfare agencies; social services to families 
and children; child placement; foster families. (Roth.) 



280 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Soc. 173. Social Security (3)— First semester. 

The social security program in the United States; public assistance; social 
insurance. (Staflf.) 

Soc. 174. Public Welfare (3) — Second semester. 

Development and organization of the public welfare movement in the 
United States; social legislation; interrelations of federal, state, and local agencies 
and institutions. (Roth.) 

Soc. 183. Social Statistics (3) — First and second semesters. 
Collection, statistical analysis, and interpretation of social data; problems 
of quantitative measurement of social phenomena. (Imse.^ 

Soc. 185. Advanced Social Statistics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Soc. 183, or equivalent. 

Provides refined statistical research methods for advanced students in the 
social sciences. Sampling theory, specialized correlation technique, tests of 
significance, and other procedures. (Imse.) 

Soc. 186. Sociologfical Theory (3) — First and second semesters. 
Development of the science of sociology; historical backgrounds; recent 
theories of society. (Schmidt.) 

Soc. 191. Social Feld Training (1-3). — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites: For social work field training, Soc. 131; for crime control field 
training, Soc. 52 and 153. Enrollment restricted to available placements. 

Supervised field training in public and private social agencies. The student 
will select his particular area of interest and be responsible to an agency for 
a definite program of in-service training. Group meetings, individual conferences, 
and written progress reports will be required part of the course. 

(Lejins, Roth.) 

Soc. 196. Senior Seminar (3) — Second semester. Required of and open 
only to senior majors in sociology. 

Scope, fields, and methods of sociology; practical applications of sociological 
knowledge. Individual study and reports. (Hoffsommer.) 

For Graduates 

Prerequisites for entrance upon graduate study leading to an advanced 
degree with a major in sociology: either (1) an undergraduate major (totaling 
at least 24 semester hours) in sociology or (2) 12 semester hours of sociology 
(■including 6 semester hours of advanced courses) and 12 additional hours of 
comparable work in economics, political science, or psychology. Reasonable 
substitutes for these prerequisites may be accepted in the case of students 
majoring in other departments who desire a graduate minor or several courses 
in sociology. 

With the exception of Soc. 201, 285, and 291, individual courses numbered 
200 to 299 will ordinarily be offered in alternate years. 

Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research (3) — First semester. 

Selection and formulation of research projects; methods and techniques of 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 281 

sociological investigation and analysis. Required of graduate majors in sociology. 

(Hoffsommer.) 

See. 215. Community Studies (3) — First semester. 

Intensive study of the factors aflfecting community development and growth, 
social structure, social stratification, and social institutions; analysis of particular 
communities. (Hoffsommer.) 

See. 221. Population and Society (3) — Second semester. 
Selected problems in the field of papulation; quantitative and qualitative as- 
pects; American and world problems. (Staff.) 

Soc. 224. Race and Culture (3) — Second semester. 

Race and culture in contemporary society; mobility and the social effects 
of race and culture contacts and intermixture. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 230. Comparative Sociology (3) — Second semester. 
Comparison of the social institutions, organizations, patterns of collective 
behavior, and art manifestations of societal values of various countries. 

(Melvin.) 

Soc. 241. Personality and Social Structure (3) — Second semester. 
Comparative analysis of the development of human nature, personality, and 
social traits in select social structures. (Melvin.) 

Soc. 246. Public Opinion and Propaganda (3) — Second semester. 
Processes involved in the formation of mass attitudes; agencies and tech- 
niques of communication; quantitative measurement of public opinion. 

(Motz.) 

Soc. 253. Advanced Criminology (3) — First semester. 

Survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological theory and 
research. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 254. Seminar: Criminology (3) — Second semester. 

Selected problems in criminology. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 255. Seminar: Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester. 

Selected problems in the field of juvenile delinquency. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 256. Crime and Delinquency as a Community Problem (3) — Second 

semester. 

An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile delin- 
quency in Maryland. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 257. Social Change and Social Policy (3) — First semester. 
Emergence and development of social policy as related to social change; 
poHcy-making factors in social welfare and social legislation. (Staff.) 

Soc. 262. Family Studies (3) — Second semester. 

Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family trends, methods 
of investigation and analysis. (Shankweiler.) 



282 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Soc. 264. The Sociology of Mental Health (3) — First semester. 
A stud}- of the sociological factors that condition mental health together 
with an appraisal of the group dynamics of its preservation. (Melvin.) 

Soc. 282. Sociologfical Methodolog^y (3) — Second semester. 
Logic and method of sociology in relation to the general theory of scientific 
method; principal issues and points of view. (Staff.) 

Soc. 285. Seminar: Sociological Theory (3) — First semester. 
Critical and comparative study of contemporary European and American 
theories of society. (Schmidt.) 

Soc. 290. Research in Sociology (Credit to be determined) — First and 
second semesters. (Thesis Advisor.) 

Soc. 291. Special Social Problems (Credit to be determined) — First and 
second semesters. 

Individual research on selected problems. (Staff.) 

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 

Associate Professors Strausbaugh, Ansberry; Assistant Professors Batka, Hen- 
dricks, Linkow, Niemeyer, Provensen; Instructors Aylward, Byrd, Cathcart, 
Craven, Gillis, Mayer, Pugliese, Starcher; Jr. Instructors Elkins, Works; Lec- 
turers Ambrose, Senft, Shutts. 

Speech 1, 2. Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite for advanced speech courses. Speech I prerequisite for Speech IL 

The preparation and delivery of short original speeches; outside readings; 
reports; etc. It is recommended that this course be taken during the freshman 
year. Laboratory fee $1.00 each semester. (Strausbaugh and Staff.) 

Speech Clinic — No credit. 

Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the clinic is conducted 
in individual conferences and in small group meetings. Hours arranged by 
consultation with the respective speech instructor. (Ansberry and Staff.) 

Speech 3. Fundamentals of General American Speech (3) — Each semester. 
Training in auditory discrimination oi speech sounds, rhythms and inflec- 
tions of general American speech. Analysis of the physiological bases of speech 
production and the phonetic elements of speech reception. This course is re- 
quired of speech majors, and recommended for foreign students. 

(Hendricks.) 

Speech 4. Voice and Diction (3) — First and Second semesters. 
Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation, and phonation. May 
be taken concurrently with Speech 1, 2. (Mayer and Staff.) 

Speech 5, 6. Advanced Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Speech 1, 2, or consent of the instructor. 

Advanced work on basis of Speech 1, 2. Special emphasis is placed upon 
bpeaking situations the students will face in their respective vocations. 

(Starcher and Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 283 

Speech 7. Public Speaking (2) — Each semester. The preparation and de- 
livery of speeches on technical and general subjects. Laboratory fee, $1.00. 

(Linkow and Stafif.) 

* 

Speech 8, 9. Acting (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Admission by 
consent of instructor. 

Basic principles of histrionic practice. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 10. Group Discussion (2) — First and second semesters. 
A study of the principles, methods, and types of discussion, and their appli- 
cation in the discussion of contemporary problems. (Cathcart and Staff.') 

Speech 11, 12. Debate (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the principles of argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning, fallacies, 
briefing, and delivery, together with their application in public speaking. 

(Gillis.) 

Speech 13. Oral Interpretation (3) — First semester. 

The oral interpretation of literature and the practical training of students 
in the art of reading. (Provensen.) 

Speech 14. Stagecraft (3) — First semester. 

Fundamentals of technical production. Emphasis on construction of scenery. 

Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Byrd.) 

Speech 15. Stagecraft (3) — Second semester. 

Technical production. Emphasis on stage lighting. Prerequisite, Speech 
14. Laboratory Fee, $2.00. (Byrd.) 

Speech 16. Introduction to the Theatre (3) — First and second semesters. 
A general survey of the fields of the theatre. Prerequisite for all courses 
in Drama. (Mayer.) 

Speech 17. Make-up (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory 

a w^eek. 

A lecture-laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage make-up, 
covering basic requirements as to age, type, character, race, and period. Lab- 
oratory fee $2.00. ' (Byrd.) 

Speech 18, 19. Introductory Speech (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

This course is designed to give those students practice in public speaking 
who cannot schedule Speech 1, 2. Speech 18 prerequisite for Speech 19. Lab- 
oratory fee $1.00 for each semester. (Aylward and Staflf.) 

Speech 22. Introduction to Radio and Television (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite for all courses in Radio. 

The development, scope, and influence of American broadcasting and tele- 
casting, including visits to local radio and television stations, with guest lecturers 
from Radio Station WTOP and Television Station WTOP-TV. (Batka.) 

Speech 23. Parliamentary Law (1) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the principles and application of parliamentary law as applied 



284 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

to all types of meetings. Thorough training in the use of Robert's Rules of 
Order. (Strausbaugh.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Speech 102. Radio Production (3) — Second Semester. 

A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special emphasis is 
given to acoustic setup, casting, "miking", timing, cutting, and the coordination 
of personnel factors involved in the production cA radio programs. Admission 
by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee $2.00. (Batka.) 

Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech composition in con- 
junction with the preparation and presentation of specific forms of public 
address. (Staff.) 

Speech. 105. Speech-Handicapped School Children (3)— Second semester. 
Admission by consent of Instructor. 

The occurrence, identification and treatment of spcccli handicaps in the 
classroom. An introduction to speech pathology. (Ansberry.) 

Speech. 106. Clinical Practice (1 to 5 credits, up to 9) Kacli semesler and 
Slimmer. Prerequisite: Speech lO.'i. 

Clinical practice in various methods of corrective procedures with various 
types of speech cases in the University clinic, veterans hospitals, and the pub- 
lic schools. May be taken for 1-5 credit hours per semester. May be re- 
peated for a total of 9 semester hours credit. (Craven.) 

Speech 107. Advanced Oral Interpretation (3) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisite, Speech 13. 

Emphasis upon the longer reading. Program planning. (Provensen.) 

Speech 108. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to Junior 
Engineers. Prerequisite, Speech 7. 

Continuation of Speech 7 with emphasis upon engineering projects that 
fall within student's own experience. (Linkow.) 

Speech 111. Seminar (3) — First and second semesters. Required of speech 
majors. Present-day speech research. (Strausbaugh.) 

Speech 112. Phonetics (3) — First semester. 

Training in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken English, 
with an analysis of their formation. Practice in transcription. Mastery of the 
international phonetic alphabet. (Hendricks) 

Speech 113. Play Production (3) — Second semester. 

Development of procedure followed by the director in preparing plays for 
public performance. (Pugliese.) 

Speech 115. Radio in Retailing (3) — First semester. Limited to students 
in the College of Home Economics. Prerequisites, Speech 1, 2. English 1, 2. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 285 

Junior standing. Laboratory fee $2.00. 

Writing and production of promotional programs for the merchandising of 
wearing apparel and housefurnishings. Collaboration with Washington and 
Baltimore radio stations and retail stores. (Batka.) 

Speech 116. Radio Announcing (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Speech 4. 

The theory and application of all types of announcing. Laboratory fee 
$2.00. (Batka.) 

Speech 117. Radio Continuity Writing (3) — First semester. 

A study of the principles and methods of writing for broadcasting. Appli- 
cation will be made in the writing of the general types of continuity. Admission 
by consent of instructor. (Aylward.) 

Speech 118. Advanced Radio Writing (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Speech 117. 

Advanced work with emphasis upon the dramatic form. Admission by con- 
sent of instructor. (Aylward.) 

Speech 119. Radio Acting (3) — Second semester. 

A workshop course designed to give the student practice in radio acting. 

Admission by consent of instructor. (Pugliese.) 

Speech 120. Speech Pathology (3)— First sem^ester. Prerequisite: Speech 
105. 

A continuation of Speech 105, with emphasis on the causes and treatment of 
organic speech disorders. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 122, 123. Radio Workshop (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
A laboratory course dealing with all phases of producing a radio program. 
Admission by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee $2.00 each semester. 

(Batka.) 

Speech 124, 125. American Public Address (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

The first semester covers the period from Colonial times to the Civil War 
period. The second semester covers from the Civil War period through the 
contemporary period. (Staff.) 

Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech Behavior (3) — Second semester. 

An analysis of speech and language habits from the standpoint of General 

Semantics. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 127, 128. Military Speech and Commands (2, 2)— First and second 
semesters. Limited to students in the College of Military Science and Tactics. 

The preparation and delivery of lectures dealing with military subjects. 
Effective execution of field orders, commands, etc. Extensive use of voice 
recordings. (Pugliese.) 

Speech 129, 130. Play Directing (2, 2) — Admission by consent of instructor. 
A lecture-laboratory course dealing with the fundjimentals of script cutting, 



286 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

pacing, movement, blocking, and rehearsal routine as applied to the directing 
of plajs. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 131. History of the Theatre (3) — First semester. 

A surve}"^ of dramatic production from early origins to 1800. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 132. History of the Theatre (3) — Second semester. 

A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the present. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 133. Staff Reports, Briefings, and Visual Aids (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Limited to the students in the College of Military Science. Prerequisites, 
Speech 5 and 6. 

Lecture and laborator}^ course dealing with the techniques used in military 
briefings, staff reports and the use of visual aids. (Linkow.) 

Speech 135. Introduction to Audiology (3) — Second semester. Study of the 
basic problems of deafness among children and adults. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 136. Principles of Speech Therapy (3) — Prerequisite: Speech. 120. 

Differential diagnosis of speech and language handicaps and the applica- 
tion of psychological principles of learning, motivation and adjustment in the 
treatment of speech disorders. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 137. Experimental Phonetics (3) — Prerequisite: Speech 112. 
The application of experimental methods in the quantitative analysis of the 
phonetic elements of speech. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 138. Methods and Materials in Speech Correction (3) — Prerequisite, 
Speech 120 or the equivalent. 

The design and use of methods and materials for diagnosis, measurement, 
and retraining of the speech-handicapped. (Craven.) 

Speech 139. Theatre Workshop (3)— Prerequisite, Speech 8 or Speech 14. 
Given each semester. 

A laboratory course designed to provide the student with practical experi- 
ence in all phases of theatre production. (Strausbaugh.) 

For Graduates 

The Department maintains a reciprocal agreement with Walter Reed Gen- 
eral Hospital whereby clinical practice may be obtained at the Army Audiology 
and Speech Correction Center, Forest Glen, Maryland, under the direction of 
James P. Albrite, M.D., Director. 

Speech 200. Thesis (3, 6) — Off-campus. Credit in proportion to work done 
and results accomplished. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 201. Special Problems (2, 4) — Off-campus. Arranged. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing (3). 

A study of the anatomy and physiology of the auditory and speech 
mechanisms. (Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 287 

Speech 211. Advanced Clinical Practice (3)- 

A comprehensive survey of the entire field of present-day cHnical practice. 

(Staff.) 

Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology (3) 

Etiology and therapy for organic and functional speech disorders. 

(Senft.) 

Speech 213. Speech Problems of the Hard of Hearing (3) 
Correction of abnormal speech habits and instruction in speech conservation. 

(Senft.) 

Speech. 214. Clinical Audiometry (3). 

Testing of auditory acuity with pure tones and speech. (Shutts.) 

Speech 215. Auditory Training (3). 

Orientation and adjustment of patients in the use of hearing aids. 

(Shutts.) 

Speech. 216. Speech Reading (3). 

A course of training designed to present the fundamentals of speech reading. 

(Shutts and Staff.) 

Speech 217. Selection of Prosthetic Appliances for the Acoustically Handi- 
capped (3). 

A laboratory course in modern methods of utilizing electronic hearing aids. 

(Ambrose.) 

Speech 218. leroblems of Hearing and Deafness (3). 

The social, emotional, and vocational adjustment of the individual with a 
hearing impairment. (Horlick and Butler.) 

Speech 219. Speech Disorders of the Brain-Injured (3). 

Methods of evaluation and treatment of children and adults who have suf- 
fered injury to brain tissue, with subsequent damage to speech and language 
processes. - (Hendricks.) 

ZOOLOGY 

Professors Burhoe, Phillips, and Wharton; Lecturers King, Baker, Gamin, 

Hasel, and Reynolds; Associate Professors Anastos and Littleford; Assistant 

Professor Brown; Instructors Allen, GroUman, Pierson and Ramm. 

Zool. 1. General Zoology (4) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratorj- periods a week. Zoology 
1 and Zoology 2 satisfj^ the freshman premedical requirements in general 
biology. 

This course, which is cultural and practical in its aim, deals with the basic 
principles of animal life. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Wharton.) 

Zool. 2. Advanced General Zoology (4) — Second semesters. Two lectures 



288 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

and two two hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 1 or 
Zoology 16. 

A study of the anatomy, classifications, and life histories of representative 
animals, invertebrates and vertebrates. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Littleford.) 

Zool. 5. Comparative Vertebrate Morphology (4) — First semester. Two 
lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year 
of zoology. 

A comparative study of selected organ systems in certain vertebrate groups. 
Laboratory fee §8.00. (Ramm.) 

Zool. 14. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4) — First semester. Two 
lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 1 
or Zoology 16. 

For students who desire a general knowledge of human anatomy and 
physiology. Laboratory fee $8.00 each semester. (Grollman.) 

Zool. 15. Human Anatomy and Physiologry (4) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 14. 

A continuation of Zoology 14. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Grollman.) 

Zool. 16. Human Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Open only to those students of the Col- 
lege of Home Economics for whom this is a required course. 

An elementary course in physiology. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Wharton.) 

Zool. 20. Vertebrate Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of 
zoology. 

Basic principles of early development of the vertebrates with special em- 
phasis on the development of the chick to the end of the fourth day and early 
mammalian embryology. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Burhoe.) 

Zool. 53. Physiology of Exercise (2) — Second semester. Two lectures a 
week. Prerequisite, Zoology 15. 

A detailed consideration of the mechanism of muscular contraction; the 
metabolic, circulatory, and the respiratory responses in exercise; and the integ- 
ration by means of the nervous system. Open only to students for whom this 
is a required course. (Phillips.) 

Zool. 55S. Development of the Human Body (2) — Summer School. Five 
lecture periods a week. Cannot be counted as credit by Zoology majors. 

A study of the main factors affecting the growth and development of the 
child with especial emphasis on normal development. (Burhoe.) 

Zool. 75, 76 — Journal Club (1, 1)— First and second semesters. One lec- 
ture period a week. Prerequisite, permission of the Department and a major in 
zoology. 

Reviews, reports, and discussions of current literature. (StaflF.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 289 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Zool. 102. General Animal Physiology (4) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of 
zoology and one year of chemistry. 

The general principles of physiological functions as shown in mammals and 
lower animals. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Grollman.) 

Zool. 104. Genetics (3) — First semester. Summer School. Three lecture 

periods a week. Prerequisite, one course in zoology or botany. Recommended 
for premedical students. 

A consideration of the basic principles of heredity. (Burhoe.) 

Zool. 108. Animal Histology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Preparation of tissues for microscopic 
study will be a part of the laboratory work. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. 

A microscopic study of tissues and organs selected from representative 
vertebrates, but with particular reference to the mammal. Laboratory fee, $8.00. 

(Brown.) 

Zool. 110. Parasitology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. 

A study of the taxonomy, morphology, physiology and life cycles of animal 
parasites. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 111. Veterinary Parasitology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite one year of 
Zoology or permission of the instructor. Alternate years. Not ofifered 1955-56. 

Classification, epidemiology and control of economically important para- 
sites of domestic animals. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 112. Wildlife Parasitology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite one year of Zoology, 
or permission of the instructor. Alternate years. To be offered 1955-56. 

Classification, epidemiology and control of economically important parasites 
of game animals, fur bearers and commercial and game fishes. Laboratory fee, 
$8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 118. Invertebrate Zoology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. 
Alternate years. Not offered 1955-56. 

An advanced course dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and embryol- 
ogy of the invertebrates, exclusive of insects. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.) 

Zool. 121. Principles of Animal Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one year of 
zoology and one year of chemistry. 

Animals are studied in relation to their natural surroundings. Biological, 
physical and chemical factors of the environment which affect the growth, be- 
havior, habits, and distribution of animals are stressed. Laboratory fee, $8.00. 

(Allen.) 



290 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Zool. 125. Fisheries Biology and Management (3) — First semester. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. 

A study of the biology and management of fresh and salt water fin fishes. 
Particular attention is given to practical applications in fisheries work. Lab- 
oratory fee, 8.00. (Allen.) 

Zool. 126. Fisheries Biology and Management (3) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. 

A study of the biology of shellfish and other invertebrates of economic 
importance. Particular attention is given to problems of management and con- 
servation of these forms. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.) 

Zool 127. Ichthyology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 5 and 20. Alternate 
years. To be offered 1955-56. 

A course in the anatomy, embryology, distribution, habits, and taxonomy of 
fish. Particular attention is given to the general taxonomy of North American 
fishes with especial reference to local forms both fresh and salt waters. Lab- 
oratory fee, $8.00. (Littleford.) 

Zool. 181. Animal Behavior (3) — (Same as Psych. 181) — Second semester. 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Alternate years. 
Not offered 1955-56. 

A study of animal behavior, including considerations of social interactions, 
learning sensory processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major 
emphasis on mammals. (Ross.) 

For Graduates 

Zool. 200. Marine Zoology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 

three-hour laboratory periods per week. Alternate years. To be oflfered 1955-56. 
A course in the environmental characteristics of salt waters. Particular 
attention is given to brackish water environments such as the Chesapeake Bay. 
The laboratory work in the course is concerned with a study of local plankton 
forms and the methods used in investigation and identification of plankton. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.) 

Zool. 202. Animal Cytology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 108. Alternate 
years. Not offered 1955-56. 

A study of cellular structure with particular reference to the morphology 
and physiology of cell organoids and inclusions. Laboratory is concerned with 
methods of studying and demonstrating the above materials. Laboratory fee 
$8.00. (Brown.) 

Zool. 203. Advanced Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 20. Alternate 
years. To be offered 1955-56. 

Mechanics of fertilization and growth. A review of the important contribu- 
tions in the field of experimental embryology. Laboratory fee $8.00, 

(Burhoe.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 291 

Zool. 204. Advanced Animal Physiology (4)— First semester. Two lectures 
and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 102. 

The principles of general and cellular physiology as found in animal Hfe. 
Laboratory fee $8.00. (Phillips.) 

Zool. 205. Hydrobiology (4)— Second semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Alternate years. To be offered 1955-56. 

A study of the biological, chemical, and physical factors which determine the 
growth, distribution, and productivity of microscopic and near microscopic 
organisms in marine and freshwater environments with special reference to the 
Chesapeake Bay region. Laboratory fee $8.00. (Littleford.) 

Zool 206. Research (credit to be arranged)— First and second semesters. 
Work on thesis project only. A— Cytology; B— Embryology; C— Fisheries Bi- 
ology; D— Genetics; E— Parasitology ; F— Physiologs^ and G— Systematic?. 
Laboratory fee $8.00 each semester. (Staff.) 

Zool. 207. Zoology Seminar (Credit to be arranged) — First and second 
semesters. A— Cytology; B— Embryology; C— Fisheries Biology; D— Genet- 
ics; E— Parasitology; F — Physiology; and G — Systematics. One lecture a 
week for each credit hour. (Staff.) 

Zool. 208. Special Problems in Zoology (Credit to be arranged)— First and 

second semesters. 

Studies in A— Cytology; B— Embryology; C— Fisheries Biology; D— Gene- 
tics; E— Parasitology; F— Physiology; and G— Systematics. Hours, topics and 
credits to be arranged. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Staff.) 

Zool. 209. Advanced Parasitology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite Zoology 110 or per- 
mission of instructor. Alternate years. Not offered 1955-56. 

A study of parasitism as a biological phenomenon and an investigation of 
its fundamental nature, origin and interrelations with emphasis upon life histories. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 210. Systematic Zoology (4)— Second semester. Three lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory period per week. Alternate years. Not offered 
1955-56. 

The principles and practices involved in the collection, preservation and 
classification of animals. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Wharton.) 

Zool. 211-212. Lectures in Zoology (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures per week. 

Advanced lectures by outstanding authorities in their particular fields of 
Zoology. As the subject matter is continually changing, a student may register 
several times, receiving credit for several semesters. (Visiting Lecturers.) 

Zool. 215. Fisheries Technology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. To be offered in June 1955 at Sea Food Processing Labora- 
tory, Crisfield, Maryland. 

The technological aspects of netting and collection of fish and other fishery 
resources, methods of handling the catch, marketing of fishery products, and 



292 UNIVERSITY OP MARYLAND 

recent advances in the utilization of fishery products. Laboratory fee, $8.00. 

(Littleford.) 

Zool. 216. Physiological Cytology (4)— Second semester. Two lectures and 

two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chemistry 161, 162, 

Physics 11, Zoologry 102, or permission of the instructor. Alternate years. To 

be offered 1955-56. 

A study of the structure and function of cells by means of chemical, physical 
and microscopic methods. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Brown.) 

Zool. 220. Advanced Genetics (4)— First semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. Alternate years. 
Not offered 1955-56. 

A consideration of salivary chromosomes, the nature of the gene, chromo- 
some irregularities, polyploidy, and mutations. Breeding experiments with 
Drosophila and small mammals will be conducted. Laboratory fee $8.00. 

(Burhoe.) 
Zool. 231 S. Acarology (3)— Summer Session only. Laboratory fee $8.00. 

(Staff.) 
An introductory study of the Acarina or mite? and ticks with special em- 
phasis on classification and biology. 

Zool. 232S. Medical and Veterinary Acarology (3)— Summer Session only. 

Laboratory fee $8.00. (Staff ) 

The recognition, collection, culture, and control of Acarina important to 

public health and animal husbandry with special emphasis on the transmission 

of diseases. 

Zool. 233S. Agricultural Acarology (3)— Summer Session only. Lab- 
oratory fee $8.00. (Staff.) 

The recognition, collection, culture and control of acarine pests of crops 
and ornamentals. 




College of 

BUSINESS AND 
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

STAFF 

J. Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean 

James H. Reid, M.A., Assistant Dean 

Albert L. Alford, Instructor in Government and Politics. 

A.B., University of Akron, 1948; A.M., Princeton, 1951; PI1.D., 1953. 

Thornton H. Anderson, Assistant Professor of Government and Politics. 

AB., University of Kentucky, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 
1948. 

WiLLARD O. Ash, Assistant Professor of Statistics. 

A.B.. St. Johns College, 1937 ; A.M., University of Maryland, 1941. 

John P. Augelli, Assistant Professor of Geography. 

B.A., Clark University, 1943 ; M.A., Harvard, 1949 ; Ph.D., 1951. 

Don L. Bowen, Associate Professor of Government and Politics and Director of 
Bureau of Governmental Research. 

B.S., Utah State Agricultural College, 1944; M.S., University of Denver, 1945; 

D.D.S., Syracuse University, 1949. 

Leslie R. Bundgaard, Instructor in Government and Politics. 

B.S. University of Wisconsin, 1948 ; M.S., 1949 ; Ph.D., Georgetown University, 
1954. 

Franklin L. Burdette, Professor and Head of Department of Government and 
Politics. 

A.B., MarshaU College, 1934; M.A., University of Nebraska. 1935; M.A., Princeton, 

1937; Ph.D., 1938. 

Charles E. Calhoun, Professor of Finance. 

A.B., University of Washington, 1925; M.B.A., 1930. 

Robeet G. Carey, Assistant Professor of Journalism. 

A.B., Westminster, 1950 ; A.M., University of Pittsburgh, 1954. 

Eli W. Clemens, Professor of Business Administration. 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1930; M.S., University of Illinois, 1934; Ph.D., 
University of Wisconsin, 1940. 

Joseph H. Clements, Assistant Professor of Office Techniques and Management. 

B.A., University of Kentucky, 1947; M.B.A., University of Mississippi, 1948; Ed.D., 
University of Oklahoma, 1954. 

J. Allan Cook, Professor of Marketing. 

B.A., William and Mary, 1928; M.B.A., Harvard, 1936; Ph.D., Columbia, 1947. 

John H. Cover, Professor and Director of Bureau of Business and Economic 
Research. 

B.S., Columbia, 1915; A.M., 1919; Ph.D., 1927. 

293 



294 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Alfred A. Crowell, Professor and Head of Department of Journalism and Public 

Relations. 

A.B., University of Oklahoma. 1929; M.A., 1934; M.S.J.. Northwestern, 1940. 

John H. Cumberland, Research Associate Professor and Assistant Director of 
Business and Economic Research. 

B.A., Maryland, 1947; M.A., Harvard, 1949; Ph.D., 1951. 

JoHX A. Daiker, Assistant Professor of Accounting. 

C.P.A., District of Columbia, 1949 ; B.S., University of Maryland. 1941 : M.B.A., 
1951. 

Alfred Danegger, Assistant Professor of Press Photography, University Photog- 
rapher. 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1950. 

John C. Dawson, Instructor in Economics. 
A.B., Middlebury, 1948. 

TowNES L. Dawson^ Associate Professor of Business Law. 

B.B.A., University of Texas, 1943; B.S., U. S. Merchant Marine Academy, 1946; 
M.B.A.. University of Texas, 1947; Ph.D., 1950; L.L.B., 1954. 

Dudley Dillard, Professor and Head of Department of Economics. 
B.S., University of California, 1935 ; Ph.D., 1940. 

Robert G. Dixon, Jr., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics. 
A.B., Syracuse, 1943; Ph.D., 1947. 

Charles B. Edelson, Instructor in Accounting. 

B.B.A.. University of New Mexico. 1949; M.B.A., Indiana University, 1950; CP.A., 
Maryland, 1951. 

David Firman, Instructor in Geography. 

B.A., University of California, 1948 ; M.A., 1949. 

Allan J. Fisher, Professor of Accounting and Finance. 

B.S., Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, 1928 ; Litt.M., University of 
Pittsburgh, 1936; Ph.D., 1937. 

John H. Frederick, Professor and Head of Department of Business Organization. 
B.S., Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, 1918; M.A., University of Pennsyl- 
vania, 1925; Ph.D., 1927. 

Robert S. Friedman, Research Assistant, Bureau of Governmental Research. 
A.B., Johns Hopkins, 1948; A.M., University of Illinois, 1950; Ph.D., 1953. 

DwiGHT L. Gentry, Associate Professor of Marketing. 

A.B., Elon College, 1941; M.B.A., Northwestern, 1947; Ph.D., University of 
Illinois, 1952. 

George Gera, Instructor in Office Techniques and Management. 
B.S.. Bloomsburg State Teachers, 1949; M.A., Columbia, 1951. 

Philip C. Geraci, Instructor in Press Photography. 
B.S., University of Maryland. 1953. 

Robert A. Goodell, Assistant Professor of Industrial Management. 

B.A., Augustana College, 1943; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1950; Ph.D., 1953. 
Henry W. Grayson, Associate Professor of Economics. 

B.A., University of Saskatchewan, 1937; M.A., University of Toronto, 1947; Ph.D., 

1950. 

Allan G. Gruciiy, Professor of Economics. 

B.A.. Unlvor.slly of Britl.sh Columbia, p26 ; M.A., McOIll, 1938; Ph.p. Univernlt^ 
pr Virginia, 1931. ' 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 295 

John G. Gurley, Associate Professor of Economics. 
B.A., Stanford, 1942 ; Ph.D., 1951. 

Daniel Hamberg, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1945 ; M.A., 1947 ; Pli.D., 1952. 

Horace V. Harrison, Assistant Professor of Government and Politics. 

B.A., Trinity, Texas, 1932; M.A., University of Texas, 1941; Ph.D., 1951. 

Guy B. Hathorn, Instructor in Government and Politics. 

B.A., University of Mississippi, 1940 ; M.A., 1942 ; Ph.D., Duke, 1950. 

John C. Herbst, Jr., Assistant Professor of Geography. 

B.A., Amherst, 1948; M.A., Syracuse, 1950; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1953. 

Charles Y. Hu, Professor of Geography. 

B.S., University of Nanicing, China, 1930; M.A., University of California, 1936; 
Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1941. 

Donald H. Igo, Research Associate, Bureau of Business and Economic Research. 
A.B., Harvard, 1950. 

Charles A. Kappler, Instructor in Accounting. 

B.S., Boston University, 1932; M.A., Columbia, 1934; C.P.A., Maryland, 1954. 

Arthur E. Karinen, Assistant Professor of Geography. 
B.A., University of California, 1944 ; M.A., 1948. 

Donald W. Krimel, Associate Professor of Public Relations. 

B.Bd., Illinois State Teachers, 1941; Ph.M., University of Wisconsin. 1946. 

LeRoy L. Lee, Assistant Professor of Accounting. 

A.B., George Washington University, 1948 ; C.P.A., Maryland, 1949 ; A.M., George 
Washington, 1952. 

Hoyt Lemons, Lecturer in Geography. 

B.Ed., Southern Illinois University, 1936; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1938; 
Ph.D., 1941. 

Richard L. Lyons, Lecturer in Journalism and Public Relations. 
B.A., Wesleyan, 1943; M.A., Harvard, 1947. 

F. Webster McBryde, Lecturer in Geography. 

B.A., Tulane, 1930 ; Ph.D., University of California, 1940. 

Walter S. Measday, Instructor in Economics. 
A.B., William and Mary, 1945. 

Edmund C. MesteRj Lecturer in the Department of Government and Politics and 
Executive Secretary of Maryland Municipal League. 
A.B.. University of Maryland, 1948; M.A., 1949. 

Earl W. Mounce, Professor of Law and Labor. 

B.S., Univ. of Missouri, 1921; M.A., 1922; A.B., 1927; L.L.B., 1929; L.L.M., Univ. 
of Southern California, 1945. 

Boyd L. Nelson, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. 
B.A., Univ. of Wisconsin, 1947; M.A.. 1948; Ph.D., 1952. 

Honora M. Noyes, Instructor in Office Techniques. 

B.A., George Washington, 1934; M.Ed., Univ. of Pittsburgh, 1939. 

Jane H. O'Neill, Instructor in Office Techniques 
B.A,. Univ. of Maryland, 1932. 

Arthur S. Patrick, Associate Professor of Office Management and Business Edu- 
cation. 

B.S., Whitewater State Teachers, Wisconsin 1931; M.A., University of Iowa, 1940. 



296 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Donald J. Patton, Associate Professor of Geography. 
S.B., Harvard, 1942; M.A., 1946; Ph.D., 1949. 

Charles D. Phillips, Assistant Professor of Industrial Management and Personnel. 
A.B., DePauw, 1949 ; M.A., State University of Iowa. 1950 ; Ph.D., 1952. 

Joe K. Phipps, Instructor in Journalism. 

B.A., Trinity University, Texas, 1940; M.A.. University of Texas, 1950. 

Elmer Plischke, Professor and Acting Head of Government and Politics. 

Ph.B., Marquette, 1937; M.A.. American University, 1938; Ph.D., Clark Univer- 
sity, 1943. 

J. Freeman Pyle, Professor of Marketing and Economics and Dean of College of 
Business and Public Administration. 

Ph.B.. Univ. of Chicago, 1917 ; M.A., 1918 ; Ph.D.. 1925. 

James H. Reid, Professor of Marketing and Assistant Dean of College of Business 
and Public Administration. 

B.S., Univ. of Iowa, 1923; M.A.. American University, 1933. 

Franklin R. Root, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

B.S., Trinity, Connecticut, 1947; M.B.A., Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1948; Ph.D., 1951. 

Victor Roterus, Consulting Professor of Geography. 
Ph.B., Univ. of Chicago, 1930 ; M.S.. 1931. 

R. Elberton Smith, Lecturer in Economics. 

B.A., College of Wooster, Ohio, 1935; M.A., Univ. of Chicago, 1946; Ph.D., 194C. 

Spencer M. Smith, Assistant Professor of Economics. 
B.A., Univ. of Iowa, 1941; M.A., 1942; Ph.D.. 1948. 

Reuben G. Steinmeyer, Professor of Government and Politics. 
A.B., American University, 1929; Ph.D., 1935. 

Charles T. Sweeney, Professor of Accounting. 

B.S.. Cornell, 1921 ; M.B.A., Univ. of Michigan. 1928 ; C.P.A., Iowa. 1934 ; Ohio, 
1936. 

Harold F. Sylvester, Professor of Personnel Administration. 
Ph.D., Johns Hopkins, 1938. 

Charles A. Taff, Associate Professor of Transportation. 

B.S., Univ. of Iowa, 1937; M.A., 1941; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1952. 

William Van Royen, Professor and Head of Department of Geography. 
M.A., Rljksuniversltelt Utrecht, 1925; Ph.D., Clark University, 1928. 

J. Donald Watson, Professor of Finance. 

B.A.. Reed College, 1926; M.B.A., Univ. of Michigan, 1931; C.L..U., American 
College of Life Underwriters. 1940; Ph.D.. Northwestern. 1941. 

John W. Webb, Instructor in Geography. 

M.A. (ORD), St. Andrews. Scotland, 1950; M.A. (HONS), St. Andrews, Scotland, 
1952. 

Sivert M. Wedeberg, Professor of Accounting. 

B.B.A.. Univ. of Washington. 1925; C.P.A., Maryland, 1934; A.M., Yale. 1935. 

Clayton E. Whipple, Consulting Professor of Geography. 

B.S., Cornell, 1925; M.S., 1932; Ph.D. (HONS), Univ. of Salonika, Greece, 1949. 

Howard W. Wright, Professor of Accounting. 

B.S.. Temple. 1937; M.A., Univ. of Iowa. 1940; C.P.A.. Texas 1940; Ph.D.. Uni- 
versity of Iowa, 1947. 

Leland B. Yeager, Instructor in Economics. 

A.B.. Oberlln. 1948; M.A.. Columbia, 1949; Ph.D., 1952. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 297 

MEMBERS TEACHING ABROAD 

Arnold Brekke, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Eugene F. Carraher^ M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics, 

Frederick S. DeMarr, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics. 

Robert Y. Durand, M.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration. 

John D. Hall, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics. 

George W. Hilton, M.A., Instructor in Economics. 

Donald T. Kyte, M.A., Instructor in Economics. 

K. William Leffland,. M.A., Instructor in Office Management. 

Wallace E. MacIntyre, Assistant Professor of Geography. 

Theodore McNelly, Ph.D., Instructor in Government and Politics. 

Edward J. Miles, M.A., Instructor in Economics and Geography. 

Francis S. Richardson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration and 
Office Management. 

Donald E. Totten, M.S., Instructor in Geography. 

Donald R. Toussaint, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics. 

John J. Wuest, Ph.D., Instructor in Government and Politics. 



298 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

John Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean 
James H. Reid, M.A., Assistant Dean 



THE University of Maryland is in an unusually favorable location for 
students of Business, Government and Politics, Economics, Public Ad- 
ministration, Geography, Journalism and Public Relations, Foreign Ser- 
vice and International Relations. Downtown Washington is only twenty-five 
minutes away in one direction, while the Baltimore business district is less 
than an hour in the other. There is frequent transportation service from the 
University gates to each city. Special arrangements are made to study com- 
mercial, manufacturing, exporting, and importing agencies and methods in 
Baltimore. Assistance is given qualified students who wish to obtain a first- 
hand glimpse of the farflung economic activities of the national government or 
to utilize the libraries, government departments, and other facilities available 
in Washington. 

ORGANIZATION 

The College comprises seven departments, two bureaus of research, and 

one institute. 

I. Department of Business Organization and Administration 

1. Accounting and Statistics 

2. Financial Administration 

3. Industrial Administration 

4. Insurance and Real Estate 

5. Marketing Administration 

(a) Advertising 

(b) Foreign Trade and International Finance 

(c) Retail Store Management 

(d) Sales Management 

6. Personnel Administration 

7. Transportation Administration 

(a) Airline and Airport Management 

(b) Traffic Management 

8. Public Administration 
II. Department of Economics 

III. Department of Foreign Service and International Relations 

IV. Department of Geography 
V. Department of Government and Politics 

VI, Department of Journalism and Public Relations 
VII. Department of Office Techniques and Management 

1. Office Management 

2. Office Techniques 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 299 

VIII. Bureau of Business and Economic Research 

IX. Bureau of Governmental Research 

X. Institute of World Economics and Politics 

XI. Maryland Municipal League (Affiliated) 

Aims 

The College of Business and Public Administration offers courses designed 
to prepare young men and women for service in business firms, governmental 
agencies, cooperative enterprises, labor unions, publishing firms, small business units, 
and other organizations requiring effective training in administrative skills and tech- 
niques, and for the teaching of business subjects, economics, geography, government 
and politics, and journalism and public relations in high schools and colleges. 
It supplies scientific training in administration to students and prospective ex- 
ecutives on a professional basis comparable to university training in the other 
professional fields. Administration is regarded as a profession, and the College 
of Business and Public Administration prepares its students for this profession 
by offering courses of instruction which present general principles and tech- 
niques of management and administration and brings together in systematic 
form the experiences and practices of business firms and governmental units. 
This plan of education does not displace practical experience, but supplements 
and strengthens it by shortening the period of apprenticeship otherwise neces- 
sary, and by giving a broad and practical knowledge of the major principles, 
policies, and methods of administration. 

During the first half of the college study program the student secures 
a broad foundation upon which to base the professional and the more tech- 
nical courses offered in the last half of the curriculum. The managerial and oper- 
ating points of views are stressed in the advanced courses in production, mar- 
keting, labor, finance, real estate, insurance, accounting, office management 
and public administration. The purpose of the work offered is to aid the 
student as a prospective executive in developing his ability to identify and to 
solve administrative and managerial problems; and to adjust himself and his 
organization, policies, and, practices to changing social, political and economic 
situations. 

The aim of the college is to present and illustrate such sound principles 
of management as are applicable to both big business and small business. 
Large-scale business, because of its possible economies, will be expanded in 
some industries under certain well-known conditions. There are, on the other 
hand, industries and many situations which still call for the small business. 
If these small-scale businesses are to be operated with profit to the owners 
and with satisfactory and economical service to the public, it is imperative 
that authentic principles of administration be applied to them. Sound principles 
of ethical conduct are emphasized at all times throughout the various courses. 

The primary aim of collegiate education for government and business ser- 
vices is to prepare for effective management. The College of Business and Public 
Administration, University of Maryland, was established to supply effective 
education in administration to the young men and women whose task will be 



300 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

the guiding of the more complex business enterprises and governmental units 
resulting from industrial, social and political development and expansion. 
This statement does not mean that the graduate may expect to secure a 
major executive position upon graduation. He will, on the contrary, usually be 
required to start near the well publicized "bottom" of the ladder and work 
his way up through a number of minor positions. He will, however, be able to 
move up at a faster rate if he has taken full advantage of the opportunities 
offered by the college in developing his talents and acquiring technical and 
professional information, point of view, skills, and techniques. 

Graduation Requirement 

A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit in courses suggested by the 
College in addition to the specified courses in military science, physical activi- 
ties and hygiene are required for graduation. The student is required to have 
an average of "C" for courses used in meeting the quantitative graduation re- 
quirements. The time required to complete the requirements for the bachelor's 
degree for the average student is eight semesters. A superior student, by carry- 
ing more than the average load, can complete the work in a shorter period of 
time. 

Degrees 

The University confers the following degrees on students of Business 
and Public Administration: Bachelor of Science, Master of Business Adminis- 
tration, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. The College has a number 
of graduate assistantships in Business Administration, Economics, Geography, 
Journalism and Public Relations, Government and Politics, and Bureau of Busi- 
ness and Economic Research available for qualified graduate students. Applica- 
tions for these assistantships should be made directly to the Dean of the College 
of Business and Public Administration. (See bulletin of Graduate School for 
graduate rules and regulations.) 

Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar on a 
date announced for each semester a formal application for a degree. Can- 
didates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are conferred 
and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only in exceptional 
cases. 

Junior Requirement 

To be classified as a junior a student must have earned 56 semester hours 
of his freshman and sophomore requirements with an average of at least 
"C", plus the required work in military science, hygiene and physical activities 
for the freshman and sophomore years. If a student has better than a "C" 
average and lacks a few credits of having the total of 56, he may be permitted 
to take certain courses numbered 100 and above providing he has the prerequi- 
sites for these courses and the consent of the Dean. 

Senior Residence Requirement 

After a student has earned acceptable credit to the extent of 90 semester 
hours exclusive of the required work in military science, physical activities. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 301 

and hygiene, either at the University of Maryland or elsewhere, he must earn 
a subsequent total of at least 30 semester hours with an average grade of 
"C" or better at the University of Maryland. No part of these credits may 
be transferred from another institution. Specific requirements for graduation in 
the selected curriculum must be met. 

Programs of Study 

The College offers programs of study in economics, business administra- 
tion, ofHce techniques, office management, public administration, government and 
politics, geography, journalism and public relations, and some combination cur- 
riculums, e.g., business administration and law, commercial teaching and 
industrial education. Research is emphasized throughout the various programs. 

Professional Objectives 

The executive manager or administrator in modern business enterprises 
and governmental units and agencies should have a clear understanding of: 

(a) the business organizations and institutions which comprise the modern 
business world; 

(b) the political, social, and economic forces which tend to limit or to 
promote the free exercise of his activities; and 

(c) the basic principles which underlie the efficient organization and ad- 
ministration of a business or governmental enterprise. 

In addition, the executive or the prospective executive should: 

(a) be able to express his thoughts and ideas in correct and concise 
English; 

(b) have some useful knowledge of the physical world in which he operates. 

(c) have a knowledge of the development of modern civilization through 
a study of history, government, economics, and other social studies; 

(d) have a sympathetic understanding of people gained through a study 
of sociology, geography, politics, labor relations, marketing, and other subjects. 

If the executive is to be successful in solving current business and govern- 
mental problems, he should be skilled in the scientific method of collecting, 
analyzing, and classifying pertinent facts in the most significant manner, and 
then, on the basis of these facts, be able to draw sound conclusions and to 
formulate general principles which may be used to guide his present and future 
professional or vocational conduct. In other words, probably the most important 
qualities in a successful executive are: 

(a) the ability to arrive at sound judgments; 

(b) the capacity to formulate effective plans and policies, and the imagina- 
tion and ability to devise organizations, methods, and procedures for executing 
them. 

Facilities Furnished 

The teaching staff and the curriculums of the College of Business and Public 
Administration have been selected and organized for the purpose of providing 



302 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

a type of professional and technical training that will aid the capable and 
ambitious student in developing his potential talents to their full capacity. 

The college study program on both the undergraduate and graduate levels 
presuppose effective training in English, history, government, science, and 
mathematics.* The program of study for any individual student may be 
so arranged as to meet the needs of those preparing for specific lines of work, 
such as accounting, advertising, banking, foreign trade, industrial administra- 
tion, marketing administration, personnel administration, office management, real 
estate practice, insurance, journalism, public relations, government employment, 
office management, teaching, and research. 

Professional Advice 

In order to facilitate the prompt and continuous adjustment of courses, 
curriculums, and instructional methods to provide the preparation most in demand 
by industry and commerce; and in order constantly to maintain instruction 
abreast of the best current practice, the advice and suggestions of business 
men and public officials are constantly sought from outstanding leaders in 
each major field of business activity. 

Military Instruction 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are 
required to take basic air force ROTC training for a period of two years. The 
successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it 
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance 
at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students 
who do not have the required two years of military training will be required 
to complete the course or take it until graduation whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who meet the requirements of the Military Department 
may carry advanced Air Force ROTC courses during their Junior and Senior 
years and may receive, under conditions determined by the Military, a regular 
or reserve commission in the United States Air Force. 

General Information 

For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip- 
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of 
resident and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, tran- 
scripts of records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dor- 
mitories, off-campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholar- 
ships and student aid, athletics and recreation, student government, honors 
and awards, religious denominational clubs, fraternities, societies and special 
clubs, the University band, student publications, University Post Office and 
Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications for the General Informa- 
tion issue of the Catalog. 



•The major portion of this tralnlrig la uuually uecuied In the four yearB of high suhool 
and the first two years o( college. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 303 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed 
charges: $75.00 special fees; $360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room; and labora- 
tory fees which vary with the laboratory course pursued. A matriculation 
fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. A charge of $250.00 is assessed to 
all students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland. An additional 
$50.00 is assessed to dormitory students who are non-residents of the State of 
Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of costs, write to the Director of Publica- 
tions for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Admissions 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Business and Public Ad- 
ministration must apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of 
Maryland at College Park. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and 
other indications of probable success in college than upon a fixed pat- 
tern of subject matter. In general, four units of English and one unit each 
of Social Studies and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra 
and Plane Geometry is desirable. While Foreign Language is desirable for 
certain programs no Foreign Language is required for entrance. Fine Arts, 
Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. 

For a more detailed statement of admissions, write to the Director of Pub- 
lications for a copy of the "General Information" catalog. 

LIST OF HONORS AND AWARDS 

The Dean's List of Distinguished Students. Any student who has passed at 
least 14 hours of work in the preceding semester, without failure of any course, 
and with an average grade on all courses of at least 3.5, will be placed on the 
Dean's List of Distinguished Students. 

Beta Gamma Sigma. The Alpha of Maryland Chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma 
was chartered in 1940. The purpose of this honorary society is to encourage and 
reward scholarship and accomplishment among students of commerce and busi- 
ness administration ; to promote the advancement of education in the art and science 
of business ; and to foster integritj'^ in the conduct of business operations. Chapters 
of Beta Gamma Sigma are chartered only in schools holding membership in the 
American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. Third and fourth year 
students in business administration are eligible; if in his third year, a student 
must rank in the highest four per cent of the candidates for the degree of Bachelor 
of Science in Business Administration, and if in his fourth year, he must rank in 
the highest ten per cent. 

The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key is awarded annually to the student who 
has maintained the highest scholastic standing during the entire course of study 
in business administration or economics. 

Delta Sigma Pi was founded at New York University on November 7, 1907, 



304 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The Gamma Sigma of Maryland chapter was chartered at the University of Mary- 
land in 1905. Delta Sigma Pi is a professional fraternity organized to foster the 
study of business in universities ; to encourage scholarship, social activity, and the 
association of students for their mutual advancement by research and practice; to 
promote closer aflfiliation between the commercial world and students of commerce ; 
and to further a high standard of commercial ethics and culture, as well as the 
civic and commercial welfare of the community. Members are selected from the 
College of Business and Public Administration on the basis of leadership, scho- 
lastic standing, and promise of future business success. 

The Pi Sigma Alpha Fred Hays Memorial Award in Government and Politics 
is awarded annually by the Department of Government and Politics to the graduat- 
ing senior who earns the highest grades among the majors in Government and 
Politics of the graduating class. The award is a cash award, not less than $25.00, 
provided by an anonymous alumnus. This award is named in memory of Fred 
Hays, an honor graduate and former student president of Pi Sigma Alpha, the 
honorary Political Science fraternity. Fred Hays was killed in action in Korea. 

The Maryland Motor Truck Association, Inc. provides a $500 scholarship 
annually to an outstanding student concentrating in transportation who is registered 
in the College of Business and Public Administration. 

The Davidson Transfer and Storage Co. gives a $500 scholarship to a high 
ranking student in the College who is concentrating in transportation. 

Pilot Freight Carriers, Inc. provides a $500 scholarship for a senior in the 
College of Business and Public Administration who is concentrating in trans- 
portation with a major interest in motor transportation. 

The Maryland Association of Certified Public Accountants makes availabel a 
scholarship of $200 for an outstanding student in accounting who is registered in 
the College. 

The Womens' National Airport Club of Washington, D. C. makes an annual 
award of $100 to a leading student of transportation at the end of the Junior 
year. 

STUDY PROGRAMS IN THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND 
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

A student in the College can so arrange his grouping and sequence of 
courses as to form a fair degree of concentration in one of the Departments. 
When, however, he wishes to become a specialist in any one of the depart- 
ments, he should plan to continue his subjects on to the graduate level, work- 
ing toward eitlier the Master's or the Doctor of Philosophy degree. 

I. BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

Business organizations are set up primarily for the purpose of producing 
and distributing goods and services. Modern business administration re- 
quires a knowledge of and skill in the use of effective tools for the control of 
organizations, institutions, and operations. The curriculums of the Department 
of Business Organization and Administration emphasize the principles and 
problems of the development and the use of policies and organizations, and 
the methods, techniques and procedures of execution, in other words, the 
essence of Administration and Management. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 305 

Study Programs in the Department 

Study programs in Business Administration furnish an opportunity for 
a small amount of concentration in one of the major sections during the under- 
graduate period. The basis of these curriculums is the general study program. 

The following study programs will aid the thoughtful student in planning 
his concentration according to his natural aptitudes and the line of his major 
interest: 

The programs of study in the Department of Business Organization and 
Administration are so arranged as to facilitate concentrations according to 
the major functions of business organization. This plan is not, however, based on 
the assumption that these major divisions are independent units, but rather that 
each is closely related and dependent on the others. Every student in Business 
Administration, therefore, is required to complete satisfactorily a minimum 
number of required basic subjects in economics and in each of the major 
functional fields. Each graduate upon completion of the requirements for the 
bachelor's degree finds himself well grounded in the theory and practice of 
administration. There are five commonly recognized major business functions, 
viz: production, marketing, finance, labor relations, and control. 

The function of control may be thought of as comprising two sectors, 
viz. internal and external. Internal control has to do with men, materials, and 
operations. External control is secured through the force of laws and courts, 
board and commission decisions, also through the influence of custom and 
public opinion. Management endeavors to make adequate adjustments to these 
forces. Courses in law and public administration, for example, aid in giving 
the students an understanding of the problems, devices, and methods of ex- 
ternal or "social" control. 

Freshman and Sophomore Requirements 

During the first half of the program of study each student in the Depart- 
ment of Business Organization and Administration is expected to complete 
the following basic subjects, except as indicated in a particular curriculum: 

Required Courses : Semester Hours 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature 6 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature. ... 6 

Math. 5, 6— Mathematics 6 

Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 4 

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 4 

B.A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 4 

G. & P. 1 — American Government (or Sociology of American Life) 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life (or American Government) .... 3 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 6 

B.A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting S 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 2 

Econ. 31, 3 2— Principles of Economics 6 

Military Training and Physical Activities for Men 16 

Health and Physical Activities for Women S 

Total specified requirements 66 or 74 

A minimum of forty per cent of the total number of credits required for 



306 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

graduation must be in subjects with designations other than Business Adminis- 
tration; forty per cent of the required 120 semester hours of academic work 
must be in Business Administration subjects, the other twenty per cent may 
be in either group or comprise a combination of the two groups of subjects. An 
average of "C" in Business Administration courses is required for graduation. 

Freshmen who expect to make a concentration in foreign trade, or who 
plan to enter public service abroad, should elect an appropriate foreign lan- 
guage. If a foreign language is elected, 12 semester hours or the equivalent must 
be completed with an acceptable grade. 

Junior and Senior Requirements 

During the junior and senior years each student in the department is 
required to complete in a satisfactory manner the following specified courses 
unless the particular curriculum being followed provides otherwise: 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 

B. A. 140— Financial Management 3 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management 8 

Econ. 1 6 — Labor Economics 3 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Statistics 3 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 8 

Total 29 

The remaining credits for juniors and seniors may be used to meet 
the requirements for one of the special concentration programs, for example, 
in Public Administration, Foreign Service, Commercial Teaching, and in the 
fields of Business Administration, such as: Accounting and Statistics, Production 
Administration, Marketing, Advertising, Retailing, Purchasing, Foreign Trade, 
Transportation, Labor Relations, Real Estate, Insurance, Investment and 
General Finance. Juniors and seniors may elect appropriate Secretarial Training 
courses. 

Combined Administration and Law Program 

When a student elects the combination Administration-Law curriculum, 
he must complete in a satisfactory manner the specific requirements listed 
for the first three years of the general curriculum in administration plus enough 
electives to equal a minimum of 92 credits exclusive of military science, physical 
activities and hygiene, with an average grade of at least "C." The last year of 
college work before entering the Law School must be done in residence at 
College Park. The Bachelor of Science degree from the College of Business 
and Public Administration is conferred upon the completion of the first year 
in the Law School with an average grade of "C" or better, and the recommenda- 
tion of the Dean of the Law School. Business Law cannot be used as credit in 
this combined curriculum. 

Master of Business Administration 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration are ac- 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



m 



cepted in accordance with the procedures and requirements for the Graduate 
School. See Graduate School, Section II. 

The General Curriculum in Administration 

This curriculum is set up on an eight semester basis which corresponds 
to the traditional four-year course that leads to a bachelor's degree. A student 
may complete the full course in a shorter period of time by attending summer 
sessions. A superior student may, however, complete the course in a shorter 
period of time by carrying a heavier load each semester. 



-Semester-~\ 



Freshman Year I 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 

Boon. 4, 5— Economic Developments 2 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 2 

Mathematics 5 and 6 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American Life) 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life (or American Government) ... .... 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 

Total 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature. . 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 4 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 

Electives (Girls) 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 

Total 17. Ig 

Junior Year 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 

B. A. 140— Financial Management 

B. A. 13 0— Elements of Business Statistics 3 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management 

Econ. 16 — Labor Economics « 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 

Electives In Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics, or other approved 

subjects g 

Total , TT 



// 
2 
2 
3 
2 
3 

3 
3 



18-19 



3 
3 
4 

1 
3 
3 
3 
1 

17-18 



3 
3 

6 
16 



308 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r-Semestei^~\ 

Senior Year I II 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 4 4 

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 3 .... 

Econ. 171 — Economics of American Industries or 

B. A. 184- Public Utilities 3 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation 3 .... 

B. A. 189— Government and Business .... 3 

Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics or other approved 

subjects 6 6 

Total 16 16 

Electives may be chosen under the direction of a faculty advisor from 
courses in Accounting, Statistics, Geography, Public Utilities and Public Ad- 
ministration, Secretarial Training, or other courses that will aid the student 
in preparing for his major objective. The electives indicated in the General 
Course are provided so that students can arrange their schedules, under the 
guidance of a faculty adviser, in such a way as to secure a concentration or 
major when desired in: 

1. Accounting and Statistics 5. Marketing Administration 

2. Financial Administration 6. Personnel Administration 

3. Industrial Administration 7. Transportation Administration 

4. Insurance and Real Estate 8. Public Utilities and Public Adminis- 

tration 

1. Accounting and Statistical Control Study Program 

Internal control in modern business and governmental organizations is a 
major over-all administrative function. The rapid growth in size and com- 
plexity of current governmental units and business enterprises has emphasized 
the importance of the problems of control in management. In order to control 
intelligently and efifectively the manifold activities of these units, it is neces- 
sary to establish an organization, formulate policies, and develop methods of 
procedures. In order to perform satisfactorily these managerial activities, it 
is necessary to have pertinent facts concerning the operations of the various 
units, divisions, and departments. It is the function of the accounting and 
statistical departments to secure, analyze, classify, and interpret these facts. 

This study program is designed to give the student a broad training in 
administrative control supplemented by specific technical training in the prob- 
lems, procedures, inethods and techniques of accounting and statistics. If the 
program is followed diligently, the student may prepare himself for a career 
as a pul)lic accountant, tax specialist, cost accountant, auditor, budget officer, 
comptroller, credit manager, or treasurer. 

Provision for practical ex])erience. Arrangements have been made with 
firms or certified public accountants in Baltimore, New York and the District 
of Columbia for apprenticeship training in the field of public accounting. This 
training is provided between semesters of the senior year (approximately 
January 15 to February 15), and for the semester immediately following grad- 
uation. A student may also elect to take one semester of apprenticeship train- 
ing before graduation. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 309 

The following study program provides courses for those wishing to 
concentrate in this important field: 

Students who select a concentration in accounting and statistics follow 
the general study program in the freshman and sophomore years. 

/—Semester—^ 

Junior Year I H 

B. A. 110, 111— Intermediate Accounting 3 3 

B. A. 121— Cost Accounting .... 4 

B. A. 123 — Income Tax Accounting 4 .... 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

Bcon. 140— Money and Banking 3 .... 

B. A. 140— Financial Management .... 3 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 3 

Elective 3 .... 

Total 16 16 



Senior Year 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 .... 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management .... 3 

B. A. 124, 126— Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice 3 3 

B. A. 122— Auditing Theory and Practice 3 .... 

B. A. 127— Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice .... 3 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

Electives 3 3 



Total 16 16 



The student interested in the field may select such electives, with the aid 
of his adviser, from the following list of subjects such courses as will best 
meet his needs: 

B. A. 116— Public Budgeting (3) B. A. 220— Managerial Accounting (3) 

B. A. 118— Governmental Accounting (3) B. A. 221, 222— Seminar in Accounting 

B. A. 125— C. P. A. Problems (3)* (arranged) (3) 

B. A. 129— Apprenticeship in Accounting (0) B. A. 22G— Accounting Systems (3) 

B. A. 132, 133— Advanced Business Stalls- B. A. 228— Research in Accounting 

tics (3, 3) (arranged) (3) 

B. A. 141— Investment Management (3) B. A. 229— Studies of special problems in the 

B. A. 143— Credit Management (3) fields of Control and Organization (ar- 

B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Management ranged ) (3) 

(3) Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 

B. A. 149— Analysis of Financial Statements (3) 

(3) Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 

B. A. 165— OfHce Management (3) (3) 

B. A. 166— Business Communications (3) Econ. 134— Contemporary Economic Thought 

B. A. 184— Public Utilities (3) (3) 

B. A. 210— Advanced Accounting Theory Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation (3) 

(2-3) 



•C. P. A. Problems is recommended for students who plan to go into public account- 
ing. Such students should plan their study jfrogram so as to meet the professional ex- 
amination requirements of the State in which they expect to take the examination or to 
practice. 



310 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

2. Financial Administration 

A nation with a highly developed industrial system requires an eflFective 
financial organization. Production and marketing activities of business enter- 
prises must be financed; a large volume of consumer purchases depend on 
credit, and the activities of local, state, and federal government depend, in 
large part, on taxation and borrowing. To meet these needs a complicated 
structure of financial institutions, both private and public, has evolved together 
with a wide variety of financial instruments. The methods used are equally 
varied and complicated. Since the financing service is so pervasive throughout 
our economic life and because it is an expense which must be borne by the 
ultimate purchaser, the management of the finance function is endowed with 
a high degree of public interest. 

This study program is designed to give the student fundamental informa- 
tion concerning financing methods, institutions, and instruments; and to aid him 
in developing his ability to secure and evaluate pertinent facts, and to form 
sound judgments with reference to financial matters. Through a wise selection 
of subjects the student who selects this curriculum may prepare himself for 
positions in the commercial, savings, and investment banking fields, invest- 
ment management; corporate financial management; real estate financing; and 
insurance. A student may qualify himself to enter government service, e.g., in 
departments regulating banking operations, international finance, the issuance 
and sales of securities, and a number of financial corporations owned and 
operated or controlled by the government. 

Students wishing to form a concentration in Financial Administration 
should follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore 
years, the program for the junior and senior years is outlined as follows: 

<—Semester—\ 

Junior Year I II 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 .... 

B. A. 140— Financial Management .... 8 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 8 

B. A. 110-111— Intermediate Accounting 3 8 

B. A. 166— Business Communications 3 .... 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .,,. 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 8 

Electives In Economics, Government and Politics, and Business 

and I*ubllc Administration 3 4 

Total 15 18 

Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

B. A. 141— Investment Management 8 

B. A. 143— Credit Management 8 

B. A. 1 60— Personnel Management .... j 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 8 

B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Management 8 

Electives 3 g 



ToUI. 



18 16 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



311 



Selection of electives may be made with the aid of the adviser from the follow- 
ing list of subjects: 

B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting (4) 
B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3) 
B. A. 149— Analysis of Financial Statements 

(3) 
B.A. 165— Office Management (3) 
B. A. 184— Public Utilities (3) 
B. A. 190— Life Insurance (3) 
B. A. 191— Property Insurance (3) 
B.A. 196— Real Estate Finance (3) 
B. A. 240— Seminar in Financial 

Management (3) 



B. A. 249— Studies of Special Problems in 
the Field of Financial Administration 
(arranged) 

Econ. 141— Theory of Money, Credit and 
Prices (3) 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation (3) 

Econ. 149— International Finance and Ex- 
change (3) 

Econ. 241— Seminar in Money, Credit and 
Prices (arranged) 



3. Industrial Administration 

This curriculum is designed to acquaint the student with the problems of 
organization and control in the field of industrial management. Theory and 
practice with reference to organization, policies, methods, processes, and tech- 
niques are surveyed, analyzed, and criticized. The student is required to go on 
inspection trips, and when feasible is expected to secure first-hand informa- 
tion through both observation and participation. He should be familiar with 
the factors that determine plant location and layout, types of buildings, and 
the major kinds of machines and processes utilized; he should understand 
effective methods and devices for the selection and utilization of men, materials 
and machines. 

The courses, in addition to those required of all students in the college, 
which will aid the undergraduate student in preparing himself for a useful 
place in this field of effort are: 

B. A. 170— Transportation Services and 
Regulation (3) 

B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial 
TrafHc Management (3) 

B.A. 172— Motor Transportation (3) 
*B. A. 177— Motion Economy and Time Study 

(3) 
•B. A. 178— Production Planning and Con- 
trol (2) 

B. A. 265— Development and Trends in 
Industrial Management (3) 



*B. A. 121- 

B. A. 122, 

B.A. 132, 

tics (3, 

B. A. 153- 

•B. A. 163- 
B. A. 165- 
B. A. 166- 

•B. A. 167- 
(2) 

•B.A. 169 



-Cost Accounting (4) 
127— Auditing (3, 3) 
133— Advanced Business Statls- 
3) 

-Purchasing Management (3) 
-Industrial Relations (3) 
-OfHce Management (3) 
-Business Communications (3) 
-Job Evaluation and Merit Rating 



—Industrial Management (3) 



4. Insurance and Real Estate 

Today both insurance and real estate are fields which prefer university 
trained persons. In insurance, opportunities are available in the home oiHces 
and in the field to persons who will ultimately specialize in life, property, or 
casualty insurance. In real estate, a group of specialists — real estate brokers, 
appraisers, propertj'^ managers, and persons handling the financing of real 
estate — are now recognized. A proper arrangement of courses by a student 
will povide academic preparation toward the examinations for Chartered Life 



•These courses are specific requirements (or students concentrating Is Industrial 
Administration. 



312 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Underwriter (C.L.U.), Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter (C.P.C.U.). 

and new professional requirements in real estate. Also, from a purely personal 
or family viewpoint these courses can be of immense value. 

Students who select a concentration in insurance and real estate should 
follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore years. 
The program for the junior and senior years is outlined below. 

r-Semester—\ 

Junior Year I II 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 

B. A. 140— Financial Management .... 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3 .... 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 3 

B. A. 190— Life Insurance 3 .... 

B. A. 191 — Property Insurance .... 3 

B. A. 195— Real Estate Principles 3 

B. A. 196— Real Estate Finance 3 

Elective .... 3 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 .... 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management .... 3 

B. A. 141— Investment Management 3 .... 

B. A. 194 — Insurance Agency Management 3 . 

B. A. 197— Real Estate Management .... 3 

Electives , 3 6 

Total 16 16 

Selection of electives may be made with the aid of the adviser from the 

following and other subjects: 

Soc. 114— The City (3) B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Management 

Soc. 173— Social Security (3) (3) 

Enon. 141— Tlieory of Money, Credit and b. A. 151— Advertising (3) 

Prices (3) B. A. 165-Offlce Management (3) 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation (3) b. A. 16G— Business Communications (3) 

B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting (4) B. A. 189— Business and Government (3) 

B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3) B. A. 290-Semlnar in Insurance (3) 

B. A. 295— Seminar In Real Estate (3) 

5. Marketing Administration 

Modern business administration is concerned largely with marketing ac- 
tivities. Buying and selling of products and services comprise the major 
portion of the time and energies of a large group of our population. The 
ideals of our system of private property, individual initiative and free enter- 
prise are closely related to present-day marketing organization and practice. 
Effective solutions of the problems of marketing are necessary to the success 
of the individual business enterprise and for the welfare of the consumer. 
If the costs of distribution are to be reduced or kept from rising unduly, it is 
necessary that careful study be made of the organization, policies, methods, 
and practices of advertising, selling, purchasing, merchandising, transportation, 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



31- 



financing, storing, and other related marketing activities, and appropriate action 
taken by qualified technicians and executives. 

The purpose of the marketing administration program is to give the stu- 
dent an opportunity to analyze, evaluate and otherwise study the problems 
connected with marketing institutions, organizations, policies, methods, and 
practices. The student who elects this field of concentration may develop his 
aptitudes, oa the technical level, for research, selling, buying, and preparing 
advertising copy, and on the administrative level develop his abilities for 
organizing, planning, and directing the various activities in the field of 
marketing. 

Thoughtful selection of courses from the following lists, in addition to 
those required of all students in business administration, will aid the student in 
preparing himself for an effective position in the field of marketing. He may 
form a concentration in: 



a. General Marketing 

b. Advertising 

c. Foreign Trade and International Finance 



d. Retail Store Management 

e. Sales Management 



B. A. 132, 133— Advanced Business Sta- 
tistics (3, 3) 
*B. A. 143— Credit Management (3) 
B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3) 
*B. A. 151— Advertising. (3) 
B. A. 152— Advertising Copy and Layout 
(3) 
*B. A. 153— Purchasing Management (3) 
*B. A. 154— Retail Store Management (3) 
B. A. 155— Problems in Retail Merchan- 
dising (3) 
B. A. 165— Office Management (3) 
B. A. 166— Business Communications (3) 
*B. A. 170 — Transportation Services and 
Regulation (3) 



B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial 

Traffic Management (3) 
B. A. 172— Motor Transportation (3) 
B.A. 190— Life Insurance (3) 
B. A. 191— Property Insurance (3) 
B. A. 195— Real Estate Principles (3) 
B. A. 250— Problems in Sales Management 

(3) • 
B. A. 251— Problems in Advertising (3) 
B. A. 252— Problems in Retail Store Man- 
agement (3) 
B. A. 257— Seminar in Marketing Manage- 
ment (arranged) (3) 
B. A. 258— Research Problems in 
Marketing (arranged) (3) 



For those especially interested in foreign trade, selections may be made 
from the following courses: 



tEcon. 136— International Economic Policies 
and Relations (3) 
Econ. 137— Economic Planning and Post- 
war Problems (3) 
tEcon. 149 — International Finance and Ex- 
change (3) 
B. A. 151— Advertising Programs and 
Campaigns (3) 
tB. A. 157— Foreign Trade Procedure (3) 
tB. A. 170— Transportation Services and 

Regulation (3) 
tB. A. 173— Overseas Shipping (3) 
B. A. 189— Government and Business (3) 
Ec. Geog. 4— Regional Geography of the 

Continents (3) 
Geog. 100, 101— Regional Geography of the 



United States and Canada (3, 3) 

Geog. 102— The Geography of Manufactur- 
ing in the United States and Canada (3) 

Geog. 110, 111— Latin America (3, 3). 

Geog. 115— Peoples of Latin America (2) 

Geog. 120— Economic Geography of Eu- 
rope (3) 

Geog. 122— Economic Resources and De- 
velopment of Africa (3) 

Geog. 130-131— Economic and Political 
Geog. of Southern and Eastern Asia 
(3, 3) 

Geog. ISO, 181— Principles of Geography 
(3, 3) 

Geog. 260-261— Problems in the Geog. of 
Europe and Africa (3, 3) 



•These courses are speciflo requirements for students taking a concentration In 
Marketing Management. 



314 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



6. Personnel Administration and Labor Economics 

Recent development of large scale operation on the part of both private 
enterprise and government has emphasized the growing vital importance of 
personnel relationships. Successful operation depends on harmonious co- 
operation between employer and employee. The interests of the public, the 
owners, and the management, as wll as those of the employees, may be greatly 
affected by the solutions evolved in any given case of personnel relationship. 
The growth of large-scale, centrally controlled labor organizations and the 
increased participation of governmental agencies in labor disputes have created 
problems for which business management, union officials, and government 
representatives have been, on the whole, ill-prepared to solve satisfactorily. 
The government, the unions, and business need men and women qualified to 
deal effectively with these problems. They should have broad training and 
technical information in the fields of business and public administration, 
economics, and psychology, together with suitable personalities. They must be 
able to approach these problems with an open mind, unbiased by personal 
and class prejudices. 

Personnel administration which has to do with the direction of human 
effort, is concerned •with securing, maintaining, and utilizing, an effective working 
force. People adequately trained in personnel administration find employment 
in business enterprises, governmental departments, governmental corporations, 
educational institutions and charitable organizations. 

A student may select from the following courses those which will, in 
addition to those required of all students in business administration, best 
prepare him for the kind of personnel work he wishes to enter. 



•B. A. 163— Industrial Relations (3) 

•B. A. 164— Recent Labor Legislation and 

Court Decisions (3) 
•B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit 

Rating (2) 
♦B. A. 169— Industrial Management (3) 
(j. & P. Ill— Public Personnel Adminis- 
tration (3) 
I'sych. 2— Applied Psychology (3) 
Psych. 121— Social Psychology (3) 
Psych. 161— Psychological Techniques In 

Personnel Administration (3) 
G. & P. 214— Problems In Public PerBon- 
nel Administration (arranged) (3) 



B. A. 262— Seminar In Contemporary 
Trends In Labor Relations (3) 
B. A. 265 — Development and Trends In 
Industrial Management (3) 

B. A. 266— Research In Personnel Man- 
agement (arranged) (3) 

B. A. 267— Research in Industrial Rela- 
tions (arranged) (3) 

B. A. 269— Studies of Special Problems In 
Employer- Employee Relationships 
(arranged) (3) 

B. A. 271— Theory of Organization (3) 



7. Transportation Administration 

The problems of transportation administration are complex and far reach- 
ing. The student preparing for this type of work should be well grounded in 
economics, government, and business administration, as well as being pro- 
ficient in the use of the technical tools of the profession. Rail, highway, 
water, and air transportation are basic to our economic life, in fact, to our 



*TheBe courses arc specific: requirements (or those students taking a concentration 
In Personnel Administration and Labor Economics. 



i 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 315 

very existence. This curriculum gives considerable emphasis to air trans= 
portation. 

The following courses, in addition to those required of all students in the 
Department of Business Organization and Administration, will aid the student 
in preparing himself for a useful place in the fields of air, water, highway, 
and railway transportation. This curriculum besides preparing for positions 
with carriers also fits the student for industrial traffic management, trade asso- 
ciation and government work in transportation. (To major in Transportation 
Administration the student must complete 15 hours of the courses listed below 
including B.A. 171.): 

B. A. 157— Foreign Trade (3) B. A. 175— Airline Administration (3) 

B. A. 170— Transportation Services and B. A. 176— Problems in Airport Manage- 

Regulation (3) ment (3) 

B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial B. A. 184— Public Utilities (3) 

Traffic Management (3) B. A. 270 — Seminar in Air Transportation 
B. A. 172— Motor Transportation (3) (3) 

B. A. 173-Overseas Shipping (3) B A. 275-Seminar in Motor Transpor- 

ration ( 3 ) 
B. A. 174— Commercial Air Transportation B. A. 277— Seminar in Transportation (3) 

(3) B. A. 284— Seminar In Public Utilities (3) 

Other courses may be selected with the approval of the adviser for the 
curriculum. 



8. Public Administration 

The trend toward increased governmental participation in the fields of our 
economic, political and social life has been developing for a number of years so 
that now the government is the largest business enterprise in the country. In 
addition to the Federal Government, State and Local Government agencies have 
called upon the universities to aid in training young men or women for effective 
public service. Students desiring a specialized training in the broad field of gov- 
ernment service should take the regularly established curriculum in Government and 
Politics appearing in pages 321 and 322 of this Catalog and select electives from the 
following : 

G. & P. Ill— Public Personnel Administration (3) 

G. & P. 112— Public Financial Administration (3) 

G. & P. 181— Administrative Law (3) 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control (2, 2) 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting (4, 4) 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics (3) 

B. A. 189— Business and Government (3) 

Bcon. 14 0— Money and Banking (3) 

Econ. 150— Marlieting Principles and Organization (3) 

Other courses may be selected with the approval of the adviser for the program. 



II. ECONOMICS 

The program of studies in the field of Economics is designed to meet the 
oeeds of students who wish to concentrate either on 9 major or minor scale in 



316 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

this division of the Social Sciences. Students who expect to enroll in the 
professional schools and those who are planning to enter the fields of Business 
or Public Administration, or Foreign Service, or Social Service Administration, 
will find courses in economics of considerable value to them in their later work. 
A student of economics should choose his courses to meet the requirements 
for his major objective, or the Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. (He should consult the bulletin of the Graduate School for the general 
requirements for the advanced degrees.) 

Requirements for an Economics Major 

In addition to the University requirements in Social Studies, English, Military 
Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities, the student majoring in Economics is 
required to complete a minimum of 36 semester hours in Economics with an 
average grade of not less than "C". Required courses are Econ. 4, 5, 31, 32, and 132. 
B.A. 130 (Statistics) is also required, and B.A. 20 and 21 (Accounting) are recom- 
mended. Other courses in Economics to meet the requirements of the major are 
to be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser. Business Administration courses 
which may count as Economics credit are B.A. 130, 132, 133, 147, 164, 184, 189. 

Economics majors enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences must, of 
course, fulfill all the specific requirements of that college, including 12 semester 
hours of Foreign Language and 12 semester hours of Natural Science and 
Mathematics. 

Economics majors enrolled in the College of Business and Public Administra- 
tion may elect to take a foreign language or, in lieu of Foreign Language, may 
take B.A. 10 and 11 and Geog. 1 and 2. All B.P.A. students must take 6 semester 
hours of Mathematics, but may substitute B.A. 20 and 21 for Natural Science. 

A student who elects Economics as a major will normally have earned 10 
semester hours credit in the lower division courses in Economics prior to begin- 
ning the advanced work of the junior year. These lower division courses must 
be completed with an average grade of not less than "C". 

The specific courses comprising the student's program of study should be 
selected with the aid of a faculty adviser in terms of the student's objectives and 
major interest. 

Suggested Study Program for Economics Majors 

f—Sentester-^ 

Freshman Year / // 

Spf-ech 1 8, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Eng. 1, 2 — Compo.sit.ion and American Literature 3 3 

Mathematics 5, 6 or 10, 11 or 14, 15, 17 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American 

Life) 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life (or American Government) . . 3 

Foreign Langu.ige or 13. A. 10, 11 3-2 3-2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Health 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 i 

Total 17.19 17.19 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



317 



// 
3 
3 

-2 



15-19 



r-Semester- 

Sophomore Year 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 

Foreign Language or Geog. 1, 2 "-^ 

Natural Science or B. A. 20, 21 ^ 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 

Total 15-19 

Junior Year 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics . • • • 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business 

Administration* G 

Total 15 

Senior Year 

Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles 3 

Econ. 134— Contemporary Economic Thought 3 

Econ. 171— Economics of American Industries or 

B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation .... 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics and Business 

Administration* 6 

Total 15 



III. FOREIGN SERVICE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

If the student expects to enter the foreign service, he should be well grounded 
in the language, geography, history, and politics of the region of his an- 
ticipated location as virell as in the general principles and practices of organiza- 
tion and administration. It should be recognized that only a limited training 
can be secured during the undergraduate period. When more specialized or 
more extensive preparation is required, graduate work should be planned. 
The individual program in either instance, however, should be worked out 
under the guidance of a faculty adviser. The following study program is 
offered as a guide in the selection of subjects. 



•Other electives may be selected with the approval of the Head of the Department 
o( Economics. Normally these electives must be on the Junior and Senior level. 



318 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



-Semester— > 



Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

Foreign Language (Selection) 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments , 

Mathematics 5, 6 or 10, 11 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Health 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) . 
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 



19-20 



II 
3 

3 
3 
2 
2 



19-20 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 
Foreign Language (Continuation of Freshman year selection) . . . 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

G. & P. — Comparative Government, selection in accordance with 

the student's need 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Junior Year 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

G. & P. 101— International Political Relations 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 

Ec. Geog.— Selection of Regional division to fit student's needs... 
Electives to meet student's major interest 

Total 

Senior Year 

G. & P. 102— International Law 

G. & P. 106— American Foreign Relations 

G. & P. 131— Constitutional Law 

B. A. 189— Government and Business 

FJc. 132— Advanced Economic Prin., or Ec. 134, Contemporary 

Thought 

G. & P. 181— Administrative Law 

Econ. 136— International Economic Policies and Relations 

Econ. 149— International Finance and Exchange 

Electives to meet student's major interest 

Total 



3 
3 
3 
3 

2 
1 
3 
1 

16-19 



15 



16-19 



3 


.... 


3 


.... 




3 




3 


3 






3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


IB 


15 



8 

3 

15 



Suggested electives: 

American History 108, 127, 129, 133, 135, 145, and 146. 

European History 175. 176, 179, 180, 185, 186, and History 191— History of Russia; 

History 195— The Far East. 
Government and Politics 7, 8, 9, 10, 105, 106, and 154. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 319 

IV. GEOGRAPHY 

Agriculture, industry, trade, social customs and politics of a given geo- 
graphical region are influenced to a great extent by the natural resources of 
that area. Climatic conditions, topography, soils, mineral deposits, water power, 
and other physical factors largely determine the economic possibilities of a 
country. The characteristics of the philosophy, political ideals and degrees 
of technological maturity of the people within a given geographical unit, in turn 
determine in large measure ihe degree of effectiveness with which the natural 
resources are utilized. The standard of living, the purchasing power, and the 
political outlook of the inhabitants of a country are, in the main, the result 
of the expression of the interrelationship existing between the people and their 
physical environment. 

This curriculum is designed to aid the student in securing the facts con- 
cerning the major geographical areas of the world and in studying and analyzing 
the manner in which these facts affect economic, political, and social activities. 
The student interested in international trade, international political relations, 
diplomacy, overseas governments, and national aspirations will find the courses 
in this department of great practical value. Work is offered on both the under- 
graduate and the graduate levels. 

Students who expect to enroll in the engineering and professional schools 
and those who are planning to enter the fields of Business and Public Ad- 
ministration, or Foreign Service, will find courses in geography of material 
value to them in their later work. Openings exist for well-trained geographers 
in government service, in universities, colleges, and high schools, as well as 
in private business. A student of geography should choose his courses to meet 
the requirements for his major objective, be it undergraduate major or minor, 
or a Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy degree. He should consult 
the bulletin of the Graduate School for the general requirements for the 
advanced degrees. 

Requirements for an Undergraduate Major in Geogfraphy 

A student majoring in geography is required to complete satisfactorily 
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military science, 
hygiene, and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" is required 
for graduation. Only courses in which the student receives a grade of "C" or 
above will be counted toward the major. 

The specific requirements for the geography major are: 

I. Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3), or equivalent; Geog. 30 (3); Geog. 35 (3); Geog. 
40 and 41 (3, 3) ; Geog. 170 (3) and 18 hours in other Geography courses num- 
bered 100 to 199, of which 6 hours must be in non-regional courses; a total of 

39 hours in geography. 

II. Social Sciences— G. & P. 1 (3); Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3); History 5 

and 6 (3, 3) ; Soc. 1 and 105 (3, 3) ; a total of 21 semester hours. 

III. Natural Sciences — Botany 1 and 113 or 102 (4, 2 or 3) ; Agron. 114 or 
equivalent (4) ; Chem. 1 (4). Total of 13 (14) semester hours. 



320 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

IV. English— Eng. 1 and 2 (3, 3) and 3, 4, or 5, 6 (3, 3); Speech 18, 19 (1, 1); 

a total of 14 semester hours. 

V. Foreign Language and Literature — 12 semester hours in one language, 
unless an advanced course is taken. 

VI. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present Uni- 
versity requirement is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Physical 
Activities for able-bodied male students. Women students are required to take 
8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities. 

A student who elects geography as a major must have earned eighteen 
semester hours credit in the prerequisite courses in geography prior to be- 
ginning the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken during 
the freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with an average 
grade of not less than "C". 

A minor in geography should consist of Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3), Geog. 30 

(3) and such other courses as the major adviser deems suitable. 

For the guidance of those who expect to do graduate work in geography, 
it should be emphasized that the Department of Geography is particularly 
interested in the appraisal of natural resources in relation to economic, social 
and political developments; it aims to encourage study of the natural resource 
base of the culture of an area. This necessitates, on the one hand, an ele- 
mentary knowledge of certain of the physical sciences as a basis for the 
physical aspects of geographic study and resource analysis. On the other 
hand, a certain amount of knowledge of economics, of sociology and of 
political organization is necessary in order to understand stages of resource 
utilization and the social consequences. 

The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should 
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser from the Department of Geography 
in terms of the student's objective and major interests. 

Suggested Study Program for Geography Majors: 

/^Semester— \ 

Freshtimn Year I II 

OeoK. 10, 11— General Geography S S 

Chem. 1— Introductory Chemistry 4 .... 

Bot. 1— General Botany .... 4 

Soc. 1 —Sociology of American Life .... S 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Foreign I^anBuage 3 3 

A. S. 1. 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42, 41— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Artlvltles f Men and Women) 1 l 

'I'otal 18-20 19-20 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



321 



Sophomore Year 

Geog. 3 0— Principles of Morphology 

Geog. 35— Map Reading and Interpretation 

Geog. 40— Principles of Meteorology 

Geog. 41 — Introductory Climatology 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Bng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature. 

Foreign Language 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total ■ 

Junior Year 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 

Bot. 113— Plant Geography 

Agron. 115— Soil Geography 

Soc. 105— Cultural Anthropology 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 

Geog.— Selection to fit student's needs 

Electives, with adviser's consent 

Total 

Senior Year 

Geog. 170— Local Field Course 

Geog.— Selection to Qt student's needs 

Electives, with adviser's consent 

Total 



16-19 



3 
6 
3 

15 

3 

6 
6 

15 



3 
3 
3 

.3 
3 

1 

16-19 



16 



12 



V. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Government and Politics Major and Minor Requirements 

In this course of study, the following conditions are to be observed: (1) 
G. & P. 1, American Government, or its equivalent, is prerequisite to all other 
courses oflfered by the Department. Persons taking this course of study must 
complete G. & P. 1 with a grade of "C" or better. (2) In this curriculum, at 
least 36 hours of Government and Politics, including G. & P. 1, must be com- 
pleted. No Government and Politics course with a grade of less than "C" may 
be counted as a part of these 36 hours. (3) The electives of the junior and 
senior years are to be chosen from the list suggested below, unless consent 
to take other courses is obtained from the Head of the Department. Electives 
in Government and Politics and in related fields are to be chosen to make an 
integrated course of study. 

Freshman Year 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

Math. 5, 6 or 10, and 11 or 13— Mathematics 

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

Foreign Language 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 18-19 18-19 



-Semester-^ 


I 


// 


3 






3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


3 


3 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 



322 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Sophomore Year 

G. & P. 4— State Government and Administration 3 .... 

G. & P. 5— Local Government and Administration or Psychology 

1 (Introduction to Psychology) or Sociology 52 (Criminology) .... 3 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language 8 t 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 8 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

G. & P. 7 or 9, 8 or 10— Comparative Government 2 2 

G. & P. 110— Public Administration 3 .... 

G. & P. 141— History of Political Theory 3 

G. & P. 174— Political Parties 3 

G. & P. 124— Legislatures and Legislation .... 8 

G. & P. —(Elective) 3 

Electives 6 9 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

G. & P. 101— International Political Relations 3 .... 

G. & P. 131-132— Constitutional Law 3 3 

One full year of advanced Economics or B. A. courses 3 3 

Electives 6 9 

Total 15 16 

Suggested electives: Any G. & P. courses not required above. Any history 
courses related to the student's integrated course of study. 
Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems B. A. 164— Labor Legislation and Court 

Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles Decisions 

„ ,„, ^ „ . B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 

Econ. 134— Contemporary Economic ^ a loa t^ • .^ ^ 

Vif ^- ■^- 189- Busmess and Government 

Thought , „ , . Philosophy 155-Logic 

Econ. 140-Money and Banking Psychology 121, 122-Social Psychology 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation Sociology 52— Criminology 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics Sociology 147— Sociology of Law 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics Sociology 186— Sociological Theory 



VI. JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS 

The department offers two professional majors: one in editorial journalism, 
for those who seek beginning news jobs upon graduation; the other in public 
relations, for those who plan to work in public relations, public information, 
or on company publications. 

Although a minor is not permitted in this college, a student may take as 
many as 12 semester hours in a subject or field other than his major. Specialized 
jobs are most attractive financially. Journalism majors ordinarily elect secondary 
concentrations in such fields as agriculture, home economics, business administra- 
tion, advertising, foreign language, science, social and political sciences, psychology, 
philosophy. Public relations majors choose theirs from business administration, 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 323 

advertising, political and social sciences, psychology, foreign language. Other 
electives may be approved by the advisor in this department. 

Office Techniques may be taken for lovirer-division elective credit (courses 
numbered below 100). Since all work in the technical courses of the Depart- 
ment of Journalism and Public Relations is typewritten, those who cannot type at 
least 35 words per minute should enroll in O. T. 1 before taking Journalism 
10. Women planning to seek combination journalism-secretarial or public re- 
lations-secretarial jobs upon graduation may take typing and shorthand for 
lower-division elective credit. 

Since 57 hours of upper-division work (courses numbered 100 or more) are 
required for graduation in this department, the student should use his electives 
and required courses the first two years to work ofif all prerequisites for his 
upper-division studies. No lower-division course can substitute for an upper- 
division elective. 

To enroll in an upper-division course, the student must have accumulated 
at least 56 hours of academic work (exclusive of R.O.T.C. and Physical Ac- 
tivities), with an over-all grade average of at least 2. (C). 

To enroll as an upper-division major in this department, a student must 
have earned at least C in both Journalism 10 and 11. A major who makes less 

than a C in an upper-division required course is asked to repeat the course 
and/or change his major. 

A student may declare his major in this department when he enrolls in it at 
the beginning of any semester, and ordinarily he will be advised from that time 
until graduation by the same advisor in the department. In no case, however, 
can one be graduated with a major in this department without having spent at 
least four semesters as a major in one of its curricula. 

Majors are urged to work on a student publication throughout their college 
residence, and to obtain professional experience in the summers. Four se- 
mesters of experience on a student publication or three months as a fulltime 
professional are required for graduation. 

The department maintains close working relations with professionals and 
their organizations in this area. One of the purposes is to provide speakers, 
trips, laboratories, and other types of training for students enrolled in the 
department's technical courses. The student is notified in advance of each 
event, and his participation is required unless it happens to conflict with one of 
his scheduled classes. 

A required part of the journalism major's education consists of training 
on the Baltimore Sunpapers. 

Advanced reporting students spend one afternoon a week with Sun reporters 
on police and city hall beats; advanced editing students spend one afternoon a 
week at the central copy desk or at the rewrite desk. 

Some journalism majors serve as "stringers" in the special coverage of the 
campus maintained by the Sunpapers. 



324 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Outside work necessitates enrollment in less than a normal program of 

study, and in no case should the student attempt to work full time and take 
more than a course or two. 

Listed below are the required curricula in journalism and in public relations. 
Each curriculum requires a minimum of 33 hours in the department, and not 
more than 40 hours in the department is permitted. 

Lower-division Curricula 

(Journalism, Public Relations) 

r-Semester-> 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources and Econ. 4, 5— Economic 

Developments or foreign language 4-3 4-3 

Math. 5, 6— General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance (or 

natural science) 3-4 3-4 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech (or Speech 1, 2) 1-2 1-2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Air Science 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Toffil 18 18 

Sophomore Year 

Journ. 10, 11— News Reporting I, II 3 S 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control (or foreign language)... 2-3 2-3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Air Science 3, 4— Basic Air Force R, O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Total 18 18 

Journalism Study Program 

Junior Year 

Journ. 160— News Editing 1 3 .... 

Journ. 162— Community Journalism .... 3 

Journ. 176 — Newsroom Problems 3 .... 

Journ. 181— Press Photography (either semester) .... 8 

G. & P. 178— Public Opinion 3 

Klectives 7 10 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

Journ. 161— News Editing II .... 8 

Journ. 16.5— Feature Writing. .... 3 

Journ. 175— Reporting of Public Affairs 3 .... 

Journ. 191— Law of the Press .... 8 

Journ. 192— History of American Journalism 3 .... 

B. A. 189— Business and Government (either semester) 3 .... 

Electlves 7 7 

ToMl 16 IB 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



325 



Public Relations Study Program 

Requirements for the first two years of the public relations curriculum are 
the same as those in the journalism program (see above). 

The following curriculum is taken in the junior and senior years by the 
average male public relations student who plans to work for a public relations 
firm or in a public relations department. 

For electives preparatory to public relations work in business, the student should 
look to at least the following fields : business administration, advertising, economics, 
business statistics, personnel management, and marketing. For government 
public relations work : public administration, American history, international rela- 
tions, political parties, etc. Good elective courses for any public relations major 
may be found in psychology, sociology, speech, English, radio, and education. 



Junior Year 

Journ. 160 — News Editing I 

Journ. 165— Feature Writing 

P. R. 166— Public Relations 

Journ. 181— Press Photography (eitlier semester) , 

P. R. 194— Public Relations Cases.... 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

P. R. 170— Publicity Techniques 

P. R. 171— Industrial Journalism 

P. R. 186— Public Relations of Government 

Journ. 191— Law of the Press 

P. R. 195— Seminar in Public Relations 

G. & P. 178— PubUc Opinion 

Electives , . 

Total 



-Semester-^ 



16 



// 



2 

n. 



16 



16 



VII. OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT 
1. Office Management 

With the rapidly mounting volume of office work now being done, and the 
rapid increase in the number of office workers required to do it, effective office 
management and supervision is needed. Despite the current popular opinion 
that the office manager needs to know only a number of systems and machines, 
there is an ever-growing group of executives who believe that the management 
and supervision of an office is quite as important a job as the management 
of a factory or any other industrial enterprise. Many instances may be cited 
where the managers of offices have, by a consistent and logical use of scientific 
management principles, saved as much as $100,000 a year for their companies. 

Any young man or woman entering business need have no hesitancy in 
preparing himself for the position of office manager, for that position has proved 
a stepping stone to positions of great responsibility for many of our present 
executives, 



326 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



The student interested in this field will find the following required courses 
with the suggested eleotives under the guidance of the adviser, a valuable aid 
in preparing for positions in this field. 



Office Administration Study Program 



Freshman Year 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 

Math. 5— General Mathematics 

Math. 6— Mathematics of Finance 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting 

O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

O. T. 10— Offloe Typewriting Problems 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Junior Year 

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 

Econ. 150— Principles of Marketing 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

B. A. 1 12— Records Managem.ent 

B. A. 121— Cost Accounting 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 

B. A. 150 — Marketing Management 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 

B. A. 114— Machines Management 

Electlves 

Total 

Senior Year 

}i. A. 165— Office Manngement 

B. A. 16R— Hiislnpss Communications 

B. A. 160— Industrial Manngement 

B. A. 180, 181— Bu.slnes.s Law 

B. A. 168 — Advanf:ed Offlce Management 

Klectlves In Accounting, Marketing, Real Estate, Insurance, 
Finance, and Transportation 

Total 



'—Semester—^ 

I II 



3 
2 
1 

18-19 



17-19 



16 



18-19 



3 


3 


3 


3 


4 


4 


1 


1 


3 


3 


2 


.... 


3 


3 


1 


1 



16-18 



16 



> 




3 




8 


.... 


4 


4 




8 


8 


8 


16 


16 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 327 

2. 0£Bce Techniques 

In order to meet the growing demand for college trained secretarial and 
office personnel, the College of Business and Public Administration is oflFering 
to both men and women a program of secretarial training courses. The 
Secretarial Curriculum provides students with the opportunity to obtain the 
essential background for stenographic, executive and administrative positions. 
One of the best methods of assuring success in one's chosen profession is 
through the medium of specialized secretarial service. To this end the courses 
have been designed. The major objectives of the College will be maintained 
and emphasized throughout the presentation of the program of studies. The 
purpose of this curriculum is not only to furnish merely technical or vocational 
training, but also, to aid the student in developing his natural aptitudes for sec- 
retarial and administrative positions. The development of the student's capacity 
to plan, organize, direct, and execute is the guiding principle followed in this 
curriculum. This program of study will appeal to the young man or woman 
who is ambitious, naturally capable, and willing to work. It will also appeal 
to those who realize that positions in secretarial service require much more 
than merely skill in typewriting and stenography. These are essential tools, 
but knowledge and skill in other subjects are as important for the more 
responsible positions. 



Placement Examination 

Students with one or more years of college, high school, or equivalent 
training in shorthand and/or typewriting are required to take a placement 
examination in those subjects prior to, or at the time of, their first registration 
in shorthand or typewriting course at the University. 

Based on the results of this examination, the student may be exempt from 
certain of the beginning courses in either, or both, shorthand and typewriting. 
Credit will be given only for the work done in residence. 



Record of Competency 

Students must make grade of "C" in each course in the Oflfice Techniques 
sequence before they may progress to the next advanced course. A major earning 
less than a C grade in an advanced course, is asked to repeat the course. 



Senior Requirement 

A vocational level of competency in business skills is imperative at the 
time of graduation. As a requirement for graduation, students following the 
secretarial curriculum must either take O. T. 116 and O. T. 117 (or O. T. 118) 
within the six-month period preceding graduation, or take a proficiency ex- 
amination on the material covered in these courses within this six-month period. 

The following program of study is designed to give the capable student 
an opportunity to develop his potential aptitudes to an effective end. 



328 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

B. A- 10, 11— Organization and Control 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

Math. 5, 6— General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance. 

O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting* 

O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal & Community Health (Women) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 5, 4— Composition and World Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 

O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 

O. T. 10— Office Typev.riting Problems 

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

ToUl , 

Junior Year 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 

O. T. 116— Advanced Shorthandt 

O. T. 117— Gregg Transcriptionf 

O. T. 118— Gregg Shorthand Dictation , 

B. A. 166— Business Communications 

B. A. 114— Machines Management 

B. A. 112— Records Management 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 

Total 

Senior Year 

O. T. 110— Secretarial Work 

O. T. 114— Secretarial Office Practice 

B. A. 165— Office Management 

B. A. 168— Advanced Office Management 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 

Electlves 

K(.on. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 

To'al 



—Semester-^ 

1 II 
3 3 
3 

. 3 

2 2 

1 1 

3 3 

2 

2 

3 3 
2 2 
1 1 



17-18 



18-21 



2 
3 

17 

3 

3 

4 
3 
3 

1«S 



3 
3 

3 

4 

2 
3 
1 

16-17 



3 

3 
16 



•O. T. 1 should be I (jriiplelfed prior to enrollment In Principles of Shorthand 1 
(O. T. 12). 

to. T. 116, Advanced Shorthand, and O. T. 117, Gregg Transcription must be 
taken concurrently. O. T. 10 should be completed prior to, or taken concurrently with, 
O. T. 116, Advanced Shorthand. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 329 

Combined Secretarial Training and Business Teaching Curriculum 

Capable students may elect courses offered by the College of Education 
in such a manner as to qualify themselves for commercial teaching in high 

schools. 

Requirements to teach business subject: Twenty semester hours of pre- 
scribed courses in education are required for certification to teach business 
subjects in Maryland, and 24 semester hours in the District of Columbia. 



VIII. BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH 

The Bureau of Business and Economic Research is recognized as the 
laboratory for the practical study of business and economic problems. As 
such, it has three principal functions: first, to train students in the field of 
business and economic research; second, to disseminate information concerning 

business and economic conditions in Maryland, or which affect Maryland interests, 
and third, to give active research assistance to interested business firms, govern- 
mental units, and citizen groups. 

Through the facilities of the Bureau qualified interested students can obtain 
practical experience in research work. This involves the application of tech- 
niques and principles studied in the class room to actual business and gov- 
ernmental problems. 

The Bureau — through its direct contact with business, government, labor 
and the professions and in its research into problems in these fields — serves as 
an important source of information relative to business and economic con- 
ditions and developments in this region. This information is made available, 
in part, by means of Bureau publications and, in part, by direct inquiry to the 
Bureau. This service is supplemented by active cooperation with individual 
business firms and citizen organizations within the state who request assistance 
in the study of specific problems which are recognized as having an important 
bearing upon community welfare. The Bureau welcomes the opportunity to be 
of real service to such organizations. 



IX. BUREAU OF GOVERNMENTAL RESEARCH 

The Bureau of Governmental Research was organized in 1947, then called 
the Bureau of Public Administration. It is closely allied, both in function and 
personnel, with the Department of Government and Politics. The Department 
of Government and Politics is the teaching agency; the Bureau of Governmental 
Research is the research agency. The Bureau's activities relate primarily to 
the problems of state and local government in Maryland. The Bureau engages 
in research and publishes research findings with reference to local, state and 
national government. It undertakes surveys and offers its assistance and service 
to units of government in Maryland. Finally, it serves as a clearing house of 
information for the benefit of Maryland state and local government. The 
Bureau furnishes an opportunity for qualified interested students to secure 
practical experience in research in government problems. 



330 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

X. INSTITUTE OF WORLD ECONOMICS AND POLITICS 

The Institute of World Economics and Public Affairs is an administrative 
agency of the University responsible for fostering, establishing and correlating 
existing instruction, research, and extension on International Economic and 
Political Relations. 

The main objectives of the Institute's program are concerned with de- 
veloping and promoting research; organizing and correlating programs of 
study and instruction on and off campus; advise and make recommendations 
with reference to new and revised courses designed to prepare personnel for 
effective service with Government and Business Agencies in the fields of 
International Economic and Political Relations. 

The Institute is designed to correlate and supplement existing facilities 
rather than to create a new and competing academic agency. It operates in 
large measure, through and with other relevant divisions and departments 
of the University. Among these are the Departments of Business Organization 
and Administration, Economics, Geography, Government and Politics, History, 
Journalism and Public Relations, Modern Languages, and the Bureaus of 
Business and Economic Research, and Governmental Research. 

The Director of the Institute is the Chairman of the Advisory Council. 
This Advisory Council comprises representatives of each of the Departments 
concerned and selected representatives of Government and Business. 



XI. MARYLAND MUNICIPAL LEAGUE 

The office of the Maryland Municipal League, an organization of Maryland 
cities, is located in the College of Business and Public Administration. The 
League provides opportunities for association to municipal officials, offers serv- 
ices to city governments and organizes legislative programs affecting municipal 
affairs. It publishes monthly the Maryland Municipal News. The Leag^ie's 
mailing address is: Maryland Municipal League, Box 276, College Park, 
Maryland. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 331 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee, will be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. Not 
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit. 

200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course with 
a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the 
course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

Professors Frederick, Calhoun, Clemens, Cook, Cover, Fisher, Mounce, Pyle, 
Reid, Sweeney, Sylvester, Watson, Wedeberg, Wright; Associate Professors 
Gentry, Dawson, Taflf; Assistant Professors Ash, Daiker, Goodell, Lee, Nelson, 
Phillips; Instructors Edelson, Kappler. 

B.A. 10, 11. Organization and Control (2,2) — First and second semesters. 
Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums. 

A survey course treating the internal and functional organization of a 
business enterprise. B.Aj 11 includes industrial management, organization and 
control. 

B.A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Required in all Business Organization curriculums. Prerequisite, Sophomore 
standing. 

The fundamental principles and problems involved in accounting for pro- 
prietorships, corporations and partnerships. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

B.A. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting (3, 3) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in B.A. 21 for majors in account- 
ing, or consent of instructor. 

A comprehensive study of the theory and problems of valuation of assets, 



323 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

application of funds, corporation accounts and statements, and the interpretation 
of accounting statements. 

B.A. 112. Records Management (2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

Since Records Management is a key factor in promoting modern business 
practices, this course is designed to assist students in determining the needs 
for an effective records program. The technical phases of records handling are 
combined with the broader problems of conducting a modern records program — 
its function, organization, operation, and control. 

B.A. 114. Machines Management (3) — First and Second Semesters. Pre- 
requisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

Rapid scientific advances have been made in the development of machines 
that perform a multitude of office tasks — more accurately and more efficiently. 
Mechanization has further complicated the problem of managing office activi- 
ties. This course is designed to provide the graduate of business administra- 
tion with a comprehensive knowledge of the effective use of modern office 
machines, of related materials and data processing methods, and of the many 
ramifications of machine developments. In addition, the student learns to 
operate the machines that are basic to his individual field of specialization. 

B.A. 116. Public Budgeting (3)— Prerequisites, B.A. 21 and Econ. 32. 

A study of budgetary administration in the United States, including systems 
of financial control and accountability, the settlement of claims, centralized 
purchasing and the reporting of financial operations. 

B.A- 118. Governmental Accounting (3)— Prerequisite, B.A. Ill, or con- 
sent of instructor. 

The content of this course covers the scope and functions of governmental 
accounting. It considers the principles generally applicable to all forms and 
types of governmental bodies and a basic procedure adaptable to . all 
governments. 

B.A. 121. Cost Accounting (4) — Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in 

B.A. 21 for majors in accounting, or consent of instructor. 

A study of the fundamental procedures of cost accounting, including those 
for job order, process and standard cost accounting systems. 

B.A. 122. Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 111. 

A study of the principles and problems of auditing and application of 
accounting principles to the preparation of audit working papers and reports. 

B.A. 123. Income Tax Accounting (4) — Prerequisite, a grade of B or 
better in B.A. 21 for majors in accounting, or consent of instructor. 

A study of the important provisions of the Federal Tax Law, using illus- 
trative examples, selected questions and problems, and the preparation of 
returns. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 333 

B.A. 124, 126. Advanced Accounting (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 111. 

Advanced accounting theory applied to specialized problems in partner- 
ships, estates and trusts, banks, mergers and consolidations, receiverships and 
liquidations; also budgeting and controllership. 

B.A. 125. C.P.A, Problems (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 124, 

or consent of instructor. 

A study of the nature, form and content of C.P.A. examinations by means 
of the preparation of solutions to, and an analysis of, a large sample of C.P.A. 
problems covering the various accounting fields. 

B.A. 127. Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — Second semester. 

Prerequisite, B.A. 122. 

Advanced auditing theory, practice and report w^riting. 

B.A. 128. Advanced Cost Accounting (2) — Prerequisite, B.A. 121. 

A continuation of basic cost accounting with special emphasis on process 
costs, standard costs, joint costs and by-product costs. 

B.A. 129. Apprenticeship in Accounting (0) — Prerequisites, minimum of 
20 semester hours in accounting and the consent of the accounting stafif. 

A period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally known firms of 
certified public accountants from about January IS to February 15, and for 
a semester after graduation. 

B-A. 130. Elements of Business Statistics (3) — Prerequisite, junior stand- 
ing. Required for graduation. Laboratory fee, $3.50. 

This course is devoted to a study of the fundamentals of statistics. Emphasis 
is placed upon the collection of data; hand and machine tabulation; graphic 
charting; statistical distribution; averages; index numbers; sampling; elemen- 
tary tests of reliability and simple correlations. 

B.A. 132, 133. Advanced Business Statistics (3, 3) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $3.50 for each course. 

The use of statistical methods and techniques in economic studies and in 
the fields of business and public administration. Advanced methods of cor- 
relation and other selected techniques are applied to statistical analyses of 
economic fluctuations, price changes, cost analysis, and market demand indexes 
and functions. 

B.A. 140. Financial Management (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 21 and Econ. 
140. 

This course deals with principles and practices involved in the organization, 
financing, and rehabilitation of business enterprises; the various types of securi- 
ties and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk, and control; inter- 
corporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on solution of problems 
of financial policy faced by management. 



334 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B.A. 141. Investment Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 140. 

A study of the principles and methods used in the analysis, selection, and 
management of investments; investment programs, sources of investment in- 
formation, security price movements, government, real estate, public utility, 
railroad, and industrial securities. 

B.A. 142. Banking Policies and Practices (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 140. 

A study of the organization and management of the Commercial Bank, the 
operation of its departments, and the methods used in the extension of com- 
mercial credit. 

B-A. 143. Credit Management (3) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, B.A. 140. 

A study of the nature of credit and the principles applicable to its extension 
and redemption for mercantile and consumer purposes; sources of credit in- 
formation and analysis of credit reports; the organization and management of 
a credit department for effective control. Recent developments and eflfective 
legal remedies available. 

B.A. 147. Business Cycles (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140 
and senior standing. 

A study of the causes of depressions and unemployment, cyclical and 
secular instability, theories of business cycles, and the problem of controlling 
economic instability. 

B.A. 148. Advanced Financial Management (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, B.A. 140. 

Advanced course designed for students specializing in finance. Emphasis 
is placed upon the techniques employed by executives in their application of 
financial management practice to selected problems and cases. Critical classroom 
analysis is brought to bear upon actual methods and techniques used by business 
enterprises. 

B.A. 149. Analysis of Financial Statements (3) — Prerequisites, B.A. 21, 
B.A. 140. 

Analysis of financial statements for the guidance of executives, directors, 
stockholders, and creditors, valuation of balance sheet items; determination and 
interpretation of ratios. 

B.A. 150. Marketing Management (3) — Prerequisite, Econ. ISO. 

A study of the work of the marketing division in a going organization. The 
work of developing organizations and procedures for the control of marketing 
activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course is placed on 
the determination of policies, methods, and practices for the effective marketing 
of various forms of manufactured products. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 335 

B.A. 151. Advertising. (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 150. 

A study of the role of advertising in the American economy; the impact of 
advertising on our economic and social life, the methods and techniques currently 
applied by advertising practitioners, the role of the newspaper, magazine, and 
other media in the development of an advertising campaign, modern research 
methods to improve the effectiveness of advertising, and the organization of the 
advertising business. 

B.A. 152. Advertising Copy and Layout (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 151. and senior standing. 

A study of the practices and techniques of copy writing and layout. The 
student will participate in exercises designed to teach him the essential principles 
of writing copy for various media and presenting ideas in visual form. The 
course deals with the development of ideas rather than art forms. 

B.A. 153. Purchasing Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 150 and senior standing. 

Studies the problems of determining the proper sources, quality and quan- 
tity of supplies, and of methods of testing quality; price policies, price fore- 
casting, forward buying, bidding and negotiation; budgets and standards of 
achievement. Particular attention is given to government purchasing, and 
methods and procedures used in their procurement. 

B.A. 154. Retail Store Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 150 and senior standing. 

Retail store organization, location, layout and store policy; pricing policies, 
price lines, brands, credit policies, records as a guide to buying; purchasing 
methods; supervision of selling; training and supervision of retail sales force; 
and administrative problems. 

B.A. 155. Problems in Retail Merchandising (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, B.A. 154. 

Designed to develop skill in the planning and control of merchandise 
stocks. Deals with buying policies, pricing, dollar and unit control procedures, 
mark-up and mark-down policies, merchandise budgeting, and the gross margin- 
expense-net earnings relationships. 

B.A. 157. Foreign Trade Procedure (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. ISO and senior 

standing. 

Functions of various exporting agencies; documents and procedures used 
in exporting and importing transactions. Methods of procuring goods in 
foreign countries; financing of import shipments; clearing through the customs 
districts; and distribution of goods in the United States. 

B.A. 158. Advertising Campaigns (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 
B.A. 151 and B.A. 152. 

This course is devoted to the application of advertising skills for the purpose 
of conducting advertising campaigns scaled to specific marketing needs and 



336 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

financial resources. It combines sound principles with laboratory techniques; 
familiarizes the student with the price structure, technical needs, and problems of 
eflFective presentation for newspapers, magazines, radio, television, and other 
media. 

B.A. 159. Newspaper Advertising (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 151. 

A study of the problems of newspaper advertising with special attention to 
the needs of retail business. The course covers layout, production methods, sales 
techniques, and classified advertising. Students are encouraged to work in the 
advertising departments of campus and nearby publications for actual experience. 

B.A. 160. Personnel Management (3) — Prerequisite, Econ. 160. 

This course deals with the problems of directing and supervising employees 
under modern industrial conditions. Two phases of personnel administration 
are stressed, the application of scientific management and the importance of 
human relations in this field. 

B.A. 163. Industrial Relations (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 

160 and senior standing. 

A study of the development and methods of organized groups in industry 
with reference to the settlement of labor disputes. An economic and legal 
analysis of labor union and employer association activities, arbitration, medi- 
ation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agreements, strikes, boycotts, 
lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and injunctions. 

B.A. 164. Recent Labor Legislation and Court Decisions (3) — First semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, B.A. 160 and senior standing. 

Case method analysis of the modern law of industrial relations. Cases 
include the decisions of administrative agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals. 

B.A. 165. Office Management (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, junior standing. 

Considers the application of the principles of scientific management in 
their application to ofifice work. 

B.A. 166. Business Communications (3)— First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, junior standing. 

The principles of effective written communication in business — formal and 
informal reports, including digesting of information, organizing for presentation, 
methods of handling various types of information, and physical setup; the 
various types of business letters; special consideration will be given to application 
letters. 

B.A. 167. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating (2)— First semester. Pre- 
requisite B. A. 160, B. A. 169 and Senior standing. 

The investigation of the leading job evaluation plans used in industry, study 
of the development and administrative procedures, analyzing jdbs and writing 
job descriptions, setting up a job evaluation plan, and relating job evaluation to 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 337 

pay scales. Study of various employee merit rating programs, the methods of 
merit rating, and the uses of merit rating. 

B.A. 168 Advanced Office Management (3)— Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, B.A. 165 and senior standing. 

A study of the policies, systems, practices used to promote the effective 
utilization of the office functions. Among the subjects studied will be organ- 
ization, standards determination, procedures, scheduling, layout, and process 
charting. The above techniques will be used in analyzing, evaluating, and im- 
proving the office methods found in several actual business cases. 

B.A. 169. Industrial Management (3) — Both semesters. Prerequisite, B. A. 
11. 

Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise. Among the topics 
covered are product development, plant location, plant layout, production plan- 
ning and control, methods analysis, time study, job analysis, budgetary control, 
standard costs, and problv°ms of supervision. 

B.A. 170. Transportation Services and Regulation (3) — Prerequisite, Econ. 
32 or 37. 

A general course covering the five fields of transportation, their develop- 
ment, services and regulation. (This course is a prerequisite for all other 
transportation courses.) 

B.A. 171. Industrial and Commercial Traffic Management (3) — Prerequi- 
site, B. A. 170. 

Covers the details of classification and rate construction for ground and 
air transportation. Actual experiences in handling tariffs and classifications is 
provided. It is designed for students interested in the practical aspects of 
shipping and receiving and is required for all majors in Transportation 
Administration. 

B.A. 172. Motor Transportation (3) — Prerequisite, B. A. 170. 

The place of the motor transport industry, development, uses in distribution, 
competitive situations, organization, regulation. 

B.A. 173. Overseas Shipping (3) — Prerequisite, B. A. 170. 

The ocean carrier, development of services, types, trade routes, company 
organization, ship brokers and freight forwarders, the American Merchant 
Marine as a factor in national activity. 

B.A. 174. Commercial Air Transportation (3) — Prerequisite, B. A. 170. 

The air transportation system of the United States: airways, airports, air- 
lines. Federal regulation of air transportation. Problems and services of com- 
mercial air transportation: economics, equipment, operations, financing, selling 
of passenger and cargo services. Air mail development and services. 

B.A. 175. Airline Administration (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174. 

Practices, systems and methods of airline management; actual work in 



358 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

handling details and forms required in planning and directing maintenance, 
operations, accounting and traffic transactions, study of airline operations and 
other manuals of various companies. 

B.A. 176. Problems in Airport Management (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174. 

Airports classified, aviation interests and community needs, airport plan- 
ning, construction, building problems. Airports and the courts. Management, 
financing, operations, revenue sources. 

B.A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite B. A. 169 and Senior standing. 

A study of the principles of motion economy, simo charts, micromotion 
study, the fundamentals of time study, job evaluation, observations, standard 
times, allowances, formula construction, and wage payment plans. 

B.A. 178. Production Planning and Control (2) — First semester. Prere- 
quisite B. A. 169 and Senior standing. 

An analysis of the man-, material-, and machine requirements for production 
according to the several types of manufacture. The development and application 
of inventory records, load charts, production orders, schedules, production 
reports, progress reports and control reports. One lecture period and one 
laboratory period each week. 

B.A. 179. Problems in Supervision (3)— Prerequisite B. A. 160, B. A. 169 
and Senior standing. 

A case study course in problems of management and administration with 
emphasis upon analysis and reasoning applied toward a solution. 

B.A. 180, 181. Business Law (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, senior standing. Required in all Bus. Org. curriculums. 

Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instruments, 
agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and sales. 

B.A. 184. Public Utilities (3)— Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37 and senior 

standing. 

Using the regulated industries as specific examples attention is focused on 
broad and general problems in such diverse fields as constitutional law, ad- 
ministrative law, public administration, government control of business, ad- 
vanced economic theory, accounting, valuation and depreciation, taxation, 
finance, engineering and management. 

B.A. 189. Business and Government (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 32 or 37. Senior standing. 

A study of the role of government in modern economic life. Social control 
of business as a remedy for the abuses of business enterprise arising from the 
decline of comprrtition. Criteria of and limitations on government regulation of 
private enterprise. 

B.A. 190. Life Insurance (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 
A general survey of life insurance: Its institutional development, selection 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 339 

of risks, mathematical calculations, contract provisions, kinds of policies, their 
functional uses, industrial and group contracts and government supervision. 

B.A. 191. Property Insurance (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 
32 or 37. 

A study of the insurance coverages written to protect individuals and 
businesses: fire, extended coverage, business interruption, automobile, liability, 
fidelity, surety, inland marine and ocean marine. Hazards, rate-making, legal 
principles, standard forms, and business practices are discussed. 

B.A. 194. Insurance Agency Management (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, B.A. 190 or 191. 

This course deals with the more practical problems and policies of the 
insurance agent, manager, or broker: the management of his own organization 
and its relations with the public and home offices. Advanced topics in life 
insurance and additional coverages in property insurance are considered also. 

B.A. 195. Real Estate Principles (3) — First semester. Prerequisite Econ. 
32 or 37. 

The course covers the nature and uses of real estate, real estate as a 
business, basic legal principles, construction problems and home ownership, 
city planning, and public control and ownership of real estate. 

B.A. 196. Real Estate Finance (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 
32 or 37. 

This course includes consideration of the factors influencing real estate 
values, methods and techniques in the general appraisal of real estate by brokers 
and professional appraisers, and general problems in real estate financing. 

B.A. 197. Real Estate Management (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 195 or 196. 

A study of mortgage banking in its relation to real estate operations, various 
financial institutions, and the general economy; and a study of real property 
management with its responsibilities to owners, tenants, employees, and the 
public. 

For Graduates 

B.A. 210. Advanced Accounting Theory (2-3)— Prerequisite B. A. Ill and 
graduate standing. 

B.A. 220. Managerial Accounting (3). , 

B.A. 221, 222. Seminar in Accounting — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 226. Accounting Systems (3). 

B.A. 228. Research in Accounting — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 229. Studies of Special Problems in the Fields of Control and Or- 
ganization — (Arranged.) 



340 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B.A. 240, Seminar in Financial Management (1-3) — Prerequisites, Ec. 
140, B. A. 21, B. A. 140. 

B.A. 249. Studies of Special Problems in the Field of Financial Adminis- 
tration — ( Arrange d. ) 

B.A. 250, Problems in Sales Management (3). 

B.A. 251. Problems in Advertising (3). 

B.A. 252. Problems in Retail Store Management (3). 

B.A. 257. Seminar in Marketing Management — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 258. Research Problems in Marketing — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations — 

(Arranged.) 

B.A. 265. Development and Trends in Industrial Management (3). 

B.A. 266. Research in Personnel Management — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 269. Studies in Special Problems in Employer- Employee Relation- 
ships — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 270. Seminar in Air Transportation (3), 

B.A. 271. Theory of Organization (3). 

B.A. 275. Seminar in Motor Transportation (3). 

B.A. 277. Seminar in Transportation (3). 

B.A. 280. Seminar in Business and Government Relations — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 284. Seminar in Public Utilities (3). 

B.A. 290. Seminar in Insurance (3). 

B.A. 295. Seminar in Real Estate (3). 

B.A. 299. Thesis — (Arranged.) 

ECONOMICS 

Professors Dillard, Gruchy; Lecturer R. E. Smith; Associate Professors 
Grayson, Gurley; Assistant Professors Hamberg, Root, S. M. Smith; 
• Instructors Dawson, Measday, Yeager. 

Econ. 4, 5. Economic Developments (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

F'reshman requirements in Business Administration Curriculums. 

An introduction to modern economic institutions — their origins, develop- 
ment, and present status. Commercial revolution, industrial revolution, and 
age of mass production. Emphasis on developments in England, Western 
Europe and the United States. (Dillard and Staff.) 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 341 

Econ. 7. Economic Development of Europe and the U. S. (3) — (European 
Program). 

Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Required in the Business Administration 
Curriculums. 

A general analysis of the functioning of the economic system. A consid- 
erable portion of the course is devoted to a study of basic concepts and ex- 
planatory principles. The remainder deals with the major problems of the 
economic system. (Grayson and StafiF.) 

Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics (3) — First and second semesters. 
Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 31 and 32. Not open to fresh- 
men or to B. P. A. students. 

A survey of the general principles underlying economic activity. Designed 
to meet the needs of special technical groups such as students of Engineering, 
Home Economics, Agriculture and others who are unable to take the more 
complete course provided in Economics 31 and 32. (S. M. Smith and Stafif.") 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems (3) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

An investigation of the theory and practice of various types of economic 
systems. The course begins with an examination and evaluation of the 
capitalistic system and is followed by an analysis of alternative types of eco- 
nomic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32. Required for Economics majors. 

This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory with special 
attention to recent developments in the theory of imperfect competition. 

(Grayson.) 

Econ. 134. Contemporary Economic Thought (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 and senior standing. 

A survey of recent trends in American, English, and Continental Eco- 
nomic thought with special attention to the work of such economists as W. C. 
Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A. Hobson and other 
contributors to the development of economic thought since 1900. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations (3) — First se- 
mester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A descriptive and theoretical analysis of international trade. Full con- 
sideration is given to contemporary problems facing international trade and to 
the impact of governmental policy upon international commercial relations. 

(Root) 



342 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Econ. 137. The Economics of National Planning (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

An analysis of the principles and practice of economic planning with special 
reference to the planning problems of Great Britain, Russia, and the United 
States. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 140. Money and Banking (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A study of the organization, functions, and operation of our monetary, 
credit, and banking system; the relation of commercial banking to the Federal 
Reserve System; the relation of money and credit to prices; domestic and 
foreign exchange, and the impact of public policy upon banking and credit. 

(Gurley and Staff.) 

Econ. 141. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and 140. 

A study of recent domestic and international monetary policies, their ob- 
jectives and theoretical foundations. (Gurley.) 

Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A study of government fiscal policy with special emphasis upon sources of 
public revenue, the tax system, government budgets, and the public debt. 

(Grayson.) 

Econ. 149. International Finance and Exchange (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 140. Econ. 136 and 141 recommended. 

This course considers the theory and practice of international finance and 
exchange. The increased importance of public authority in foreign trade, 
international policies, and finance is given due emphasis. (Root.) 

Econ. 150. Marketing Principles and Organization (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

This is an introductory course in the field of marketing. Its purpose is 
to give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operating, 
institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural products, 
natural products, services, and manufactured goods. (Reid and Staff.) 

Econ. 160. Labor Economics (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 32 or 37. (Measday, Smith.) 

The historical development and chief characteristics of the American labor 
movement are first surveyed. Present-day problems are then examined in detail: 
wage theories, unemployment, social security, labor organization, and col- 
lective bargaining. 

Econ. 170. Monoply and Competition (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 32 or 37. 

Changing structure of the American economy; price policies in different 
industrial classifications of monopoly and competition in relation to problems 
of public policy. (S. M. Smith.) 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 343 

Econ. 171. Economics of American Industries (3)— Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A study of the technology, economics and geography of twenty representa- 
tive American industries. (Clemens.) 



For Graduates 

Econ. 200. Micro-Economic Analysis (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 132. 

Price, output, and distribution analysis as developed by Chamberlin, Triffin, 
Hicks and others; econometric methods, including Leontief input-output tech- 
niques of inter-industrv analvsis. Considerable attention is given to contribu- 
tions in periodicals. (Grayson.) 

Econ. 202. Macro-Economic Analysis (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 132. 

National income accounting; determination of national income and em- 
ployment especially as related to the modern theory of effective demand; con- 
sumption function; multiplier and acceleration principles; the role of money as 
it affects output and employment as a whole; cyclical fluctuations. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 230. History of Economic Thought (3)— First semester. Prerequi- 
site, Econ. 132 or consent of instructor. 

A study of the development of economic thought and theories including the 
Greeks, Romans, canonists, mercantilists, physiocrats, Adam Smith, Malthus. 
Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic poHcy. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 231. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3)— Second 
Semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 230 or consent of the instructor. 

A study of various nineteenth and twentieth century schools of economic 
thought, particularly the classicists, neo-classicists, Austrians, German his- 
torical school, American economic thought, and the socialists. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 232, 233. Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. 

A study of recent developments in the field of institutional economic theory 
in the United States and abroad. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 236. Seminar in International Economic Relations (3)— (Arranged.) 

A study of selected problems in International Economic Relations. 

(Root.) 

Econ. 237. Seminar in Economic Investigation (3). 
Econ. 240. Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy (3). 

Theories of money, prices, and national income with emphasis on recent 
developments. Monetary theories of income fluctuations. Domestic and inter- 
national monetary policies. (Gurley.) 



344 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Econ. 247. Elconomic Growth and Instability (3) — Second semester. 

An analytical study of long-term economic growth in relation to short-term 
cyclical instability. Attention is concentrated on the connection between accumu- 
lation of capital and the capital requirements of secular growth and business 
C3^cles. Earlier writings as well as recent growth models are considered. 

(Hamberg.) 

Econ, 270. Seminar in Economics and Geography of American Industries 
(3) — (Arranged.) (Clemens.) 

Econ. 299. Thesis — (Arranged.) 



GEOGRAPHY 

Professors Van Royen, Hu; Consulting Professors Roterus, Whipple; Lecturers 
with rank of Professor Lemons, McBryde; Associate Professor Patton; 
Assistant Professors Augelli, Herbst, Karinen; Instructors Firman, Webb; 
Research Associate Battersby; Research Assistants Deshler and Kelley. 

Geog. 1, 2. Economic Resources (2, 2) — First and second semesters. One 
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week for Geog. 1; two lecture 
periods for Geog. 2. Freshman requirements in the Business Administration 
Curriculums. 



General comparative study of the geographic factors underlying production 
economics. Emphasis upon climate, soils, land forms, agricultural products, 
power resources, and major minerals, concluding with brief survey of geog- 
raphy of commerce and manufacturing. (Patton and Staff.) 

Geog. 4. Regional Geography of the Continents I. The New World (2) 

— First semester. ^ 

Study of the Americas with emphasis upon human geography and the under- 
lying physical factors. Discussion of some of the major problems arising 
therefrom. Of particular value to students in the field of education. 

Geog. 5. Regional Geography of the Continents II. The Old World (2) 

— Second semester. 

Study of Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia with emphasis on human 
geography and the underlying physical factors. Discussion of some of the 
major problems resulting therefrom. Intended especially for students and 
teachers in the field of education. 

Geog. 10, 11. General Geography (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Required of all majors in geography; recommended for all minors; Geog. 
10 is suggested for students of Arts and Sciences, Education, and others who 
may desire a background in geography and its application to problems of their 
respective fields. 

Introduction to geography as a field of study. A survey of the content. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 345 

philosophy, techniques, and application of geography and its significance for 
the understanding of world problems. (Augelli.) 

Geog. 20, 21. Economic Geography (3, 3) 
(Not offered on College Park campus). 

Geog. 30. Principles of Morphology (3) — First semester. 

A study of the physical features of the earth's surface and their geographic 
distribution, including subordinate land forms. Major morphological processes, 
the development of land forms, and the relationships between various types of 
land forms and land use problems. (Webb.) 

Geog. 35. Map Reading and Interpretation (3) — First and second se- 
mesters. 

Designed to familiarize the student with various types of maps, their func- 
tions and limitations. Introduction to map projections and their adaptability 
to different purposes. Emphasis upon characteristics and interpretation of 
topographic maps. (Karinen.) 

Geog. 40. Principles of Meteorology (3) — First semester. 

An introductory study of the weather. Properties and conditions of the 
atmosphere, and methods of measurement. The atmospheric circulation and 
conditions responsible for various types of weather and their geographic dis- 
tribution patterns. Practical applications. (Webb.) 

Geog. 41. Introductory Climatology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite 
Geog. 40, or permission of the instructor. 

Climatic elements and their controls, the classification and distribution of 
world climates, and relevance of climatic differences to human activities. 

(Webb.) 

Geog. 42S. Weather and Climate (2) — Summer only. Permission of in- 
structor. 

An introduction to the principal causes of the weather and the major types 
of climate, with special emphasis upon North America. 

Geog. 50. Problems of Cartographic Representation (3) — First or second 
semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite 
Geog. 30 and 35, or equivalent. 

Introduction to theory of projections. Study of principles and problems 
of representation of natural features according to map scales, and of general- 
ization and symbolization; also of classification, representation, and generalization 
of cultural features, including place-name selection. 

(Davies, Geological Survey.) 

Geog. 90. Problems of Cartographic Procedure (3) — First or second se- 
mester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite 
Geog. 30. 

Study of compilation methods and their relationship to drafting and 
reproduction methods, including basic concepts of compilation, criteria used 



346 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

in the selection of methods of transfer, relationships of reproduction methods to 
the degree of accuracy, drafting methods in compilation and in color-separation 
work, and analysis of type styles and their uses. (Skop, Army Map Service.) 

Geog. 100. Regional Geography of Eastern Anglo-America (3)— First 
semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor. 

A study of the cultural and economic geography and the geographic regions 
of Eastern United States and Canada, including an analysis of the significance 
of the physical basis for present-day diversification of development, and the 
historical geographic background. (Herbst.) 

Geog. 101. Regional Geography of Western Anglo- America (3) — Second 
semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor. 

A study of Western United States, Western Canada and Alaska along the 
lines mentioned under Geog. 100. (Herbst.) 

Geog. 102S. Geography of the United States (2) — Summer only. Per- 
mission of instructor. 

A general study of the regions and resources of the United States in relation 
to agricultural and industrial development and to present-day national problems. 

Geog. 105, Geography of Maryland and adjacent areas (3) — First and 

second semester. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. 

An analysis of the physical environment, natural resources, and population 
in relation to agriculture, industry, transport, and trade in the state of 
Maryland and adjacent areas. (Patton.) 

Geog. 106S. Geography of Maryland (2) — Summer only. Permission of 
instructor. 

The geographic regions of Maryland and their principal characteristics, 
especially in relation to the development of home studies and other study 
projects. 

Geog. 110. Economic and Cultural Geography of Caribbean America (3)—. 

First semester. 

An analysis of the physical framework, broad economic and historical trends, 
cultural patterns, and regional diversification of Mexico, Central America, the 
West Indies, and parts of Colombia and Venezuela. (AugelH.) 

Geog. HI. Economic and Cultural Geography of South America (3) — 
Second semester. 

A survey of natural environment and resources, economic development, and 
cultural diversity of the South American republics, with emphasis upon prob- 
lems and jirospects of the countries. (Augelli.) 

Geog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe (3) — First semester. 

The natural resources of Europe in relation to agricultural and industrial 
development and to present-day economic and national problems. 

(Van Royen, Patton.) 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 347 

Geog. 122. Economic Resources and Development of Africa (3) — Second 

semester. 

The natural resources of Africa in relation to agricultural and mineral 
production; the various stages of economic development and the potentialities 
of the future. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 123. Problems of Colonial Geography (3)— First or second semester. 

Problems of development of colonial areas, with special emphasis upon the 
development of tropical regions and the possibilities of white settlement in 
the tropics. 

Geog. 130. 131. Economic and Political Geography qf Southern and East- 
ern Asia (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

A study of China, Japan, India, Burma, Indo-China, and the East Indies; 
natural resources, population, and economic activities. Comparisons of physical 
and human potentialities of major regions and of their economic, social and 
political development. (Hu.) 

Geog. 134, 135. Cultural Geography of East Asia (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

A comprehensive and systematic survey of the geographical distribution 
and interpretation of the major racial groups and cultural patterns of China, 
Japan, and Korea. Special emphasis will be placed on the unique characteristics 
of the peoples of these areas, their basic cultural institutions, outlooks on life, 
contemporary problems, and trends of cultural change. Designed especially 
for students of the social sciences, and those preparing for careers in foreign 
service, foreign trade, education, and international relations. (Hu.) 

Geog. 140. Soviet Lands (3) — First or second semester. 

The natural environment and its regional diversity. Geographic factors in 
the expansion of the Russian State. The geography of agricultural and in- 
dustrial production, in relation to available resources, transportation problems, 
and diversity of population. 

Geog. 146. The Near East (3) — First semester or second semester. 

The physical, economic, political, and strategic geography of the lands 
between the Mediterranean and India. 

Geog. 150. Problems of Map Evaluation I. Topographic Maps (3)— 

First or second semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. 
Prerequisite, Geog 30. 

Review of status of topographic mapping with consideration of important 
schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical means 
of determining map reliability and utility, including studies of map coverage. 
Methods of preparation of data for compilation purposes, including types of 
source materials. Methods of map cataloging and bibliography are given brief 
consideration. (Davies, Geological Survey.) 

Geog. 151. Problems of Map Evaluation II. Non-topographic Special-use 



348 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Maps (3) — First or second semester. Two-hour lecture and two hours laboratory 
a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 150. 

Deals exclusively with non-topographic special-use maps in the fields of 
geography, geology, pedology, forestry, demography, transportation, military 
science, and other special fields. Each type is studied from the viewpoint of 
history, criteria, for selection of features and scales, methods of representation 
and preparation, interpretation, and availability of source materials. Field trips 
when possible. (Brierly, Army Map Service.) 

Geog. 152. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation (3) — First or 

second semester. Two-hour lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prere- 
quisite, Geog. 30, 35 or equivalent. 

Reading and interpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis on topo- 
graphic features. Study of limitations of photo interpretations. Interpretations 
of soil, geologic, vegetation, and military data. 

Geog. 154, 155. General Cartography and Graphics (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, Geog. 30 or consent of instructor. 

Problems and techniques of compilation, design, construction, and repro- 
duction of the various types of maps and graphic materials. Laboratory 
exercises are directed primarily toward the solution of actual cartographic 
problems encountered by the geographer. (Karinen.) 

Geog. 160. Advanced Economic Geography I. Agricultural Resources (3) 

— First semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2, or Geog. 10. 

The nature of agricultural resources, the major types of agricultural ex- 
ploitation in the world, and the geographic distribution of certain major crops 
and animals in relation to the physical environment and economic geographic 
conditions. Main problems of conservation. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 161. Advanced Economic Geography II. Mineral Resources (3) — 
Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2, or Geog. 10. 

The nature and geographic distribution of the principal power, metallic, 
and other minerals. Economic geographic aspects of modes of exploitation. 
Consequences of geographic distribution and problems of conservation. 

(Van Royen.) 

Geog. 170. Local Field Course (3) — First semester. 

Training in geographic field methods and techniques. Field observation of 
land use in selected rural and urban areas in eastern Maryland. One lecture 
per week with Saturrlay and occasional weekend field trips. Primarily for 
undergraduates. (Herbst.) 

Geog. 180. History, Nature and Methodology of Geography (3) — First 
semester. 

A comprehensive and systrmatic study of the history, nature, and basic prin- 
ciples of geography, with special reference to the tpajor schools of geographic 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 3A9 

thought; a critical evaluation of some of the important geographical works and 
methods of geographic research. (Hu.) 

Geog. 190. Political Geography (3) — Second semester. 

Geographical factors in national power and international relations; an 
analysis of the role of "Geopolitics" and "Geostrategy," with special reference 
to the current world scene. (Augelli.) 

Geog. 195. Geography of Transportation (3) — Second semester. 

The distribution of transport routes on the earth's surface; patterns of 
transport routes; the adjustment of transport routes and media to conditions 
of the natural environment centers and their distribution. (Patton.) 

Geog, 197. Urban Geography (3) — First semester. 

Origins of cities, followed by a study of elements of site and location with 
reference to cities. The patterns and functions of some major world cities 
will be analyzed. Theories of land use differentiation within cities will be 
appraised. (Patton.) 

Geog. 199. Topical Investigations (1-3) — First and second semesters. 

Independent study under individual guidance. Choice of subject matter 

requires joint approval of adviser and head of the Department of Geography. 

Restricted to advanced undergraduate students with credit for at least 24 hours 

of geography. (Staff.) 

Geog. 200. Field Course (3) — Field work in September, conferences and 
reports during first semester. 

Practical experience in conducting geographic field studies. Intensive 
training in field methods and techniques and in the preparation of reports. 
For graduate students in geography. Open to other students by special per- 
mission of the head of the Department of Geography. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Geog. 210, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Latin America, (3, 3)=- 

First and second semesters. 

An analysis of recent changes and trends in industrial development, exploi- 
tation of mineral resources, and land utilization. Prerequisite, Geog. 110, HI 
or consent of instructor. (McBryde.) 

Geog. 220, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Europe and Africa (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. 

Analysis of special problems concerning the resources and development 
of Europe and Africa. Prerequisite, Geog. 120 or 122, or consent of instructor. 

(Van Royen.) 

Geog. 230, 231. Seminar in the Geography of East Asia (3, 3)— First and 

second semesters. 

Analysis of problems concerning the geography of East Asia with emphasis 



350 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

on special research methods and techniques applicable to the problems of this 
area. (Hu.) 

Geog. 240, 241. Seminar in the Geography of the U. S. S. R. (3, 3)— 

First and second semesters. 

Investigation of special aspects of Soviet geography. Emphasis on the 
use of Soviet materials. Prerequisite, reading knowledge of Russian and 
Geog. 140, or consent of instructor. 

Geog. 246. Seminar in the Geography of the Near East (3) — First and 

second semesters. 

Geog. 250. Seminar in Cartography (credit arranged) — First or second 
semester. 

The historical and mathematical background of cartographic concepts, 
practices, and problems, and the various philosophical and practical approaches 
to cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the presentation of 
specific cartographic problems investigated by the students. 

(Kafinen and Davies.) 

Geog. 260. Advanced General Climatology (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site Geog. 41, or consent of instructor. 

Advanced study of elements and controls of the earth's climates. Principles 
of climatic classification. Special analysis of certain climatic types. (Lemons.) 

Geog. 261. Applied Climatology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite Geog. 
41, or consent of instructor. 

Study of principles, techniques, and data of micro-climatology, physical and 
regional climatology relating to such problems and fields as transportation, 
agriculture, industry, urban planning, human comfort, and regional geographic 
analysis. (Lemons.) 

Geog. 262, 263. Seminar in Meteorology and Climatology (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

Selected topics in meterology and climatology chosen to fit the individual 
needs of advanced students. (Lemons.) 

Geog. 280. Geomorphology (3) — Second semester. 

An advanced comparative study of selected geomorphic processes and 
land forms; theorifs of land forms evolution and geomorphological problems. 

(Van Royen.) 

Geog. 290, 291. Selected Topics in Geography (1-3)— First and second 
semesters. 

Readings and discussion on selected topics in the field of geography. To be 
taken only with joint consent of adviser and head of the Department of 
Geography. (Staff.) 

Geog. 292, 293. Dissertation Research (Crodit to be arranged.)— First and 
second semesters and summer. (Staflf.) 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 351 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Professors Burdette, Plischke, and Steinmeyer; Associate Professor 

Bowen; Assistant Professors Anderson, Dixon, and Harrison; 

Instructors Alford and Hathorn. 

G. and P. 1. American Government (3) — Each semester. 

This course is designed as the basic course in government for the Ameri- 
can Civilization program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all other 
courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of governments in the 
United States — national, state, and local — and of their adjustment to changing 
social and economic conditions. 

G. and P. 4. State Government and Administration (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. 

A study of the organization and functions of state government in the 
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland. 

G. and P. 5, Local Government and Administration (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the organization and functions of local government in the 
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland cities 
and counties. 

G. and P. 7. The Government of the British Commonwealth (2)— First 

semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. 

A study of the governments of the United Kingdom and the British 
Dominions. 

G. and P. 8. The Governments of Continental Europe (2) — Second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A comparative study of the governments of France, Switzerland) Italy, 
Germany, and the Scandinavian countries. 

G. and P. 9. The Governments of Latin America (2) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A comparative study of Latin American governments, with special em- 
phasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico. 

G. and P. 10. The Governments of Russia and the Far East (2)— Second 

semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the governments of Russia, China, and Japan. 

G. and P. 97. Major Foreign Governments (3) — Prerequisite G. and P. 1. 

An examination of characteristic governmental institutions and political 

processes in selected major powers, such as Britain, Russia, France, Germany, 

Italy, Japan, and China. Students may not receive credit in this course and 
also obtain credit in G. & P. 7, 8, or 10. 



352 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

G. and P. 101. International Political Relations (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the major factors underlying international relations, the in- 
fluence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism, and the develop- 
ment of foreign policies of the major powers. 

G. and P. 102, International Law (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite 
G. & P. 1. 

Fundamental principles governing the relations of states, including mat- 
ters of jurisdiction over landed territory, water, airspace, and persons; treatment 
of aliens; treaty-making; diplomacy; and the laws of war and neutrality. 

G. and P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

The background and interpretation of recent political events in the Far 
Fast and their influence on world politics. 

G. and P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

The principles and machinery of the conduct of American foreign relations, 
with emphasis on the Department of State and the Foreign Service, 
and an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States. 

G. and P. 108. International Organization (3) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the objectives, structure, functions, and procedures of international 
organizations, including the United Nations as well as functional and regional 
organizations such as the Organization of American States. 

G. and P. 110. Principles of Public Administration (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of public administration in the United States, giving special at- 
tention to the principles of organization and management and to fiscal, per- 
sonnel, planning, and public relations practices. 

G. and P. 111. Public Personnel Administration (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 110 or B. A. 160. 

A survey of public personnel administration, including the development of 
merit civil service, the personnel agency, classification, recruitment, exami- 
nation techniques, promotion, service ratings, training, discipline, employee 
relations, and retirement. 

G. and P. 112. Public Financial Administration (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 110 or Econ. 142. 

A survey of governmental financial procedures, including processes of 
current and capital budgeting, the administration of public borrowing, the tech- 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 353 

niques of public purchasing, and the machinery of control through pre-audit 
and post-audit. 

G. and P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

A comprehensive study of legislative organization, procedure, and problems. 
The course includes opportunities for student contact with Congress and with 
the Legislature of Maryland. 

G. and P. 131, 132. Constitutional Law (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A systematic inquiry into the general principles of the American constitu- 
tional system, with special reference to the role of the judiciary in the inter- 
pretation and enforcement of the federal constitution; the position of the states 
in the federal system; state and federal powers over commerce; due process of 
law and other civil rights. 

G. and P, 133. Administration of Justice (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

An examination of civil and criminal court structure and procedures in the 
United States at all levels of government, with special emphasis upon the 
federal judiciary. 

G. and P. 141. History of Political Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A survey of the principal political theories set forth in the works of writers 
from Plato to Bentham. 

G. and P. 142. Recent Political Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A study of I9th and 20th century political thought, with special emphasis 
on recent theories of socialism, communism, and fascism. 

G. and P. 144. American Political Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A study of the development and growth of American political concepts from 
the colonial period to the present. 

G. and P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3)— Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of governmental problems of international scope, such as causes 
of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required to 
report on readings from current literature. 

G. and P. 174, Political Parties (3)— First semester. Prerequisite G. & 
P. 1. 

A descriptive and analytical examination of American political parties, nom- 
inations, elections, and political leadership. 



354 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

G, and P. 178. Public Opinion (3)— First semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

An examination of public opinion and its effect on political action, with 
emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propaganda, and pressure 
groups. 

G. and P. 181. Administrative Law (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite 
G. & P. 1. 

A study of the discretion exercised by administrative agencies, including 
analysis of their functions, their powers over persons and property, their pro- 
cedures, and judicial sanctions and controls. 

G. and P. 197. Comparative Governmental Institutions (3) — Second se- 
mester. Prerequisite G. and P. 1. 

A study of major political institutions, such as legislatures, executives, courts, 
administrative systems, and political parties, in selected foreign governments. 

For Graduates 

G. and P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization (3). 

A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations. 

G. and P. 202. Seminar in International Law (3). 

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in 
substantive and procedural international law. 

G. and P. 205. Seminar in American Political Institutions (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and readings in the back- 
ground and development of American government. 

G. and P. 206. Seminar in American Foreign Relations (3). 

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and readings in 
American foreign policy and the conduct of American foreign relations. 

G. and P. 207. Seminar in Comparative Governmental Institutions (3). 

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in 
governmental and political institutions in governments throughout the world. 

G. and P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of recent federal-state relations. 

G. and P. 213. Problems of Public Administration (3), 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of public administration. 

G. and P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of public personnel administration. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 355 

G. and P. 215. Problems of State and Local Government in Maryland (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study in the field of Maryland 
state and local government. 

G. and P. 216. Government Administrative Planning and Management 
(3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administra- 
tive planning and management in government. 

G. and P. 217. Government Corporations and Special Purpose Authorities 
(3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the use of 
the corporate form for governmental administration. The topics for study will 
relate to the use of the corporate form as an administrative technique, as in the 
cases of the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Port of New York Authority, and 
local housing authorities. 

G. and P. 221. Seminar in Pubhc Opinion (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of 
public opinion. 

G. and P. 223. Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading about the com- 
position and organization of legislatures and about the legislative process. 

G, and P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields 
of political organization and action. 

G. and P. 225. Man and the State (3). 

Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in political theory 
as liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private property, 
sovereignty, nationalism, and the organic state. 

G. and P. 231. Seminar in Public Law (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the 
fields of constitutional and administrative law. 

G. and P. 251. Bibliography of Government and Politics (3). 

Survey of the literature of the various fields of government and politics 
and instruction in the use of government documents. 

G. and P. 252. Problems of Democracy: National (3). Summer session 
only. 

G. and P. 253. Problems of Democracy: International (3). Summer 
session only. 

G. and P. 254. Problems of Democracy: National II (3). Summer 
session only. 



356 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

G. and P. 255. Problems of Democracy: International II (3). Summer 

session only. 

G. and P. 261. Problems of Government and Politics (3). 

Credit according to work accomplished. 

G. and P. 281. Departmental Seminar (No Credit). 

Topics as selected by the graduate staff of the department Regfistration for 
two semesters required of all doctoral candidates. Conducted by the entire 

departmental staff in full meeting. 

G. and P. 299. Thesis Course (Arranged). 

JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS 

Professor Crowell; Associate Professor Krimel; Assistant Professors Carey, 
Danegger; Instructors Geraci, Phipps; Lecturer Zagoria. 

Journalism Courses 

Journ. 10. News Reporting I (3) — First semester. Two lectures, two 

laboratory periods each week. Prerequisites, Eng. 1, 2. 

Fundamentals of professional reporting. Laboratory time spent in writing 
news-story exercises assigned by instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Journ. 11. News Reporting II (3) — First semester. Two lectures, two 
laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 10. 

More specialized types of news stories. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Journ. 160. News Editing I (3). — First semester. Two lectures, two hours 

of laboratory each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 11. 

Copy editing, proofreading, headline writing. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Journ. 161. News Editing II (3). — Second semester. Two lectures; three 
hours of laboratory work on Baltimore Sun desk each week, arranged. 

Headwriting, makeup, rewriting, copy editing. 

Journ. 162. Community Journalism (3). — Second semester. Two lectures; 
three hours of laboratory work on a weekly newspaper each week, arranged. 

Introduction to community and weekly newspaper. 

Journ. 165. Feature Writing (3). — Second semester. Two lectures; one 

hour of laboratory work. 

Writing and selling of newspaper and magazine articles. 

Journ. 174. Editorial Writing (2). — First semester. Theory and practice in 
editorial writing. 

Journ. 175. Reporting of Public Affairs (3).— First semester. One lecture; 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 357 

three hours of laboratorj'^ time spent each week on regular beat for Baltimore 
Sun, by arrangement. 

Advanced reporting: city, county, federal beats. 

Journ. 176. Newsroom Problems (3). — First semester. Three lectures per 
week. 

Ethics, newsroom problems and policies, freedom and responsibilities of 
the press. 

Journ. 181. Press Photography (3). — First, second semesters. One lecture, 
four hours of laboratory each week. Prerequisite, junior major standing in the 
department. 

Shooting, developing, printing of news and feature pictures. Equipment 
provided by university. Student furnishes own supplies needed in course. Lab- 
oratory fee, $6.00, provides demonstration supplies, maintenance of cameras. 

Journ. 182. Advanced Press Photography (2).- — Each semester. One lec- 
ture, two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite, Journ. 181 or equivalent. 
Advanced shooting, developing, printing of news and feature pictures. Equip- 
ment provided by universit}^ Student furnishes own supplies needed in course. 

Journ. 184. Picture Editing (2). — Second semester. Prerequisite or core- 
quisite, Journ. 181. 

Theories and exercises in handling pictures for the press. 

Journ. 191. Law of the Press (3). — Second semester. 

Introduction to libel, right of privacy, fair comment and criticism, privilege, 
contempt by publication, Maryland press statutes. 

Journ. 192. History of American Journalism (3). — First semester. 
Leading personalities, chief movements in American journalism. 

Public Relations Courses 

P. R. 166. Public Relations (3). — First semester. 

Survey of pubHc relations; general orientation, principles, techniques. 

P. R. 170. Publicity Techniques (3) — First semester. 

Strategy and techniques of publicity operations. Orientation, practice in 
use of major media of public communications. 

P. R. 171. Industrial Journalism (2) — First semester. 

Introduction to industrial communications, management and production 
of company publications; public relations aspects of industrial journalism. 

P. R, 186. Public Relations of Government (3). — Second semester. 

Study of public relations, publicity, propaganda, information services in 
public administration. 



358 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

P. R. 194. Public Relations Cases (2). — Second semester. 

Study of cases in public relations, with particular attention to policy form- 
ulation, strategy-, ethical factors. 

P. R. 195. Seminar in Public Relations (2). — Second semester. 
Group and individual research in public relations. 

OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT 

Associate Professor Patrick; Assistant Professor Clements; Instructors 
O'Neill, Gera, Noyes. 

O. T, 1. Principles of Typewriting (2) — First and second semesters. 
Five laboratory periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

The goal of this course is the attainment of the ability to operate the 
typewriter continuously with reasonable speed and accuracy by the use of the 
"touch" sj'stem. This course should be completed prior to enrollment in O. T. 
12, Principles of Shorthand. 

O. T. 2. Intermediate Typewriting (2) — First and second semesters. Five 
periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" 
in O. T. 1 or consent of instructor. 

The aim of this course is to teach the fundamentals of letter writing and 
to continue the development of speed typing. Problems in business letter 
styles and forms, arrangement of letters, tabulation, and exercises for im- 
proving stroking skill will be used. 

O. T. 10. Office Typewriting Problems (2) — First and second semesters. 
Five periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of 
"C" in O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. 

In this course the aims are to develop the highest degree of accuracy and 
speed possible for each student and to teach the advanced techniques of type- 
writing with special emphasis on production. 

O. T. 12, 13. Principles of Shorthand (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Five periods per week. Prerequisite, O. T. 1, and consent of instructor. 

This course aims to develop the mastery of the principles of Gregg Short- 
hand. The reading approach is used, stressing reading and writing from ropy 
and dictation. 

*0. T. 116. Advanced Shorthand (3) — First semester. Five periods per 
week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 13 and O. T. 2 or consent 
of instructor. 

Advanced principles and phrases of shorthand; dictation covering vocabu- 



•O. T. 10 should be completed prior fo, or concurrently with, Advanced Shorthand 
<0. T. 116); O, T. 110, Advanced Shorthand, and O. T. 117, Gregfr Transcription, must 
be takf-n concurrently. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 359 

laries of representative businesses; development of dictation skill to maximum 
for each individual. 

O. T. 117. Gregg Transcription (2) — First semester. Four periods per 
week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 13 
and O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. This course is to be taken concurrently 
with O. T. 116. 

A course in intensive transcriptional speed building, and in the related skills 
and knowledges. 

O. T. 118, Gregg Shorthand Dictation (3) — Second semester. Five periods 
per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 116 and O. T. 117, 

or consent of instructor. 

A special course in shorthand speed building with emphasis placed on the 
development of a special shorthand vocabulary. 

O. T. 110. Secretarial Work (3) — First semester. Six periods per week. 
Prerequisite, O. T. Ill and O. T. 112 or consent of instructor. 

This course is designed to cover specific and general information in addition 
to the stenographic skills needed by a secretary. Units will be assigned on 
communication procedures and cost, installation and revision of files, selection 
of office equipment and supplies, editorial duties, compilation of statistical data, 
and use of reference books. It is assumed that stenographic skills are obtained 
from other sources. 

O. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice (3) — First and second semesters. 
Six times per week. Prerequisite, senior standing and completion of O. T. 110. 

The purpose of this course is to give laboratory and office experience to 
senior secretarial students. A minimum of 90 hours of office experience under 
supervision is required. In addition, each student will prepare a writter 
report on an original problem previously approved. 





Headquarters of the College of Education 



College of 

EDUCATION 

STAFF 

Arthur M. Ahalt, Professor and Head, Agricultural Education. 

B.S., Universiiy of Maryland, 1931; M.S., Pennsylvama State College, 19.7. 

Lois Atkinson, Instructor in Childhood Education. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

T Edwin Beasley, Fellow, Institute for Child Study. 

BS, Georgia Teachers College, 1939; M.Bd., Duke University. 1951. 

Walcott H. Beatty, Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 
M.A.. university of Chicago, 1947; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1952. 

Glfnn O. Blough, Associate Professor of Education. 1009. tt d 

BA. university of Michigan 1929 ; M.A University of Michigan, 1932, LL.D.. 

Central Michigan College of Education, 1950. 
Richard M Brandt, Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

TmE., university of Virginia. 1943; M.A., University of Michigan, 1949; Ed.D.. 

University of Maryland, 19o4. 
Henry Brechbill, Professor of Education and Assistant Dean. 

BA Blue Ridge College, 1911;„M.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1917. Ph. D., 

George Washington University, 193i. 

Eleanor A. Broome, Instructor in Childhood Education. 

B.A.. University of Maryland, 1943. 
Glen D. Brown, Professor of Industrial Education. 

B.A., Ir.diana State Teachers College, 1916; M.A., Indiana University, 1931. 

Lillian W. Brown, Instructor in Childhood Education. 
B.A., Lake Erie College, 1930. 

Marie D. Bryan, Associate Professor of Education. 

B.A., Goucher College, 1923; M.A., University of Maryland, 194o. 
Richard H. Byrne, Associate Professor of Education. -,,1047. 

BA Franklin and Marshall College, 1938; M.A., Columbia University, 1947. 

Ed.D., Columbia University, 1952. 
Anne Caldwell, Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1950 ; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1952. 
Mary Carl, Assistant Professor and Educational Adviser, Baltimore Division, Col- 
lege of Special and Continuation Studies. 

B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1946; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Harold F. Cotterman, Professor of Education. 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1916; M.A.. Columbia University, 1917; Ph.D., Amer- 
ican' University, 1930. 

Vienna Curtiss, Professor and Head, Department of Practical Arts. 
B.A., Arizona State College. 1933; M.A., Columbia University, 1935. 

Marie Denecke, Instructor in Education. 

B.A.. Columbia University. 1938; M.A.. University of Maryland, 1942. 

361 



362 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Wilbur Devilbiss, Professor of Education and Dean. 

n/!^-^J^%^^\'^ Maryland College 1925 ; M.A., University of Maryland. 1935; Ed.D.. 
George Washington University, 1946. 

Stanley J. Drazek, Assistant Dean, College of Special and Continuation Studies. 

fci?7-^Ph®r.'^%^n^,®ri?°"^^^V°^7®f°',Ji«^' 1^"= ^^•^- University of Maryland. 
194 1 , i'h.D., University of Maryland, 1950. 

Ralph Duke, Fellow, Institute for Child Study. 

B.A., University of Texas, 193S ; M.A.. University of Texas, 1940. 
Eleanor G. Gifford, Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 

B.S., State Teacliers College, Framingham, Massachusetts, 1927. 

Christine Glass, Instructor in Childhood Education. 

B.S., Columbia University. 1917; M.A., Columbia University. 1927. 

Ira J. Gordon, Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study 

Cofu^bia^'Siv'erS lU'o''' ^'"'■•'' '''' '■ ^'■^- ^"'"'"^'^ University. 1947; Ed.D.. 

John D. Greene, Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

fni\--. iiS")f ''*'?? .^°'y.^®^^"i'; Institute, 1938; M.A., Louisiana Siate University. 
1941; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Margaret Hayes, Assistant Professor, School of Nursing. 

B.S., Vanderbilt University, 1943; M.S., Catholic University, 1947. 
R. Lee Hornbake, Professor and Head, Industrial Education. 

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania, 1934; M.A. Ohio State 

University, 1936; Ph.D., Ohio State University. 1942. 

Kenneth O. Hovet, Associate Professor of Education. 

B.A., St. Olaf College, 1926; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 1950. 
Mary F. Kemble, Instructor in Music and Music Education. 

Pennsllvinia^Tgfo.'"''' ^""^S®' ^^ansfield, Pennsylvania. 1930; M.S.. University of 

John J. Kurtz, Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

Unter^sky'oTchlcLg^l'JgJ?!"' '^'' = ^^•^- Northwestern University. 1940; Ph.D.. 

Edna B. McNaughton, Professor of Childhood Education. 

B.S., Michigan State College, 1911; M.A.. Columbia University. 1024. 
Donald Maley, Associate Professor of Industrial Education. 

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Penn.sylvanla, 1943- MA Univerqitv ni 
Maryland, 1947; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1950. University of 

George R. Merrill, Instructor in Industrial Education. 
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1954. 

Madelaine J. Mershon, Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study 

v^erBit?ofchiYato!"& '''''' ''■^- University of Chicago, 1943; Ph.D., Uni- 
Dokothy R. Mohr, Professor of Physical Education. 

Un'verX"oT'l^wa. SX'""' ''''= ^'^- ^^"'^^^'-^'^y "f Chicago. 1933; Ph.D.. 
H. Gesthon Morgan, Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study 

ve;>sity''of'chIca?o!''r94^ '''"= ''•^- ""'-«'-«'ty '>' <^hicago. 1943: Ph.D.. Unl- 
Clarence A. Newell, Professor of Educational Administration. 

C.:^um"fS^eSi;y'lb4t''"'''''^- "■'' = '^■^- ^'^"""'^'^ TTnlversit.v. 1039; Ph.D.. 
Arthuh S. Patrick. Associate Professor of Business Education 

fo^a. Slo, '^^^^^*" *^''"*«'*' ^t^wat^r, Wisconsin. 1931; M.A.. University o( 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 363 

Hugh V Perkins, Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

B A Oberlin College, 1941 ; M.A.. University of Chicago, 1946 ; Ph.D., University 
of' Chicago, 1949. 

Daniel A. Prescott, Professor of Education and Director, Institute for Child Study. 
Bs' Tufts College. 1920; M.Ed., Harvard University. 1922; Bd.D., Harvard Uni- 
versity, 19 23. 

Leonard Ravitz, Research Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 
B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1949. 

Alvin W. Schindler, Professor of Education. 

BA., Iowa State College, 1927; M.A., University of Iowa, 1929; Ph.D., University 
of Iowa, 1934. 

Fern D. Schneider, Assistant Professor of Education. 

B S., Nebrasica Wesleyan University, 1932 ; M.A., George Washington University, 
1934 ; Ed.D., Columbia University, 1940. 

Eveline Schulman, Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 

B.S., College of the City of New York, 1939 ; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Mabel S. Spencer, Assistant Professor of Home Economics Education. 

B.S., West Virginia University, 1925; M.S., West Virginia University, 1946. 

Donald Stanger, Fellow, Institute for Child Study. 

B S., State Teachers CoUege, Glassboro, New Jersey, 1948 ; M.A., Columbia 
University, 1949. 

Margaret A. Stant, Instructor in Childhood Education. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Fred R. Thompson, Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 
B.A., University of Texas, 1929 ; M.A., University of Texas, 1939 ; Ed.D.. Univer- 
sity of Maryland, 1952. 

William F. Tierney, Assistant Professor of Industrial Education. 

B S., Teachers College of Connecticut, 1941 ; M.A., Ohio State University, 1949 ; 
Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1952. 

James A. Van Zwoll, Professor of School Administration. 

B.A., Calvin College. Grand Rapids, Michigan, 1933; M.A., University of Michigan, 
1937 ; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1942. 

Walter B. Waetjen, Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

B.S., State Teachers College, Millersville, Pennsylvania, 1942 ; M.S., University of 
Pennsylvania, 1947; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Gladys A. Wiggin, Professor of Education. 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1929 ; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1939 ; Ph.D., 
University of Maryland, 1947. 

Joanne A. Wood, Instructor in Childhood Education. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Albert W. Woods, Associate Professor of Physical Education. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1949. 

SUPERVISING TEACHERS— 1953-54 

Leonora Aiken, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 
Arsinoe Allen, Green Acres School, Montgomery County. 
Margaret E. Anderson, Oakview Elementary School, Montgomery Cotmty. 
Madelyn Angel, Mt. Rainier Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Edna Arnn, Suitland Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 



364 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Jean G. Baker, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Alontgomerj'^ County. 

Lois Barber, Southern High School, Baltimore City. 

Alma Barker, Macfarland Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 

DopoTHY Baumle, Washington & Lee High School, Arlington County, Virginia. 

Edward S. Beach, Jr., Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Jane H. Beals, Green Acres School, Montgomery County. 

Ellex J. Beckm.\n, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Frances Bell, Washington & Lee High School, Arlington County, Virginia. 

Samuel M. Bohince, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Florence Booker, Washington & Lee High School, Arlington County, Virginia. 

Iris Bosley, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Susan Elizabeth Boyer, Alontgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery 

County. 

MmiAM Bracco, Washington & Lee High School, Arlington County, Virginia. 

Mary Ann Bremsteller, Roland Park Elementary & Junior High School, Baltimore 

City. 

Dorothy Brethouwer, Westbrook Elementary School, Alontgomery County. 

Clara L. Bricker, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Betty A. Brooks, Green Acres School, Montgomery County. 

Sarah Virginia Brown, Leland Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Betty P. Brunstein, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Joseph D. Bryan, Surrattsville Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Laura Burruss, Richard Montgomery Senior-Junior High School, Montgomery 

County. 

Julia Burton, Eastern High School, Baltimore City. 

Sylvia Butler, Eastern Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Horace E. Butterworth, Anacostia Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Mary E. Byrnes, Montgomery Knolls Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

David Carlisle, Greenbelt Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Eugene D. Carney, Mt. Rainier Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Maryhelen B. Carroll, Bladensburg Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's 

County. 

Harry W. Caughron, George Washington High School, Alexandria, Virginia. 

Lvla M. Coates, McKinlcy Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Doris N. Comby, Surrattsville Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Jewell M. Creiohton, Woodside Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Beatrict. W. Crocker, Kensington Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Elmer W. Crone, Jr., Southern Garrett County Senior-Junior High School, Garrett 
County. 

Nancy Cuhbace, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
Charlene H. Cumberland, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's 
County. 

Dorothea F. Dawson, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 365 

Gertrude Denaburg, Garrison Junior High School, Baltimore City. 
Mary F. de Vermond. Richard Montgomery Senior-Junior High School, Montgom- 
ery County. 

Virginia E. DiManna, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
Angela W. Dondero, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Lucy Elizabeth Duffy, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
Hope W. Eagle, Silver Spring Nursery School, Inc., A^ontgomery County. 
Frank G. Edwards, Eastern Junior High School, Montgomery County. 
Margaret M. Edwards, Pleasant View Elementary School, Montgomery County. 
Walter E. Fedora, Suitland Senior- Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Ruth A, Falkenstein, Hampstead Hill Junior High School, Baltimore City. 
Katharine Fowler, McKinley Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 
Stanley E. Gaub, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County. 
George H. Gienger, Eastern Junior High School, Montgomery County. 
Marion S. Grayson, Garden Nursery School, Inc., Montgomery County. 
K.A.THERINE B. Greaney, Bcthesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 
Meta Green, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County. 
Leone L. Greene, Bladensburg Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Elwynne M. Griffith, Suitland Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's 
County. 

Maxine B. Grimm, Laurel Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Maynard Haithcock, Richard Montgomery Senior-Junior High School, Montgom- 
ery County. 

Caroline E. Hardy, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
John May Harrison, McKinley Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 
SuELLA Harrington, Roland Park Junior High School, Baltimore City. 
Anne O. Harris, Silver Spring Intermediate Elementary School, Montgomery 
County. 

Eleanor Harris, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's Coynty. 
Shirley Kee Hemphill, Eurgundy Farms Country Day School, Alexandria, 
Virginia. 

Charles E. Hiden, Jr., Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Elizabeth P. Highby, Glenbrook Nursery School, Inc. Montgomery County. 
Pauline H. Holcomb, Leland Junior High School, Montgomery County. 
Ruth K. Holstein, Silver Spring Nursery School, Inc., Montgomery County. 
James G. Howard, Greenbelt Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Charles L. Hudson, Suitland Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Elizabeth B. Huff, Eastern Junior High School, Montgomery County. 
Harry Tex Hughes, Bladensburg Senior- Junior High School, Prince George's 
County. 

Lee S. Hulett, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County. 
Carolyn B. Hunt, Oakland Terrace Elementary School, Montgomery County. 
J. Stanley Hunter, Beall Senior- Junior High School, Allegany County. 



266 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Clar.\ Lee Hyatt, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Mary Louise L\cangelo, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery 

County. 

Jean T. Iffert, Green Acres School, Montgomery County. 

Fraxklin Jackson, Taft Junior High School and McKinley Senior High School, 

Washington, D. C. 

Evelyn R. Jarrell, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Grace Joardar, Glen Burnie Senior High School, Anne Arundel County. 

Charles William Johnson, Oxon Hill Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's 

County. 

Marjorie B. Johnson, Garden Nursery School, Inc., Alontgomery County. 

Phyllis S. Johnson, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Anna F. Jones, Kensington Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

George Anna Kemerer, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County, 

Elizabeth A. Kindred, Parkwood Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Robert J. Knepley, Frederick Sasscer Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's 

County 

Viola Jane Knowles, Eastern Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Irene Knox, Western Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Ernest H. Koch, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

James A. Lally, Suitland Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Holger C. Langmack, Paul Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Mildred K. Limberg, Somerset Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

June E. Lippy, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, ^lontgomery County. 

Margaret J. Lowe, Bethesda Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Carrie Lusby, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Joan Lynch, Green Acres School, Montgomery County. 

William L. Lynn, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Robert H. MacDonald, Suitland Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's 

County. 

Babette S. MacPherson, Rolling Terrace Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Allen Johnson Marsh, McKinley Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Julia D. Marshall, Bladensburg Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Marion Barbara McDowell, Oxon Hill Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's 

County. 

Donald Carl McMillen, Bladensburg Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's 

County. 

Inez K. Mehkens, Parkside Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

William Richard Mentzer, Eastern Junior-Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Wanaleen D. Miles, Lynbrook Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

George M. Miller, Washington & Lee High School, Arlington County, Virginia. 

Camilla Moore, Leland Junior High School, Montgomery County. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 367 

Thelma C. Moore, Green Acres School, Montgomery County. 

Virginia Mountney, Greenbelt Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Harold W. Mulholland, Towson Junior High School, Baltimore County. 

Alice Mullane, Kramer Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Joseph M. Murphy, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Henry J. Nary, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Thorman a. Nelson, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Helen D. Neville, Woodlin Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Anne H. Nowland, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

William A. Odell, Milford Mills Senior- Junior High School, Baltimore County. 

Ellen F. Oppenheim, Rock Creek Gardens Nursery School, Montgomery County. 

Howard B. Owens. Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Daniel Palumbo, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Naomi G. Payne, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

William H. Penn, Kramer Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Ottis Peterson, Friends School, Washington, D. C. 

Chester J. Petranek, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Edward Phillips, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Virginia G. Pijjney, ^Montgomery Junior College, Montgomery County. 

Nell J. Pogue, North Chevy Chase Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Rap.bara S. Powell, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

AIargaret Appel Powell, Mt. Rainier Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Fred J. Procopio, Western Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Elizabeth Anne Putnam, Northwestern Senior High School, Prinoe George's 

County. 

Kathleen P. Rehanek, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Joseph R. Reynolds, Garrison Junior High School, Baltimore City. 

Margaret S. Reynolds, Catonsville High School, Baltimore County. 

Alice M. Richey, Suitland Senior- Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Maxine L. Robertson, Lelan'd Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Harold Rock, Baltimore Polytechnic Institute, Baltimore City. 

Virginia Davies Rogers, Frederick Sasscer Senior-Junior High School, Prince 

George's County. 

Michael R. Ronca, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Ethel R. Rowalt, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Fred Sacco, Gaithersburg High School, Montgomery County. 

Alfred A Sadusky, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Florence B. Selby, Gwynns Falls Junior High School, Baltimore City. 

Marian C. Sheehan, Rock Creek Forest Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Winifred Sherwood, Bethesda-Chevy. Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

George Slate, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Mary Lou Smith, Walkersville Senior^J-unior High School, Frederick County, 



368 UNIFERSITY OF MARYLAND '"^li; 

Marv Snouffef. Hyatts'vHlle Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

IsAPORE SoKOLOW. Garrison Junior High School. Baltimore City. 

VraciNiA K. Stanton. Laurel Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Nick J. Staresixic, Har-Brack High School, Brackenridge, Pennsylvania. 

Audrey L. Steel, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Glapys Jeaxette Stuart, Silver Spring Intermediate Elementary School, Palsy 

.'school, Montgomery County. 

Jack F. Swearman, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

LoRNA L. SwEEN, Leland Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

George Talbot, Greenbelt Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Mary Evelyn Tenney, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Emma Louise Thompson, Roosevelt .Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Barbara Jane Tillson, Washington Si Lee High School, Arlington County, Virginia. 

Sara Ltttlle Traband, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Ruth Trundle, Paul Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Esther Vogel, Suitland Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Eugene .Spencer Ware, Clearspring Senior- Junior High School, Washington 

County. 

Everett Waterman. Bladensburg Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Walter H. Welc, Kramer Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Louise S. Whitney, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Jack Willard, Greenbelt Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Joanne W. Williamson, Garrett Park Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

May Louise Wood, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

David C. Young, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Glenn M. Zech, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Elaine Zweben, Bladensburg Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

SPONSORING ADMINISTRATORS 

Internships in Educational Administration 
1953-54 

William S. Schmidt, Superintendent, Prince George's County, Upper Marlboro, 
Maryland. 

C. N. Rees, Dean, Washington Missionary College, Takoma Park, Maryland. 

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

Wilbur Devilbiss, Ed.D., Dean 
Henry Brechbill, Ph.D., Assistant Dean 

THE College of Education meets the needs of the following classes of stu- 
dents: CI) persons preparing to teach in secondary schools, elementary 
schcrols, kindergartens, and nursery schools: (2) present or prospective 
elementary teachers who wish to supplcmenttheir preparation; (3) students 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 369 

preparing for educational work in the trades and industries; (4) graduate stu- 
dents preparing for teaching, supervisory, or administrative positions; (5) stu- 
dents whose major interests are in other fields, but who desire courses in education. 

SPECIAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES 
Research and Teaching Facilities 

Because of the location of the University in the suburbs of the nation's capital, 
unusual facilities for the study of education are available to its students and faculty. 
The Library of Congress, the library of the U. S. Office of Education, and special 
libraries of other government agencies are accessible, as well as the information 
services of the National Education Association, American Council on Education, 
U. S. Office of Education, and other institutions, public and private. The school 
systems of the District of Columbia, Baltimore, and the counties of Maryland offer 
generous cooperation. 

The Institute for Child Study 

The Institute for Child Study carries on the following activities: (1) it under- 
takes basic research in human development; (2) it digests and synthesizes research 
findings from the many sciences that study human beings; (3) it plans, organizes, 
and provides consultant service programs of direct child study by in-service teachers 
in individual schools or in municipal, county or state systems; (4) it offers field 
training to a limited number of properly qualified doctoral students, preparing them 
to render expert consultant service to schools and for college teaching of human 
development. Inquiries should be addressed to Director, Institute for Child Study. 

The Workshop on Child Development and Education 

The College of Education operates a Workshop on Child Development and 
Education for six weeks each summer. Requiring full-time work of all participants, 
it provides opportunities for (1) study and synthesis of scientific knowledge about 
children and youth; (2) training in the analysis of case records; (3) training for 
study-group leaders for in-service child study programs; (4) planning in-service 
programs of child study for teachers and pre-service courses and laboratory ex- 
periences for prospective teachers; (5) analysis of the curricular, guidance, and 
school organization implications of scientific knowledge about human development 
and behavior. Special announcements of the Workshop are available about March IS 
of each year and advance registration is required because the number of participants 
must be limited. Inquiries should be addressed to the Director, Workshop on Child 
Development and Education. 

The University of Maryland Nursery-Kindergarten School 

The University of Maryland operates a nursery-kindergarten school on the 
campus in which students majoring in nursery-kindergarten school education 
receive training and practical experience. 

Professional and Pre-professional Organizations 

The College of Education sponsors two professional organizations : Phi Delta 
Kappa, the national professional fraternity for men in Education, and Iota Lambda 



570 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Sigma, the national honorary fraternity in Industrial Education. Both fraternities 
have large and active chapters and are providing outstanding professional leader- 
ship in their fields of service. 

The College of Education also sponsors a Chapter of the Future Teachers of 
America, a department of the National Education Association. This chapter is open 
to undergraduate students on the College Park campus. 

Courses Outside of College Park 

Through the College of Special and Continuation Studies a number of courses 
in education are offered in Baltimore and elsewhere. These courses are chosen to 
meet the needs of groups of students in various centers. In these centers, on a 
part-time basis, a student may complete a part of the work required for a bachelor's 
degree. Graduate courses in education are offered in Baltimore. 

Announcements of such courses may be obtained by addressing requests to the 
Dean, College of Special and Continuation Studies, College Park, Maryland. 

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 

Requirements for Admission 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Education must apply to the 
Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and other 
indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject 
matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each of Social and Natural Sciences 
are required. One unit each of Algebra and Plane Geometry is desirable. While 
Foreign Language is desirable for certain programs, no Foreign Language is required 
for entrance. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. 

Candidates for admission whose high school records are consistently low are 
strongly advised not to seek admission to the College of Education. 

General Information 

For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equipment, 
library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resident and 
non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts of records, 
student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dormitories, off -campus 
housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholarships and student aid, athletics 
and recreation, student government, honors and awards, religious denominational 
clubs, fraternities, societies and special clubs, the University band, student publica- 
tions. University Post Office and Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications 
for the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Military Instruction 

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules, are 
required to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two years. 
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it 
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at 
the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who do 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 371 

not have the required two years of military training will be required to complete 
the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. 
courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or reserve 
commission in the United States Air Force. 

For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction, write 
the Director of Publications for a copy of "General Information Issue" of the 
Catalog. 

Physical Education and Health 

All undergraduate students classified academically as freshmen and sophomores, 
irrespective of their physical condition, who are registered for more than six 
semester hours, are required to complete four prescribed courses in physical education. 
These courses must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of 
attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer 
students who do not have credit in these courses or their equivalent, must complete 
them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first. Students with military 
service may receive credit for these required courses by applying to the Dean of 
the College of Air Science. 

Guidance in Registration 

At the time of matriculation each student is tentatively assigned to a member 
of the faculty who acts as the student's personal adviser. The choice of subject 
areas within which the student will prepare to teach will be made under faculty 
guidance during the first year in the Introduction to Education course required of 
all freshmen. Thereafter, the student will advise regularly with the faculty member 
responsible for his teaching major. While it may be possible to make satisfactory 
adjustments as late as the junior year for students from other colleges who have 
not already entered upon the sequence of professional courses, it is highly desirable 
that the student begin his professional work in the freshman year. Students who 
intend to teach (except Vocational Agriculture) should register in the College of 
Education, in order that they may have continuously the counsel and guidance of 
the faculty which is directly responsible for their professional preparation. 

Junior Status 

The first two years of college work are preparatory to the professional work of 
the junior and senior years. To be eligible to enter the professional courses, a 
student must have attained junior status. (See Academic Regulations.) 

Certification of Teachers 

The State Department of Education certifies to teach in the approved high 
schools of the State only graduates of approved colleges who have satisfactorily 
fulfilled subject-matter and professional requirements. Specifically it limits certifica- 
tion to graduates who "rank academically in the upper four-fifths of the class and 
who make a grade of C or better in student teaching." The several high school 
curricula and the elementary curriculum of the College of Education fulfill State 
Department requirements for certification. 



372 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

From the offerings in education, the District of Columbia requirement of 24 
semester hours of professional courses may be fully met. Students intending to 
qualify as teachers in Baltimore, Wahington, or any other city or state should, in 
their junior year, obtain a statement of certification requirements from these areas 
and be guided thereby in the selection of courses. Advisers will assist in obtaining 
and utilizing such information. 

Degrees 

The degrees conferred upon students who have met the conditions prescribed for 
a degree in the College of Education are Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. 
Majors in English, social sciences, language, and art receive the B.A. degree. 
Mathematics majors may receive either degree. All others receive the B.S. degree. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed charges; 
$75.00 special fees; §360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room; and laboratory fees, 
which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is 
charged all new students. A charge of $250.00 is assessed to all students who 
are non-residents of the State of Maryland. An additional $50.00 is assessed to 
dormitory students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Director of Publica- 
tions for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 



GRADUATE STUDIES 



Graduate Status 



For graduate study in education a student must have earned at least 16 semester 
credits in education at the undergraduate level, and hold a bachelor's or master's 
degree from a college or university of recognized standing. The committee on 
masters' programs may interpret this requirement so that foundation work in fields 
other than education may be accepted in cases of graduate students not preparing for 
school work. The student must also satisfy the graduate Dean as to his ability 
to do graduate work. 

Registration 

A graduate student in education must matriculate in the Graduate School. 
Application for admission to the Graduate School should be made prior to dates of 
registration on blanks obtained from the office of the Dean of the Graduate School. 
For further instructions a student should consult the Graduate School catalog. 

Masters' Degrees 

A graduate student in education may matriculate for a Master of Education or 
a Master of Arts degree. For requirements of these degrees, the student should 
consult both the Graduate .School catalog and the duplicated material issued by the 
College of Education. On matriculation, the stuflent should select a faculty 
adviser. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 373 

Doctors' Degfrees 

Programs leading to a Doctor of Philosophy or a Doctor of Education degree 
in education are administered for the Graduate School by the department of educa- 
tion. For requirements of these degrees, the student should consult both the Graduate 
School catalog and the statement of policy relative to doctoral programs in edu- 
cation. If the student has not already made arrangements with a member of the 
faculty to advise him, he should consult with the chairman of the education Com- 
mittee on Candidacy regarding a proper adviser. 

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES 

The undergraduate curricula in the College of Education with advisers for each 
curriculum are as follows : 

Academic Education 

English — Marie D. Bryan, Room T-110 

Foreign Languages — Fern D. Schneider, Room T-111 

Mathematics — Henry Brechbill, Room T-114 

Natural Sciences — Henry Brechbill 

Social Sciences — Kenneth O. Hovet, Room T-111 

Speech — Warren Strausbaugh, Room R-106 

Agricultural Education (under the College of Agriculture) 
Arthur M. Ahalt, Room 0-137 

Art Education 
Vienna Curtiss, Room H-103 

Business Education 
Arthur S. Patrick, Room Q-245 

Elementary Education 

Alvin W. Schindler— Room T-118 
Marie Denecke, Room T-120 
Glenn O. Blough, Room T-118 

Home Economics Education 
Mabel Spencer, Room T-110 

Industrial Education 
R. Lee Hornbake, Industrial Education Building 
Glen D. Brown, Industrial Education Building 

Donald Maley 
William F. Tierney 

Music Education 
Mary F. Kemble, Music Building 

Nursery School-Kindergarten Education 
Edna B. McNaughton, Building HH 

Physical Education (Men) 
Lester M. Fraley, Room G-102 

Albert W. Woods, Room G-101 



374 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Physical Education (Women) 
Dorothy F. Deach, Women's Field House 
Dorothy R. Mohr, Women's Field House 

General Requirements of the College 

A total of 120 semester hours in addition to the University requirement in 
military science and physical education is required for graduation in the College of 
Education. In no case shall the total number of semester hours required for gradu- 
ation be less than 128. 

The following minimum requirements are common to all curricula: English — 
12 semester hours ; social studies — 12 semester hours as follows : Soc. 1 — Sociology 
of American Life; G & P 1 — American Government; and H. 5, 6 — History of 
American Civilization ; science or mathematics — 6 semester hours ; education — 20 
semester hours ; speech — 3 semester hours ; physical education and military science 
as required by the University. 

Marks in all required upper division courses in education and in subjects in 
major and minor fields must be C or higher. A general average of C or higher 
must be maintained. In order to be admitted to a course in student teaching a 
student must have a grade point average of 2.275. 

Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules of the College of Education 
must be recommended by the student's adviser and approved by the Dean. 

Students who are not enrolled in the College of Education but who are preparing 
to teach must meet all curricular and scholastic requirements of the College of 
Education. 

Majors and Minors. 

Students select a teaching major: for example, social science, art, music, physical 
education. Those electing the academic curriculum will ordinarily select both a 
teaching major and a teaching minor, and students in other curricula may select 
minors if they so desire. Advisers may waive the requirement for a minor when 
necessary to permit the development of an approved area such as psychology, human 
development, or sociology. 

Students selecting an academic major and an academic minor, or those selecting 
one special teaching field such as industrial education need to take only one methods 
course: for example, Ed. 140 or Ind. Ed. 140. Students who select an academic 
major and a special fields minor» or vice versa, must take methods courses in both 
the major and minor fields, and should divide their student teaching between the 
two fields. 

Academic Education 

Students enrolled in this curriculum will meet the above minimum requirements 
in English and social science, plus the following: 

(1) Foreign language for candidates for the bachelor of arts degree: 12 
semester hours provided the student enters with less than three years of 
foreign language credits ; 6 semester hours, if he enters with three years 
of such credits. No foreign language is required of any student who enters 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 375 

with four years of language credits nor of candidates for the bachelor of 
science degree unless specified in the curriculum. (See "Degrees' above.) 

(2) Science or mathematics, 12 semester hours. 

(3) Education, 22 semester hours. 

(4) Speech, 4 semester hours. 

All students who elect the academic education curriculum will fulfill the 
preceding general requirements and also prepare to teach one or more school subjects 
which will involve meeting specific requirements in particular subject matter fields. 

The specific requirements by subject fields are as follows: 

English. A major in English requires 36 semester hours as follows: 

Composition and Literature 12 semester hours 

American Literature, Advanced 3 semester hours 

Electives 21 semester hours 

A minor in English requires 26 semester hours. It includes the 15 semester 
hours prescribed for the major and 11 hours of electives. 

Electives must be chosen with the approval of the adviser who will guide the 
student in terms of College of Education records and recommendations of the 
English Department. 

Social Sciences. For a major in this group 36 semester hours are required, of 
which at least 18 hours must be in history, including 6 hours in American history 
and 6 hours in European history. Six of the 18 hours must be in advanced courses. 
For a minor in the group, 24 hours are required, as specified below, less the electives. 
History (including one year each of American and 

European History) 18 semester hours 

Economics, sociology, government, consumer 

education, or geography 6 semester hours 

Electives in social sciences 12 semester hours 

Electives should be chosen so that there will be a total of at least 3 in Economics, 
6 in Geography, 6 in Government and Politics, and 6 in Sociology. 

Foreign Languages. All students preparing to teach French, German, or Spanish 
are required to take Comparative Literature 101 and 102 and are strongly advised 
to take the review course for majors. Further courses in comparative literature 
along with work in European or Latin American history are also recommended. 

Specific minimum requirements in the three languages are a semester each 
of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Sp. 8 and 80), a semester 
of grammar review, six hours of introductory survey of the literature (Fr., Ger., 
Sp. 75 and 76), one semester of a Life and Culture Course (Fr., Ger., Sp. 161 or 
162) and six hours in literature courses numbered 100 or above. If a foreign 
language is offered as a second field, all major requirements must be met. 

Mathematics. A major in mathematics requires 30 semester hours and a minor, 
20 semester hours. The following courses must be included in both major and 
minor: Math. 2 — Solid Geometry (2), Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry (2), Math. 
15— College Algebra (3), Math. 17— Analytic Geometry (4), and Math. 20, 21— 
Calculus (4,4). 



376 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Students who have had soHd geometry in high school or who pass satisfactorily 
an examination in this subject need not take Math. 2. Electives in mathematics are 
selected with the advice of the adviser. 

Science. In general science a major of 40 semester hours and a minor of 30 
semesters hours are offered, each including the following courses : Chem. 1, 3 — 
General Chemistry (4,4), Zool. 1— General Zoology (4), Bot. 1— General Botany 
(4), Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics (4,4) or Phys. 1, 2— Elements of 
Physics (3, 3). 

Other courses will be chosen subject to the approval of the student's major 
adviser and of the science department in which his interest lies. 

Minors of 20 semester hours are offered in chemistry, in physics, and in biological 
sciences. A minor in biology must be supported by a one-year course in chemistry. 
A minor in physics must be supported by a one-year course in chemistry. A minor 
in chemistry must be supported by a one-year course in physics. 

The requirements for major and minor are met if 52 semester hours in natural 
science, including the above listed courses, are offered. 

Speech. A minor of 22 semester hours is offered in Speech. The minimum 
requirements for this minor are 12 semester hours in addition to the 10 semester 
hours of departmental requirements in Speech 1, 2, 3, and 4. The 12 semester 
hours above the departmental requirement must include 6 hours of courses numbered 
100 or higher. It is the policy of the department to build a program of study in 
anticipation of the needs of prospective teachers, supervisors, correctionists, dramatic 
coaches, and other specialists in the general field of speech. All programs for the 
minor must be approved by the departmental adviser. 

Academic Education Curriculum 

r— Semester— ^ 

Freshman Year I II 

•Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

•Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life S .... 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

•G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 1, 3 (Men) ; P. E. 2, 4 (Women) 1 1 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

Major and Minor Requirements 6 6 

Total 16-18 16-18 

Sophomore Year 

•Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Kng. '',, 4 — CompoHltlon and World Ijitcrature, or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 S 

H. 5. 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4-Baslc Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 5, 7 (Men; ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 1 1 

Major and Minor Requirements 3 3 

Total 15-18 15-18 



•May be taken either eemoster. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION Z77 

/—Semester- 
Junior Year I II 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

Major and Minor Requirements, Electives 13 13 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

*Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3 "| .... 

*Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 3 1 .... 

*Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 8 1 .... 

**Electives 2 J 

*Major and Minor Requirements, Electives .... 16 

Total 16 16 

Agricultural Education 

This curriculum is designed to prepare students for teaching vocational 
agriculture in high schools. To obtain full particulars on course requirements, 

the student should consult the catalog of the College of Agriculture. 

Art Education 

This curriculum is planned to meet the growing demand for special teachers 
and supervisors in art activity. Emphasis is placed upon ways to draw out 
and develop the creative inclinations of beginners; to integrate art and other 
areas of study; to utilize art in solving social problems. General requirements 
are the same as for the academic curriculum. 

Art Education Curriculum 

J'reshman Year 

*Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of Americaii Life .... 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Pr. Art 1— Design .... 3 

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2 .... 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Air Science (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

tLanguage or electives i 1-5 2-4 

Total 16-18 16-18 



♦May be taken either semester. 

•♦English and Social Studies majors must elect Ed. 134. 

tRequired foreign language : 12 semester hours provided the student enters with 
less than three years of foreign language credit; 6 semester hours, if he enters with 
three years of such credit. No foreign language is required of any student who enter; 
with four years of language credit. 





2 




2 


3 


3 


1 


1 





2 



378 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

I— Semester^ 

Sophomore Year / // 

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education -J. .... 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3 

Science or Mathematics 3 3 

Cr. Art. 3— Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art 2 .... 

Pr. Art 4— Three-dimensional Design .... 2 

Pr. Art 2 0— Costume Design 3 .... 

Pr. Art 30— Typography and Lettering .... 3 

Cr. 2— Simple c rafts 2 .... 

Pr. Art— Blockprint and Silk Screen 

Cr. 20— Ceramics 

Cr. 30 Metalry 

A. S. 3, 4— Air Science (Men) 

Physical Activities 

•Electives 

Total 16-18 16-18 

Junior Year 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

H. 5, 6— American History 3 3 

Art 7— Landscape Painting .... 3 

Pr. Art 0— Professional Lectures .... 

Pr. Art 21 — Action Drawing 2 .... 

Pr. Art 38— Photography 2 

Pr. Art 40, 41— Interior Design 1 3 

Cr. 5— Puppetry 3 .... 

Cr. 40 — Weaving .... 2 

•Language or electives 2-5 4 

Total 16-18 16-18 

Senior Year 

Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3 .... 

Ed. 14 5— Principles of High School Teaching .... f 3 

Ed. 134— Materials and Procedures for the Core Curriculum.... .... \2 

••Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools .... 

Pr. Art 100— Mural Design .... 

Pr. Art 132— Advertising Layout 2 

•Langruage or electives 11-13 .... 

Total 16-18 15 

A minimum of 24 semester hours constitutes a minor in part for which 

the following courses are required: Pr. Art 1, Pr. Art 2. Electives may be 
selected from the student's chosen field of concentration — advertising, costume, 
interior, ceramics, metalry, or weaving — and from courses selected in consultation 
with the student's adviser. For teaching, Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, 

and Observation should be included as well as electives cliosen from among 

the following courses: Cr. 2, 3, 5, 20, 30, 40, 198; Pr. Art 3, 4, 20, 21, 30, 38, 
132, 140, 141. 



•Recjulred foreign language: 12 semester hours provided the student enters with 
lesB than three years of foreign language credit; 6 semester hours. If he enters with 
thre<> year.s of such credit. No foreign language is required of any student who enters 
with four years of languai^e credit. 

••Available only during the last half of the spring semester. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 379 

Business Education 

Two curricula are oflFered for the preparation of teachers of business sub- 
jects. The General Business Education Curriculum qualifies for teaching all 
business subjects except shorthand. Providing thorough training in general 
business, including economics, this curriculum leads to teaching positions on 
both junior and senior high school levels. By the proper selection of electives, 
persons following this curriculum may also qualify as teachers of social studies. 

The Secretarial Education course is adapted to the needs of those who wish to 
become teachers of shorthand as well as other business subjects. 

General Business Education Curriculum r-Sefnester—>, 

Freshman Year I II 

**Ed. 1 — Freshman Orientation 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

See. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

O. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting 2 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

P. B. 1, 3 (Men) ; P. E. 2, 4 (Women) 1 1 

Elect Math. 5, 6 ; H. 1, 2 ; or Science 3 3 

tElectives 2 4 

Total. 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

**Ed. 2— Introduction to Education , , 2 .... 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization , , — . 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting , . 4 4 

O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting 2 .... 

O. T. 10— OfBce Typewriting Problems .... 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 1 1 

Total '. 16-21 16-19 

Junior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

B. A. 166— Business Communications .... 3 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

B. A. 112— Records Management 2 

B. A. 114— Machines Management 3 .... 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking .... 3 

•Electives 3 3 

Total 15 16 



•Required foreign language : 12 semester hours provided the student enters with 
less than three years of foreign language credit; 6 semester hours, if he enters with 
three years of such credit. No foreign language is required of any student who enters 
with four years of language credit. 

**May be taken either semester. 

tA minimum of 55 semester hours of courses in Economics, Business Administra- 
tion, and Office Techniques are required. 



380 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Senior Year 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation. 
Ed. 14S— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools... 

B. A. 165— Office Management 

B. Ed. 100— Techniques of Teaching Office Sicills... 
•Eleetives and Requirements 

Total 



fSemester—s 

1 II 

■; {I 

3 

2 

10 



15 



14 



Secretarial Education Curriculum 
Freshman Year 



Same as General Business Curriculum 

Sophomore Year 

**Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 

O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting 

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 

*Electlves 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 

O. T. 110— Secretarial Work 

O. T. 118— Gregg Shorthand Dictation 

O. T. 116— Advanced Shorthand 

O. T. 117— Transcription 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 

B. A. 112— Records Management 

•Eleetives 

Total 

Senior Year 

B-. A. 114 — Machines Management 

B. A. 165— Office Management 

B. A. 166— Buslnes<i) Communications 

Ed. 145— Prlnciplfs of High School Teaching 

Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation— Buslnes.s. 

Subjects 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching In Secondary Schools 

B. A. 180— Business Law , 

B. Ed. 100— Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 

Total 



16 



15 



16-21 16-19 



14 



•A minimum of 55 scme.ster hours of courses In Economics, Buf mess Administration, 
and Office Techniques are required. 
•*May hf! taken eilhfT H<-m.str;r. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



381 



Childhood Education 

The childhood education curriculum has as its goal the preparation of 
nursery school and kindergarten teachers. It is also planned to further the 
personal development of the student and give training in home-making. 

Observation and student teaching are done in the University Nursery 
School and Kindergarten on the campus and in approved schools in nearby 
communities. Each student is encouraged to select a minor in an allied field. 

Graduates receive a B.S. degree and meet the requirements for certification 
for teaching kindergarten and nursery school in Maryland. 



Chadhood Education Curriculum 



Freshman Year 

*C. Ed. 2— Orientation, Observation, and Record taking 

Rng. 1, 2— Composition and American Ijiterature 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 

Botany 1— General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health 

P. E. 2. 4 , 

*Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

*Rd. 2— Introduction to Education 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature \ 

Eng. 5, fi— Composition and English Literature f S 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Music 16— Fundamentals of Music for the Classroom Teacher. . . . 

Ed. 52— Children's Literature 

Poods 1— Introductory Foods 

Nutrition 10— Elements of Nutrition 

P. E. 6, 8 

Electives 

Total 

Junior Year 

C. Ed. 100— Child Development I. 

C. Ed. 101— Child Development II 

C. Ed. 115 — Children's Activities and Activities Materials 

C. Ed. 116— Creative Music for Young Children 

Nut. Ill— Child Nutrition 

C. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, Observation- 
Early Childhood Education 

Nursing 9— Nursing and Child Health 

Electives 

Total 



-Semestei^-> 



2 
1 


15 



17 



8 
16 



// 



16 



16 



16 



•May be taken either semester. 



382 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

f—Semesler—s 

Senior Year I it 

C. Ed. 149— Teaching Nursery School 4-8 .... 

C. Ed. 159— Teaching Kindergarten .... 4-S 

H. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

C. Ed. 14.5— Guidance in Behavior Problems 3 .... 

Ed. 147— Audio-Visual Education .... 2 

Ed. 107— Philosophy of Education 2 .... 

Electives 0-4 3-7 

Total 16 16 

Marks in all required upper division courses in education and in subjects in 
major and minor fields must be C or higher. A general average of C or higher 
must be maintained. In order to be admitted to a course in student teaching, a student 
must have a grade point average of 2.275. Each student should have one summer 
of experience in working with children. 

Elementary Education 

There are two undergraduate curriculums in elementary education. The first 
one is for regular undergraduate students who desire to earn the Bachelor of 
Science degree and to qualify for an elementary school teaching certificate. The 
second curriculum is for teachers in service. 

Elementary Education Curriculum for Regular Undergraduate Students 

This curriculum is designed for regular undergraduate students who wish to 
qualify for teaching positions in elementary schools. Students who complete the 
curriculum will receive the Bachelor of Science degree, and they will meet the 
Maryland State Department of Education requirements for the "Bachelor of Science 
Certificate in Elementary Education." The curriculum also meets certification re- 
quirements in many other states, Baltimore, and the District of Columbia. 

Some of the academic courses need not be taken in the indicated sequence. For 
example. Botany 1 may be taken during the second semester of the freshman year 
instead of the first semester, or it may be taken during the sophomore or junior 
year. However, the courses in Human Development Education and certain other 
Education courses must be taken during the junior year, and Ed. 148 — Student 
Teaching in Elementary Schools must be taken during the first semester of the 
senior year. 

f— Semester-^ 

Freshman Year I IJ 

Kng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American L,lfe 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Bot. 1— General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1— General Zoology . . ■ • 4 

Art. 15 — Fundamentals of Art 3 .... 

Mu.sic 16— Music Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher .... 3 

Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation .... 

P. B. 1. 3 (men) P. E. 2, 4 (women) 1 1 

Health 2, 4 (women) Personal and Community Hygiene 2 2 

A. S. 1. 2 (Men)-BaHlc Air Force ROTC 3 3 

Electives 2 

Totals : Women 16 IS 

Men ;7 ^9 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



383 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

or Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Geog. 10— General Geography 

Speech 4 — Voice and Diction 

Educ. 2— Introduction to Education 

Chem. 1— General Chemistry 

or Astromouy 1 

or Geog. 30 (Prin. of Morphology) 

or Geog. 40 (Prin. of Heterology) 

or Physics 1 (Elements of Physics) 
Chem. 3— General Chemistry .....'. 

or Poods 1— Introductory Foods 

or Nutrition 10 — Elements of Nutrition 

or one of the other physical science courses listed above. 
Note: Only one Geography and only one Foods course may 
be taken. 

Health 40 (Men) — Personal and Community Hygiene. 

P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 

A. S. 3, 4 (Men) Basic Air Force ROTC 

Electives (Women) , 

Blectives (Men) 

Totals. Women 

Men , 



r-Semesters 
I II 

3 3 

3 2 

3 . ..; 





3 


1 


1 


3 


3 


3 


5 








18 


18 


18 


19 



Suggested Electives for the Freshmen and Sophomore Years 

Ind. Educ. 9, 10— Art Crafts I, II— 2 credits each course. 

G. & P. 4— State Government and Administration— 3 cr. 

G. & P. 5 — Local Government and Administration — 3 cr. 

Soc. 14— Urban Sociology— 3 cr. 

Soc. 64 — ^Marriage and the Family — 3 cr. 

Music 1 — Introduction to Music— 3 cr. 

L. S. 1— Library Methods — 1 cr. 

Art 10— History of Art— 1 cr. 

Art 20 — Art Appreciation — 2 cr. 

Also, see suggested minors in Physical Education and Music Education. 



Junior Year. 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 

Hist. 1, 2— History of Modern Europe 

Geog. 100— Regional Geography of the United States and Canada 

Geog. 101— Regional Geography of the United States and Canada or 
Geog. 120— Economic Geography of Europe 

Math. 10— College Algebra or 

Math. 5— General Mathematics 

**Educ. 121— The Language Arts in the Elementary School 

**Educ. 124— Arithmetic in the. Elementary School 

Educ. 52— Children's Literature 

**Bduc. 122— Social Studies in the Elementary School 

**Sci. Ed. 105 — Workshop in Science for Elementary School 

Electives 

Totals 



IS 



3 
2 

2 

2 
3 

IS 



**Open only to students in elementary curriculum and students who register for one 
double starred course must register for all four courses. 



384 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r-Semester-^ 

Senior Year I II 

Ed. 149— Student Teaching in Elementary Schools 16 .... 

Two of the following courses. 

P. E. 120— Physical Education in the Elementary School .... 3 

(Includes Health Education) 

Mus. Ed. 12S— Workshop in Music for Elementary Schools .... 2 

Educ. 125— Creative Expression in Elem. School: Art Methods . . .... 2 

Electives 13 or 14 

Totals 16 20 or 21 

Suggested Electii'es for the Junior and Senior Years 
Ed. 102— History of Education in the United States— 2 Cr. 
Ed. 150— Educational Measurements— 2 Cr. 
Ed. 147— Audio-Visual Education— 2 Cr. 
Ed. 153— The Teaching of Reading— 2 Cr. 
Eng. 150— American Literature to 1900—3 Cr. 
Hist. 121— History of the American Frontier— 3 Cr. 
Nut. 110— Nutrition— 3 Cr. 
Soc. 153 — Juvenile Delinquency — 3 Cr. 
Soc. IIS— Community Organization 
Speech 110— Teacher Problems in Speech— 3 Cr. 
Hea. 170— The Health Program in the Elementary School— 3 Cr. 

For additional electives see suggested electives for the Freshman and Sophomore 
Yt-ars ; Also see suggestd minors in Physical Education and Music Education. 

Area of Specialization in Elementary School 
Physical Education and Health Education 

Students enrolled in the College of Education and majoring in elementary 
education may pursue an area of specialization in elementary school physical edu- 
cation and health education, and thereby qualify for the "Bachelor of Science 
Certificate in Special Subjects." In order to fulfill the requirements in these areas, 
students should follow the prescribed plan for a major in elementary education. 
In addition, the following courses should be taken : 

Men: P. E. 1 and 3 (1, 1) ; P. E. 5 and 7 or P. E. SO and 60 (1, 1) ; Hea. 40 

(3); Hea. 50 (2); Hea. 110 (2); Hea. 114 (2); P. E. 55 (2); P. E. 120 (3); 

P. E. 130 (3) ; P. E. 191 (3) ; P. E. 195 (3) ; Zool. 1 (4) ; Zool. 14 (4) ; Zool. 
15 (4). 

Women: P. E. 2 and 4 (1, 1) ; P. E. 6 and 8 or P. E. 50 and 60 (1, 1) ; 
Hea. 2 and 4 (2, 2) ; Hea. SO (2) ; Hea. 110 (2) ; Hea. 114 (2) ; P. E. 55 (2) ; 
P. E. 120 (3) ; P. E. 130 (3) ; P. K. 191 (3) ; P. E. 195 (3) ; Zool. 1 (4) ; Zool. 
14 (4) ; Zool. 15 C4). 

Area of Specialization in Elementary School Music Education 

Students enrolled in the College of Education and majoring in elementary edu- 
cation may pursue an area of specialization in elementary school music education, 
and thereby qualify for the "Bachelor of Science Certificate in Special Subjects." 
In order to fulfill requirements in this area, the following courses should be taken 
in addition to those required in the Elementary School Curriculum : 

Mus. 1 (2,) ; Mus. 7, 8 (3, 3) ; Mus. SO (2) ; Mus. 70 (3) ; Mus. 80, 81 (2, 2) ; 
Applied Music: Piano (G), Voice (2) \ V. P.. 50 d ) ; Mus. Ed. 125 (2); Mus. Ed. 
128 (2). 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 385 

Elementary Education Curriculum for Undergraduate Teachers 

Tins curriculum is open only to persons who have completed a two- or three- 
year curriculum in a Maryland State Teachers College or other accredited teacher 
education institution and whose records give evidence of ability and character 
essential to elementary teaching. Such persons will be admitted to advanced standing 
and classified provisionally in appropriate classes. 

Credit for extension courses given by other institutions may be accepted in an 
amount not exceeding 30 semester hours. The last 30 semester hours of work 
preceding the conferring of the degree must be taken in the University of Maryland. 

State Department of Education requirements provide that a teacher in service 
may present for certificate credit not more than six semester hours of credit completed 
during a school year. The College of Education assumes no responsibility in this 
connection, but candidates are advised to observe this regulation. 

This curriculum, leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in elementary edu- 
cation, requires a total of 128 credits. Specific requirements are as follows : 

For graduates of two year normal schools. 
Credit for normal school work, not more than 64 

Requirements 

Education 4 

English (not including freshman English) 10 

^Natural science (chemistry, physics, botany, zoology, 

bacteriology, entomology, general science, meteorology) 10 

Social science (history, government, sociology, 

economics, geography) 12 

fElectives 28 

For graduates of three year normal schools. 

Credit for normal school work, not more than 96 

Requirements 

Education 2 

English (not including freshman and sophomore English) 6 

♦Natural science (as above) 6 

Social science (as above) 12 

tElectives 6 

Home Economics Education 

The Home Economics Education curriculum is designed for students who are 
preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage in any phase 
of home economics work which requires a knowledge of teaching methods. It 
includes studies of all phases of home economics and the allied sciences, with pro- 
fessional training for teaching these subjects. A student majoring in this curriculum 
may also qualify for a science minor. 



*Not more than four semester hours of Science Education and other approved 
substitutions for regular science courses will be counted toward meeting the natural 
science requirements. 

flf a student is not allowed full credit for normal school work by the Director of 
Admisions, he must take additional electives in the amount needed to complete 128 
semester hours of work. 



386 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Students electing this curriculum may register in the College of Education or 
in the College of Home Economics. 

Home Economics Education Curriculum 

f—Semester-~\ 

Freshman Year I II 

••Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

See. 1— Sociologry of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Spe«cli 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

H. E. 1— Home Economics Lectures 1 .... 

Pr. Art 1— Design 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health 2 2 

P. E. 2, 4 1 1 

Tex. 1— Textiles 3 

Elective .... 6 

Total 18 17 

Sophomore Year 

•♦Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 2 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature (3) (3) 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3 

Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 3 .... 

Clo. 20A— Clothing 3 

Foods 2, 3— Foods 3 3 

P. E. 6, 8 1 1 

Total 18 16 

Junior Year 

H. E. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 3 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

Home Mgt. 150, 151— Home Management 3 3 

Foods 101— Meal Service .... 2 

Clo. 22— Clothing Construction 2 

Nut. 110— Elements of Nutrition 3 .... 

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2 

Pr. Art 4 0— Interior Design 1 .... 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Zool. 1 6 Human Physiology 4 .... 

Total 16 16 

^Senior Year 

H. E. Ed. 102— Problems In Teaching Home Economics .... fS 

H. E. Ed. 148— Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics .... I 8 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching .... | 3 

Home Mgt. 152— Practice In Management of the Home .... [3 

Bact. 51— Houseohld Bacteriology 3 .... 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 .... 

Electives i» .... 

Total 10 17 



•Subjects in the senior year will be so arranged that the two semesters may be 
Interchanged. 

••May be taken either semester. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 387 

Industrial Education 

Three curriculums are administered by the Industrial Education Department: 
(1) Industrial Arts Education, (2) Vocational-Industrial Education, and (3) Educa- 
tion for Industry. The overall offering includes both undergraduate and graduate 
programs leading to the degrees of : Bachelor of Science, Master of Education, 
Master of Arts, Doctor of Education and Doctor of Philosophy. 

The Industrial Arts Education curriculum prepares people to teach industrial arts 
at the secondary school level. It is a four-year program leading to a Bachelor of 
Science degree. While trade or industrial experience contributes significantly to 
the background of the industrial arts teacher, previous work experience is not a 
condition of entrance into this curriculum. Students w^ho are enrolled in the cur- 
riculum are encouraged to obtain work in industry during the summer months. 
Industrial arts as a secondary school subject area is a part of the general education 
program characterized by extensive shopwork and laboratory experiences. 

The Vocational-Industrial Curriculum may lead either to certification as a 
vocational-industrial teacher with no degree involved or to a Bachelor of Science 
degree, including certification. The University of Maryland is designated as the 
institution which shall offer the "Trade and Industrial" certification courses and 
hence the courses which are offered are those required for certification in Maryland. 
The Vocational-Industrial Curriculum requires trade competence as specified by the 
Maryland State Plan for Vocational Education. A person who aspires to take the 
certification courses should review the State plan and he may well contact Maryland 
State Department of Education officials. If the person has in mind teaching in a 
designated city or county he may discuss his plans with the vocational-industrial 
official of that city or county inasmuch as there are variations in employment and 
training procedures. 

Industrial Arts Education 

r-Semester->, 
Freshman Year I II 

*Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

See. 1— Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Ind. Ed. 1— Mechanical Drawing 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 34— Graphic Arts I .... S 

Ind. Ed. 2— Elementary Woodworking 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 22— Machine Woodworking I .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 12— Shop Calculations 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 1, 3— Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16 20 









3 


S 


2 


2 


3 


.... 



*May be taken either semester. 



388 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Sophomore Year 

**Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

His. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Ind. Ed. 21— Mechanical Drawing 

Inc". Ed. 28— Electricity I 

Ind. Ed. 67— Genera.1 Metals 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Math. 10— Algebra 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

P. E. 5, 7— Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year. 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 

Physics 1, 2— Elements of Physics 

Ind. Ed. 41— Architectural Drawing 

Ind. Ed. 48— Electricity II 

In-l. Ed. 33— Automotives I 

Ind. Ed. 160— Essentials cf Design 

Ind. Ed. 164— Shop Organization and Management 

Ind. Ed. 166— Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts 

Ed. 161— Principles of Guidance 

•Electives— (shop and/or drafting) 

I'lectives- (unspecified) 

Total 

Senior Year 

Ind. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation, Ind. Ed. 

Ind. Ed. 148-^tudent Teaching in Secondary Schools 

Ed. 145. Principles of High School Teaching 

Ind. Ed. 23— Arc and Gas Welding 

Ind. Ed. 69— Machhie Shop Practice I 

Ind. Ed. 105— General Shop 

Ind. Ed. 110— Foundry 

Econ. 37— Fundamental of Economics 

•Electives— (ehopwork and/or drafting) 

Electives— (professional courses) 

Total 



21 



■Semester— \ 
II 



17 



4 
3 
3 

1 

19 



2 
2 

2 
2 
2 

18 



14 



18 



•♦May be taken either semester. 
•After the student has completed the basic courses in drafting, woodworking, metal- 
working, graphic arts and automotives he Is to seTeot advanced courses In one or 
more of those areas as advised. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 389 

Vocational-Industrial Certification 

A total of 240 clock hours of instruction is required for vocational-industrial 
teacher certification. The courses listed below are currently required: 
Ind. Ed. 50— Methods of Teaching 

Ind. Ed. 60 — Observation and Demonstration Teaching 

Ind. Ed. 164 — Shop Organization and Management 

Ind. Ed. 168 — Trade or Occupational Analysis 

Ind. Ed. 169 — Course Construction 

Ind. Ed. 170 — Principles of Vocational Education, and/or 

Ind. Ed. 171 — History of Vocational Education 

"The remainder of the 240 clock hours are to be met through elective industrial 
education courses offered by the University of Maryland and approved by the State 
supervisor of industrial education."* Among the courses from which electives may 
be chosen there are: 

Ind. Ed. 150 — Training Aids Development 
Ind. Ed. 157 — Tests and Measurements 
Ind. Ed. 161 — Principles of Vocational Guidance 
Ind. Ed. 165 — Modern Industry 
Ind. Ed. 167 — Problems in Occupational Education 
**Ind. Ed. 220 — Organization, Administration and Supervision of Vocational 
Education 
Ind. Ed. 240 — Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education 
Ind. Ed. 248 — Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education 
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 
Ed. 161 — Principles of Guidance 
Ed. 253 — Guidance Information 
Ed. 261 — Case Studies in School Counseling 
Ed. 269 — Seminar in Guidance 

A person in vocational-industrial education may use his certification courses 
toward a Bachelor of Science degree. In doing so the general requirements of the 
College of Education must be met. A maximum of twenty semester hours of credit 
may be earned through examination in the trade in which the student has competence. 
Prior to taking the examination, the student shall provide documentary evidence of 
his apprenticeship or learning period and journeyman experience. For further in- 
formation about credit by examination refer to the Academic Regulations of the 
University of Maryland. 



♦Maryland (State Department o( Education). The Maryland State Plan for Vo- 
cational Education 1947-1952, p. 108. 

**A course bearing a "200" number Is open only to graduate Btudents. 



390 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND "~^ 

Education for Industry 

The Education for Industry curriculum is a four-year program leading to a 
Bachelor of Science degree. The purpose of the program is to prepare persons for 
jobs within industry and, as such, it embraces four major areas of competence, (a) 
technical competence, (b) human relations and leadership competence, (c) com- 
munications competence, and (d) social and civic competence. The student who is 
enrolled in this curriculum is required to obtain work in industry in accordance with 
the plan described in the course. Industrial Education 124 a, b. 



<—Semester—>, 

Freshman Year I II 

Sng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Ind. Ed. 1— Mechanical Drawing 2 

Ind. Ed. 12— Shop Calculations 3 

Ind. Ed. 21— Mechanical Drawing .... 

Ind. Ed. 22 — Machine Woodworking I 2 

Ind. Ed. 23— Arc and Gas Welding .... 

Ind. Ed. 69— Machine Shop Practice I .... 

Ind. Ed. 110— Foundry 

Sp. 7— Public Speaking 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

P. E. 1, 3— Physical Activities 1 

Math. 10— Algebra or 

Math. 1.5— College Algebra .... 3 

Total 19 19 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Ind. Ed. 24— Sheet Metal Work 2 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 2 2 

Phys. 1. 2— Elements of Physics or 

Phys. 1 0, 1 1— Fundamentals of Physics 3 or 4 3 or 4 

Math. 11— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry or 

Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry 2 or 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. B. 5, 7— Physical Activities 1 1 

H. 5— History of American Civilization .... 3 

Econ. .T 7— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Total 16, 17 or 18 18 orl9 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 391 

Junior Year I II 

H. 6— History of American Civilization 3 .... 

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 3 .... 

Psych. 2— Applied Psychology • . • • 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 .... 

•Ind. Ed. 124a— Organized and Supervised Work Experience 3 .... 

Ind. Ed. 143, 144— Industrial Safety Education 2 2 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management — . 3 

Soc. 115— Industrial Sociology .... 3 

Electives 3 3 

Total 21 18 

Senior Year 

B. A. 163— Industrial Relations 3 

B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit Rating 2 

*Ind. Ed. 124b — Organized and Supervised Work Experience 3 .... 

Ind. Ed. 164— Shop Organization and Management .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 165— Modern Industry 2 

Ind. Ed. 168— Trade or Occupational Analysis 2 .... 

Psych. 121— Social Psychology .... 3 

Electives , 5 8 

Total 15 16 

Music Education 

The Music Education curriculum aflfords pre-service preparation in the spe- 
cialized field of music education and leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Education with a major in Public School Music. The curriculum provides train- 
ing in both the choral and instrumental fields of music and is planned to meet the 
growing demand for special teachers and supervisors in those areas. In the senior 
year the student may concentrate on either elementary-school or secondary-school 
requirements. 

Music 1 is fundamental to all further work in music. The major in music 
education must include, in addition, 34 to 38 semester hours in music education, theory, 
and history; 20 semester hours in applied music; and four to six semester hours 
in ensemble (orchestra, chorus, etc.) The detailed curriculum appears below. 

A minor in the field may be received with 24 semester hours in music educa- 
tion, theory, and history; 8 semester hours in applied music; two semester hours 
in ensemble; Ed. 140 in music; and student teaching divided between the student's 
major and minor fields. The 24 specified hours must include Music 1, 7, 8, 17, 18, 
50, 70, 80 or 81, and 121. 



•Must be pursued concurrently with the regular Summer Sessions between th« 
sophomore and Junior and the junior and senior years respectively. 



392 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Music Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Ed. 1— Freshman Oi'ientcitlou 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature...' 

See. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 

Music 1— Introduction to Music 

Music 7, 8— Theory of Music 

Applied Music 

P. E. 50— Riiythmic Analysis and Movement 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force ROTC (Men) 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 
P. E. 1, 3— (Men) ; P. E. 2, 4— (Women) 



-Semester— >, 


1 


// 







3 


3 


3 






3 




3 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 




3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 



Total . 



Sophomore Year 

•Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or Eng. Lit. 

Mathematics or Natural Science 

Music 17, 18— Dictation and Sight-Singing 

Music 70, 7 1 — Harmony 

Music 80, 81— Class Study of Instruments 

Applied Music 

Ensemble— Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force ROTC (Men) 

P. E. 5, 7— (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8— (Women) 



Total. 



Junior Year 

History 5, 6— History of American Civilization . . . . 
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 

Music 50— Elementary Conducting 

Speech 4— Voice and Diction 

Music 120, 121— History of Music 

Applied Music 

Applied Music— Class Voice or Class Piano 

Ensemljle— Music 4, 5, 6, 10 or 15 



Totals 



2 
2 
1 
3 
1 

19-20 



10 



17-18 



3 
2 
3 

2 
1 
3 
1 

17-20 



3 
3 

3 
3 

2 
2 

1 

17 



REQUIREMENTS FOR ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CONCENTRATION 

Senior Year 

PJd. 52— Children's Literature 2 

Ed. 149— Student Teaching In the Elementary School .... 8 

Music 1 50— Keyboard Harmony 2 .... 

Music 160 or IGl— Advanced Conducting Methods 2 .... 

Music Ed. 125— Creative Activities 2 .... 

Mus. Ed. 128— Workshop in Music for the Elementary School .... .... 2 

Mus. Ed. 170— Materials and Methods for Class Piano Instruction 2 .... 

Applied Music 2 2 

Ensemlile- Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15 1 .... 

Electlves 5 .... 



Totals 



18 



12 



*May be taken either semester. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 393 

REQUIREMENTS FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL CONCENTRATION 

r-Semester—^ 

Senior Year I JI 

Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3 .... 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 3 .... ^ 

Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools .... 8 

Music 150— Keyboard Harmony 2 .... 

Music 160 or 161— Advanced Conducting Methods 2 .... 

Music Ed. 132— Workshop in Music for the Junior High School. ... .... 2 

Applied Music 2 2 

Electives 3 .... 

Ensemble— Mus. 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15 1 . . • • 

Totals 16 12 

Physical Education and Health Education 

For detailed information on these curricula and courses, see College of 
Physical Education, Recreation and Health catalog. 

Curricula for Physical Education and Health Education 

The curricula in Physical Education and Health Education are designed to 
prepare students for teaching and for work involving educational techniques in 
these fields. 

The Health Education and Physical Education curricula lead primarily to 
teaching and supervising such work in schools and colleges. 

All applicants must be free of handicapping physical defects and be approved 
by the medical director and by the Dean of College of Physical Education, 
Recreation and Health. 

Any student enrolled in the College of Education who meets the above 
requirements may develop a minor in one of these areas by completing 20 
hours of work in that area and 4' hours in a cognate area as described below, 
and as planned in consultation with his adviser and with written approval of 
the Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health. 

Note: To be certified to teach physical education in Maryland, 30 semester 
hours are required in this area, including the following or equivalent: Zool. 
14, IS; Hea. 50; P. E. 100, 140; Ed. 145; and Ed. 148, including at least 25 
hours of student teaching. 

Minor in Health Education 

Thirteen (13) semester hours in Health Education and 12 semester hours in 
related areas. 

Required courses : 

Hea. 2. 4, or Hea. 40 (Women) : Hea. 40 (Men) ; Hea. 50 (2), Hea. 110 (2), 
Hea. 120 (3) and Hea. 150 (3). 
Elective courses in related areas : 

Six (6) semester hours of biological sciences and 6 semester hours of psy- 
chology or Human Development. 



394 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Minor in Safety Education 

Students wishing to obtain a minor in Safety Education and become certi- 
fied to teach Driver Education in junior and senior high schools should take 
the following courses: Hea. 50 (2), Hea. 70 (3), Hea. 80 (3), Hea. 105 (3), and 
Hea. 145 (3). 



MEN 

Physical Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Sp. 4— Voice & Diction 

P. E. 20— Orientation to Measurement 

P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education. Recreation, and 

Health 

P. E. 50— Phythmic Analysis and Movement 

P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills 

P. E. 61, 63 — Sport Skills and Gymnastics 

A. S. 1 , 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 

Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health 

P. B. 65, 67— Sport Skills and Gymnastics 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T C 

Total 

Junior Year. 

H. D. Bd. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 

P. E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement 

P. E. 101, 103— Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 

P. E. 113, 115 — Methods nnd Materials for Secondary Schools.... 

P. E. 123 or 125— Coaching Athletics 

P. E. 180— Measurement In Physical Education and Health 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 

Electives 

Total 



r-Semester—> 

I n 

3 3 

3 

3 
4 



18 



3 
3 
4 
3 

2 
3 

18 



1 
2 
3 

18 



3 
3 
4 

3 
2 
S 

18 



3 


3 


4 




2 


2 


3 


1 


3 






8 




2 


t 


8 


17 


19 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 395 

f—Semester-^ 

Senior Year / / 

p. E. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation .... 3 

P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied 3 .... 

P. E, 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, 

Recreation and Health .... 3 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching .... 3 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools .... 8 

Blectives 12 .... 

Total 15 17 

NOTE: Ed. 148 may be scheduled either semester. Ed. 145, P. E. 140 and P. E. 
190 must be scheduled concurrently. 

WOMEN 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 3 , , . . 

P. E. 20— Orientation to Measurement .... 2 

P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and 

Health 3 

P. E. 40— Basic Body Controls 1 

P. E. 50 — Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1 .... 

P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills - 1 

P. E. 52— Dance Techniques .... l * 

P. E. 62, 64— Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics.. 2 2 

Total 16 16 

NOTE: P. E. 72 and/or 74^ may be required depending upon swinmilng ability ol student. 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3 

History 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

ZfOol. 14, 15— Himaan Anatomy and Physiology 4 4 

Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3 .... 

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health .... 3 

P. E. 54— Dance Techniques 1 .... 

P. E. 56— Methods and Materials in Dance .... 2 

P. E. 66, 68— Tftchnlques of Sports 2 2 

P. E. 82— Officiating 1 

Total 17 17 

NOTE: P. E. 76 may be required depending upon swimming ability of student. 



396 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Junior Year 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 

P. E. 78— Methods of Teaching Aquatics 

P_ E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement 

P. E. 114. 116— Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools.... 

P. E. 124, 126— Methods and Materials in Team Sports 

P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 

Electlves 

Total 

Senior Year 

P, E. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation 

P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied 

P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Edueatiuii, 

Recreation and Health 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching In Secondary Schools 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

Electlves 

Total 

NOTE: When Ed. 148 Is taken, Ed. 145, P. E. 140 and 
be scheduled concurrently. 

MEN 
Health Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Erig. 1, 2 — Composition and Anierlcan Literature 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 

Hea. 10— Orientation to Health Education 

Hea. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Rec. and Hea 

P. E. 1, 3— Conditioning and Fitness Exercises 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force ROTC 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

Hl.st. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Zool. 14, 1 5— Human Anatomy and Physiology 

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safely 

Hea. 70— Safety Education 

P. E. 5, 7— Sports and Other Recreational Activities 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force ROTC 

Electlves 

Total 



15 



Semestei^~\ 
II 



15 



12 



15 17 
E. 190 must also 



3 
1 
3 
3 

19 



1 
3 
2 

19 



1 
3 
3 

18 



19 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



397 



3 
3 

3 

2 

18 



12 



15 



r-Semester—\ 

Junior Year ^ ^^ 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Bact. 105— Epidemiology and Public Health .... 4 

JMut. 10— Elements of Nutrition .... 3 

Ed. 150— Educational Measurement or Hea. ISO- 
Measurement in Physical Education and Hea 2-3 .... 

Hea. 110— Introd. to School and Community Hea. Services 2 .... 

Hea. 120— Methods and Materials of School Hea. Edue .... 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I and II.. 3 

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 3 

Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene .... 

Electlves 2 

Total 16-17 

Senior Year 

Hea. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3 

Hea. 150— Problems of the School Child in El. & Sec. Sch 

Ed. 110— The Teacher and School Administrator or 

Hea. 190— Organization and Administration of Hea 2-3 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 3 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools 8 

Electives . • . ■ 

Total 16-17 

WOMEN 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 

G & P 1— American Government .... 

Zoo!. 1— General Zoology .... 

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 3 

Hea. 10— Orientation to Health Education .... 

Hea. 30— Introduction to Phy&ical Education, Recreation & Health 3 

P. E. 2, 4— Basic Skills of Sports and Rhythms 1 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 

Electives 2 

Total... 18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health 3 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 

Hea. 70— Safety Education .... 

P. E. 6, 8— Selected Sports and Dance 1 

Electives 3 

Total 17 



1 
3 
3 

18 

3 
3 

4 

2 
3 
1 
2 



18 



398 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r-Semester—s 

Junior Year I II 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Bact. 105— Epidemiology and Public Health .... 4 

Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition 3 

Ed. 150— Education Measurement or Hea. ISO- 
Measurement in Physical Education and Health 2-3 . 

Hea. 110 — Introduction to School and Community Health Services 2 .... 

Hea. 120— Methods and Materials of School Health Education.... .... 3 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I &II 3 3 

Psych 1— Introduction to Psychology 3 .... 

Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene .... 3 

Electives 3 2 

Total 17-18 18 

V 

Senior Year 

Hea. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3 .... 

Hea. 150— Problems of the School Child in Blem. & Sec. Schools. . .... 3 

Ed. 110— The Teacher and School Administrator or 

Hea. 190— Organization and Administration of Health 2-3 .... 

Ed. 145 — Principles of High School Teaching 3 .... 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools 8 .... 

Electives 12 

Total 16-17 15 



COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students has registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 

all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 
200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double numbei extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of credit 
hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making out 
his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 399 

EDUCATION 

Courses Primarily for Freshmen and Sophomores 

Ed. 1. Freshman Orientation (0). Required of all freshmen. 

Ed. 2. Introduction to Education (2) — First and second semesters. Re- 
quired of sophomores in Education. 

An exploratory or guidance course designed to help students choose wisely 
in their preparation for the teaching profession. Types of positions, teacher 
supply and demand, favorable and unfavorable aspects of teaching, and types of 
personal and professional competence required of teachers are among the topics 
included. The testing and observational program of the College of Education is 
begun in this course. Laboratory fee, $1.00. 

Ed. 6. Observation of Teaching (1). 

Twenty hours of directed observation. Reports, conferences, and criticisms. 

Ed. 52. Children's Literature (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
English 1, 2. 

A study of literary values in prose and verse for children. (Bryan.) 

Ed. 90. Development and Learning (3). 

A study of the principles of learning and their application to school situa- 
tions. Designed to meet the usual teacher-certification requirement for edu- 
cational psychology. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Ed. 100. History of Education I (2). 

A study of educational institutions and thought through the ancient, medi- 
aeval, and early modern periods. (Wiggfin.) 

Ed. 101. History of Education II (2) 

Emphasis is placed on the post-Renaissance periods. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States (2). 

A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the present 
system of education in the United States. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 105. Comparative Education — European (2) 

A study of national systems of education with the primary purpose of 
discovering their characteristic differences and formulating criteria for judging 
their worth. 

Ed. 106. Comparative Education — Laiin American (2) 

This course is a continuation of Ed. 105, with emphasis upon the national 
educational systems of the Western Hemisphere. 

Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education (2) 



400 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A study of the great educational philosophers and systems of thought aflfect- 
ing the development of modern education. 

Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School (2-3) 

This course is concerned with the teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and! 
written expressions, creative expression. Some attention is given to the teach- 
ing of reading. Special emphasis is given to the use of skills in meaningfull 
situations having real significance to the pupils. 

Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School (2) 

The emphasis in this course is on pupil growth through social experiences.. 
Consideration is given to the utilization of environmental resources, curriculum^ 
organization and methods of teaching, and evaluation of newer methods andi 
materials in the field. 

Ed. 123. The Child and the Curriculum (2). 

This course emphasizes the relation of the elementary school curriculum 
to child growth and development. Recent trends in curriculum organization; the 
eflfect of school environment on learning; readiness to learn; and adapting cur- 
riculum content and methods to the maturity levels of children will be 
emphasized. 

Ed. 124. Arithmetic in the Elementary School (2). 

The emphasis in this course is on materials and procedures which help 
pupils sense arithmetical meanings and relationships. The content also helps 
teachers gain a better understanding of the number system and arithmetical 
processes. 

Ed. 125. Creative Expression in the Elementary School (2) 

This course allows for specialization in selected phases of the creative arts- 
Separate sections will be scheduled in such fields as art, dramatics, and music. 

Ed. 126. The Elementary School Curriculum (2) 

A study of important developments in elementary education with particular 
attention to methods and materials which may be used to improve the develop- 
ment of pupils in elementary schools. Problems which are encountered in day- 
to-day teaching situations receive much attention. 

Ed. 127. Teaching in Elementary Schools (2-6). 

This course provides a comprehensive view of teaching in elementary schools. 
There is emphasis on planning the sequence of activities during the school day, 
basic teaching strategies, techniques of pupil-teacher planning, grouping of pupils, 
management of routine, cooperation with supervisors and administrators, teacher- 
parent and teacher-pupil relations, and analysis of instructional materials. 

*Ed. 130. Theory of the Junior High School (2). 

This course gives a general overview of the junior high school. It includes 
consideration of the purposes, functions, and characteristics of this school unit; 
a study of its population, organization, program of studies, methods, staff, and 
other similar topics, together with their implications for prospective teachers. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 401 

*Ed. 131. Theory of the Senior High School (2). 

The secondary school population; the school as an instrument of society; 
relation of the secondary school to other schools; aims of secondary education; 
curriculum and methods; extra-curricular activities; guidance and placement; 
teacher certification and employment in Maryland and the District of Columbia. 

Ed. 133. Methods of Teaching the Social Studies (2). 

This course is designed to give practical training in the everyday teaching 
situations. Emphasis is placed on the use of various lesson techniques, audio 
and visual aids, reference materials, and testing programs. Attention is given 
to the adaption of teaching methods to individual and group differences. Con- 
sideration is given to present tendencies and aims of instruction in the social 
studies. 

Ed. 134. Materials and Procedure for the High School Core Curriculum (2). 

This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who are 
in charge of core classes in junior and senior high schools. Materials and 
teaching procedures for specific units of work are stressed. Fee, $1.00. 

Ed. 137. Science in the Junior High School (2) — Summer school. 

A study of the place, function and content of science in junior high school 
programs. Applications to core curriculum organization. Laboratory fee, $2.00. 

Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — First and second 
semesters. 

This course is offered in separate sections for the various subject matter 
areas, namely, English, social studies, foreign language, science, mathematics, 
art education, business education, industrial education, music education, and 
physical education. Registration cards must include the subject-matter area 
as well as the name and number of the course. Graduate credit is allowed o'nly 
by special arrangement. 

In each section the objectives, selection and organization of subject matter, 
appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional materials, 
measurement, and other topics pertinent to the particular subject matter area are 
treated. 

Twenty periods of observation. (Staff.) 

Ed. 141. High School Course of Study-English (2). 

This course is concerned with the selection and organization of content for 
English classes in secondary schools. Subject matter is analyzed to clarify 
controversial elements of form, style, and usage. (Bryan.) 

Ed. 142. High School Course of Study-Literature (2). 

Literature adapted to the various grade levels of junior and senior high 
schools is studied. (Bryan.) 

Ed. 145. Principles of High School Teaching (2-3) — First and second 
semesters. 



*Credit is accepted for xEd. 130 or Ed. 131, but not for both courses. 



402 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

This course is concerned with the principles and methods of teaching in 
junior and senior high schools. (Brechbill.) 

Ed. 147. Audio- Visual Education (2) — First semester and summer session. 

Sensory impressions in their relation to learning; projection apparatus, its 
cost and operation; slides, film-strips, and films; physical principles underlying 
projection; auditory aids to instruction; field trips; pictures, models, and graphic 
materials; integration of sensory aids with organized instruction. Recommended 
for all education students. Laboratory' fee, $1.00. (Maley.) 

Ed. 148. Student Teaching in Secondary Schools (2-8) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade-point average of 2.275, and approval of 
faculty. Undergraduate credit only. Laboratory fee, |30.00. 

Application forms for this course, properly filled in, must be submitted to the 
Director of Student Teaching not less than ninety days before registration. 

Students who register for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the 
schools to which they are assigned. For 8 credits, full time for one-half of one 
semester is devoted to this work. For experienced teachers and some graduate 
students, the time and credit may be reduced. 

In the half-semester not devoted to student teaching, certain courses are 
blocked, including the following: Ed. 134, Ed. 140, Ed. 145, Cr. 198. FL E. 
Ed. 102, H. Mgt. 152, Ind. Ed. 140, P. E. 140, P. E. 190, P. E. 124. 

Ed. 149. Student Teaching in Elementary Schools (8-16). First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites: Ed. 121, Ed. 127, and other education courses to make a 
total of at least eight credits ; a grade-point average of 2.275 ; approval of the faculty. 
Undergraduate credit only. Application forms for this course must be filed 
at least ninety days before registration. Laboratory fet, $30.00. 

Students who register for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the 
schools to which they are assigned. For 16 credits, full time for one semester 
is devoted to this work. For experienced teachers, the time and credit may be 
reduced. 

Ed. 150. Educational Measurement (2) — First and second semesters. 

A study of tests and examinations with emphasis upon their construction 
and use. Types of tests; purposes of testing; elementary statistical concepts and 
processes used in summarizing and analyzing test results; school marks. 

Ed. 152. The Adolescent: Characteristics and Problems (2). 

This course deals with the intellectual, emotional, social, and vocational 
problems which arise in the transitional period between childhood and adulthood, 

the secondary school period. 

Ed. 153. 'The Teaching of Reading (2) 

This course is concerned with the fundamentals of developmental reading 
instruction. Attention is given to reading readiness, the use of experience 
records, procedures in using basal readers, the improvement of comprehension, 
the teaching of reading in all areas of the curriculum, the use of children's 
literature, and procedures for determining individual needs. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 403 

Ed. 154. Remedial Reading Instruction (2) 

This is a course for supervisors and teachers who wish to help retarded 
readers in classroom situations. It is concerned with causes of reading dif- 
ficulties, the identification and diagnosis of retarded pupils, instructional ma- 
terials, and teaching procedures. Prerequisite, Ed. 153 or the equivalent. 

Ed. 155. Laboratory Practices in Reading for Elementary and Secondary 
Schools (2-4). 

This is a laboratory course in which each student has one or more pupils 
for analysis and instruction. There is at least one class meeting per week to 
diagnose individual cases and to plan instruction. Prerequisite, Ed. 153 or 
Ed. 154. 

Ed. 160. Educational Sociology (2). 

This course deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to the 
work of teachers. Consideration is given to implications of democratic ideology 
tor educational endeavor, educational tasks imposed by changes in population and 
technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the socio-economic attitudes of 
individuals who control the schools, and other elements of community back- 
ground v/hich have significance in relation to schools. 

Ed. 161. Principles of Guidance (2) — First and second semesters. 

A survey course of guidance principles and techniques, and the administra- 
tion cf a program of guidance services. The basic course for counseling majors. 
A course of value for teachers at any level. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom (2). 

The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to classroom 
problems. 

Ed. 163, 164, and 165. Community Study Laboratory I, II and III (2, 2, 2). 

This course involves experience from the educational standpoint with the 
agencies, institutions, cultural patterns, living conditions, and social processes 
which play significant roles in shaping the behavior of children and adults and 
which must be understood by individuals working toward school and community 
improvement. Each participant becomes a member of a group in a given area 
of study and concentrates on problems which have direct application in his 
school situation. Readings are integrated with techniques of study. 

(Schindler.) 

Ed. 170. Introduction to Special Education (2) 

This course is designed to give teachers, principals, attendance workers, and 
supervisors an understanding of the needs of all types of exceptional children. 
Preventive and remedial measures are stressed. 

Ed. 171. Education of Retarded and Slow- Learning Children (2) 

A study of retarded and slow-learning children, including discovery, analysis 
of causes, testing techniques, case studies, and remedial educational measures. 

Ed. 188. Special Problems in Education (1-3). Prerequisite, consent of 



404 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

instructor. Not required. Available to mature students only. 

Individual study of approved problems of special interest to student. 

(Staflf.) 
NOTE: Course cards must have the title of the problem and the name 
of the faculty member who has approved it. 

Ed. 189. Workshops, Clinics, Institutes, and Field-Laboratory Projects 
(1-6). 

This course entry subsumes those professional education activities organ- 
ized by the College of Education, complementary to regularly structured 
courses. The following types of educational enterprises may be scheduled under 
this course heading: workshops conducted by the College of Education (or de- 
veloped cooperatively with other colleges and universities) and not otherwise 
covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in pupil-testing cen- 
ters, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; 
institutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for desig- 
nated groups such as school superintendents, principals, and supervisors; work 
in schools or for schools by way of teaching apprenticeships, educational guid- 
ance services, school surveys, and curriculum development programs. 

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course 
symbol toward any degree is six semester hours; the symbol may be used 
two or more times until six semester hours have been reached. 

Ed. 191. Principles of Adult Education (2) 

The course includes a study of adult educational agencies, both formal and 
informal, with special reference to the development of adult education in the 
United States, the interests and abilities of adults, and the techniques of adult 
learning. Emphasis is laid on practical aids for teachers of various types of 
adult groups. (Wiggin.) 

For Graduates 

Ed. 202. The Junior College (2). 

The philosophy and development of the junior college in the United States 
with emphasis on curriculum and administrative controls. 

Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education (2). 

A study of present problems in higher education. 

Ed. 205. Seminar in Comparative Education (2). 

Ed. 207. Seminar in History and Philosophy of Education (2). 

(Wiggin.) 
Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2) — 
First semester. 

The basic course in school administration. The course deals with the organi- 
zation and administration of school systems — at the local, state, and federal 
levels; and with the administrative relationships involved. (Newell.) 

Ed. 211. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Secondary 
Schools (2) — Second semester. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 405 

The work of the secondary school principal. The course includes topics such 
as personnel problems, supervision, school-community relationships, student 
activities, schedule making, and internal financial accounting. 

Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration (2) 

An introduction to the finance phase of public school administration. The 
course deals with the basic principles of school finance; the implications of 
organization and control; the planning, execution, and appraisal of the activities 
involved in public school finance such as budgeting, taxing, purchasing, service 
of supplies, and accounting. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 214. School Buildings and Equipment (2). 

An orientation course in which school plant and plant planning are con- 
sidered as contributing to instructional programs. This course supplies the 
basis for analyzing existing plant, for determining need for new plant, for select- 
ing and developing school building sites, and for planning school buildings. 
Theory is put into practice in the development of line drawings for school 
building design in terms of the instructional program. Opportunity is provided 
to work on specific equipment problems. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 21 S. Public Education in Maryland (2) 

A study of Maryland Public School system with special reference to school 
law. 

Ed. 216. High School Supervision (2). Prerequisite, teaching experience. 

This course deals with recent trends in supervision; the nature and function 
of supervision; planning supervisory programs; evaluation and rating; participa- 
tion of teachers and other groups in policy development; school workshops; and 
other means for the improvement of instruction. 

Ed. 217. Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (2). 

A study of the problems connected with organizing and operating elementary 
schools and directing instruction. 

Ed. 218. School Surveys (2-6). Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

This course includes study of school surveys with emphasis on problems of 
school organization and administration, finance and school plant planning. Field 
work in school surveys is required in this course. (Newell.) 

Ed. 219. Seminar in School Administration (2). 

Ed. 220. Pupil Transportation (2). (Van Zwoll.) 

This course includes consideration of the organization and administration of 
state, county, and district pupil transportation service with emphasis on safety 
and economy. The planning of bus routes; the selection and training of bus 
drivers, and maintenance mechanics; the specification of school buses; and pro- 
curement procedures are included in this course. 

Ed. 222. Seminar in Supervision (2) — Prerequisite, Ed. 216. Prerequisite 
may be waived upon approval of the instructor. 



406 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships (2-6) — Prerequisite, consent 

of instructor. Enrollment limited. 

This course is designed to help teachers, school administrators, and other 
school staff members to learn to function more effectively in developing edu- 
cational policy in group situations. 

Each student in the course is required to be working concurrently in the 
field with a group of school staff members or citizens on actual school problems. 

(Newell.) 

Ed. 224. Internship in School Administration (12-16) 

Internships in administration or supervision may be provided for a few 
students who have had teaching experience. The intern will be assigned to 
assist a principal, supervisor, or some other staff member in a school or school 
system. In addition to the experience in the school situation, a program of 
studies will be planned by the intern, the appropriate member of the school staff, 
and the sponsor from the university. The sponsor will maintain a close working 
relationship with the intern and other persons involved. (Newell.) 

Ed. 225. School Public Relations (2). 

A study of the relationships between the public school as a social institution 
and the community of which it is a part. This course deals with the agents 
who participate in the interpretative process, with propaganda and the schools, 
with parent-teacher associations and other lay advisory groups, and with such 
means of publicity as the newspaper, radio, and school publications. 

(Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 226. Child Accounting (2). 

An inquiry into the keeping of essential records pertaining to the pre-school, 
school, and post-school life of individuals. This course explores the area of 
child accounting in terms of need, development, and current practice in local 
districts and in the state. Census taking, individual record practices, and ad- 
ministrative record procedures are taken into consideration. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 227. Public School Personnel Administration (2). 

An examination of practices with respect to personnel administration. This 
course serves to aid in the development of principles applying to personnel ad- 
ministration. Personnel needs, the means for satisfying personnel needs, 
personnel relationships, tenure, salary schedules, leaves of absence, and retire- 
ment plans are reviewed. Local and state aspects of the personnel problem 
are identified. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 229. Seminar in Elementary Education. (2). 

Attention will be centered on selected problems in curriculum making, 
teaching, and child development. Members of the class may concentrate on 
seminar papers, prepare materials for their schools, or read extensively to dis- 
cover viewpoints and research data on problems and experimental practices. 

(Schindler.) 

Ed. 230. Elementary School Supervision (2). 

This course is especially concerned with the nature and function of super- 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 407 

vision, various techniques and procedures which supervisors may use, human 
factors to be considered in planning supervisory programs, and personal qualities 
essential for effective supervision. The supervisor's role in creating conditions 
which are conducive to superior teaching and learning is stressed. 

Ed. 232. Student Activities in the High School (2). 

This course offers a consideration of the problems connected with the so- 
called "extra-curricular" activities of the present-day high school. Special con- 
sideration will be given to (1) philosophical bases, (2) aims, (3) organization, 
and (4) supervision of student activities such as student council, school publica- 
tions, musical organizations, dramatics, assemblies, and clubs. Present practices 
and current trends will be evaluated. 

Ed. 234. The School Curriculum (2). 

A foundations course embracing the curriculum as a whole from early 
childhood through adolescence, including a review of historical developments, 
an analysis of conditions affecting curriculum change, an examination of issues 
in curriculum making, and a consideration of current trends in curriculum 
design. (Hovet.) 

Ed. 235. Curriculum Development in Elementary Schools (2). 

This course is concerned with problems ordinarily encountered in curriculum 
evaluation and revision. Attention is given to sociological and philosophical 
factors which influence the curriculum, principles for the selection and organiza- 
tion of content and learning activities, patterns of the curriculum organization, 
construction and use of courses of study, the utilization of personnel for cur- 
riculum development, and controversial curriculum issues. 

Ed. 236. Curriculum Development in the Secondary School (2) 

Curriculum planning; philosophical bases, objectives, learning experiences, 
organization of appropriate content, and means of evaluation. (Hovet.) 

Ed. 237. Curriculum Theory and Research (2). 

The school curriculum considered within the totality of factors affecting 
pupil behavior patterns, an analysis of research contributing to the development of 
curriculum theory, a study of curriculum theory as basic to improved curriculum 
design, the function of theory in guiding research, and the construction of theory 
through the utilization of concepts from the behavioral research disciplines. 

(Hovet.) 

Ed. 239. Seminar in Secondary Education (2). 

Ed. 242. Coordination in Work-Experience Programs (2). 

This course surveys and evaluates the qualifications and duties of a teacher- 
coordinator in a work-experience program. It deals particularly with evolving 
patterns in city and county schools in Maryland, and is designed to help teacher- 
coordinators, guidance counselors, and others in the supervisory and adminis- 
trative personnel concerned with functioning relationships of part-time co- 
operative education in a comprehensive educational program. (Brown.) 

Ed. 243. Applications of Theory and Research to Arithmetic in Elementary 
Schools (2). 



408 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, 
and the results of research for the teaching of arithmetic in elementary schools. 

(Schindler.) 

Ed. 244. Applications of Theory and Research to the Language Arts in 
Elementary Schools (2). 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, 
and the results of research for the language arts in the elementary schools. 

(Schindler.) 

Ed. 245. Applications of Theory and Research to High School Teaching 
(2). 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, and 
the results of research for the improvement of teaching on the secondary level. 

Ed. 246. Applications of Theory and Research to the Social Studies in 
Elementary Schools (2). 

The results of research, viewpoints on what the content and organization of 
the social studies program should be, and important curriculum trends are 
analyzed critically for their implications. 

Ed. 247. Seminar in Science Education (2). 

An opportunity to pursue special problems in curriculum making, course 
of study development, or other science teaching problems. Class members 
may work on problems related directly to their own school situations. 

Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2). (See 
Ind. Ed. 248.) (Brown, Hornbake.) 

Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual (2) — First semester. 

To provide guidance workers and teachers with proficiencies in identifying 
aptitudes, interests, temperaments, and other essential characteristics of each 
individual through various techniques. Records pertinent to individual analysis 
and their interpretation will be studied. Ed. 161 is desirable as a prior course. 
Required of counseling majors. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 253. Guidance Information (2) — Second semester. 

To provide guidance workers and others interested with proficiencies for 
finding and presenting to pupils information needed in making choices, plans, 
and interpretations in major problem areas, such as social, occupational, and 
educational problems. Required of counseling majors. Ed. 161 is desirable as 
a prior course. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 254. Organization and Administration of Guidance Programs (2). 

Problems in the organization and administration of a school around the 
guidance point of view, including in-service education of teachers in guidance 
activities, group techniques, follow-up and placement. 

Ed. 260. Principles of School Counseling (2) — First semester. Prerequi- 
sites, Ed. 161, Ed. 250, Ed. 253 for majors. Prerequisites may be waived by 
instructor. 

A basic course for counselors in public schools in the theories of counseling 
and study of techniques. Emphasis is on study of techniques used with pre- 
adolescents and adolescents. (Byrne.) 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 409 

Ed. 261. Case Studies in School Counseling (2)— Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Ed. 260. 

To provide elementary proficiencies in counseling in public schools through 
vicarious practice. Discussion of techniques applicable to specific cases. These 
cases will be actual ones reported by counselors in person, in writing, and by 
sound. Problems met by counselors in addition to problems of technique will 
be covered. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 263, 264. Aptitudes and Aptitude Testing (2, 2). (Offered in Baltimore.) 

Ed. 267. Curriculum Construction Through Community Analysis (2). Pre- 
requisites, Ed. 163, 164, 165. 

Selected research problems in the field of community study with emphasis 
on Baltimore area. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 268. Seminar in Educational Sociology (2). 

Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance (2) — Second semester. Registration only by 
approval of instructor. 

For majors in guidance who are about to complete certification or degree 
requirements. Reports and discussions on advanced readings and studies in the 
guidance field. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education (2). 

Ed. 279. Seminar in Adult Education (2). (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 280. Research Methods and Materials in Education (2). 

A study of research in education, the sources of information and techniques 
available, and approved form and style in the preparation of research reports and 
theses. 

Ed. 281. Source Materials in Education (2), 

A course based on the text and work-book by Carter Alexander, "How to 
Locate Educational Information and Data." The work involves attendance at 
class for one hour with two additional hours of work in the library. Especially 
valuable for students interested in research. 

Ed, 288. Special Problems in Education (1-6) — First and second semes- 
ters and summer session. 

Master of education or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special 
research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for credit 
under this number. (Staff.) 

NOTE: Course card must have the title of the problem and the name of 
the faculty member under whom the work will be done. 

Ed. 289. Research — Thesis (1-6). First and second semesters and summer 
session. 

Students who desire credit for a master's thesis, a doctoral dissertation, or a 
doctoral project should use this number. (Staff.) 



410 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

B. Ed. 100. Techniques of Teaching Office Skills (2)— First semester. 

An examination and evaluation of the aims, methods, and course contents of 
each of the office skill subjects offered in the high school curriculum. 

(Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 101. Methods and Materials in Teaching Office Skills (2). 

Problems in development of occupational competency, achievement tests, 
standards of achievement, instructional materials, transcription, and the integra- 
tion of office skills. (Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 102. Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping and Related 
Subjects (2) 

Important problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and 
related office knowledges and skills including a consideration of materials and 
teaching procedures. (Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 103. Basic Business Subjects in the Junior High School (2) 

This course deals with the exploratory aspects of basic business subjects and 
fundamentals of consumer business education, available instructional materials, 
and teaching procedures. 

B. Ed. 104. Basic Business Education in the Secondary Schools (2). 

Consideration will be given to the vocational and consumer objectives; sub- 
ject matter content; methods of organizing material; types of classroom activi- 
ties; and teaching procedures in basic business subjects in the secondary schools. 

(Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 200. Administration and Supervision of Business Education (2) 

Major emphasis on departmental organization, curriculum, equipment, budget 
making, guidance, placement and follow-up, visual aids and the in-service training 
uf teachers. 

For administrators, supervisors, and teachers of business subjects. 

B. Ed. 255. Principles and Problems of Business Education (2). 

Principles and practices in business education; growth and present status; 
vocational business education; general business education; relation to consumer 
education and to education in general. (Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 256. Curriculum Development in Business Education (2-6). 

This course is especially designed for graduate students interested in 
devoting the summer session to a concentrated study of curriculum planning in 
business education. Emphasis will be placed on the philosophy and objectives of 
the business education program, and on curriculum research and organization of 
appropriate course content. 

Opportunity will be provided through individual and group projects to study 
local school curricular problems. Available to the group will be the resources 
and personnel of the U. S. Office of Education, National Education Association, 
Maryland school system, and of various business organizations. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 411 

A comprehensive report of the individual and group projects will be pre- 
pared at the end of the summer term. Enrollment limited to 25 students. 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 

C. Ed, 2. Orientation, Observation, and Record Taking (2)— First and 
second semesters. 

Orientation to nursery school and kindergarten; introduction to methods of 
observing and recording behavior of children at different age levels. (Glass.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

C. Ed. 100. Child Development I — Infancy (3) — First semester. 

Understanding the pattern of growth. Factors influencing the physical, 
mental, and emotional development of the infant; relation of care during the 
first eighteen months to personality development; study of a child fourteen 
months of age or under. (McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 101. Child Development II— Early Childhood (3)— Second semester. 

A study of the developmental growth of the child from eighteen months to 
five years; characteristics of each age level; experiences which help the child in 
his motor, mental, emotional and social development; observation in the nursery 
school; study of one child. (McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 102. Child Development III— The Child from Five to Ten (2)— 

First and second semesters. 

Development, characteristics and interests of the middle-age child; inter- 
personal relations as affected by home, school, and community; observations in 
kindergarten, public schools, and community organizations. (Stant.) 

C. Ed. 110. Child Development IV (3) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the developmental growth of the child from birth to five years; 
observation in the nursery school. Designed for students in other colleges of 
the University. Laboratory fee, $1.00. (McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 113. Education of the Young Child I (2). 

A study of the nature and needs of the child from two to six years of age, 
with emphasis upon learning tendencies; the child's relation to the materials, 
experiences, and the people of his world at home and at school. 

(McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 114. Education of the Young Child II— The Social and Emotional 
Needs of the Young Child (2). 

An attempt to understand what lies beneath outward behavior rather than 
on conformity as such; acceptance of the child's feelings; helping the child to 
live richly and fully on his own level; seeing the child as a whole; working with 
the parents and the home to bring about the most favorable adjustment of the 
child. (Glass.) 

C. Ed. 115. Children's Activities and Activities Materials (3) — First and 
and second semesters. Prereqtif5ites, C. Ed. 100, 101, or 110. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. 



412 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Storytelling; selection of books for pre-school children; the use, preparation, 
and presentation of such raw materials as clay, paints (easel and finger), blocks, 
wood, and scrap materials for nursery school and kindergarten. 

C. Ed. 116. Creative Music for Young Children (3). Prerequisite, Miis. 16 
or equivalent. First and second semesters. 

Creative experience in songs and rhythms for the young child; correlation 
of music and ever>'day teaching in accordance with the abilities and development 
of each level; study of songs and materials; observation and teaching experience 
with each age level. (Brown.) 

C. Ed. 119. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Cooperative Nursery 
School (2-3). 

C. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Early Childhood 
Education (Nursery School and Kindergarten) (3). Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100, 
)0], or 110. 

Study of the philosophy erf early childhood education; observation of the 
developmental needs of the young child at various age levels, with emphasis 
upon the activities, materials, and methods by whicli educational objectives 
appropriate to each age level are attained. 

C. Ed. 145. Guidance in Behavior Problems (3) — First semester. 

Development of an appreciation and understanding of young children from 
different home backgrounds; influence of Iiome and community environment; 
.''tudy of individual and group problems. 

C. Ed. 149. Teaching Nursery School (4-8)- -First and second semesters. 
Laboratory fee, $30.00. 

Admission to student teaching in Nursery School and Kindergarten de- 
pends upon physical and emotional fitness, and upon approval of the teaching 
stafT of the department. An academic average of 2.275 is required. It is recom- 
mended that each student have some summer experience with young children. 

Teaching experience in the University Nursery School and in those of nearby 
communities. Approximately thirty clock-hours of school experience are re- 
quired for each semester-hour of credit. 

C. Ed. 159. Teaching Kindergarten (4-8) — First and second semesters. 
Laboratory fee, $30.00. 

Admission to student teaching in Nursery School and Kindergarten depends 
upon physical and emotional fitness, and upon approval of the teaching staff of 
the department. An academic average of 2.275 is required. It is recommended 
that each student have some summer experience with young children. 

Teaching experience in the University kindergarten and in those of nearby 
communities. Approximately thirty clock-hours of school experience are required 
for each semester-hour of credit. 

C. Ed. 160. Methods and Materials in Parent Education (2-3). 

A survey of the information and insights useftil to parents drawn from 
child development, child guidance, and related fields; a review of current use- 
ful materials, books, periodicals, leaflets, films, skits; study of individual parent 
conferences, guided observation, discussion leading, role playing, preparing 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 413 

materials and programs for parent groups and television skits, with laboratory 
practice through the group itself. 

C. Ed. 165. Leadership Training (2). 

Designed for leaders in Parent-Teacher groups and in other organizations. 
Setting up the duties of a leader, participants, observer and recorder; developing 
methods for discussion groups; discussion of special problems of organization. 



HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

H. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics (3) — First and 
second semesters. Required of seniors in Home Economics Education. Pre- 
requisite, H. E. Ed. 140. 

A study of the managerial aspects of teaching and administering a home- 
making program; the physical environment, organization, and sequence of in- 
structional units, resource materials, evaluation, home projects. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics (2). 

The meaning and function of evaluation in education; the development of a 
plan for evaluating a homemaking program writh emphasis upon types of evalua- 
tion devices, their construction, and use. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3)^Second 
semester. Required of juniors in Home Economics Education. 

The place and function of home economics education in the secondary school 
curriculum. Philosophy of education for home and family living; characteristics 
of adolescence, construction of source units, lesson plans, and evaluation devices; 
directed observation in junior and senior high school home economics depart- 
ments. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 148. Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics (8) — 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 140 and 102 or 102 
parallel. See Ed. 148. Laboratory fee $30.00. 

Observation and supervised teaching in approved secondary school home 
economics departments in Maryland and the District of Columbia. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2) — First semes- 
ter. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 202. Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Eco- 
nomics (2-4). (Spencer.) 

Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current edu- 
cational trends. Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching procedures, 
outcomes of instruction, and supervisory practices. 



414 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION 

The staff of the Institute for Child Study offers a series of courses on human 
development and approaches to the direct study of children for members of the 
educational profession. Certain prerequisites are set up within the course se- 
quences, but these prerequisites are modified by the student's previous experience 
in direct study of children; this is done in order to provide an interrelated series 
of experiences leading toward synthesis and the ability to apply the principles of 
human development and behavior. 

Undergraduate courses are designed both for prospective teachers (H. D. 
Ed. 100-101) and in-service teachers (H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104; H. D. Ed. 112- 
13, 114-15, 116-17). The graduate offering contains two series. H. D. Ed. 200, 
201, 202, 203 provide a basic core of four seminars for students majoring in the 
field, and also provide electives (beginning with H. D. Ed. 200 — Introduction) 
for any graduate students interested in an overview of the field. The other 
seminars (H. D. Ed. 204 and above) are designed for emphasis in depth on the 
various areas of major processes and forces that shape the development and 
behavior of human beings, and are intended primarily for advanced graduate 
students. Along with most of the graduate seminars, H. D. Ed. 250 provides 
for concurrent application of scientific knowledge to the direct study of children 
as individuals and in groups. 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101. Principles of Human Development I and II (3, 3). 

These courses give a general overview of the scientific principles that de- 
scribe human development and behavior and relate these principles to the task 
of the school. A year-long study of an individual child is an integral part of 
the course and will require one half-day per week for observing children in 
nearby schools. This course is designed to meet the usual certification requirements 
in Educational Psychology. 

H. D. E<L 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II and III 
(2, 2, 2). 

These courses involve the direct study of children throughout the school 
year. Each participant gathers a wide body of information about an individual, 
presents the accumulating data from time to time to the study group for criticism 
and group analysis, and writes an interpretation of the dynamics underlying the 
child's learning, behavior and development. This course provides opportunity for 
teachers in-service to earn credit for participation in their own local child study 
group. 

H. D. Ed. 112, 114, 116. Scientific Concepts in Human Development I, 
II, III (3, 3, 3). 

H. D. Ed. 113, 115, 117. Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I, II, III (3, 
3.3). 

Summer workshop courses for undergraduates providing credit for as many 
as three workshops. In any one summer, concept and laboratory courses must 
be taken concurrently. 

H. D. Ed, 200, Introduction to Human Development and Child Study (3). 

This course offers a general overview of the scientific principles which 
describe human development and behavior and makes use of these principles in 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 415 

the study of individual children. Each student will observe and record the 
behavior of an individual child throughout the semester and must have one half- 
day a week free for this purpose. The course is basic to further work in child 
study and serves as a prerequisite for advanced courses where the student has 
not had field work or at least six weeks of workshop experience in child study. 
When this course is offered during the summer it will be H. D. Ed. 200 and 
intensive laboratory work with case records may be substituted for the study of 
an individual child. 

H. D. Ed. 201. Biological Bases of Behavior (3). 

This course emphasizes that understanding human life, growth and behavior 
depends on understanding the ways in which the body is able to capture, control 
and expend energy. Application throughout is made to human body processes 
and implications for understanding and working with people. H. D. Ed. 250 a 
or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 202. Social Bases of Behavior (3). 

This course analyzes the socially inherited and transmitted patterns of pres- 
sures, expectations and limitations learned by an individual as he grows up. 
These are considered in relation to the patterns of feeling and behaving which 
emerge as the result of growing up in one's social group. H. D. Ed. 250 a or 
b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 203. Integrative Bases of Behavior (3). 

This course analyzes the organized and integrated patterns of feeling, think- 
ing and behaving which emerge from the interaction of basic biological drives 
and potentials with one's unique experience growing up in a social group. H. D. 
Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 204, 205. Physical Processes in Human Development (3, 3). 

This course describes in some detail the major organic processes of: 
conception, biological inheritance ;differentiation and growth of the body; 
capture, transportation and use of energy; perception of the environment; 
coordination and integration of function; adaptation to unusual demands and 
to frustration; normal individual variation in each of the above processes. H. D. 
Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 206, 207. Socialization Processes in Human Development I, II 
(3, 3). 

This course analyzes the processes by which human beings internalize the 
culture of the society in which they live. The major sub-cultures in the United 
States, their training procedures, and their characteristic human expressions in 
folk-knowledge, habits, attitudes, values, life-goals, and adjustment patterns are 
analyzed. Other cultures are examined to highlight the American way of life 
and to reveal its strengths and weaknesses. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must 
be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 208, 209. Self Processes in Human Development I and II (3, 3). 

This course analyzes the effects of the various physical and growth processes, 
affectional relationships, socialization processes, and peer group roles and 
status on the integration, development, adjustment, and realization of the 
individual self. This analysis includes consideration of the nature of intelligence 



416 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

and of the learning processes; the development of skills, concepts, general- 
izations, symbolizations, reasoning and imagination, attitudes, values, goals and 
purposes; and the conditions, relationships and experiences that are essential 
to full human development. The more common adjustment problems ex- 
perienced in our society at various maturity levels, and the adjustment me- 
chanisms used to meet them are studied. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be 
taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 210. Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human Develop- 
ment (3). 

This course describes the normal development, expression and influence 
of love in infancy, childhood, adolescence and adulthood. It deals with the 
influence of parent-child relationships involving normal acceptance, neglect, 
rejection, inconsistency, and over-protection upon health, learning, emotional 
behavior and personality adjustment and development. H. D. Ed. 250 a or 
b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 211. Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Develop- 
ment (3). 

This course analyzes the processes of group formation, role-taking and 
status-winning. It describes the emergence of the "peer-culture" during child- 
hood and the evolution of the child society at different maturity levels to adult- 
hood. It analyzes the developmental tasks and adjustment problems associated 
with winning, belonging and playing roles in the peer group. H. D. Ed. 250 
a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 212, 214, 216. Advanced Scientific Concepts in Human Develop- 
ment I, II, III (3, 3, 3). 

H. D. Ed. 213, 215, 217. Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I, 
II, III (3, 3, 3). 

.Summer workshop courses for graduates providing credit for as many as 
three workshops. In any one summer, concept and laboratory courses must 
be taken concurrently. 

H. D. Ed. 218. Workshop in Human Development (6) — Prerequisites 
H. D. Ed. 212, 21.3, 214, 215, 216, 217. 

Summer workshop in human development for graduate students who have 
had three workshops and wish additional workshop experience. This course 
can be taken any number of times, but cannot be used as credit toward a degre;. 

H. D. Ed. 220. Developmental Tasks (3). 

This course describes the series of developmental tasks faced by children. 
These tasks, made necessary by the normal processes of growth and develop- 
ment, are learnings that the child needs and desires to accomplish because of 
emerging capacities for action and relationship, because of the demands and 
expectancies of his family and of society, and because of the progressive 
clarification and the directive powers of his own interests, attitudes, values and 
aspirations. Emphasis will be placed on the use of developmental tasks 
concepts in educational planning and practice. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 417 

H. D. Ed. 230, 231. Field Program in Child Study I and II (2-6). 

This course offers apprenticeship training preparing properly qualified 
persons to become staff members in human development workshops, con- 
sultants to child study field programs and coordinators of municipal or regional 
child study programs for teachers or parents. Extensive field experience is 
provided. In general this training is open only to persons who have passed 
their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in human develop- 
ment or psychology. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

H. D. Ed. 250a, 250b, 250c. Direct Study of ChUdren (1, 1, 1). 

This course provides the opportunity to observe and record the behavior 
of an individual child in a nearby school. These records will be used in con- 
junction with the advanced courses in Human Development and this course 
will be taken concurrently with such courses. Teachers active in their jobs 
while taking advanced courses in Human Development may use records from 
their own classrooms for this course. May not be taken concurrently with 
H. D. Ed. 102, 103, or 104. 

H. D. Ed. 260. Synthesis of Human Development Concepts (3). 

A seminar wherein advanced students work toward a personal synthesis 
of their own concepts in human growth and development. Emphasis is placed 
on seeing the dynamic interrelations between all processes in the behavior and 
development of an individual. Prerequisites, H. D. Ed. 204, 206 and 208. 

H. D. Ed. 270. Seminars in Special Topics in Human Development (2-6). 

An opportunity for advanced students to focus in depth on topics of 
special interest growing out of their basic courses in human development. 
Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. 

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

For each semester hour of credit for shop and, drawing courses two or 
three periods of lecture and practice are scheduled depending upon the specific 
needs of the course. 

Industrial Education 9, 10, and 11 constitute an art crafts sequence (Art 
Crafts I, II, and III). These courses are intend